Download Policy_Manual_-_Revised101816

LOWNDES COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS POLICY MANUAL Lowndes County Board of Education Mr. Donald J. Carter Mr. Ben Davis Mr. Steven T. Foster Mr. Robert J. Grant Mr. Travis Rogers Superintendent Dr. DanielPUBLIC Boyd LOWNDES COUNTY SCHOOLS POLICY MANUAL THE CODE FINDER This index will help you find what goes where fast. All the terms used in this school board policy classification system are listed in the left-hand column. Major terms appear in several places as an aid to the search for proper term placement. A GG Absences – Personnel (Leaves) JBD Absences – Students JGF Accidents DF Accounting and Reporting DG Accounting and Reporting (Local School) DFB Accounting Standards – Fund Definitions and Balances MF Accreditation Agency Relations JHD Activities – Cocurricular and Extracurricular JHA Activities Fees C Administration – General School CDE Administrative Personnel – Assignment CDA Administrative Personnel – Compensation Guides and Contracts CDG Administrative Personnel – Evaluation CDN Administrative Personnel – Expenses CDL Administrative Personnel – Health Examinations CDD Administrative Personnel – Hiring CDO Administrative Personnel – Non-school Employment CDQ Administrative Personnel – Personal Leaves and Absences CDB Administrative Personnel – Positions CDF Administrative Personnel – Probation (Tenure) CDP Administrative Personnel – Professional Leaves and Absences CDBA Administrative Personnel – Qualifications and Duties CDC Administrative Personnel – Recruitment CDJ Administrative Personnel – Resignation CDK Administrative Personnel – Retirement CDI Administrative Personnel – Separation CDF Administrative Personnel – Tenure (Probation) CDH Administrative Personnel – Transfer CDR Administrative Personnel – Vacations DCF Admission and Concession Fees JBC Admissions IE Adult Education Program KF Advertising in the Schools BBE Agendas for School Board Meeting ICDH Alternative School DA Annual Operating Budget JL Anomalous Students JCDB Anti-Harassment FBC Architectural Programming CDE Assignment of Administrative Personnel 1 of 16 Code Finder A (continued) ME Associations (Professional) MD Associations (School Board) ID Athletics (Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities) AD, Attendance Areas JBCC JBA Attendance – Compulsory Ages JB Attendance – Student BAE Attorney EABH Automated External Defibrillator (AED) JGH Automobile Use by Students B GBB JDA JGH FCC DIF DE DCD DA DAB DAA DAD DAC EAA EAH EA EAB EAC E Background Check – Personnel Behavior Code Bicycle Use Bids and Quotations Facility Expansion Bids and Quotations – Purchasing Bonded Employees Bond Sales Budget – Annual Operating Budget – Final Adoption Procedures Budget – Fiscal Year Budget – Line Item Transfer Authority Budget – Periodic Budget Reconciliation Buildings and Grounds – Insurance Program Buildings and Grounds – Leasing and Renting Buildings and Grounds – Management Buildings and Grounds – Safety Buildings and Grounds – Security Business Management C AEA FA ADA IX Calendar Capitalization Planning (Long Range Planning) Census Ceremonies and Observances 2 of 16 Code Finder C (continued) GN Certified Personnel – Cancellation of Contracts GC Certified Personnel – Evaluation GS Certified Personnel – Expenses (Travel) GQA Certified Personnel – Extra Duty GD, Certified Personnel – Grievances GDA GF Certified Personnel – Health Examinations GB Certified Personnel – Hiring GRA Certified Personnel – Incentive Program for Select Certified Personnel GBC, Certified Personnel – Job Descriptions GBCA GG Certified Personnel – Leaves GRA Certified Personnel – Overtime Pay GBA Certified Personnel – Posting of Vacancies GU Certified Personnel – Probation GBB Certified Personnel – Qualifications GB Certified Personnel – Recruitment GQ Certified Personnel – Reduction in Force GO Certified Personnel – Resignation GP Certified Personnel – Retirement GR Certified Personnel – Salary Schedules GQB Certified Personnel – Staff Meetings GM Certified Personnel – Suspension GU Certified Personnel – Tenure GQ Certified Personnel – Time Schedules and Work Loads GV Certified Personnel – Transfer GGH Certified Personnel – Vacations for Twelve Month Employees FC Change Orders – Facility Expansion (Project Administration) DIA Checking Accounts EAJ Child Abuse DKA Child Nutrition Program Negotiating Worthless Negotiable Instrument JC Civil Rights of Students EABG Classes and Labs IN Class Rankings DIJ Classroom Instruction Support Funds EAI Clean Indoor Air EAE Cleaning Program ID Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities JDA Code of Conduct MC Colleges and Universities BAC Committees – School Board GFA Communicable Diseases – Personnel JGB Communicable Diseases – Students (Student Health Services) JHD Community Activities and Performances KB Community Activities and Resources LC Community – School Organizations Relations 3 of 16 Code Finder C (continued) KC Community Use of School Facilities CDA Compensation and Benefits (Guides and Contracts) – Administrative Personnel BABA Compensation and Benefits – School Board Members CBD Compensation and Benefits – School Superintendent KJ Complaints – Public JBA Compulsory Attendance Ages IFE Computer Assisted Instruction (Guidelines for Computer and Internet Safety Usage) JCC Conduct GGI Conferences and Visitations IL Conferences – Parent GE Conflict of Interest – Personnel BAF Consultants – School Board CBFF Consulting – School Superintendent CDS Consulting – Administrative Personnel JK Contest for Students IW Controversial Issues LD Cooperation with Law Enforcement Officials ICDJ Cooperative Education JBD Corporal Punishment DIG Cost Estimates – Purchasing Bids and Quotations ICDK Credit Recovery IC Curriculum Design IB Curriculum Development D DB DD JDC JD JGE JBCE AA JCC GLG JBF GLC JCCA ICB ICDI JCA Debt Limitation Depository of Funds Detention of Students Discipline Dismissal Procedures Disputes and Disagreements for Homeless Children and Youth District Legal Status Dress Code (Conduct) Dress Code for Employees Dropouts Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention Program for Personnel Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention Program for Students Drug Education Dual Enrollment/Dual Credit for High School Students Due Process for Students 4 of 16 Code Finder E MG Educational Accreditation Agency Relations M Education Agencies Relations FBB Educational Specifications AFA, Emergency Closing EABD EABC Emergency Drills JGD JLD Emotionally Disturbed ICDG English Language Learners JBB Entrance Age JA Equal Educational Opportunities GA Equal Opportunity Employment EB Equipment and Supplies Management CDG Evaluation – Administrative Personnel IT Evaluation – Instructional Program CBG Evaluation – School Superintendent GC Evaluation – Support and Certified Personnel IK Examinations – Final BBK Executive Sessions DI Expenditures of Funds CDN Expenses – Administrative Personnel BABC, Expenses – Board Members DIE DID Expenses – Reimbursement Procedures DIE, Expenses – (Travel) GS CBD Expenses – School Superintendent JDE Expulsion ICC Extended Programs AEB Extended School Year GQA Extra Duty – Support and Certified Personnel F F FA FC FB FE GGC DCC Facility Expansion Program Facility Expansion – Long-Range Planning Facility Expansion – Project Administration Facility Expansion – Project Planning Facility Expansion – Staff Training for Occupancy Family Medical Leave Act Federal Revenues 5 of 16 Code Finder F (continued) EED Fidelity Insurance IG Field Trips and Excursions IK Final Examinations EABA Fire Prevention D Fiscal Management DAA Fiscal Year EDA, Food Service JGI ED Food Service Management EDC Food Service Records EDB Food Service Sanitation Inspections G ICDB GI, JJ DCG KD IJ IQ JCD GD, GDA II, JE IFE Gifted Students Gifts Gifts and Bequests Gifts – Public Grading System Graduation Requirements Grievance Procedures for Students Grievance Procedures for Support and Certified Personnel Guidance Guidelines for Computer and Internet Safety Usage H CDL Health Examination – Administrative Personnel GF Health Examinations – Support and Certified Personnel JGB Health Services – Students EAD Heating and Lighting CDD Hiring – Administrative Personnel GB Hiring – Support and Certified Personnel AEA Holidays (School Calendar) ICDA Homebound Instruction JBC, JBCE Homeless Students IM Homework IO Honor Rolls 6 of 16 Code Finder I KA LB FD Information Program Inmate Labor on School Campus Inspections – Facility Expansion Project (Board Inspection and Acceptance of New Facilities) I Instructional Program IF Instructional Program Philosophy IA Instructional Program Philosophy EAA Insurance – Buildings and Grounds EED Insurance – Fidelity EE Insurance Program Management (See Rick Management Policy Statement) EEC Insurance – Liability EEB Insurance – Property EEA Insurance – Staff JGA Insurance – Student Program ECA Insurance – Student Transportation MB Interdistrict Relations BA Internal Organization L Interorganizational Relations MCA Intern Program DH Inventories J GBCA Job Description K L JCB, LD GW DIH EAH CDQ GGJ GGD Law Enforcement Agencies Lay-offs – Support and Certified Personnel (Reduction in Force) Lease and Rental Payments Leasing and Renting – Building and Grounds Leaves and Absences – Administrative Personnel Leaves and Absences for Certified Personnel Legal Services Absences 7 of 16 Code Finder L (continued) IY EEC IFE EEA CA LA DFA DCA Lesson Plans Liability Insurance Libraries/Media Centers Life Insurance Line and Staff Relations Line Government Relations Live Work Local Tax Revenues M IR EA ECD JLF CGE GQB BB JLB JBC GGF Make Up Opportunities for Students Maintenance – Buildings and Grounds Long-Range Maintenance Maintenance – Transportation Married Students Maternity Leave Meetings – Staff Meetings – School Board Mentally Handicapped Students Migrant Students Military Leave N DK H JBCB CDO BBC Negotiating Worthless Negotiable Instrument Negotiations Nonresident Students Non-School Employment – Administrative Personnel Notification of School Board Meetings O JGIA Offer v. Serve BAA Officers – School Board GGG On-The-Job Injury BABA Orientation – School Board Members GRA Overtime Pay 8 of 16 Code Finder P IL Parent Conferences ICDF Parent Involvement IGDE Parental Responsibility DIH Payments for Leases and Rentals DII Payment Procedure DIB Payroll Procedures JLC Perceptually Handicapped GGA Personal Leave CD Personnel – Administrative GD, Personnel Grievances GDA GJ Personnel Records G Personnel – Support and Certified JLA Physically Handicapped FBD Plans and Specifications BC Policy Development KE Political Campaign Materials CDF Probation – Administrative Personnel GU Probation – Support and Certified Personnel ME Professional Associations CDQ Professional Development – Administrative Personnel BABB Professional Development – School Board Members CDE Professional Development – School Superintendent GT Professional Development – Support and Certified Personnel GGI Professional Leave JF, Promotion and Retention of Students IP DH Properties Disposal Procedures (Inventories) DCI Property Sales JGC Psychological Services JHC Publications – Students KJ Public Complaints KD Public Gifts KA Public Information Program BBJ Public Participation at Board Meetings K Public Relations KG Public Sales on School Property KH Public Use of School Records 9 of 16 Code Finder P (continued) DIF DIG DII Purchasing Purchasing – Bids and Quotations Purchasing – Payment Procedures Q R IN EDC GJ KH IU, JM ECE CDC GB DID M IWA EAG IJ JBCA CDJ GO CBI IP, JF CDK GP CBJ DC GL JC BBG Ranking of Students Records – Food Service Records – Personnel Records – Public Use of Records – Students Records – Student Transportation Recruitment – Administrative Personnel Recruitment – Support and Certified Personnel Reimbursement for Expenses Relations With Other Education Agencies Religion Repairs Report Cards Resident Students Resignation – Administrative Personnel Resignation – Support and Certified Personnel Resignation – School Superintendent Retention of Students Retirement – Administrative Personnel Retirement – Support and Certified Personnel Retirement – School Superintendent Revenues Rights and Responsibilities – Support and Certified Personnel Rights and Responsibilities – Students Rules of Order 10 of 16 Code Finder S ECB Safety EAB Safety – Buildings and Grounds EABF Safety Inspections GK Salary Deductions GR Salary Schedules DCH Sales of Equipment and Supplies DCI Sales of Property (Property Sales) KG Sales – Public on School Property EAF Sanitation CDM Schedules for Administrative Personnel GQ Schedules for Support and Certified Personnel ECC Scheduling and Routing of Student Transportation JBC School Admissions BAE School Attorney BE School Board – Code of Conduct BAC School Board – Committees BAF School Board – Consultants BA School Board – Internal Organization AB School Board – Legal Status BD School Board – Memberships B School Board – Operations BC School Board – Policy Department ABA School Board – Powers and Duties BAD, School Board – School Superintendent Relations CC BBE School Board Meetings – Agendas BBF School Board Meetings – Materials Distribution BBK School Board Meetings – Executive Sessions BBI School Board Meetings – Minutes BBC School Board Meetings – Notification BBD School Board Meetings – Preparation BBJ School Board Meetings – Public Participation BBG School Board Meetings – Rules of Order BBB School Board Meetings – Time and Place BBA School Board Meetings – Types BBH School Board Meetings – Voting Methods BE School Board – Code of Conduct BABC School Board Members – Compensation and Expenses BAB School Board Members – Duties ABB School Board Members – Legal Status 11 of 16 Code Finder S (continued) B School Board Members – Operations BABA School Board Members – Orientation BABB School Board Members – Professional Development Opportunities BD, School Boards Associations MD AEA School Calendar ADA School Census LC School-Community Organizations Relations AF School Day A School District Organization AC School District Organizations Relations IFD School Libraries CBC School Superintendent – Appointment CBD School Superintendent – Compensation and Benefits CBF School Superintendent – Consulting CBB School Superintendent – Duties CBG School Superintendent – Evaluation ABC School Superintendent – Legal Status CBE School Superintendent – Professional Development Opportunities CBA School Superintendent – Qualifications CBI School Superintendent – Resignation CBJ School Superintendent – Retirement BAD, School Superintendent – School Board Relations CC CBH School Superintendent – Separation DJ, School Use KC IH School Volunteers AE School Year EAC Security of Buildings and Grounds ISB Security – Test JCB, Searches LD JGL Seclusion and Restraint of Students IF Selection of Instructional Materials IFC Selection and Adoption of Textbooks JFA Selection Criteria for Valedictorian, Salutatorian and Honor Graduate or Top Ten Academic Students CDI Separation – Administrative Personnel CBH Separation – School Superintendent ICA Sex Education 12 of 16 Code Finder S (continued) GLE Sexual Harassment for Support and Certified Personnel JCDA Sexual Harassment for Students MC Shared Services – Colleges and Universities DCE Short Term Notes GGB Sick Leave GGBA Sick Leave Bank FCB Site Acquisition Procedures JI Solicitations GH ICDC Special Education ICD Special Programs FBD Specifications and Plans FBB Specifications – Educational JCB Spinal Deformities Screening DIJ Staff Involvement – Classroom Instruction Support Funds GBC Staff Involvement – Policy Involvement FBA Staff Involvement – Project Planning GL Staff Rights and Responsibilities DCB State Revenues JBD Student Absences and Excuses JGB Student Health Services JGA Student Insurance Program EDA, Student Food Service JGI ED Student Food Service Management EDC Student Food Service Records JGC Student Psychometric and Psychological Services JM Student Records MCA Student Teaching and Internships JGG Student Transportation Services ECA Student Transportation Services – Insurance Program ECD Student Transportation Services – Maintenance EC Student Transportation Services – Management ECE Student Transportation Services – Records ECC Student Transportation Services – Scheduling and Routing ECCA Student Transportation Services – Special Use of School Buses J Students JBD Students – Absences and Excuses JGF Students – Accidents JH Students – Activities JB Students – Attendance 13 of 16 Code Finder S (continued) JGH Students – Automobile Use JDA Students – Behavior Code JHB Students – Clubs and Organizations JHD Students – Community Activities and Performances JCC Students – Conduct JD Students – Discipline JGE Students – Dismissal Procedures JCC Students – Dress Code JGD Students – Emergency Drills JBB Students – Entrance Age JA Students – Equal Educational Opportunity JJ Students – Gifts JCD Students – Grievances JBCB Students – Nonresident JF, Students – Promotion and Retention IP JHC Students – Publications JC Students – Rights and Responsibilities JI Students – Solicitations JGB Students – Spinal Deformities Screening JDD Students – Suspension JBCD Students – Transfers and Withdrawals JG Students – Welfare GY Substitute Personnel IZ Substitute Teachers AEBA, Summer Sessions ICCA FCA Supervision and Construction CB Superintendent of Education JDD Suspension of Students GM Suspension of Support and Certified Personnel GBB Support Personnel – Background Checks GN Support Personnel – Cancellation of Contracts GGK Support Personnel – Compensatory Leave GC Support Personnel – Evaluation GS Support Personnel – Expenses (Travel) GQA Support Personnel – Extra Duty GD, Support Personnel – Grievances GDA GF Support Personnel – Health Examinations GB Support Personnel – Hiring GBC, Support Personnel – Job Descriptions GBCA 14 of 16 Code Finder S (continued) Support Personnel – Leaves Support Personnel – Overtime Pay Support Personnel – Posting of Vacancies Support Personnel – Probation Support Personnel – Qualifications Support Personnel – Recruitment Support Personnel – Reduction in Force Support Personnel – Resignation Support Personnel – Retirement Support Personnel – Salary Schedules Support Personnel – Suspension Support Personnel – Tenure (Probation) Support Personnel – Time Schedules and Work Loads Support Personnel – Transfer T IY Teachers’ Lesson Plans IWA Teaching About Religion IW Teaching Controversial Issues IV Teaching Methods CDF Tenure – Administrative Personnel GU Tenure – Support and Certified Personnel IS Testing Program ISB Test Security ISA Tests – Use and Dissemination of Results JN Textbook Payment Schedule IFC Textbook Selection and Adoption EABE Traffic and Parking Controls CDH Transfer – Administrative Personnel GV Transfer – Support and Certified Personnel AD, Transfer – Students JBCC, JBCD DIE Travel Expenses (In and Out of State) JBE Truancy ICDD Tutorial Programs GX Tutoring GG GRA GBA GU GBB GB GW GO GP GR GM GU GQ GV U DL Uncollected Charged Meals 15 of 16 Code Finder V GBA CDR GGH DM ICDL KI IH BBH Vacancies Vacations – Administrative Personnel Vacations – Support and Certified Personnel Vehicle Use Virtual School Option Visitors to the Schools Volunteers – School Voting Method at Board Meeting W EABB JGJ CDM GQ Warning Systems Wellness Plan on Nutrition and Physical Activity Work Load – Administrative Personnel Work Load – Support and Certified Personnel X Y Z 16 of 16 A – DISTRICT ORGANIZATIONS AA District Legal Status AB ABA ABB ABC School Board Legal Status Powers and Duties Board Members Legal Status School Superintendent Legal Status AC District Organization Plan AD School Attendance Areas ADA School Census AE School Year AEA School Calendar AEB Extended School Year AEBA Summer Sessions AF AFA School Day Emergency Closing FILE: AA DISTRICT LEGAL STATUS “The Legislature shall establish, organize and maintain a liberal system of public schools throughout the state for the benefit of the children thereof between the ages of six and twentyone years.” The Lowndes County School District (hereafter referred to as “District”) is under the exclusive control and management of the Lowndes County Board of Education (hereafter referred to as “Board”), a body duly authorized by the state Legislature. The general administration and supervision of the public schools of Lowndes County is vested in the Board. The Board governs all public schools within the county. The District must operate in accordance with all applicable constitutional and statutory provisions and requirements of the State of Alabama and the United States. Ref: U.S. Const. Amend. X; U.S. Const. Amend XTV, 1; Alabama Coalition for Equity. Inc. v. GUY Hunt. Et al., CV-90-883-R (1991); Ala. Code 16-8-8; Ala. Code 16-11-1 et seq.; See: Wisconsin v. Yoder, 92 S. Ct. 1526 (1972); Milliken v. Bradley, 94 S. Ct. 3112 (1974); Dayton Board of Education v. Brinkman, 97 S. Ct. 2766 (1977) and Act Number 2012-295. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and January 10, 2013 FILE: AB SCHOOL BOARD LEGAL STATUS The Constitution of Alabama places on the State Legislature the responsibility for establishing, organizing, and maintaining a liberal system of public schools throughout the state for the benefit of children thereof between the ages of six and twenty-one years. The Legislature has provided for County Boards of Education as the bodies charged with establishment, maintenance, development, and operation of efficient public school programs at the local level. The Alabama Supreme Court has held that the Board is vested with a broad range of administrative and supervisory authority commensurate with the aforementioned prescribed educational responsibilities. As members of an instrumentality created by the state, Lowndes County Board Members are officers of the state, but they have local jurisdiction. The Board is the agency through which the county acts in regard to school matters. Board Members have authority only when functioning as a “body” or “group” in legally called regular or special meetings. The powers of the Board are delegated only to the Board as a “body.” No authority is granted to members acting as individuals. The Board is cognizant that all actions must be taken in good faith, with reasonable prudence and sincerity, based on the belief that such actions are correct and in the best interests of the District in accordance with statutes and pertinent judicial precedents. Ref: Ala. Const., Amend. 111, Sec. 256 Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-11-9, Act 2012-295. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and January 10, 2013 FILE: ABA POWERS AND DUTIES The Board shall act as the general agent of the people within its jurisdiction in all matters pertinent to the public education of students enrolled in the schools of the District. The Board shall be responsible for carrying out all mandatory laws pertaining to education and shall consider, accept or reject provisions of permissive legislation where discretion is so authorized. In all cases where constitutional mandates, federal and/or state statutes, judicial precedents or regulations of duly recognized governmental agencies do not otherwise provide or prohibit, the Board shall consider itself the agent responsible for establishing and appraising the educational activities of the District. The Board shall consider as its major responsibility policy development, adoption and appraisal. In these areas, input from the Superintendent, principals, supervisors, teachers and professional organizations shall be welcomed through procedures defined by the Superintendent or his designated representative and approved by the Board. The specific duties of the Board shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Select the person to serve as the chief executive officer and Superintendent of Schools Support such person in the discharge of his duties. 2. Establish and approve policies relating to the operation of the public schools. 3. Adopt a calendar of school events for each ensuing year, which calendar shall be distributed to the teachers and others as deemed necessary. 4. Adopt the annual budget, consider and approve payrolls and approve expenditures of funds as recommended by the Superintendent. 1 of 2 FILE: ABA 5. Consider reports of transacted business and its relation to the financial status of the system. 6. Appoint principals and other employees only upon the written recommendation of the Superintendent. 7. Determine salary schedules and other personnel policies. 8. Consider reports of the Superintendent on the progress of the schools and advise him on recommended changes in educational programs. 9. Adopt plans for structural improvements and determine the means to finance them. 10. Inform the citizens of the community and the Legislature of the needs of the schools. 11. Implement a systematic program utilizing a standardized evaluation instrument (Professional Education Personnel Evaluation Program for Alabama for Superintendents) for evaluating the effectiveness of the Superintendent. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-1 et seq., 16-11-1 to 27, 16-12-15, 16-12-16, 16-22-5 16-22-6, 41-16-50, 41-16-51, 16-13-130, 16-13-141. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: ABB BOARD MEMBERS LEGAL STATUS The legal status of each duly elected member of the Board of Education shall be that of an “officer” who cannot be removed from his position by recall. Such status does not authorize said member to act for or bind the Board individually. The powers and duties vested in the Board may only b exercised by action of the Board as a whole at duly called and organized meetings. In this respect, no motion or resolution shall be declared adopted without the concurrence of the majority (three) of the whole (five) Board. QUALIFICATIONS FOR BOARD MEMBERS Members of the Board must meet the following criteria: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. A Board member must be a qualified elector of Lowndes County. A Board member must be of good moral character. A Board member must have at least a fair elementary education. A Board member must be of good standing in his respective community. A Board member must be known for his honesty, business ability, public spirit and interest in the good of public education. No Board member may be an employee of the Board unless the county’s population reaches between 96,000 and 106,000. No Board member nor relative within his immediate family may contract with said Board for the sale of materials. No member of the Board shall be financially interested, directly or indirectly, in the business of the Board. Board members should have a genuine interest in and devotion to public education. They should be willing to cooperate by contributing time and effort to work at hand. 1 of 3 FILE: ABB TERMS OF OFFICE Members of the Board shall be elected at the general election of the state and shall serve for terms of six years. METHOD OF ELECTION Members of the Board are elected by the qualified electors of the County at the general election of the state and county officers. UNEXPIRED TERM FULFILLMENT In the event a vacancy occurs in the office of members of the Board the majority of the remaining members of the Board shall fill the vacancy by appointment. The newly appointed member will serve the remainder of the unexpired term. In the event the Board fails to fill the vacant position, the State Superintendent shall appoint a successor. RESIGNATION OF BOARD MEMBERS A Board member may submit his resignation at any time during his term of office. Such resignation shall be approved by the Board. In the event a Board member elects to resign, a written statement of resignation shall be submitted to the Board as far in advance of the effective resignation date as possible. A Board member shall be considered resigned when the member permanently changes his residence from Lowndes County, becomes subject to the authority of the Board, as an employee or otherwise, with limited exception. 2 of 3 FILE: ABB REMOVAL FROM OFFICE Members of the Board are officers of the state, with local jurisdiction at the county level, and may be removed from office only through impeachment proceedings in Circuit Court or other court of like jurisdiction as stipulated in the Alabama Constitution of 1901. Causes for impeachment of any Board member shall be those applicable to all public officers; namely: (1) willingly neglect of duty; (2) corruption in office; (3) incompetency; (4) intemperance in the use of intoxicating liquors or narcotics to such an extent, in view of the dignity of the office and importance of its duties, as unfits the officer for the discharge of such duties; or (5) any offensive involving moral turpitude in office, or committed under color thereof, or connected therewith. Ref: Ala. Const. art. VII, 173; Ala Code 16-11-2, 16-11-5, 16-8-1, 16-8-8, 16-8-9; Day v. Andrews, 188 So. 2d 523 (1966); Wood v. Strickland, 95 S. Ct 992 (1975), 41-16-60, 3625-1 to -14, 16-8-2, 16-11-3, 16-8-6, 36-9-1, Baker v. Conway, 108 So. 18 (1926), Ala. Const. Art. VII, 173-175. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 3 of 3 FILE: ABC SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT LEGAL STATUS The Board shall appoint as its chief executive officer a Superintendent of Education who, in addition to serving as the chief executive officer of the board, shall also serve as Secretary of the Board. The Superintendent shall be appointed by the Board for a term of no more than four years from the first day of July next succeeding his appointment. The Board shall have authority to fix the above contract of employment and set the compensation and fringe benefits that are applicable to the Superintendent. The Board may, in lieu of stipulating an expense account, include said amount in the compensation of the Superintendent. As the chief executive officer of the District, the Superintendent shall be charge with the responsibility of wise and efficient implementation of all adopted policies. He shall also be charged with management of the resources of the District. The Superintendent shall have all authority prescribed by Alabama statutes and shall use authority in the efficient and effective discharge of his responsibilities. His discharge of duties shall be of such caliber as to assure that the quality of the District’s education programs is consonant with legislative intent, needs of students and employees, and commensurate with the changing needs of the local citizenry. As secretary of the Board, the Superintendent shall conduct all correspondence of the Board, keep and preserve all of the Board’s records, receive all reports required by the Board and see that such reports are in the proper form, complete and accurate. The Superintendent shall attend al Board meetings and shall have the right to advise on any motion under consideration, but shall not have a vote. He shall keep, or cause to be kept, an accurate copy of all minutes in 1 of 2 FILE: ABC an official minute book reflecting al business of the Board conducted at regular or special meetings. As Secretary of the Board, the Superintendent shall see that copies of all minutes are provided to all Board members and that the official Board minutes are made available for public examination in accordance with State Law. The Superintendent shall give bond in an amount fixed and approved by the Board. Said bond shall in a sum or not less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000). Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-7, 16-9-1, 16-9-3, 16-9-8, 16-9-9, 16-12-1, 16-12-3, 16-11-7, 11-2-1, 11-2 36-5-1, Act No. 2006-196. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 2 of 2 FILE: AC DISTRICT ORGANIZATIONAL PLAN Except as otherwise authorized by the State Board of Education, the public schools of Lowndes County shall include elementary schools, middle schools, high schools and a career/technical center. The Board is authorized to establish and maintain within its system public kindergartens for children who qualify for the program and who are bonafide residents of and living within the respective jurisdiction of the District. The Board is authorized to reorganize the schools within it jurisdiction and to determine and fix the number of grades to be taught at each school in accordance with the dictates of the public and best interest of the students. The Board is the source that issues the authority to administer the Head Start Program. All Head Start Program employees, with the exception of the Head Start director, shall adhere to the policies outlined in the Head Start Program Personnel Policies and Procedures Manual. The Head Start Director shall enforce the policies outlined in the Head Start Program Personnel Policies and Procedures Manual and be governed by all policies outlined in the Board’s Policy Manual. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-36, 16-11-16, 16-8-41; Shores v Elmore County Board of Education, 3 So. 2d 14 (1941) Date Adopted: September 4, 2987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: AD SCHOOL ATTENDANCE AREAS The Board is empowered to arrange its respective jurisdiction into one or more attendance zones. The Board, however, must exercise such discretion in a manner consistent with constitutional, statutory and judicial mandates regarding equal educational opportunities for all students. However, a student who becomes a victim of a violent criminal offense committed on school property during school hours or at school-sponsored activities shall be given an opportunity to transfer to a safe public school within the school district. For the purpose of this definition, a “violent criminal offense” shall mean homicide, robbery, assault in the first and/or second degree, sexual battery (including rape) as these offenses are defined in the Criminal Code of Alabama; and the use of a handgun, firearm component, explosive, knife, and other “unknown weapons” as defined by the Student Incident Report (SIR). The school district shall notify the student’s parent/guardian of the right to transfer as soon as possible, not to exceed ten (10) calendar days from the date of a final determination by the school board or its designee that a violent criminal offense has occurred. All school district transfer procedures will be observed. It shall be the policy of the Alabama State Department of Education (SDE) to notify the school district annually when one or more of its designee shall orally notify the Prevention and Support Services Section of the SDE within twenty-four (24) hours of the decision that a violent criminal offense has occurred, followed by written confirmation. The 1 of 2 FILE: AD SDE will assist the school district in resolving all safety issues. At a minimum, if the school district has one or more schools identified as persistently dangerous it must: Step 1. Notify parents/guardians of each student attending the school within ten (10) working days that is has been identified as a transfer option school and offer students the opportunity to transfer to a safe public school within the school district if another school is available. Step 2. Complete the transfer for those students who opt to do so within 20 working days. Step 3. Develop a corrective action plan to be submitted to the SDE for approval within 20 working days of the school district’s receipt of status. Step 4. Implement the corrective action plan. Once a school has been identified as a transfer option school, it can return to safe status by : 1) completing Steps One through Four above; and 2) completing two consecutive years with less than one percent (1%) of the student population or five (5) students (whichever is greater) expelled for violent criminal offenses as defined in this policy. Also, the Board must offer all students in identified Title 1 schools the opportunity to transfer to another public school when those schools fall within one of the stages of improvement detailed in the No Child Left Behind legislation. The Board shall adhere to all guidelines therin. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-32, 16-28-19; Carr v. Montgomery County Board of Education, 377 F. Supp. 1123 (M.D. Ala. 1974 ) affm’d 511 F. 2d 1374 (5th Cir. 1975.) Ala. Code 13A-6-1 No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, Public Law 107-110, Title [X Section 9532 (a) and (b) Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 2 of 2 FILE: ADA SCHOOL CENSUS The Board shall cause to be taken under the direction of the Superintendent of Education a quadrennial census of the school children in the County, between the ages of six (6) and nineteen (19) years of age. Said census shall be taken during the month of July in accordance with directives of the State Superintendent of Education. The Superintendent shall be authorized to employ enumerators shall, upon recommendation of the Superintendent, be fixed by the Board and paid out of the Board funds. Reports of the census-takers shall be made, under oath, to the Superintendent on or before the fifteenth day of August next succeeding the time at which the census has been taken. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-31, 16-8-32, 16-11-10. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: AE SCHOOL YEAR The scholastic or school year shall begin on July 1 and end on June 30 of the following year. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-1. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: AEA SCHOOL CALENDAR The Board shall approve a school calendar as prepared by the Superintendent with input from the staff to be released to the various schools in the District prescribing or announcing the opening and closing dates of all school, legal holidays, reporting periods, dates on which official reports are due, etc. The school calendar should be announced from the Office of Superintendent prior to the closing date of the preceding school year. VACATIONS The Board shall establish vacation periods by designating the closing dates of the schools after the school year has been completed. HOLIDAYS The Board has discretionary power to establish the holidays, which will be observed during the school year, except those holidays, specified and required by law. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-10, 16-8-30, 16-11-9, 16-11-18 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: AEB EXTENDED SCHOOL YEAR The length of a disabled student’s program may not be limited to the regular school term/year if significant regression, caused by an interruption in educational services, renders it impossible or unlikely that the student will retain critical skills even after an appropriate recoupment period. All students experience some regression over school breaks. However, this does not automatically entitle these students to an Extended School Year (ESY) Program. Therefore, the Individualized Education Plan (IEP) Committee will determine whether skills learned by the student during the school year (as reflected on the IEP) will be significantly jeopardized without an ESY Program. The following provisions govern ESY Programs: 1. Provision of ESY services shall be reviewed for all special education (disabled) students, or when the unique educational needs of the disabled student make such considerations appropriate. 2. ESY services shall be based on the individual needs of the disabled students and not by category of disabling condition. 3. Consideration of ESY services shall be limited to the goals/objectives identified in the student’s current IEP. 4. ESY services shall provide for the maintenance of those skills identified as critical by the IEP Committee and will not necessarily duplicate all of the services contained in the current IEP. Services are not to be provided simply because a student would acquire some benefit from them or gain new skills. 5. ESY services shall be provided only when determined by the IEP Committee to be a necessary component of a disabled student’s free appropriate public education and shall not be confused with, or considered the same as, optional fee-based summer school or enrichment programs. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-1, 16-11-9. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: AEBA SUMMER SESSIONS The Board has the authority to establish and operate summer sessions. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-10, 16-11-18. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: AF SCHOOL DAY The school day shall consist of 6 hours of instructional time per day. This instructional time shall not be interrupted by unscheduled visitors, extracurricular activities or fund-raising activities. Only emergency public address announcements shall be made during periods of instruction. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-1. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: AFA EMERGENCY CLOSING The Board shall authorize the Superintendent or his designee to announce the closing of schools if prevailing or potential hazards threaten the safety and well-being of pupils and employees. The decision to close schools shall be made by the Superintendent or his designee after conferring, when possible, with the Board and other community agencies responsible for the safety and well-being of the community. Public announcements and releases to news media shall be made by the Superintendent or his designee. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-11-9. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 B – SCHOOL BOARD OPERATIONS BA Internal Organization BAA Officers BAB Duties BABA New Member Orientation BABB Board Members’ Professional Development Opportunities BABC Compensation BAC Board Committees BAD Board-Superintendent Relations BAE Attorney BAF Consultants BB BBA BBB BBC BBD BBE BBF BBG BBH BBI BBJ BBK Meetings Types Time and Place Notification Preparation Agendas Materials Distribution Rules of Order Voting Methods Minutes Public Participation Executive Sessions BC Policy Development BD Memberships BE Code of Conduct FILE: BA INTERNAL ORGANIZATION The Board shall elect one of its members to serve as President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the Board and shall call special meetings when circumstances require such meetings. He/She shall sign, with the Superintendent, all official documents that require the signature of the President. He/She shall perform other duties as prescribed by law or specified in the Board’s policies. In the absence of the President, or in the even of his inability or failure to act, the Vice-President shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all power of the President. The rules generally adopted by deliberative bodies for their governance shall be observed by the Board of Education. The Superintendent of Education shall be appointed by the Board as provided by law and shall serve as Secretary and perform all the duties which are prescribed by law and such other duties, not inconsistent therewith, as a majority (three) of the whole (five) Board may direct. No motion or resolution shall be declared adopted without the concurrence of the majority (three) of the whole (five) Board. The Board shall hold such other meetings as may be provided for in its bylaws or required by law. Ref: Ala. Code 16-11-3, 16-11-5, 16-8-4, 16-8-7. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: BAA OFFICERS The President of the Board shall preside at all meetings and shall decide questions of order in accordance with Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised, except that the President can vote to break a tie. In the absence of the President, the Vice-President shall perform the duties and assume the obligations of the President. The Superintendent shall serve as Secretary of the Board. The Secretary shall conduct all correspondence of the Board, keep and preserve all its records, receive all reports required by the Board, and see that such reports are in proper form, complete and accurate. He/She shall attend all meetings of the Board and of its committees. In case the Secretary is absent, the Board may appoint another member of the Board, or a professional employee under the jurisdiction of said Board, to act as Secretary. The Treasurer is designated as custodian of all monies that accrue to the Board. He/She shall receive and hold all Board monies and shall pay out Board funds only on the approval of the majority (three) of the whole (five) Board, upon the written recommendation of the Superintendent. The Treasurer shall keep financial records as shall be required by the Board or law. Before assuming any of the duties of his office, the Treasurer shall give bond in an amount to be fixed by the State Superintendent of Education through a reputable surety company authorized to do business in Alabama, conditioned upon the faithful performance of the duties of his office. No public funds shall be paid to the designated Treasurer of the 1 of 2 FILE: BAA Board prior to the making and approval of the bonds of the Superintendent of Education and the designated Treasure of the Board of Education and prior to the filling of such bonds in the office of the Department of Education. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-7, 16-9-3, 16-11-3, 16-11-3, 16-11-5, 16-11-6, 16-11-7, 16-12-1, 16-12-3. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: BAB DUTIES The duties and obligations of an individual Board Member shall include the following: 1. To attend all meetings. 2. To become familiar with the Federal and State School Laws, the state Department of Education rules and regulations, Board policies, rules and regulations. 3. To assist in establishing the highest goals and objectives for the School District which can realistically be achieved with the available resources. 4. To vote and act in the Board meetings for the total good of the School District. 5. To accept the will of the majority vote and give support to the resultant policy. 6. To represent the Board in such a way as to promote public interest in and support for Board-related activities. 7. To refer complaints to the proper school authorities and to abstain from individual counsel and action. 8. To recognize that frank discussions based on objective rationale are vital to the ultimate success of the school system. 9. To comply with all statutory requirements, state and local Board policies, and regulations of duly authorized administrative agencies. 10. To act ethically in all matters at all times thereby representing the School System to the best of one’s ability. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-8-10, 16-11-19 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BABA NEW MEMBER ORIENTATION The Board realizes the importance of a functional orientation program for new Board members. Under the guidance and direction of the experienced Board members and the Superintendent, orientation shall be provided to new Board members through activities, which include the following: 1. They shall be extended an official letter of welcome. 2. They shall be provided with a copy of the Board policies and regulations 3. They shall be provided with current copies of school budgets and financial statements. 4. They shall be provided with information on school enrollments, qualifications of teachers, buildings, instructional programs, etc. 5. They shall be briefed on their new responsibilities and duties with the help of the Superintendent. 6. They shall be taken on a comprehensive tour of the School District by the Superintendent. 7. They shall meet jointly and individually with the Superintendent and experienced Board members for orientation purposes. 8. They shall be strongly encouraged to attend new Board member orientation sessions conducted by the Alabama Association of School Boards. 9. They shall be provided with a copy of The Code of Alabama, Title 16, as it relates to educational concerns. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-6, 16-8-8, 16-11-9. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BABB BOARD MEMBERS’ PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES Board members shall pursue ongoing training to develop and enhance their knowledge and effectiveness as Board members and to improve Board governance and operations. Board members shall be encouraged to attend local, state and national conventions and conferences pertaining to educational improvement of Board members, to visit other schools, and to affiliate with and attend conferences and workshops conducted by the Alabama and National School Boards Associations. In addition, other sources considered knowledgeable in school board governance and leadership and approved by the Board may be used. Board members shall provide a report to the Board about training experiences at the next available Board meeting. As it deems appropriate, the Board shall conduct an annual evaluation to evaluate its efficiency and effectiveness in the following areas: 1. Relationship with Superintendent. 2. Community Relationships. 3. Board Meetings. 4. Staff and Personnel Relationships. 5. Relationship to Instructional Program. 6. Relationship to Financial Management of the Schools. 7. Personal Qualities. 8. Other. Upon the conclusion of the evaluation, the Board shall discuss the results in detail and formulate a series of objectives for the ensuing year. Objectives shall be stated sin the form of behavioral or productivity modifications to be achieved. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-6; Act of Alabama 2009-297. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and March 11, 2010 FILE: BABC COMPENSATION Members of the Board are authorized to receive reasonable compensation for their services, not to exceed $600.00 per month, unless set at higher limit by local act. Board members shall set the level of compensation to be received by them upon a majority voted of the Board at its annual meeting. Any increase in compensation approved by the Board shall take effect following the expiration of the next member’s term of office. The compensation identified herein shall be in addition to actual traveling and other necessary expenses incurred in attending meetings and transacting business of the Board. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-26; Ala. Constitution Article IV, Section 68. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and February 12, 2009 FILE: BAC BOARD COMMITTEES The Board shall have no standing committees. The Board, for special assignments, may create special committees. When so created, such committees shall be appointed by the President and shall terminate upon completing their assignments, or they shall be terminated at any time by a majority vote of the Board. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BAD BOARD-SUPERINTENDENT RELATIONS The Board considers the formulation and adoption of policies as its most important function. The execution and implementation of adopted policies shall be the function of the Superintendent. Delegation by the Board of its executive powers to the Superintendent provides freedom for the Superintendent to manage the schools within the Board’s policies and frees the Board to devote its time to policy-making and to judicial and evaluative functions. The Board shall hold the Superintendent responsible for carrying out its policies within established guidelines and for keeping the Board informed about school operations. In an effort to keep the Board informed, the Superintendent shall promptly notify Board members of any happenings of an emergency nature that occur in the schools. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BAE ATTORNEY The Board may retain and utilize legal counsel at the Board’s expense, without going through the state competitive bid laws. Ref: Ala. Code 41-16-51 (a)(3). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BAF CONSULTANTS The Board may employ consultants to assist the Board and its employees. The services of such consultants may be secured without competitive bids. The Board shall fix terms of employment for consultants. The administrative and supervisory staff of the Board shall encourage the use of professional consultants from the State Department of Education, colleges, universities, and other sources where such consultative services will be helpful in the improvement of the instructional management program in the District. All consultants must be approved by the Superintendent and the Board prior to the invitation and arrangement for visitation by such person or persons to the District. Ref: Ala. Code 41-16-51. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BB MEETINGS The Board shall transact all legal business of the Board in official meetings. No member of the Board, nor any committee of the Board, shall have power to act in the name of the Board outside of legal Board meetings unless authorized by the Board as a whole. The Board shall hold an annual meeting in November, and shall hold at least five regular meetings, in addition to the annual meeting, during the school year. Special meetings of the Board may also be held whenever statutorily required, ordered by the President, at written request of two or more members of the Board, or by request of the Superintendent provided that adequate advance notice setting forth the purpose for which said special meeting is called is given to each member of the Board. Board meetings shall be formal for orderly procedure but informal enough to be natural, to encourage free discussion and to promote group thinking and action. The Board desires to be informed of the problems, requests, complaints and suggestions of members of the community, but the Board will not allow such matters to interfere with diligent attention to the affairs of the School District. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBA TYPES ANNUAL BOARD MEETINGS The Board shall hold an annual meeting each year in November during which the Board shall elect one of its members to serve as President and one as Vice-President for a period of one year. REGULAR MEETINGS The schedule for regular meetings of the Board shall be approved at the Board’ first organizational meeting. The schedule for the regular meeting date may be changed to an alternate date, subject to approval of a majority of the Board. The regular meeting dates may also be changed to alternate dates for such good and sufficient reasons as illness, lack of quorum or other similarly valid and legally defensible reasons. SPECIAL MEETINGS The Board shall hold special meetings at such place and time as the duties and business of the Board may require. The Board President or the Superintendent shall call such meetings. Formal written notice concerning time, date and place of such special meetings shall not be required since the reason for convening such sessions mandates immediate action. However, when possible, the Superintendent, serving as Secretary, shall provide such written notice. A written request for a special meeting by two Board members shall make it mandatory for the President to call a special meeting of the Board. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-3, 16-8-4, 16-11-5. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBB TIME AND PLACE The Board shall hold an annual meeting each year in November. Each year a special meeting shall also be held for public participation on the subject of public school funds allotment or any other matter relating to the administration of the public schools of the county. The Board may hold such special meetings at such time and places as the duties and business of the Board may require. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-3, 16-8-4, 16-11-5. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBC NOTIFICATION Board members shall receive notice of each regularly scheduled Board meeting, including an agenda, at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to regular Board meetings. The Superintendent shall, whenever possible, notify (or cause to be notified) all board members at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to special meetings. Time, date, place and purpose shall be specified. Public notice shall be given of the times, dates and places of meetings. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-3, 16-8-4, 16-11-5, 13A-14.2. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBD PREPARATION Board members shall be afforded the necessary time to study any proposal submitted to the Board before ruling thereon. In the case of emergency meetings, Board members shall work diligently and as effectively as possible in order to make informed and responsible decisions where little preparation time is available. Upon approval of a majority of the Board, the Superintendent may be directed to furnish the Board with any required information and/or recommendations within a reasonable length of time. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBE AGENDAS The Board President shall direct the Superintendent to prepare, or cause to be prepared, an agenda for all regular Board meetings. Items of business may be suggested to the Superintendent by Board members, administrative staff, employees, school patrons or lay citizens of the School District for inclusion on the agenda. Agenda items proposed by school patrons and lay citizens shall be submitted in written form and received in the office of the Superintendent at least five (5) calendar days prior to the meeting date. The determination of proper inclusion of suggested agenda items received from such sources shall be made by the Superintendent, subject to board review. The agenda and supportive materials for a particular board meeting shall be provided to each Board member at least three (3) days prior to the meeting unless the meeting or agenda item is of an emergency nature. Items of business may not be suggested from the floor for discussion. The suggested order of business shall be as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Call to order. Establish quorum. Approval of agenda. Approval of the minutes of previous meeting. Hear delegations. Unfinished business. New business. Superintendent’s Reports. Adjournment. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBF MATERIALS DISTRIBUTION Board members shall receive any and all materials or supplemental information which the Superintendent considers important to clarify, broaden and/or help increase understanding of the Schools District’s business matters for which Board members are duly responsible. The Superintendent shall be responsible for the distribution of all material. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-7, 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-12-3 (a), (f), 16-11-9. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBG RULES OF ORDER The Board shall observe Robert’s Rules of Order, Newly Revised, with an exception that the President may discuss and, in case of a tie, may vote on matters before the Board. The Secretary of the Board may not serve as President pro term for that meeting. No motion or resolution shall be declared adopted without the concurrence of the majority of the whole board. Quorum A majority of the full membership shall constitute a quorum at regular or special meetings of the Board. The only action that may be taken in the absence of a quorum is to adjourn the meeting to another time in the expectation of a quorum. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-4, 16-11-5. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBH VOTING METHODS Board members shall not be represented by proxy at any meeting at any time. All Board members present at meetings shall be authorized to speak on issues, offer and second motions and vote. Any matter requiring a vote of the Board shall be voted by open ballot. A roll call may be required by the President on matters of extreme importance or at the request of any Board member. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBI MINUTES The Board delegates the responsibility of recording minutes of Board meetings to the Superintendent, who shall serve as the Secretary of the Board. The minutes of each Board meeting shall be prepared by the Superintendent and mailed or delivered to the members at least seventy-two (72) hours before the time of the next regular meeting. A copy of all motions shall be carefully recorded. At each Board meeting considered a regular meeting, the Board minutes not previously approved shall be approved by the Board. The official minutes shall be kept in bound volumes at the office of the Superintendent, considered to be the office of the Board of Education. All official records of the Board shall be available to citizens for inspection at the office of the Superintendent. The Board encourages citizens to keep current on Board actions by reviewing the minutes; however, the Board cannot assume the obligation of making copies of the Board minutes or other public information documents for the general public. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-7, 16-12-3, 13A-14-2, 16-13-106, 36-12-2, 36-12-40 to -42. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBJ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION The Board shall encourage the citizens of the community to appear and bring before the Board any matter deemed important to the improvement of the School District. The Board shall vest in the President or presiding officer of the Board full authority to terminate the remarks of any person when such remarks have as their objective a personal attack on any person associated with the School District. All delegations or individuals who wish to appear before the Board shall submit their requests to the Superintendent at least five days prior to the meeting date. Such requests shall specify the nature of the business to be taken up with the Board, the names of those who wish to address the Board and the approximate time the matter will take. Each delegation that appears before the Board shall select one of its members as a spokesperson and provide his/her name to the Superintendent. The spokesperson shall adhere to time allotments as specified by the Board President. All delegations or individuals who register to address the Board immediately prior to the meeting shall speak to the agenda items only. The President of the Board shall not be obligated to recognize any person who desires to take up any business with the Board unless the time has been properly place on the agenda for that meeting. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-9, 13A-14-2, 16-11-9. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: BBK EXECUTIVE SESSIONS The Board may hold executive sessions for specific purpose upon approval of the majority of the members present and voting in legally called meeting. Executive sessions shall be held in compliance with the “Open Meeting Law”. Only members of the Board, the Superintendent and persons designated by the Board, shall be regarded as confidential by all persons in attendance and shall not be divulged to the public. No minutes, audio tape recordings of visual tape recordings shall be kept of the executive session discussion. Nothing having the effect of regulation, policy or official action of any king shall be decided in executive sessions. Ref: Ala. Code 13A-14-2 and Act No 2005-40 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and November 10, 2005 FILE: BC POLICY DEVELOPMENT The Board, upon written recommendation of the Superintendent, shall formulate policies by which its schools shall be managed. The Board’s policies shall be recorded in writing and made a part of the official policy manual. Such policies are to be distinguished from practices, procedures, rules, regulations and other standards which, however, widely followed, have not been approved as official policy by the Board. The adoption of a Board policy shall neither create a duty from the Board or any of its employees to any person or entity, the breach of which is legally actionable; nor shall any policy be deemed to create or impose any standard of care or safety on the Board; nor shall any policy be deemed to constitute a contract or quasi-contractual instrument; nor shall any policy grant a contractual right upon any person or entity. No Board policy shall be construed to create or confer any contractual right, property right, entitlement of, expectancy of, or other legal cognizable interest in employment or continuing employment. Nothing in any policy shall be construed to create or grant employment rights greater than or in addition to those expressed in law or written contract. Before adopting written policies the Board shall directly or indirectly through the Superintendent, consult with the local employees’ professional organization whose parent organization represents the majority of school employees statewide. Input by the applicable professional organization shall be made in writing to the Superintendent. The Superintendent may also consult professional assistants, principals, employees and interested citizens. All policies shall be made available to all persons affected and employed by the Board. 1 of 2 FILE: BC A policy recommended to the Board shall not be adopted until a subsequent meeting. This practice provides Board members time to study the proposed policy and to give interested parties an opportunity to react. Policy Dissemination Board policies and administrative rules and regulations shall also be made accessible to all members of the Board, student and members of the community served by the School District. Any amendments to the policies, rules and regulations of the Board shall be furnished to the affected persons employed by the Board within 20 days after adoption. Administration in Policy Absence: Suspension of Policies The Board authorizes the Superintendent to take reasonable and prudent action when the Board has provided no guidelines for administrative action. The Superintendent shall have the power to act unless the power to take such action is vested in the Board by law. The operation and effect of any section or sections or parts thereof of any policy contained in this policy manual duly adopted by the Board and not mandated or required to remain in continuous force by law or contract may be temporarily suspended by a majority vote of Board members at a lawful regular or special meeting if such Board at which a quorum of Board members is present. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-30. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: BD MEMBERSHIPS The Board shall maintain membership in the Alabama Association of School Boards. The Board recognizes that the best sources of continuing insights into good boardmanship are provided through active membership in this association. Each individual Board member is encouraged to participate as fully as possible in the activities of the association. Authorization to include the required organizational dues and cost of travel to the meetings of this association in the annual budget shall be considered automatic from year to year. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: BE CODE OF CONDUCT FOR SCHOOL BOARD MEMBERS The Board desires to operate with the highest standards of stewardship and principles of public service possible and to that end the Board adopts this Code of Conduct to provide that members of this public governing Board will: I. Conduct of Individuals 1. Attend and participate in regularly scheduled and called Board meetings. 2. Read and prepare in advance to discuss issues to be considered on the Board meeting agenda. 3. Recognize that the authority of the Board rests only with the Board as a whole and not with individual Board members. 4. Uphold and enforce applicable laws, rules and regulations of the local Board, and the Alabama State Board of Education, and court orders pertaining specifically to the school district. 5. Render all decisions based on available facts by exercising independent judgment instead of the opinion of individuals or special interest groups. 6. Work with other Board members and the Superintendent to establish effective policies to further the educational goals of the school district. 7. Make decisions on policy matters only after full consideration at public Board meetings. 8. Comply with the requirements of the School Board Governance Improvement Act. 9. Communicate in a respectful, professional manner with and about fellow Board members and the Superintendent. 10. Take no action that will compromise the Board or school district administration. 11. Refrain from using the position of school Board member for personal or partisan gain or to benefit any person or entity over the interests of the school district. 12. Inform the Superintendent and fellow Board members of business relationships or personal relationships for any matter that will come before the Board. 13. Abstain from voting on or seeking to influence personnel or other actions involving family members or close associates or private interests. 1 of 3 FILE: BE 14. Communicate to the Board and the Superintendent public reaction to Board policies and school programs. 15. Advocate for the need, resources, and interests of the public school students and the school district. 16. Safeguard the confidentiality of nonpublic information. 17. Show respect and courtesy to staff members. II. Conduct of Individuals at Board Meetings 1. Work with other Board members in a spirit of harmony and cooperation in spite of differences of opinion that may arise during the discussion and resolution of issues at Board meetings. 2. Take actions that reflect that the first and foremost concern is for the educational welfare of all students attending district schools. 3. Make decisions in accordance with the interests of the school system as a whole based on district finances available to accomplish educational goals and comply with the School Fiscal Accountability Act. 4. Abide by and support all majority decisions of the Board. 5. Act on personnel recommendations of the Superintendent in a timely manner, particularly when there are financial implications of such decisions. 6. Approve operating budgets and budget amendments that are aligned with district goals and objectives and are fiscally responsible. 7. Honor and protect the confidentiality of all discussions during executive sessions of the Board. III. Conduct of the Board as a Whole 1. Recognize that the Superintendent serves as the chief executive officer and secretary to the Board and should be present at all meetings of the Board except when his or her contract, salary or performance is under consideration. 2. Honor the Superintendent’s authority for the day-to-day administration of the school district. 3. In concert with the Superintendent, regularly and systematically communicate Board actions and decisions to students, staff, and the community. 2 of 3 FILE: BE 4. Review and evaluate the effectiveness of policies and programs to improve district performance. 5. Develop, in concert with the Superintendent, the vision and goals for the school district to address student needs, advance student performance, and monitor the implementation of policies and programs. 6. Provide opportunities for all members to express opinions prior to Board action. Ref: The School Board Governance Improvement Act of 2012 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and January 10, 2013 3 of 3 C – GENERAL SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION CA Line and Staff Relations CB CBA CBB CBC CBD CBE CBF CBG CBH CBI CBJ Superintendent of Education Qualifications Duties Appointment Compensation and Benefits Professional Development Opportunities Consulting Evaluation Separation Resignation Retirement CC Board-School Superintendent Relations CD Administrative Personnel (for school management and supervisory personnel below district superintendent level) CDA Compensation Guide and Contracts CDB Positions CDBA Qualifications and Duties CDC Recruitment CDD Hiring CED Assignment CDF Probation CDG Evaluation CGH Transfer CDI Separation CDJ Resignation CDK Retirement CDL Health Examinations CDM Time Schedules and Work Load CDN Expenses CDO Non-school Employment CDP Professional Leaves and Absences CDQ Personal Leaves and Absences Vacations CDR Vacations CDS Consulting FILE: CA LINE AND STAFF RELATIONS The Board is the policy-forming body of the School District. The Board shall approve all policies in conformance with applicable Federal, State and local statutes and regulations as well as with established judicial decisions. The Superintendent shall have the responsibility for enforcing the policies of the Board and interpreting, with assistance of Board counsel, all legal issues which pertain to the District. The administration of all facets of operation of the schools shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, including budgeting and other business affairs, direction of the instructional program, the selection, evaluation and improvement of personnel and planning and development of the physical plants. The staff organization for effective operation of the schools shall be planned by the Superintendent and submitted to the Board for approval. The Superintendent’s authority in all areas shall be commensurate with responsibilities designated by law and by the Board. The Superintendent shall be the chief executive officer and professional advisor to the Board and shall be responsible directly to the Board of Education. School principals shall be required to supervise and direct the programs in the school of their assignment. Principals shall work under the direction of the Superintendent or his/her designee to whom they are professionally and administratively responsible. Teachers and other school-based employees shall be responsible to the building principal and/or Superintendent’s designee and are obligated to abide by established rules and regulations in the performance of their classroom and other assigned duties. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-7, 16-12-3, 16-12-5, 16-12-15 to -21. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CB SUPERINTENDENT OF EDUCATION The Board shall appoint the Superintendent, as provided by State Law. The Superintendent is a statutory officer as provided by the Constitution and laws of the State of Alabama. As such, he has certain authorities and functions which are provided by law. His/her duties include service as secretary and executive officer of the Board. 1. 2. 3. The Superintendent may delegate to his administrative staff, with the approval of the Board, certain administrative authority and responsibility. The Superintendent shall, with the approval of the Board, organize his staff and schools, create and fill positions, and assign duties and responsibilities. All personnel who work in the School District shall be responsible to the Superintendent. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-2, 16-11-9, 16-12-3. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CBA SUPERINTENDENT QUALIFICATIONS The Board shall select a Superintendent of the School District who possesses the following minimum qualifications: A. Holds minimum master’s degree in educational leadership from a recognized four-year college or university. B. Has three years of successful educational experience as a teacher, principal, supervisor, or superintendent during the five years next preceding his appointment or election. C. Has five years administrative experience, preferably a broad range of elementary and secondary experience. D. Demonstrates ability in group dynamics and in working with people who have varying backgrounds and interests. E. Has the ability to view all aspects of issues and deal fairly, when views differ from his own. F. Demonstrates knowledge of school finance. G. Demonstrates knowledge of educational research and methods of research. H. Has ability to delegate authority. I. Holds an Alabama certificate in administration and supervision. J. Possesses good character, high moral standing and integrity. K. Has any other qualifications that the Board deems necessary and proper. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-2, 16-1-9, 16-12-3. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CBB DUTIES The Board delegates the following duties and responsibilities to the Superintendent: 1. Implement all policies, rules and regulations adopted by the Board. 2. Prepare and submit to the Board required reports. 3. Assume overall financial responsibility: a. Recommend teacher’s salary schedule. b. Prepare reports on financial status; be responsible for any report required by the Board. 4. Recommend for Board approval all candidates for employment, transfer, reassignment, promotion or termination. 5. Assume responsibility for assignment of personnel. 6. Formulate means of evaluating staff members and report such evaluation to the Board when necessary. 7. Provide professional leadership for educational program of the school system. 8. Develop plans for the maintenance, improvement, or expansion of buildings and property needed to provide an adequate educational program. 9. Plan means to keep the community informed about school matters. 10. Keep decisions in line with Board policies, and in all matters where duties are not definitely defined, exercise discretion. 11. Attend all meetings of the Board, except when his/her employment is discusses, and have the right to speak on all matters, but not vote. 12. Bring such matters before the Board as may seem to him/her necessary for the general welfare of the schools. 13. Hold the power to suspend students from school. 14. Employ and assign substitute teachers as needed, with the assistance of principals. 1 of 2 FILE: CBB 15. Attend and participates in local, state, regional and national professional conference as authorized by the Board as part of his official duties. 16. Be responsible for all minutes of the Board and other records pertaining to the School District, including distribution to the school principals. 17. Temporarily fill job vacancies, pending final approval by the Board. Ref: Ala. Code 16-12-1 to -21. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: CBC APPOINTMENT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT The Board shall appoint a Superintendent for a term agreed upon by the Board and the Superintendent, subject to such conditions and limitations as prescribed by law. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-1, 16-9-11, 16-12-1. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CBD COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS The Board shall determine the salary, additional benefits, vacation entitlement and other leave of the Superintendent. Additional benefits such as health and other forms of insurance, annual vacation, holidays, and temporary and extended leaves and absences shall be at least equal to those granted other professional staff members. The Superintendent may also be provided, as determined by the Board, with an annual travel allowance. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-1, 16-9-12, 16-12-1, 16-11-19. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CBE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES The Superintendent shall be encouraged to attend local, state and national conventions and conferences pertaining to educational improvement of Superintendents, to visit other schools, and to affiliate with and attend conferences and workshops conducted by professional organizations. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-16, 16-12-13, 16-12-10, 16-12-11, 16-23-7 to -13 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CBF SUPERINTENDENT CONSULTING The Superintendent shall devote his time to the supervision of the School District. He shall not be engaged in any other business. Only by prior agreement with the Board may the Superintendent undertake for remuneration consultative work, speaking engagements, or other professional obligations. Said prior agreement may be stipulated in the contract of employment between the Superintendent and Board, or may de decided by the parties as opportunities arise. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CBG EVALUATION The Board shall implement a systematic program utilizing a standardized evaluation instrument (Professional Education Personnel Evaluation Programs of Alabama for Superintendents) for evaluating the effectiveness of the Superintendent. A contracted evaluator selected from the State pool of Professional Education Personnel Evaluation Program evaluators shall conduct such evaluation. Annually, the results of the evaluation shall be made available to the Superintendent and followed by discussions between the Board and the Superintendent. The Superintendent will be informed that if his or her evaluation results fall below the performance standards established by the state, the board may consider these results in determining the Superintendent’s continued employment by the board. The Superintendent may not appeal the evaluation results but may request a review of the evaluation process if he or she believes the process has not been implemented according to state and local implementation plans. The Superintendent must follow the review and appeal process outlined in the state plan. A statement of the evaluation results shall be prepared in writing by the Board and made a part of the Superintendent’s personnel record/file. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-9-2, 16-12-1, 16-11-9. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: March 1, 1989, January 10, 2002 and April 5, 2005 FILE: CBH SEPARATION The Board may terminate the contract of the Superintendent at any time for incompetency, immorality,, misconduct in office, willful neglect of duty, or when, in the opinion of the Board, the best interest of school requires such removal. The Board shall, if contemplating the above action, afford the Superintendent a full hearing, procedurally and substantively identical to the type of hearing required prior to dismissal of a teacher who has achieved continuing service (tenure) status. Ref: U.S. Const. Amdnd. XIV, 1; Ala. Code 16-12-1; Ala. Const. Art. VII, 173, 175; Board of Refents v. Roth, 92 S. Ct. 2701 (1972); Perry v. Sinderman, 92s Ct. 2694 (1972). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CBI RESIGNATION The Board shall approve the resignation of the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall submit his resignation in written form to the Board at least forty-five (45) days prior to the effective resignation date unless otherwise agreed upon by the Board and Superintendent. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CBJ RETIREMENT The Board recognizes that the Superintendent shall participate in the Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama for the purpose of receiving allowances and other benefits. Ref: Ala. Code 16-25-1 to -20 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CC BOARD-SUPERINTENDENT RELATIONS The Board believes that the formulation and adoption of policies is the most important function of the Board and that the execution of the policies should be the function of the Superintendent. Delegation by the Board of its executive powers to the Superintendent provides freedom for the Superintendent to manage the schools within the Board’s policies and frees the Board to devote its time to policy-making and policy appraisal. The Board shall hold the Superintendent responsible for carrying out its policies within established guidelines. The Superintendent shall keep the Board informed about individual school and/or School District operation. The Superintendent shall notify Board members as promptly as possible of any happenings of an emergency nature, which occur in the schools. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CD ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL The Board shall upon the recommendation of the Superintendent, employ such administrative and supervisory personnel as needed to carry out the policies and regulations of the Board. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-11-2, 16-12-16. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDA COMPENSATION GUIDES AND CONTRACTS The Board authorizes the Superintendent to prepare or cause to be prepared salary schedules for all administrative and supervisory personnel employed by the School District. The salary schedules shall be presented to the Board for approval. The Superintendent shall issue contracts to all administrative and supervisory personnel in accordance with State law and consistent with established local policy. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8 ____24, 16-9-23, 16-11-17, 16-11-9, 16-23-1 to -3. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDB POSITIONS Before any new administrative or supervisory position is established, the Board must approve a job description for the position, as presented by the Superintendent, which specifies the jobholder’s qualifications, the job’s performances responsibilities, and the method by which the performance of these responsibilities will be evaluated. The Superintendent shall maintain a comprehensive and up-to-date set of job descriptions in the District. The Board of Education shall recruit and employ administrative personnel without regard to sex, color, creed, religion, natural origin, race or handicap. Ref: U.S. Const. amend. XIV, 1; 42 U.S.C. 2000-1 TO -17, 20 U.S.C. 1681; 29 U.S.C. 794; 29 U.S.C. 621. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDBA QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES Pursuant to its supervisory and administrative powers over the School District, the Board shall have the inherent authority to establish the qualifications and duties of administrative personnel in accordance with statutory requirements. To the extent that “administrative personnel” may be held to include clerical and professional assistants, the Board shall appoint, upon the recommendation of the Superintendent, individuals who in the judgment of the Board are necessary for the proper functioning of schools within the School District. The Board requires that the Superintendent prepare or cause to be prepared job descriptions for all administrative and supervisory positions in the School District. It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent or his designee to familiarize said personnel with their duties and responsibilities as defined by job descriptions. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDC RECRUITMENT It shall be the duty of the Superintendent to ensure that all administrative employees satisfactorily meet all requirements of State law. State Board of Education and Board rules and regulations. In addition, the Superintendent shall always seek to employ the best qualified personnel for professional positions without regard to sex, age, marital status, race, religion, national origin, ethnic group or handicap or similar personal distinction in its employment practices. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-12, 16-12-16, Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title VII, and amendments. Date Adopted: October 2, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDD HIRING The Board shall employ such professional, clerical, accounting and statistical assistants as are necessary to the proper functioning of the School District. The Board shall not discriminate on the basis of sex, age, marital status, race, religion, national origin, ethic group or handicap or similar personal distinction in its employment practices. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-12, 16-12-16, Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title VII, and amendments. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDE ASSIGNMENT The Board directs the Superintendent to assign all administrative personnel. No assignments or reassignments of personnel shall be made in violation of federal, state and local judicial statutes. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-23, 16-12-16, 16-8-8, 16-11-9, Singleton v. Jackson Municipal Separate School District, 419 F. 2d 1211 (5th Circ. 1970). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDF PROBATION The Board requires administrative and supervisory personnel covered by the Tenure law to serve a probationary period of three (3) years following appointment to said administrative or supervisory position.* During said time, at least annual evaluations and follow-up conferences designed to increase the administrator’s or supervisor’s capacity for leadership shall be held. Administrators and supervisors covered by the Tenure law who successfully complete the three-year probationary period shall attain tenure in accordance with Alabama law. *This does not apply to principals. Ref: Ala. Code 16-24-1, 16-24-2. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: CCG EVALUATION The Board delegates to the Superintendent the responsibility for evaluating all administrative and supervisory employees at least once per year. The Superintendent may delegate such responsibility, when he/she deems necessary. This evaluation process (LEADAlabama) shall be based upon the job description for the position held by the person being evaluated. The evaluation process utilized shall be one with which the person being evaluated was made familiar prior to being evaluated. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. The person will be informed that if his or her evaluation results fall below the performance standards established by the state, the board may consider these results in determining the person’s continued employment by the board. The person may not appeal the evaluation results but may request a review of the evaluation process if he/she believes the process has not been implemented according to state and local implementation plans. The person must follow the review and appeal process outlines in the state plan. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-23, 16-12-15, 16-12-16. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: March 1, 1989, January 10, 2002, April 5, 2005 and October 10, 2013 FILE: CDH TRANSFER The Board authorizes the Superintendent to assign and transfer employees to new positions, as the needs of the school require. Employees who have attained continuing service must be given prior notice of the intention to transfer. These employees are entitles to contest the transfer and to appeal an adverse final decision rendered by the Board. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-23, 16-12-16, 16-23-5 to -7 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDI SEPARATION The Board recognizes that regularly certified administrative and supervisory personnel of the School District may be terminated from employment in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 24 of The Alabama School Code. Procedures shall afford employees all substantive and procedural due process guarantees to which they are entitled under Federal and State laws. No persons shall be dismissed without the expressed written recommendation of the Superintendent. Ref: U.S. Const. Amend. XIV; Ala. Code 16-8-23, 16-9-23, 16-11-17, 16-12-16, 16-14-1 to -10. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDJ RESIGNATION The Board prohibits administrative personnel from canceling contracts of employment during the school term or for a period of forty-five (45 days) prior to the beginning of the school year, unless the employee and the Board mutually agree upon such cancellation. At any other time, such personnel may resign upon giving a five-day notice to the employee Board. Ref: Ala. Code 16-24-11. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDK RETIREMENT The Board recognizes that administrative personnel shall participate in the Teacher’s Retirement System of Alabama for the purpose of receiving retirement allowances and other benefits. Ref: Ala. Code 16-25-1 to -28. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDL HEALTH EXAMINATIONS The Board reserves the right to require administrative employees of the School District, at any time, at the Board’s expense, to submit to a physical examination by a physician or physicians to be designated, or approved, by the Board. Further, the Board reserves the right to terminate the employment of any person whose condition of health, as disclosed by such examination, if in the opinion of the Board and physician or physicians, make further retention of such employee detrimental to the best interest of the School District. Date Adopted: October 2, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDM TIME SCHEDULES AND WORK LOADS The Board requires that all administrators and supervisors observe the minimum 8 (eight) hour work day, unless otherwise agreed upon by the employee and the Superintendent. Work loads for administrators and supervisory personnel shall consist of all duties and responsibilities outlined in the respective job descriptions and all other related duties that may be assigned by the Superintendent. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDN EXPENSES The Board shall reimburse administrative and supervisory personnel of the School District for reasonable travel expenses incurred while performing duties related to their jobs. Employees shall keep such records as may be required by the Superintendent relative to said expenditures. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDO NONSCHOOL EMPLOYMENT Part-time employment of administrative personnel which interferes with duties as assigned by the Board or negatively reflects upon the image of the School District is looked upon with disfavor. In the event the regular work of an employee suffers because of part-time employment, the employee will be requested to eliminate the part-time work. In the event the employee does not give up the part-time work, the Board will exercise its prerogative in declaring that the quality of work performed for the Board does not meet the standards and may initiate dismissal proceedings against said employee. Date Adopted: October 2, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDP PROFESSIONAL LEAVES AND ABSENCES The Board shall exercise discretion in granting leaves of absence during the time that the schools are not in session for administrators and supervisors on part or full pay, when such administrator or supervisor devotes his leave of absence to instructing in or attending schools for teacher training or to other educational activities approved by the State Board of Education. Conferences and Visitations The Board authorizes the Superintendent to grant professional leave without loss of pay in order for personnel to attend state, national, and regional meetings. The number of allowable absences for professional leave as judged by the Superintendent is constrained by budget limitations for reimbursements of registration, travel, meals and per diem. The needs of the School District govern when, how often and under what conditions administrators and supervisors may be granted professional leave. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDQ PERSONAL LEAVES AND ABSENCES Administrators and supervisors shall be granted leave on the same basis as provided by law for other employees. Such leaves and absences shall include the following: Jury Duty A Board employee who is required to serve on a jury shall receive the regular pay to which he is entitled, in addition to any monies he receives for jury duty. Military Service The Board recognizes that any person who is called into active service in any of the Armed Forces of the United States shall not thereby lose his/her professional status by reason of such service. Such person must apply in writing to the Board for a military leave of absence. Ref: Ala. Code 36-26-34, 36-26-30 to -32, 12-19-210. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDR VACATIONS The Board shall have the authority, under such rules and regulations as may be promulgated from time to time by the State Board of Education, to provide for leaves of absence and vacations by the employees of the Board and for the payment from public funds to the employee of the Board for leaves of absence and/or vacations. Pay for such absences resulting from unavoidable causes other than sickness shall not be allowed for a longer time than one week during any one-year. The allowance of any such pay shall at all times be at the discretion of the Board. Administrators and supervisors shall schedule with the Superintendent the dates on which they plan to take their vacation. The Superintendent shall approve vacation time. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-25, 16-12-21. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: CDS CONSULTING Administrators and supervisors shall devote their time to their assigned duties of the School District. They shall not be engaged in any other business. Only by prior agreement with the Superintendent may administrators and supervisors undertake for remuneration consultative work, speaking engagements, or other professional obligations. Said prior agreement may be stipulated in the contract of employment between the administrator and supervisor and Board, or may be decided by the parties as opportunities arise. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 D – FISCAL MANAGEMENT DA DAA DAB DAC DAD Annual Operating Budget Fiscal Year Final Budget Adoption Procedures Periodic Budget Reconciliation Line Item Transfer Authority DB Current Budge Debt Limitation DC DCA DCB DCC DCD DCE DCF DGG DCH DCI Revenues Local Tax Revenue State Revenue Federal Revenue Bond Sales Short term Notes Admission and Concession Fees Gifts Equipment and Supplies Sales Property Sales DD Depository of Funds DE Bonded Employees DF DFA DFB Accounting and Reporting Live Work Accounting Standards – Fund Definitions and Balances DG Local School Accounting and Reporting DH Inventories DI DIA DIB DIC DID DIE DIF DIG DIH DII DIJ Expenditures of Funds Checking Accounts Payroll Procedures Pay Day Schedules Expense Reimbursements Travel Expenses (In State and Out of State) Purchasing Bids and Quotation Requirement Lease and Rental Payments Payment and Procedures Classroom Instruction Support Funds DJ School Use Policy (Continued) DK Negotiating Worthless Negotiable Instrument DKA Child Nutrition Program Negotiating Worthless Instrument DL Uncollected Charged Meals DM Vehicle Use FILE: DA ANNUAL OPERATING BUDGET The Board shall hold at least two public hearings pertaining to its proposed annual budget. Copies of the proposed budget shall be provided to the public at each hearing on forms provided by the state Department of Education. The Board shall seek input from the public concerning the proposed budget and the allocation of resources. Each hearing shall be held in a place and at a time convenient for the general public to attend. The chair of each Board shall publicize the date and time of each hearing in the local media in advance of the hearings. The proposed budget shall delineate the number of teachers, librarians, counselors, administers and other support personnel projected to be employed at each school. The proposed budget shall clearly list the operating costs by category or function at each school. The proposed budget shall delineate by school those operating resources earned, including, but not necessarily limited to, those items contained in the Instructional Support Program of the Foundation, designating the amount of funds earned at each school per item based on average daily membership. After at least two public hearings have been held, the Board and Superintendent shall cause a final budget to de developed consistent with the laws of this state, and shall make copies of the final budget available to the public upon request. Copies of the budget and other financial documents may be secured from the Superintendent at a cost not to exceed the cost of production of the document. 1 of 2 FILE: DA On or before October 1 of each year, the Board shall prepare and submit to the State Superintendent of Education the final annual budget adopted by the Board. The Budget shall be prepared and submitted according to the classifications and items specified on forms provided therefore and in accordance with the regulations of the State Board of Education. The Board or Superintendent shall not approved any budget for the operation of the school for any fiscal year which shall show expenditures in excess of income estimated to be available by the various state and other officials, plus and balances on hand, except under conditions set forth by the laws of the state governing the issuance of school warrants. The Board recognizes that the establishment and maintenance of adequate fund reserves is necessary to avoid disruption in the educational programs in the schools. The superintendent or chief school financial officer will inform the Board, before the Board votes on a budget or budget amendment, if the approval of the budget or budget amendment will prevent the establishment or maintenance of a month’s operating balance. A one-month’s operating balance shall de determined by dividing the General Fund expenditures and fund transfers out by 12. In determining the General Fund expenditures and fund transfers out, the proposed budget or budget amendment, shall be used. Ref: Ala. Code 16-13-140-16-13-145. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Date Amended: April 10, 2008 2 of 2 FILE: DAA FISCAL YEAR The fiscal year for the School District shall be October first through September thirtieth. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-1. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DAB FINAL BUDGET ADOPTION PROCEDURES The budget shall not become official until the Board and the State Superintendent of Education have approved it. Ref: Ala. Code 6-4-5, 16-4-8, 16-13-143. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DAC PERIODIC BUDGET RECONCILIATION The budget shall be reconciled monthly by the Superintendent or his/designee. The reconciliation shall show budgetary appropriations and expenditures. A report of said shall be presented to the Board monthly by the Superintendent. All bank accounts of the Board and the schools shall be reconciled to the financial records. The chief school financial officer shall be responsible for verifying that monthly bank statements are reconciled to the financial records on a timely basis that ensures accurate monthly financial statements. The Superintendent shall have monthly reports of revenues and expenditures prepared for review by the Board. The monthly financial reports and annual budget shall be made available to the public on the local internet site. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 FILE: DAD LINE ITEM TRANSFER AUTHORITY The Board shall retain control of the budget, once adopted, and all official subject to the Board in the implementation of the budget shall adhere to Board policies. Line items in the budget may be changed, with Board approval, at anytime during the fiscal year provided such change is consistent with existing laws and regulations of the state and federal government. The Superintendent shall keep the Board informed concerning the status of the budget, and Board action necessitating expenditures shall be considered sufficient authority to exceed a lone item if such action so requires. Ref: Ala. Code 16-13-143, 16-13-144. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DB CURRENT BUDGET DEBT LIMITATION The current budget debt of the School District shall not exceed the amount permitted in The Code of Alabama. Ref: Ala. Code 16-13-70, 16-13-144, 16-13-145, 16-13-146, 16-13-140(c). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DC REVENUES Any and all revenues of the School District, whether received from federal, state, local, or other sources, shall be receipted in accordance with sound principles of financial accounting. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: DCA LOCAL TAX REVENUES The local tax structure for support of the School District is presently set at a four (4) mills county tax, a five (5) mills special county tax, a three (3) mills district tax, and a three (3) mills special district tax. The Board shall, as required by State law, have local tax receipts equivalent to ten (10) mills of ad valorem district school tax in order to participate fully in the Foundation Program. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 FILE: DCB STATE REVENUES State financial support is appropriated to the School District of the State from the following: 1. Public School Fund 2. Foundation Program 3. Other. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DCC FEDERAL REVENUE Federal financial support is available to the School District from the following: 1. Carl D. Perkins Vocational and Technical Education 2. Title I 3. Title VI 4. IDEA-B 5. IDEA-Preschool 6. USDA, Child Nutrition 7. Project Head Start 8. Title IV (Safe and Drug Free) 9. Title II 10. Other(s). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DCD BOND SALES When it is necessary to provide ample ground, buildings, and equipment for the schools of the School District, the Board shall petition to the County governing body to call an election to decide upon the question of issuing bonds on the credit of the County, subject to constitutional limitations. The County governing body is required to grant or comply with such petition. All proposed bond issues for the School District shall be recommended by the Superintendent of Education and approved by the Board and State Superintendent of Education prior to offer for sale. Ref: Ala. Code 16-13-70 to -77, 16-13-90 to -109, 16-13-120 to -122. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DCE SHORT TERM NOTES The Board, in accordance with state law, shall have the authority during any fiscal year, upon recommendation of the Superintendent and approval by the Board to borrow money in anticipation of current revenues to meet current expenses. Such loans shall be due and payable not later than the close of the current fiscal year or when the stat makes its final appropriation. The Board prior to negotiation and execution of the loan shall approve all such loans. The rate of interest on any loans shall not exceed the maximum allowed by law. All notes or other evidence of indebtedness of the Board, unless specified otherwise by law, shall be signed by the President of the Board and the Superintendent or his/her designee. Ref: Ala. Code 16-13-145 tp – 146’ Harman v. Alabama College, 235 Alabama 148, 177 Sp. 2d 747 (1927.) Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DCF ADMISSIONS AND CONCESSION FEES The Board desires that activities for which an admission fee is charged is kept to a minimum. The admission charge shall be fixed at amounts permitting the maximum number of students to attend while covering the cost of providing such activities. Uniform admission costs shall be set by the Board on a county-wide basis. Concession sales at school activities shall be operated by the school, student groups, or parent groups as approved by the principal. The principal may provide concession sales for students during the school day provided it is done during a prescribed period other than meal service time. Such sales shall not interfere with the instructional program and shall comply with the School District’s wellness plan. Schools shall be required to restrict student access to concessions, extra sales, vending and fundraisers that are in direct competition with the Child Nutrition Program during meal services. If income from such sales occurs, the revenue is required to be deposited into the Child Nutrition account. The principal shall annually submit a Request for Concession Sales Form to the Superintendent for approval prior to the implementation of concession sales during the school day. The Superintendent has the discretion to cancel concession sales at any school due to violation of Board policies or if the sales are determined not to be in the best interest of the Board. 1 of 2 FILE: DCF All income from school operated activities and concession sales shall be deposited in the appropriate school account and shall be disbursed in accordance with the Board policy, standards of Colleges and Schools, and State Department of Education regulations. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 12, 1995, January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 2 of 2 FILE: DCG GIFTS The Board prohibits any Board member or employee from accepting gifts from any person, agency or company doing, or desiring to do, business with the School District. All business-related gratuities are prohibited except nominal-value advertising items that are widely distributed. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-9, 16-8-7, 36-25-2(a), (b), (d); 36-25-5(a), 36-25-6, 36-25-7, 16-11-9, 16-12-3(a). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DCH EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES SALES The Board authorizes the Superintendent to grant permission for the operation of stores selling merchandise that is needed by pupils to facilitate classroom instruction. School stores shall operate as a convenience to the students, and shall not in any way interfere with the educational process or cause any student to be in class less than the minimum number of hours in the Board approved school day. Separate records shall be kept for school stores and vending machines, subject to audit, and profits derived from sales shall be used for general items supporting the school as a whole. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: DCI PROPERTY SALES The Board is authorized to sell real property no longer used for school sites for an adequate consideration, where such action is in the best interest of the School District. These sales are to be in accordance with State law. The Board may also sell surplus personal property for an adequate consideration when such action is in the best interest of the School District. Sale of personal property need not be by competitive bidding. Ref: Ala. Code 26-8-40, 16-11-12, 16-11-9, Att’y Gen. Opin., V. 91 at 49 (1949), V. 142 at 18 through 21 (1971), Att’y Gen. Opin., No.89-00335 (June 22, 1989). Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: DD DEPOSITORY OF FUNDS The Board requires that all funds of the Board, whether federal, state or local, be deposited in a bank or trust company designated as the depository of the Board, and to the account only of the Board. Funds received for school purposes by Board officials and employees shall be promptly deposited in the proper bank account. A financial institution used for the deposit and safekeeping of funds shall be approved as a qualified public depository by the Security for Alabama Funds Enhancement (SAFE) Program administered by the Alabama State Treasurer. Ref: Ala. Code 11-1-7. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Date Amended: April 10, 2008 FILE: DE BONDED EMPLOYEES The Board recognizes that the Superintendent and the designated Chief School Financial Officer shall be bonded in an amount fixed by the Board, such amount to be not less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000). A certified copy of such bond shall be places on file with the State Department of Education. The Superintendent shall secure bonds, in an amount agreed upon by the Board, for all employees of the School District who may be charged with the responsibility of handling public school funds. School principals and secretaries shall be bonded for not less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000). The Board shall be authorized to make payment from public funds for surety bonds. Ref: Ala Code 16-8-33, 16-11-7, 16-13-38, 16-9-3, 16-13-8, 16-13-9, 16-13-38(b), Act No. 2006-196. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Date Amended: April 10, 2008 FILE: DF ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING The Board shall, following recommendations by the Superintendent, prescribe regulations for keeping of accounts and fiscal records and the making of reports by all under the Board’s jurisdiction who are charged with such responsibility. Prescribed regulations shall be consonant with those of the State Board of Education, the Division of Administration and Finance of the State Department of Education and with the directives of State Examiners of Public Accounts. Said accounts and fiscal records shall be available during normal business hours for inspection by the public. They shall be preserved for a five-year period of time or for such period as specified by the State Department of Education or the State Examiners of Public Accounts. The Superintendent shall develop specific procedures to assure that accounting practices throughout the District are consistent with generally accepted accounting procedures. Annual Financial Report The Board shall publish annually in a public newspaper a complete statement of receipts and disbursement as well as a statement of outstanding funded and unfunded indebtedness of the School District for the twelve-month period ending the preceding September 30. This report shall be published during the month of October. Such statements shall be drafted on the forms as required by the state Superintendent of Education. 1 of 4 FILE: DF Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of each annual report/financial statement, the Board shall place for public inspection said annual report in its entirety: 1. One copy in the office of the Board or the Superintendent; 2. One copy on reserve in each high school library under the jurisdiction of the Board; and 3. A minimum of one copy in the main public library within the city in which the Board is located. Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of each annual report/financial statement, the Board shall provide written notice of the availability of said annual report to: 1. Each local parent group; 2. Each board of school trustees selected pursuant to Ala. Code 16-10-1; 3. Each chamber of commerce in the geographic area served by the Board; and 4. All local news media. Annual Status Report The Board shall provide information to the State Department of Education necessary for said Department to publish an annual status report on the condition of education. Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt from the State Department of Education, the Board shall place for public inspection said annual report in its entirety as follows: 1. One copy in the office of the Board or Superintendent. 2. One copy on reserve in each high school library under the jurisdiction of the Board of Education. 2 of 4 FILE: DF 3. A minimum of one copy in the main public library within the city in which the Board is located. Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the annual status report, the Board shall provide written notice of the arrival and availability of the annual status report to: 1. Each local parent group; 2. Each board of school trustees selected pursuant to Ala. Code 16-10-1; 3. Each chamber of commerce in the geographic area served by the Board; and 4. All local news media. Inventories The Board required that all fixed assets of the School District be inventoried and a perpetual inventory record be maintained in the Central Business Office. An inventory audit shall be made annually and shall be comprehensive to assure that all fixed assets are properly accounted. Audits The financial transactions of the Board shall be audited as early as possible after September 30 of each year. Annually, as required by the State Board of Education, local school funds and accounts for which the principal at each school has responsibility shall be audited. The Board must forward a copy to the Department of Examiners of Public Accounts of every audit report issues to the Board. 3 of 4 FILE: DF Accountability Reports The Board shall prepare an annual accountability report for each of its schools. This report shall include but not limited to the following: 1. A Funding and Expenditure Report which shall include annual budgets and financial statements and any other document which may be necessary to assess the financial stability of the Board; 2. A Student Achievement Report which shall include a comparison of the immediately previous school year with the previous five years regarding student performance on testing required by the State Board of Education, dropout rates, attendance rates, graduation rates, college attendance and any other data deemed necessary by the Board or State Board of Education to inform the public about student achievement in each school. 3. A School Safety and Discipline Report which shall include statistical information relating to student safety and discipline in each school and any other data deemed necessary to the Board to inform the public about safety and discipline in each school. These reports shall be released to the media, presented to parent organizations, members of the Legislature who represent the area in which a particular school is located and the Sate Superintendent of Education. Ref: Ala. Code 16-6B-7, 16-8-37, 16-9-28, 41-5-14. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 4 of 4 FILE: DFA LIVE WORK Live work activities are teaching tools designed to enhance opportunities for Career Technical students to achieve course objectives including development and practice of skills. These activities may benefit customers and include performing services, executing repairs, and/or making products. Live work activities are not designed to compete with private enterprise. Live work requests will be received and approved by principals where programs are located. Instructors must secure approval prior to performing live work activities. Written records will be kept of all live work activities showing type of work performed, customer charge, cost of materials, and Career Technical course involved. Customers securing live work shall be advised that no guarantees, warranties, refund or product liability shall be attached to any service, repair or product. The school district and individual schools are prohibited from making a profit from live work. Charges for live work, when appropriate, will be based solely on the amount needed to pay for materials, supplies, and other items that are related to the work being performed. Neither school district school employees nor students shall receive personal payment for live work performed. Customers shall be advised that the Board assumes no liability for damage, theft, or loss of property left to Board premises. Live work done for payment will be collected, receipted and deposited in accordance with system policies and procedures. 1 of 2 FILE: DFA Responsibilities The superintendent will develop administrative procedures to implement the purpose and intent of this policy. Such procedures should include record keeping requirements, forms, pricing instructions, disposition of funds and other necessary staff guidance. The director of the Career Technical Program shall advise the Superintendent as to required administrative procedures, evaluate the overall program involving live work; ensure that Career Technical staff members are familiar with this policy and comply with any implementing procedures. Principals will comply with this policy and any implementing procedures. They will review all requests for live work prior to the start of the project, approve only those requests which comply with this policy and implementing procedures and ensure that lice work is related to the object of the career and technical course to which assigned. Principals or instructors shall assign live work to students only after prior approval; comply with provisions of this policy and implementing procedures; ensure that students performing live work comply with appropriate safety and occupational rules and procedures; and ensure that live work is meaningful and related to the acquisition of occupational skills being developed in the related course of instruction. Ref: Administrative Code Chapter 290-6-1-04(5) Date Adopted: November 10, 2005 2 of 2 FILE: DFB ACCOUNTING STANDARDS – FUND DEFINITIONS AND BALANCES Purpose The policy addresses the implications of Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, Governmental Fund Definitions and Fund Balance Reporting. Governmental Fund Definitions The following definitions will be used in reporting activity in governmental funds. The Board may not report all fund types in any given reporting period, based on actual circumstances and activity. The General Fund is used to account for and report all financial resources not accounted for and reported in another fund. Special Revenue Funds are used to account for and report the proceeds of specific revenue sources that are restricted or committed to expenditure for specified purposes other than debt service or capital projects. The Board establishes the 40% rule averaged out over a period of three years to determine whether a Fund is considered to be a Special Revenue Fund for audit reporting purposes. Any “Special Revenue” Fund with Restricted and Committed revenues (see A and B below) less than 40% of total inflows shall for reporting purposes be considered a part of the Board’s General Fund, or appropriate Special Revenue Fund. Any fund which ceases to exist as a Special Revenue due to the 40% rule may be combined with the General Fund or another Special Revenue Fund, if appropriate. Debt Service Funds are used to account for and report financial resources that are restricted, committed, or assigned to expenditure for principal and interest, even if it is being accumulated for future years’ payments. Debt Service Funds should be used to report resources if legally mandated. 1 of 3 FILE: DFB Capital Projects Funds are used to account for and report financial resources that are restricted, committed, or assigned to expenditure for capital outlays, including the acquisition or construction of capital facilities and other capital assets. Fund Balances will be reported in governmental funds under the following five categories using the definitions provided by GASB Statement No. 54: A. Nonspendable fund balances include amounts that cannot be spent because they are either: (a) not in spendable form or (b) legally or contractually required to be maintained in-tact. Examples of nonspendable fund balance reserves for which fund balance shall not be available for financing general operating expenditures include: inventories, prepaid items, and long-term receivables. B. Restricted fund balances consist of amounts that are subject to externally enforceable legal restrictions imposed by creditors, grantors, contributors, or laws and regulations of other governments; or through constitutional provisions or enabling legislation. Examples of restricted fund balances include: restricted grants. C. Committed fund balances consist of amounts that are subject to a purpose constraint imposed by formal action of the Board before the end of the fiscal year and that require the same level of formal action to remove the constraint. D. Assigned fund balances consist of amounts that are intended to be used by the school system for specific purposes. The Board authorizes the Superintendent or Chief School Financial Officer to make a determination of the assigned amounts of fund balance. Such assignments may not exceed the available (spendable, unrestricted, uncommitted) fund balance in any particular fund. Assigned fund balances require the same level of authority to remove the constraint. Examples of assigned fund balances include: local school funds. 2 of 3 FILE: DFB E. Unassigned fund balance include all spendable amounts not contained in the other classifications. This portion of the total fund balance in the general fund is available to finance operating expenditures. When expenditures are incurred for purposes for which both restricted and unrestricted (committed, assigned, or unassigned) amounts are available, it shall be the policy of the Board to consider restricted amounts to have been reduced first. When an expenditure is incurred for the purposes for which amounts in any of the unrestricted fund balances classifications could be used, it shall be the policy of the Board that committed amounts would be reduced first, followed by assigned amounts and then unassigned amounts. The Board will have an annual audit of all restricted, committed, and assigned fund balances that have been submitted to the Alabama Department of Education. The Board, along with the Superintendent and Chief School Financial Officer will periodically review all restricted, committed, and assigned fund balances (review of the annual audit will meet this provision). . Date Adopted: May 10, 2012 3 of 3 FILE: DG LOCAL SCHOOL ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING 1. The Principal shall be responsible for the proper handling of all business affairs in the school. This includes the establishment of bank depository accounts, savings accounts, receipt and disbursement of funds, budgeting and financial records and reports. 2. The school secretary/bookkeeper shall be responsible to the principal, and shall receive and account for all school funds in accordance with procedure prescribed by the aforementioned policies. 3. Only the local school principal shall disburse school funds and incur indebtedness on behalf of or in the name of the school. 4. All money collected from students on school premises and all monies collected at school-sponsored activities, on or off premises, shall be accounted for through the school accounting system. 5. All local general school funds shall be deposited in a central general fund bank account at the discretion of the local school principal. All school food service funds shall be deposited into a lunchroom fund account. Upon depositing school lunch funds, the principal shall deliver or transmit by mail appropriated deposit slips each week to the Central Office. 6. All money received in the name of the school should be deposited daily in a bank unless otherwise authorized by the Superintendent. All payments shall be made by check. The principal shall be personally responsible for any funds, which cannot be accounted for that are not deposited on a daily basis. 7. A blanket bond carrier by the Board shall cover all persons connected with the School District who handle money, with the exception of teachers. 8. Petty cash accounts shall not be maintained in the local school. 9. School financial reports shall not be destroyed without the authority of the Superintendent and no such reports shall not be destroyed within a period of five (5) years or until such funds are no longer subject to a final audit. 10. Funds shall not be transferred from one general fund subsidiary account to another by borrowing or otherwise, except as authorized in writing by the Principal. 11. All school instructional fees, charges, contributions and deposits shall be collected only as authorized by the principal in keeping with the established policies of the Board. 12. Any excess cash balance in the school’s checking account may be invested in a savings account. 13. A receipt shall be given to teachers or individuals for all monies collected in a school with the following exceptions: a. Money collected through the sale of tickets to be used as admission to a public performance (See Form). b. Money collected as an admission fee to a public performance (Form LA-4 should be used.) 1 of 3 FILE: DG c. Money collected for lunch, except when lunches are purchased on a monthly basis, students shall be issued a receipt from the Child Nutrition Program staff for monies collected. d. Fees of less than $20.00 (use cash remittance form.). e. Donations for charitable purposes. All charitable groups seeking donations from the schools of the School District shall receive the approval of the Superintendent prior to soliciting funds from local schools. All funds collected by the school for charitable purposes shall be properly accounted for through the regular accounting procedures and the school shall issue checks directly to those organizations approved to collect donations by the Superintendent. f. Library fines. (A remittance report shall be completed by the teachers and submitted to the local school’s central office for the total of monies from the above source.) Teachers shall be issued a receipt upon submitting the remittance report. 14. A master receipt shall be prepared for all monies received in the school office. 15. On a daily basis, all funds should be turned into the school office. The amount turned in shall be supported by the duplicate copy in the teacher/individual receipt book, and the total of the duplicate receipts should equal the total amount of cash being turned in. 16. All funds collected in a school shall be spent for the purpose for which they were collected. 17. A local school purchase order approved by the principal shall be issued for all purchases. 18. Supporting documents shall be on file for all expenditures. Supporting documents shall consist of a canceled check, approved local school purchase order and invoice. 19. The principal shall personally sign all checks. 20. Local school funds shall not be expended for teacher luncheons, individual memberships in a professional organization, personal ling distance telephone calls, personal loans, or for any other purpose other than a direct benefit of the school. 21. Travel expenses paid by local school personnel. An approved requisition for reimbursement must be on file to document the expenditure. 22. Supplemental salaries or bonuses to coaches or other school personnel shall not be paid directly from local school funds. These payments shall be made through the normal payroll procedures at the Central Office. 23. The State bid law shall be complied with when purchasing goods and services. It has been ruled by the Attorney General that a school principal cannot sign a note, enter into a contract, or in any fiscal manner obligate the Board. 24. Equipment order where the total is valued at five thousand dollars ($5,000) or more shall be added to the school’s Fixed Asset Inventory. The school inventory control number shall be permanently placed on all inventory items for identification purposes. 2 of 3 FILE: DG 25. Invoices and purchases orders must be prepared for all local school disbursements. 26. Master receipts must be dated and totaled at time of deposit. 27. Deposits slips must indicate master receipt number included with the deposit. 28. Master receipts must be attached to individual teacher’s receipt book at the time monies are turned into the school office. 29. All receipt books shall be issued with teacher signatures and shall be receipted at the end of the year by a dated initiated list. 30. Each school is required to filed Internal Revenue Service Form Mic 1099 for payments of six hundred dollars ($600.00) or more to any one individual or unincorporated entity for payment of service or a non-employee. Ref: Ala. Code 16-12-12, 16-13-32, 16-13-38(d), 41-5-23. IRS Publication Instruction for Forms 1099. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 5, 1991, January 10, 2002, and December 9, 2010 3 of 3 FILE: DH INVENTORIES The Board directs that all fixed or capital assets shall be inventoried annually. Inventory records of fixed or capital assets shall be maintained in the Board’s central Office. A supplemental inventory of equipment items not classified as fixed or capital assets shall be maintained. Fixed assets are defined as those tangible items owned by or in custody of the School District which have a significant value, a useful life or more than one year, and are used in conducting activities of the School District. The major classifications of general fund assets to be accounted for include, but are not limited to: Real Property (all) a. land b. land improvements c. buildings d. building improvements Personal Property Equipment with a purchase price of $5,000 (five thousand dollars) or more unless part of a bulk purchase in which individual items cost less than-$5,000 (five thousand dollars): a. furniture and fixtures b. motor vehicles (autos, trucks, buses) c. instructional equipment d. non-instructional equipment 1 of 4 FILE: DH Construction in Progress 1. Any approved inventory card should be used to document all fixed assets. 2. The Superintendent or his/her designee shall be the property manager for the School District. The property manager is responsible for the annual inventory of the school’s fixed assets. 3. An annual inventory of fixed assets items will be taken on or before May 1 of each year. The current inventory will be verified with the prior year’s inventory to ensure the following: a. All fixed assets that should exist on the records have been properly accounted and inventoried. b. All current year acquisitions of fixed assets have been included in the inventory. c. All current year deletions of fixed assets have not have included in the current inventory. Any variances must be reconciled and properly documented to become a part of the annual inventory record. 4. All existing fixed assets have been valued at cost or estimated fair market value at time of acquisition. 5. The following procedure is used in accounting for the purchase of fixed assets. a. All fixed assets purchases required prior approval through formal purchase order/requisition. b. Bid law regulations must be followed for fixed asset purchase exceeding $7,500.00. c. A copy of all fixed assets purchase orders will be sent to the Superintendent or his designee upon receipt of approved purchase order. d. The Superintendent or his designee will be responsible for obtaining the initial data required in setting up the fixed assets records. e. The Chief School Financial Officer will require a Fixed Assets Inventory Record in hand at such time the vendor’s invoice is processed for payment. It will be the responsibility of the Chief School Financial Officer to follow up and obtain the Fixed Assets Inventory if it has been received. f. The Superintendent or his designee will be responsible for entering the required information into the Fixed Assets Inventory Record and properly filing the support documents. 2 of 4 FILE: DH 6. The following procedure is used in accounting for the acquisition of fixed assets through donation of local school fund purchases: a. All school principals and School District personnel, subject to purchasing from local school funds or receiving donated items, will be advised to notify the Superintendent or his designee when fixed assets are acquired. b. The Superintendent or his designee will obtain the required information needed to complete the Fixed Assets Inventory Record. c. The Superintendent or his designee will be responsible for entering the required information into the fixed assets records and properly filing the support documents. 7. The “disposal” or “deletion” of existing fixed assets owned by the School District must be properly accounted for in the fixed assets accounting system. “Disposal” or “deletion” or fixed assets include: -the sale of fixed assets -the trade-in of fixed assets -removal due to obsolescence or wearing out -fixed assets damaged beyond repair -loss due to disaster or theft. The following procedure is used in accounting for fixed assets disposal or deletion: a. The Superintendent or his designee must be notified immediately when existing fixed assets become subject to disposal or deletion. b. Prior approval from the Superintendent or his designee must be obtained before existing fixed assets can be sold or traded. A Request for Sale or Trade of Fixed Assets Form must be completed, approved and filed with the Chief School Financial Officer prior to the sale or trade. c. The Chief School Financial Officer or his designee will put transaction information on the bottom of the form prior to final disposal or deletion. 8. The proper bookkeeping entries recording the acquisition of disposal of fixed assets must be recorded in the General Journal and fixed assets records within the month that the transition occurs. The Chief School Financial Officer will be responsible for this task. 3 of 4 FILE: DH 9. Bookkeeping adjustments required annually after inventory will be the responsibility of the Chief School Financial Officer. It is important that the annual physical inventory and the control records for fixed assets be in agreement. Any annual adjustments made to the books or the inventory must be adequately documented. Ref: Ala. Code 16-4-7, 16-8-37 to 39, 16-9-27 to -28, 16-11-22, 16-12-12, 16-12-14, 16 13-31 to -32, 16-13-38(d), 41-5-14, 41-5-23, Act. No. 94-207. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: December 15, 1994, February 13, 1997, January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 4 of 4 FILE: DI EXPENDITURE OF FUNDS The Board grants authority to the Superintendent, subject to applicable laws, policies, and Board-approved budget limitations, to expend funds for budgeted operating expenditures, without advance Board approval of specific expenditure. All such expenditures shall be included in the monthly expenditure report to the Board. Ref: Ala. Code 16-13-32. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Date Amended: April 10, 2008 FILE: DIA CHECKING ACCOUNTS The School District shall establish a checking account with a banking establishment approved by the Board to serving as the depositors of various school funds upon which checks may be drawn for payment of debts incurred by the School District. Each local school shall establish checking accounts with banking establishments upon which checks may be drawn. All financial transactions of the School District shall be paid for by check. No cash payments shall be made. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DIB PAYROLL PROCEDURES The Board delegates payroll preparation for the payment of employee salaries to the Superintendent or his designee. The payroll shall be in accordance with the salary guidelines approved by the Board and any rules or regulations promulgated by the State Superintendent of Education. New authorizations for deductions of dues, voluntary contributions, or employee savings plans, must be submitted to the payroll office and deductions shall begin with the pay period next following the receipt of authorization. Salary Deductions The Board will make salary deductions, which are considered statutory, including federal income tax, state income tax, retirement, etc., in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The Board will make salary deduction when employees or groups of employees request such deductions. The deductions shall be made from salaries earned in at least nine different pay periods and shall be remitted to the appropriate recipient as specified by the employees within 10 days following each deduction. Deductions made for employee organizations shall be made based upon membership lists and forms provided by the respective organizations. These lists shall be corrected, updated and returned to the respective organizations not later than November 10th of each school year. Voluntary deductions shall be made form the membership lists unless an employee revokes authorization for such deductions by providing a 30-day written notice of revocation. 1 of 2 FILE: DIB New authorization for payroll deductions may be added at any time. Upon termination, amounts owed under the authorization of an employee shall be deducted from an employee’s final pay due. When amounts have been correctly deducted and remitted by the Board, the Board shall bear no further responsibility or liability for further transactions. The Board shall not be liable for any error while acting in good faith to make the subject deductions. Ref: Ala. Code 16-22-7, Act No 2001-960. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: DIC PAY DAY SCHEDULES All personnel employed by the School District shall be paid by the last working day of each month. The principal of each local school shall distribute checks to local school employees. During the Winter Holiday Break and the months of May-July, checks will be distributed by the principal/supervisor/Department of Business and Fiscal Affairs representative or mailed to the last known address of employees unless the Payroll Clerk is otherwise notified in writing by an employee. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 FILE: DID EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS The Board requires that the Superintendent or his designee develop procedures, which conform to sound principles of financial accounting and to state regulations for reimbursements of expenses of school personnel traveling on official school business. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-7, 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-11-9, 16-12-3(a). Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: DIE TRAVEL EXPENSES Authorization for Travel All travel to be paid by the Board requires prior approval by the Superintendent. All travel expenses shall be incurred in connection with official Board business. Current Rates of Mileage and Per Diem Employees will be paid at the board-approved rate. The Board shall automatically make adjustments as the Superintendent deems necessary. Employees may be reimbursed for the mileage incurred from the point of departure to the travel destination. If an employee departs from his/her school/office, mileage is calculated from the school/office to the destination point. If an employee departs from his/her residence, mileage is calculated from the residence to the destination point. For the return trip, if an employee returns to his/her school/office, mileage is calculated based on the distance to such headquarters. If an employee returns to his/her residence, mileage is calculated based on the distance to the residence. If training occurs on a non-contractual day, mileage is calculated from the point of departure with no reduction for normal commuting miles. Employees may be reimbursed for business miles traveled to multiple work sites. In State Regulations If the assignment is seventy-five miles or less (one way) from the point of departure, the employee will commute daily to the assignment (conference, workshop, etc.). Employees must leave their point of departure at a reasonable time and their assignment in time to return to their point of departure at a reasonable time. If the assignment is seventy-six or more miles (one way) from the employee’s point of departure and the employee requests per diem, the Superintendent shall determine whether the 1 of 5 FILE: DIE employee shall commute to the assigned site or stay overnight based upon the circumstances. The principal/director/supervisor shall analyze and make a determination based upon the alternative which best benefits the Board prior to submitting the request to the Superintendent. When two or more employees are assigned to the same site, only one employee shall be paid the mileage allowance. A reasonable number of employees shall be expected to travel to and from their assignment in a car pool. Lodging Expense Employees will be reimbursed for actual lodging expense upon completion of the Travel Report Form, up to the per diem rates for Alabama as published by the U.S. General Services Administration (GSA). The original lodging receipt or credit card statement copy should be attached to the Travel Report Form. Meals Expense All meals must be recorded on the Travel Report Form. Employees requesting reimbursement must submit itemized receipts for the purchase of meals. Miscellaneous Travel Expenses Reimbursement for registration fees required for participation in workshops, seminars, or conferences which an employee is directed and/or authorized to attend will be allowed when supported by a paid receipt or a copy of the check showing payment. Any separate portion of registration fees covering the cost of social activities will not be allowed. Reimbursement Procedures Payment/reimbursement of mileage, per diem, and/or registration is requested on the Notification of Absence or Request for Professional Leave Form. 2 of 5 FILE: DIE All requests for reimbursement of mileage must be documented on the Travel Report Form. The employee may use one of two methods to calculate and record the mileage for the form. 1. 2. An Internet mileage calculator or The frequently traveled destination memorandum created by the Board’s Fiscal Department. If an Internet calculator is used to calculate the mileage, a copy of the Internet calculation must be attached to the Travel Report Form. All requests for per diem must have departure time and hour of return completed on the Travel Report Form. Registration fees must be reported on the Travel Report Form. Registration information (brochures, agendas, etc.) documenting meeting dates included must be attached for verification of attendance. All claims must be filed within thirty (30) days or expenses will be forfeited. Out of State Regulations All out of state travel must have prior approval by the Superintendent. Certain out of state travel and conference expenses may be prepaid if submitted to the Superintendent for approval three weeks prior to attendance. Prepayment will be made only for reasonable sums for registration fees, hotel rates and transportation. When any sum is paid in advance an itemized expense statement of expenses and/or receipts shall be submitted within 3 (three) days upon return of employee. Failure to do so shall forfeit any future advances for said employee. If after three days an itemized expense statement has not been submitted to the Office of Superintendent, the prepaid amount will be deducted from any sum owed by the county to the employee. No reimbursement will be made due to failure to provide documentation within time period. 3 of 5 FILE: DIE Any person receiving advance expenses that does not attend the conference, workshop, etc. will be responsible for any payment penalty imposed because of nonattendance. Such prepaid amount should be returned within 3 (three) days. Transportation Expense All travel by rented or public transportation must be recorded on the Travel Report Form. Employees requesting reimbursement must submit itemized receipts for the purchase of travel by plane and for the cost of rented vehicles. Employees must also submit receipts for travel by mass transit, taxi, or airport vans. Lodging Expense Employees will be reimbursed for actual lodging expense upon completion of the Travel Report Form, provided the expense is reasonable. Employees traveling out of state are responsible for ensuring the most reasonable lodging rates are obtained. The original lodging receipt should be attached to the Travel Report Form. Meals Expense All meals must be recorded on the Travel Report Form. Employees requesting reimbursement must submit itemized receipts for the purchase of meals. No meal reimbursement shall be paid for day conferences. Employees who travel to overnight conferences that start after 12:00 noon will receive up to $25 (twenty-five dollars) in meal reimbursement for that day. Employees who travel to overnight conferences that start before 12:00 noon will receive up to $50 (fifty dollars) in meal reimbursement for that day. Miscellaneous Travel Expense Reimbursement for registration fees required for participation in workshops, seminars, or conferences which an employee is directed and/or authorized to attend will be allowed when 4 of 5 FILE: DIE supported by a paid receipt, a copy of the check or credit card statement copy showing payment. Any separate portion of the registration fees covering the cost of social activities will not be allowed. No alcoholic beverage shall be reimbursed. All claims must be filed within thirty (30) days or expenses will be forfeited. Board Members Board member will be governed by all terms of this policy for employees with the following exceptions: 1. For in state travel, reimbursement will be based on actual expenses. 2. Claims submitted after thirty (30) days may be approved by the Superintendent. Date Adopted: October 2, 1987 Dates Amended: September 10, 1992, February 13, 1997, April 113, 2000, May 4, 2000, January 10, 2002, May 3, 2004, February 12, 2009, December 9, 2010, January 12, 2012, and May 10, 2012 5 of 5 FILE: DIF PURCHASING The Board directs that expenditures of public school monies in excess of $15,000 made by the Board for labor, services, work, the purchase or lease of materials, equipment, supplies or any other personal property, with limited exception, shall be contracted by free and open competitive bidding with seals bids and shall be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder meeting specifications. Local Purchasing The Board will purchase locally provided products of equal quality that are readily available from local suppliers at prices equal to other non-local vendors. Pursuant to state law the Board, when purchasing personal property or contractual services, shall give preference to commodities produced in Alabama or sold by Alabama persons, firms or corporations. The Board shall not be limited to making purchases within the local community or the state of Alabama when such local purchases do not meet the quality or competitive price of goods or services available from vendors outside the local community or state of Alabama. Preferences may be given a local vendor having a place of business in the county or municipality for the purchase of personal property, when a bid submitted by such a resident bidder is nor more than three (3) percent greater than the bid of the lowest responsible bidder. Ref: Ala. Code 41-116-50 (Amended) Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Date Amended: January 14, 2010 FILE: DIG BIDS AND QUOTATION REQUIREMENTS Bids shall be obtained on items covered under the Bid Law, which cost $7,500 (seven thousand five hundred dollars) or more. All bids shall be obtained in accordance with the Bid Laws of Alabama. The following criteria should be considered for all bids: 1. Competition Open and free competition will exist to the maximum extent possible. The following methods should be used to assure open, fair, and free competition: a. The maintenance of a request file for potential bidders b. Involvement of all known vendors to the extent they are capable of meeting the needs of the Board c. Utilization of clear, fair and measurable specifications d. The public announcement of a Procurement Plan annually or the issuing of same to any interested party e. The advertising or posting of all bids, proposals, etc. f. The mailing of Invitations to Bid to all known responsible bidders. 2. Comparability The School District shall ensure it is using procedures to provide comparability of prices and products. The following methods will be used: a. The use of measurable specifications b. An on-going evaluation of products and services. 3. Documentation Adequate documentation will be achieved through the following ways: a. Bidder request files b. Records of communication (telephone quotes, written quotations, proposals, bid instruments). Ref: Alabama Code: 41-16-50 to -51, Act No. 94-207 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: December 15, 1994, November 12, 1998 and January 10, 2002 FILE: DIH LEASE AND RENTAL PAYMENTS The Board has the flexibility to finance the acquisition, installation, equipping and/or improvement of any eligible property that such governmental entity otherwise is legally authorized to acquire through the use of lease, lease-purchase and/or installment-purchase financing. The Board may enter into lease, lease-purchase and/or installment-purchase contracts and arrangements, on such terms and containing such conditions, stipulations and requirements as it believes necessary in order to obtain such lease, lease-purchase and/or installment-sale financing or as may be mandated by law. Lease-purchase contracts for capital improvements and repairs to real property shall be let for periods not greater than ten years and all other lease-purchase contracts shall be let for periods not greater than five years. Ref: Ala. Code 41-16A through 41-16A-11, 41-16-57. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: DII PAYMENT PROCEDURES All invoices will be submitted to the Business and Fiscal Affairs Department for payment. The normal date for payment of invoices will be the 10th and 25th of each month. Invoices paid on dates other than the 10th and 25th of the month must be approved by the Superintendent or his/he designee. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: DIJ CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION SUPPORT FUNDS For purpose of this section, classroom instructional support means all components of classroom instructional support as provided in the Foundation Program, with the exception of textbook funds, including but not limited to, library enhancement, classroom materials and supplies, professional development, technology, and other classroom instructional support approved by the State Board of Education. The allocation of monies to replace the matriculation fees passed by the State legislature provides specific allocation of funds for each teacher in grades K-12. These funds are allocated for all teachers employed other than those employed by Federal Programs. Special Education teachers and Vocational teachers are included with the same amount allotted as any other teacher. Principals, assistant principals, guidance personnel and librarians are also included. Hereafter in these policies this fund allocation shall be referred to as instructional. Permissible Expenditures. Monies allocated for materials and supplies may be spent for classroom instructional purposes only, to be used either by classroom teachers or students in each teacher’s respective classes. It shall be permissible to expend materials and supplies monies on instructional equipment and electrical equipment which is actually utilized with students in the teacher’s classroom. Transfer with teacher is disallowed. Materials and supplies monies are expended on behalf of students at a specific school and are not transportable with the teacher if the teacher is transferred to another school. 1 of 5 FILE: DIJ Budget Committee. Each school shall have a budget committee. The committee shall be comprised of five members consisting of four teachers and the school’s principal, or the principal’s designee. The teachers on the committee shall be elected annually by secret ballot by majority vote of the teachers voting at each school. The budget committee shall propose a budget for materials and supplies. The proposed budget shall outline common purchases and shall also specify the common items which may be purchased. The proposed budget shall also specify the amount to be allotted for each teacher. The committee shall also elect a secretary from its membership who shall be responsible for keeping minutes of the meetings of the budget committee and actions taken to approve the budget during the secret balloting process. The committee may form advisory subcommittees from teachers at the various grade and/or department levels. Approval by Teachers. The proposed budget from the budget committee shall be submitted to the teachers at an annual meeting. Before any part of any proposed budget is implemented, the teachers at the school, through a majority vote of those voting shall approve the proposed budget utilizing a secret balloting process. Teachers shall have at least two work days to review the proposed budget before a vote is taken. Any proposed budget which does not receive approval shall be returned to the budget committee for reformulation, taking into consideration the teacher’s recommendations offered at the school’s annual meeting at the beginning of the school year. If the proposed budget is not approved, the 2 of 5 FILE: DIJ budget committee shall submit another proposed budget for review and consideration by the teacher’s and this procedure shall continue until such time as the teachers approve budget utilizing the procedure of this section. A report on the budget which is approved by a majority vote of the teachers voting shall be transmitted to the Superintendent on uniform forms provided by the State Department of Education. An adequate system of record-keeping, at the Office of Superintendent, must be maintained on all expenditures for the Instructional Support Fund. Such a system should provide for sub-accounts for joint faculty or department purchases, individual teacher purchases, library, and other sub-accounts as deemed necessary for adequate accounting of funds. It shall be the responsibility of each school to keep an accurate record of expenditures and check regularly with the Office of Superintendent to see that accounts are coordinated. The effective beginning date for purchases under the Instructional Support Fund shall be October 1 of each year is allocated. The termination date for purchases for the school year, shall be July 30. No purchase orders will be processed after the termination date. Materials ordered but not received by August 31 will be canceled. The State Department of Education has ruled that no funds may be carried over to the next fiscal year. Funds not expended during the fiscal year must be returned. Under no circumstances shall materials be approved for payment until it has been received and checked by the principal or his/her designee or Office of Operations staff member. 3 of 5 FILE: DIJ Principals shall be required to combine orders of individual teachers department or other groups in the school and submit a consolidated requisition for the supplies, materials or equipment. Items should not be purchased prior to the implementation of proper requisition procedures. The Business and Fiscal Affairs Department shall not pay for any merchandise which has been purchased without properly approved requisitions. Proper requisition procedures shall include the following: 1. Utilize the requisition form 2. Requisition should be dated. 3. Vendor’s full names and address including zip code. 4. Show quantity, number, description, unit cost and extension. 5. Use only current catalog and/or bid list, etc. 6. “Purpose” should show “Instructional”, school name and teacher’s name. 7. “Fund” should show source (Foundation, Child Nutrition Program, Transportation, etc.). 8. All copies of requisitions must be signed by the principal/director/supervisor. Records of expenditures of these funds will be audited by State auditors to assure funds are spent in accordance with the law. Teachers and principals should use caution in expending such funds to avoid having to be charged back for certain items. 4 of 5 FILE: DIJ Packing slips accompanying merchandise must be sent to the Central Office as soon as merchandise is received and checked for items shipped directly to the school. Ref: Ala. Code 16-13-231, 16-68-10, Act No.99-389. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 5, 1999 and January 10, 2002 5 of 5 FILE: DJ SCHOOL USE School facilities within the School District shall be utilized primarily for instructional and other school related activities. The Board seeks to provide equal access of school facilities to individuals, groups and agencies, which are not directly connected to the School District. Said use shall be after school hours unless approved in writing by the Superintendent. School activities sponsored by specified school groups or individuals shall be allowed without charge. Other individuals, groups or agencies, which seek to use school facilities, must adhere to the following procedures: 1. A written request shall be submitted to the school principal. This request must stipulate the time, date, purpose of use, number of persons expected at the activity and whether or not admission will be charged. 2. The request must be made at least three (3) weeks prior to the date of the activity. Exceptions may be made, providing extenuating circumstances exist. 3. The principal shall then submit a recommendation to the Superintendent for approval disapproval of the request. 4. If approved is granted by the Superintendent, the principal will notify, in writing, the organization, individual, group or agency requesting use of the building. Accompany written response shall be a contract stipulating the condition for school usage. 5. Each individual, group or organization allowed to use school facilities must assume the following: a. All liabilities and risk associated with conducting proprietary or other events not sponsored by or supervised by individuals duly employed by the School District. b. Responsibility of monitoring activities for which the school has been requested. The “Hold Harmless Agreement” must be signed. c. Responsibility of maintaining the school and/or school ground within the same physical state that existed when the building was rented. d. Responsibility for making provisions for janitorial, security, police and other services necessary for conducting activities. e. Responsibility for making payment of required fees at the time approval is granted. 1 of 3 FILE: DJ The Board encourages its employees to cooperate with individuals, groups or agencies that are established for the purpose of providing meaningful activities to students of the School District. School administrators and supervisors are encouraged to provide school facilities free of charge to individuals, groups or agencies which may include, but may not be limited to, the following: governmental agencies (at the discretion of the local school principal and the Superintendent), parent-teacher organizations, Cub Scouts, Brownies, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Camp Fire Girls and class reunions. However, if such groups seek to use school facilities after regular school hours, on weekends, or during summer months, such groups must assume full responsibility for the safety and supervision of participants. In addition, it must also assume responsibility for the maintenance and security of school facilities. It shall be the responsibility of the local school principal to assure that all renters follow necessary procedures of maintenance, security and safety. Individuals, groups or agencies other than those stipulated above shall be responsible for paying the following fees: Individuals, groups or agencies that do not charge admission For all building and grounds (except cooking area) Service Fee for pickup and delivery of chairs Cooking Area (Must be supervised by CNP employee) CNP Employee’s Fee Janitorial fee (for school janitor) Principal’s Fee (for opening and closing school) $75.00 $25.00 $75.00 Negotiated with user Negotiated with user Negotiated with user 2 of 3 FILE: DJ Individuals, groups or agencies that charge admission For all building and grounds (except cooking area) Service Fee for pickup and delivery of chairs Cooking Area (Must be supervised by CNP employee) CNP Employee’s Fee Janitorial fee (for school janitor) Principal’s Fee (for opening and closing school) $75.00 $25.00 $75.00 Negotiated with user Negotiated with user Negotiated with user Other monitors, supervisors and employees for admission activities must be employed directly by the user agency. The principal/designee and/or janitor must be on hand at all times for such activities. Individuals, groups or agencies, which are not mentioned in this policy, must be categorized according to one of the above groups and allowed to use school facilities according to this policy. Dates Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: February 13, 1997, January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 3 of 3 FILE: DK NEGOTIATING WORTHLESS NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT Negotiating a worthless negotiable instrument (worthless check) is a Class A misdemeanor, and in accordance with the law, the school district will prosecute violators to the fullest extent possible. An individual commits the crime of negotiating a worthless negotiable instrument if the person negotiates or delivers a negotiable instrument for a thing of value and with the intent, knowledge or expectation that it will not be honored by the drawee. The Board shall prosecute violators of this crime to the fullest extent possible in accordance with the law. Ref: Ala. Code 13A-9-13.1 and 13A-9-13.2 Date Adopted: May 3, 2004 FILE: DKA CHILD NUTRITION PROGRAM (NEGOTIATING WORTHLESS NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT) The Board recognizes the need to practice sound financial management in all areas of fiscal responsibility including but not limited to checks returned for insufficient funds, uncollected charged meals and sale prices of Board employees’ meals. The face value of a check returned for insufficient funds and nonpayment of legal charges for goods or services may not be absorbed as a cost by the state, federal or public funds. Therefore, the Board adopts the following policy to govern the collection of funds resulting from returned checks and charged meals. Checks Returned for Insufficient Funds The local principal or other school administrator shall exercise due diligence in the acceptance of checks and in the collection of NSF checks. A list of individuals who have submitted bad checks twice shall be maintained in order to prevent the receipt of any further checks from those individuals. The fee of a NSF check is the amount charged by the bank plus amount of the check. The fee must be paid, in cash, a cashier’s check or money order, within 10 days of receiving the notice. Uncollected NSF checks remaining at the end of the fiscal year will be satisfied using non-public funds. Date Adopted: November 10, 2005 FILE: DL UNCOLLECTED CHARGED MEALS Charged meals should not be allowed in the Child Nutrition Program. However, the local school principal may elect to prepare for a nominal non-reimbursable meal (e.g., sandwich and milk) for the student who forgot his/her lunch money. Should the practice of serving such as nominal meal or snack become frequent or more than just an occasional occurrence, the school shall make arrangements to reimburse the Child Nutrition Program fund for such excess costs. Should the local school decide to charge meals for students a nonpublic fund source shall be established to cover the cost of the meal(s). Each school shall maintain documentation to reflect the status of charged meals. The transfer of funds from the non-public fund shall be made to the Child Nutrition Program before the meal is served. Date Adopted: November 10, 2005 FILE: DM VEHICLE USE The Board does not allow the employees to use the Board’s vehicle assigned to them for personal purposes other than for commuting or de minimis personal use (such as a stop for personal errand on the way between an educational activity and the employee’s home). Personal use of a vehicle is defined as all use that is not for business or educational purposes. Date Adopted: May 15, 2008 E – BUSINESS MANAGEMENT EA Building and Grounds Management EAA Insurance Program EAB Safety EABA Fire Prevention EABB Warning Systems EABC Emergency Drills EABD Emergency Closings EABE Traffic and Parking Controls EABF Safety Inspections EABG Classes and Labs EABH Automated External Defibrillator (AED) EAC Security EAD Heating and Lighting EAE Cleaning Program EAF Sanitation EAG Repairs EAH Leasing and Renting EAI Clean Indoor Air EAJ Child Abuse EB Equipment and Supplies Management EC ECA ECB ECC ECCA ECD ECE Student Transportation Management Insurance Program Safety Scheduling and Routing Special Used of School Buses Maintenance Program Transportation Records ED EDA EDB EDC Food Service Management Food Service Sanitation Inspections Food Services Records EE EEA EEB EEC EED Rick Management Policy Statement Staff Insurance Program Property Liability Fidelity FILE: EA BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MANAGEMENT The Board requires that all school property be maintained in good condition. The school principal or designee shall be responsible for daily inspections to reduce hazards and help assure clean and attractive facilities. Vandalism and abuse of school properties, including writing on walls and school furniture, shall be discouraged by emphasis on a program of citizenship training for all students. Violators shall be required to pay for all damages and are subject to disciplinary action. Ref: 16-1-2(1), (2), 16-9-18, 16-8-43, 16-11-12, 16-12-4, 16-18-8, 16-11-11, 16-12-7(a). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EAA INSURANCE PROGRAM See File EE – Risk Management Policy Statement. FILE: EAB SAFETY The Board strives to maintain safe buildings, grounds and equipment in order to minimize accidents or injury to students, employees and other citizens. Protection shall be provided from such dangers as fire, natural disasters, mechanical and electrical malfunctions and other avoidable hazards. All buildings and grounds shall be free of firearms, deadly weapons, tobacco, alcohol and harmful drugs. No individual other than authorized law enforcement personnel shall be permitted to have a firearm or deadly weapon at any time while on school property. This applies to functions or activities that may be on or off school property, after school hours, or at any other time when the individual’s presence can be reasonably related to school functions. A deadly weapon is anything manifestly designed, made or adopted for the purpose of inflicting death or serious bodily injury. Personnel violating this policy shall/may be suspended pending hearing before the board. Personnel found by the board to have violated this policy shall be/may be terminated. A student determined to have brought to school or have in their possession a firearm as defined in Section 921 Title 18 of the United States Code shall be expelled for a period of one year. Any individual found to be in possession of a firearm or deadly weapon on school property may be arrested on the appropriate warrant, signed by the appropriate school authority. No individual shall be permitted to smoke or use tobacco in any form on school property. A student determined to be in possession of tobacco products will be disciplined in accordance with the adopted Code of Conduct. Employees determined to be in possession of tobacco products will be disciplined with the approved policy. 1 of 2 FILE: EAB No individual shall possess alcohol or harmful drugs. A student determined to be in possession of alcohol or harmful drugs will be disciplined in accordance with the adopted Code of Conduct. Personnel determined to be in possession of alcohol or harmful drugs will be disciplined in accordance with the approved policies. Any individual found to be in possession of alcohol or harmful drugs on school property may be arrested on the appropriate warrant, signed by the appropriate school authority. Ref: 16-3-12, 16-4-13, 16-11-2, 16-11-9, 16-1-2, 16-1-7, 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-9-18. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, April 5, 2005, and February 11, 2016 2 of 2 FILE: EABA FIRE PREVENTION It shall be the responsibility of the local building principal to insure that his/her building is free of fire hazards. Daily inspections shall be made by the building principal or designee, who shall report immediately any needed maintenance to the superintendent or designee in writing. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EABB WARNING SYSTEM Each principal or designee shall develop an appropriate system to warn students, teachers, and other staff of impending danger. The warning system should include fire, tornado, or other potential dangers. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EABC EMERGENCY DRILLS The Board requires that at least one fire drill be held in each school during each month school is in session. A fire drill shall require complete evacuation of the building. Each school shall keep a record on file of all fire drills. At least one tornado drill shall be held monthly. A record shall be kept on file of the tornado drills. School personnel shall cooperate with local, state and national organizations to develop plans dealing with all possible emergencies, e.g. tornadoes, nuclear attack, etc. All doors and exits shall remain unlocked during school hours and shall meet the required codes. Ref: Ala. Code 36-19-10, 36-19-11 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EABD EMERGENY CLOSING The Superintendent or designee shall determine if conditions are such that the school or an individual school should be closed. Particular attention shall be paid to weather conditions that create hazardous road conditions. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EABE TRAFFIC AND PARKING CONTROLS The Board and administrative staff will work with law enforcement agencies and other appropriate agencies in an effort to provide the best possible safety procedures for students leaving and entering school grounds. These safety procedures will include the use of safety patrols at crosswalks when approved by the appropriate law enforcement agency and the marking of school speed zone areas as provided by law. The Superintendent shall develop rules and regulations relative to parking and traffic control on all school property under control of the Board. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EABF SAFETY INSPECTIONS As part of a comprehensive safety and loss control program the Board requires that all school-owned property be inspected for potential safety hazards on a daily basis. The person responsible for managing the site inspected should conduct these inspections. For example, principals should examine the school for which they are responsible, while the transportation foreman should examine the transportation garage and bus storage lots. A written report of each safety inspection should be submitted to the Superintendent or his designee. Hazardous conditions identified within the inspection report should receive immediate attention from the maintenance or other appropriate staff in order to prevent injury to persons and/or loss of property. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 FILE: EABG CLASSES AND LAB Students are required to wear eye protective devices when danger is involved while working in science labs, career and technical shops when chemicals or other dangerous equipment or materials are used. Additionally, all science labs and career technical education classes are to follow OSHA and other applicable safety guidelines. Date Adopted: November 10, 2005 FILE: EABH AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR (AED) The Board is committed to treating victims who experience sudden cardiac arrest. Therefore, the Board shall provide and enforce a district Automated External Defibrillator Program. This program will conform to standards set forth by the American Heart Association, Act 2009-754, 1999-370, and will follow the requirements of the Food and Drug Administration. It is the policy of the Lowndes County Public Schools to minimize the risk associated with sudden cardiac arrest among its employees, students, and visitors. This program will be followed by all personnel. A copy of this program is to be made available to every employee. This program will be reviewed annually, and updated whenever new, or modified tasks, or procedures are implemented. Date Adopted: October 8, 2015 FILE: EAC SECURITY Staff members shall cooperate closely with local police, fire, health and sheriff’s departments and insurance company inspectors. Access – Access to school buildings and grounds after regular school hours shall be limited to authorized personnel. Protective devices designed to be used as safeguards to deter illegal entry and vandalism shall be installed when funds become available. Data Governance – The Superintendent is authorized to establish, implement, and maintain data security measures. The procedures to be established include a method of instituting data security classifications, implementing procedural and electronic security controls, and maintaining records regarding security access. The data security measures will apply to Board employees and all Board operations. Any unauthorized access, use, transfer, or distribution of School District’s data by any employee, student, or any other individual, may result in appropriate disciplinary action, which may include a recommendation for termination and other legal action. Adult Sex Offenders – Adult sex offenders who have been convicted of a sex offense involving a minor must: a. Notify the principal of the school to request permission before entering school property or attending the K-12 school activity; the principal may deny an offender’s request to come onto the school campus; b. Immediately report to the principal of the school upon entering the property or arriving at the K-12 school activity; and c. Cooperate with any efforts undertaken by the principal of the school to discreetly monitor their presence on school property or at the K-12 school activity. For the purpose of this section, a K-12 school activity is an activity sponsored by a school in which students in grades K-12 are the primary intended participants or for who students in grades K-12 are the primary intended audience including, but not limited to, school instructional time, after school care, after school tutoring, athletic events, field trips, school plays, or assemblies. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-11-9, 15-20A-17 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and December 10, 2015 FILE: EAD HEATING AND LIGHTING It is the intent of the Board that each building and facility have adequate heat and light to insure that a proper learning environment is provided for students and staff. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EAE CLEANING PROGRAM The Superintendent or his/her designee shall be responsible for initiating and maintaining an effective school plant cleaning program. This program shall comply with all sanitation requirements of the Department of Health and Board policies. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EAF SANITATION The Board shall establish and maintain an effective sanitation program in all school. The Board shall cooperate in sanitation surveys and inspection of all applicable school facilities in accordance with such rules and regulations developed by the Health Departments and the State Board of Education. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-43, 16-10-10, 16-9-18. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EAG REPAIRS All requests for maintenance services shall be submitted to the Office of Operations. Requests for maintenance services shall be made on prescribed forms and approved by the principal or designee. Requests for repair of hazardous conditions or of an emergency nature shall be immediately reported by phone to the Office of Operations. Such hazardous and emergency requests shall be given priority consideration by the staff. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-18, 16-12-7. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EAH LEASING AND RENTALS The Board recognizes that in some instances there is a need to lease or rent certain types of equipment or facilities. The Superintendent and/or Board must approve all leases and rental agreements. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EAI CLEAN INDOOR AIR It is policy of the Board to promote the health and safety of all personnel, students and visitors and to promote the cleanliness of all school facilities. To this end, the Board prohibits smoking and the use of tobacco products on school property including vehicles or at any school activity. A “No Smoking” sign or signs, or the international “No Smoking” symbol, which consists of a pictorial representation of a burning cigarette enclosed in a circle with a bar across, shall be prominently posted and properly maintained where smoking is prohibited by this at, by the principal or supervisor in charge of the facility. Enforcement of the policy and penalties for violations shall be consistent with the law. Ref: Ala. Code, 16-1-30 and Act No. 2003-314 Date Adopted: May 3, 2004 FILE: EAJ CHILD ABUSE All employees of the School District are legally obligated to report signs of suspected child abuse or neglect to the Lowndes County Department of Human Resources (DHR). The report should be made orally and followed up with a written report to DHR. The School District will provide annual training to all employees regarding their duties and responsibilities under the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act. Guidelines and procedures for mandatory reporting will be provided by a Lowndes County DHR representative. The School District will also provide an age appropriate curriculum for students in grades K-12 on avoiding child sexual abuse. Ref: Act No. 2015-456 Date Adopted: July 14, 2016 FILE: EB EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES MANAGEMENT The Board requires that all maintenance equipment, tools, etc., be inventoried and a periodic check made to assure proper accounting of such equipment. Board-owned equipment shall not be loaned to private individuals or used for private purposes. All office and janitorial supplies provided by the Board shall be requested in writing, and accurate records of their distribution shall be maintained. Ref: Ala. Code 16-11-9, 16-11-12, 16-8-8, 16-8-9. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EC STUDENT TRANSPORTATION AND MANAGEMENT If the Board provides student transportation either to or from schools or for school related activities, the Board shall: 1. Employ a competent supervisor and/or manager or transportation services whether such services are provided by public or privately owned vehicles. 2. Require periodic safety inspection of all vehicles used for transporting students whether such vehicles are privately or publicly owned. 3. Require training and licensing of drivers of all vehicles used to transport student to and from schools and in all school related activities, whether such vehicles are publicly owned and operated or operated under contract with a private owner. Ref: Ala. Code 16-27-4. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: ECA INSURANCE PROGRAM The Board will purchase a liability insurance policy naming as insured all employees who are required to transport students; or in lieu of purchasing such a policy will reimburse individual employees who are required to transport students for the cost of “drive other car broad form liability” riders to their individual insurance policies. If the Board elects the second option it will specify the limit of coverage to be purchased and will require a certificate of insurance from the individual employee’s insurance carrier. Ref: Ala. Code 16-27-7. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: ECB SAFETY The Board requires that prior to employment all school bus drivers obtain a special school bus driver’s license issued by the State Department of Education (SDE) and an Alabama Commercial Driver’s License. Safety Inspection The State Board of Education requires that all vehicles used for the transportation of children, whether privately or publicly owned, be inspected annually by authorized and qualified SDE employees. Any bus found to be deficient shall be “red tagged” and shall not be used to transport students until the appropriate repairs have been made and further inspections reveals that the deficiency has been removed. All vehicles used for the transportation of children shall be inspected by local transportation personnel. Monthly inspections shall be conducted in accordance with the SDE. In addition, bus drivers are required to conduct and document the pre-trip inspection before beginning the rout/trip. All bus drivers shall wear seat belts while operating a school bus. Bus Conduct The safety of those who ride a school bus depends to a great extent on their own behavior. Students on school buses are under the supervision of the bus driver and shall obey the driver at all times. Failure of a student while on a school bus to comply with the instructions of a school bus driver shall result in the student being subject to the Board’s disciplinary policies. Ref: Ala. Code 16-27-3 to -6, 32-6-49.1 to 32-6-49.20. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 FILE: ECC SCHEDULING AND ROUTING It shall be the responsibility of the Office of Operations to schedule and route buses. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: ECCA SPECIAL USE OF SCHOOL BUSES It shall be the policy of the Board to permit the use of school buses for student trips or excursions to enhance instructional activities. The use of buses for such trips shall be strictly governed by regulations adopted by the Board and/or established by the Superintendent or administrative staff. In addition to any regulations that may be prescribed, the Board shall require the following: 1. Application for use of any school bus must be submitted to and approved by the Office of Operations and the Superintendent at least ten (10) days prior to the date of anticipated use. 2. Only qualified licensed school bus driver shall drive school buses on any student trip or excursion and expenses thereof shall be paid by the local school. 3. Only school pupils and school personnel shall be permitted to ride the bus on such trips. Appropriate school patrons may be used as chaperones. 4. A teacher who is regularly employed by the Board shall ride the bus at all times when making such trips. In addition, appropriate school patrons may be used as chaperones. 5. No bus that does not have properly working stoplights and clearance lights will be used for night trips. The use of a bus for such purposes will not interfere with the regular transportation of pupils to and from school. 6. Each school must submit accurate mileage of the trip from the time the bus leaves the school until it returns. 7. Each school must submit to the Board a check for the driver and each mile traveled at the per mile reimbursement rate currently approved by the Board. 8. All damage beyond regular wear and tear will be paid for by the local school. (Not including damages from an accident. 1 of 2 FILE: ECCA 9. Any school that does not comply fully with the regulations will be denied special use buses for the remaining part of the school year. The Superintendent will furnish special forms in order to fully comply with this policy. Principals are responsible for seeing that all forms are completed properly. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: ECD MAINTENANCE PROGRAM The Office of Operations shall insure that a thorough program of maintenance for all school system owned or leased vehicles is developed and implemented. The program should include preventive along with regular maintenance and must conform to any State Department of Education policy and/or regulation. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: ECE TRANSPORTATION RECORDS Records pertaining to the maintenance, schedules and incident reports, shall be kept on file for a minimum of five (5) years. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: ED FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT The Board shall provide nutritious adequate meals to all school children at a minimum cost. The school food service program will at all times be operated in compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations as well as policies of the Board. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EDA FOOD SERVICE The Board maintains that the School District shall provide eligible children free or reduced-price meals in accordance with National School Lunch Program Guidelines. When a child transfers from one school to another, the transferring principal shall report eligibility status to the receiving principal, upon request. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EDB SANITATION INSPECTIONS School boards must require all employees who handle food to have a physical examination for tuberculosis at least once every three (3) years. State and county departments of health are authorized to establish reasonable standards of sanitation for food service establishments. Ref: Ala. code 16-22-3. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EDC FOOD SERVICE RECORDS The Board requires that all lunchroom funds be accounted for in accordance with policies set forth by the local, state and federal requirements. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-38, 16-9-27, 16-11-22, 16-12-3(a), (f), 16-12-12, 16-13-31, 16-11-21. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EE RISK MANAGEMENT POLICY STATEMENT The Board recognizes its responsibility for properly managing the resources of the School District. This responsibility includes concern for the safety of students, employees and the public as well as concern for protecting the District’s property from loss. No new policy or procedures will be adopted or approved by the Board without first giving careful consideration to the School District’s risk exposure. The Superintendent or his designee shall be responsible for establishing a risk management and insurance program covering all property and program risks related to the performance of the educational and service missions of the District. This risk management and insurance program shall include means for identifying, eliminating, reducing, retaining or transferring risk. Only when a particular risk cannot be eliminated or feasibly retained by the District shall it be transferred by the purchase of insurance. The Board realizes that the assumption of some predictable risks is the most economically feasible method of treating certain exposures. When in the apparent best interest of the District, the Board may budget for and retain limited and predictable risks of financial loss. When the purchase of insurance coverage is deemed necessary, such purchase will be made on the basis of service offered by the insurer or self-funded program, the reliability and financial stability of the insurer or self-funded program, and the price of the coverage as competitively determined. The Board does not recognize any obligation to purchase insurance from a particular agent(s), broker(s) or insurer representative(s) of State Insurance Fund other than an obligation based on the above stated consideration. 1 of 2 FILE: EE The Superintendent shall have the responsibility for preparing an annual risk management report for review by the Board. The report shall include a description of the District’s current risk management program and a summary of the existing insurance coverages. The Board authorizes the Superintendent to seek professional risk management advice, if necessary, in order to develop, implement and maintain an effective risk management program for the District. Ref: Ala. Code 16-11-12, 16-11-27, 16-12-5, 16-8-42. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: EEA STAFF INSURANCE PROGRAM The Board does not, as part of teacher and staff compensation, provide workman’s compensation. The Board does not, as a part of teacher or staff compensation, provide life insurance. The Board upon a majority vote of its employees may elect to participate or not participate in the Public Education Employees’ Health Insurance Plan in accordance with all State statutes and mandates or regulations. The Board does not provide accidental death and dismemberment insurance for teachers, staff and other employees. The Board does not provide from school funds a policy for income protection. Payroll deductions will be made in accordance with the standards adopted in the fiscal management section of these policies. Ref: Ala. Code 16-25A-12. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EEB PROPERTY The Board shall insure for its full value all property for which it has title, including but not necessarily limited to buildings and contents. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-42, 16-11-27. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EEC LIABILITY The Board will purchase general liability insurance coverage to protect the Board members, the school district and employees for the risks to which all are exposed. This coverage will be purchased with limits for the district equal to at least the limits of exposure designated within the Alabama Tort Claims Act. The Board will also purchase errors and omissions liability coverage to protect the Board members, the school district and all school employees. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: EED FIDELITY The Board recognizes that the Superintendent shall have an official bond of not less than $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) which has been approved by the Board and which covers the acts of a secretary of the Board in the absence of the Superintendent. The Board is authorized to require a fixed bond of not less than $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) for the Chief School Financial Officer. In addition, local school principals and secretaries shall be in amount of not less than $10,000 (ten thousand dollars). Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-3, 16-8-7, 16-8-12, 16-8-3, 16-11-7, 16-13-8, 16-13-38, 16-13-9, Act No 2006-196 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2002 F – FACILITY PROGRAM FA Long Range Planning FB FBA FBB FBC FBD Facility Project Planning Staff Involvement in Project Planning Educational Specifications Architectural Programming Plans and Specifications FC FCA FCB FCC Project Administration Supervision and Construction Site Acquisition Procedures Bids and Quotations FD Board Inspection and Acceptance of New Facilities FE Staff Training for Occupancy FILE: FA LONG RANGE PLANNING It shall be the responsibility of the Board and Superintendent to develop and implement plans for the School District that shall meet the present and future educational requirements of the community. The Board shall make the decisions based on long-range building plans and accreditation needs which will be implemented over the years to meet the School District’s requirements. The objectives of the plan are: 1. To improve the educational environment for students and teachers by raising the physical standards in all buildings. 2. To create school complexes which are the best possible balance of effective grouping of educational resources, efficient management and operations, and community concerns for the character of the School District. 3. To assure that all facility expansion programs and related constructions are based upon objectively determined needs, adequate enrollment protections, and positive cost-benefit correlations. 4. To assure that all elements of the community, students, parents and guardians, interested citizens, teachers and other school officials are integral parts of the total program, i.e., involvement in development of educational specifications. Ref: Ala. Code 16-4-21, 16-9-17, 16-12-6, 16-12-7, 16-3-17. Alabama Administrative Procedures 290-2-2-03(1). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: FB FACILITY PROJECT PLANNING The Board shall select architects and/or engineers as needed to design new school and/or renovations of existing buildings. All such persons, i.e. architect and general contractor, shall post a performance bond through surety company licenses to do business in Hayneville, Alabama. All architects shall carry errors and omissions insurance. The Board shall instruct the Superintendent to coordinate all phases of the building effort, such coordination to include, but not limited to, direction or planning activities, investigation of potential funding sources and overall supervision of all building projects once construction begins. The Superintendent shall keep the Board fully informed and make recommendations he/she deems appropriate relative to add-on or deductive bid alternates, time allowance differentials, change orders and final approval of completed projects. Under no circumstances, however, shall any alteration of construction of school facilities be undertaken without prior authorization from the Board. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: FBA STAFF INVOLVEMENT IN PROJECT PLANNING The Board authorizes the Superintendent to make arrangements for the school staff to contribute in the planning of new school buildings. The Superintendent or his/her designee shall advise the staff of any construction programs which are proposed or are under construction by the Board, and staff members shall be given an opportunity to make recommendations. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: FBB EDUCATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS The Board shall approve a set of comprehensive educational specifications for any architect retained by the Board. These specifications, which shall be discussed in conference with the architect, shall include: 1. Information concerning the plan of school organization and estimated enrollment in the proposed building. 2. A description of the proposed curriculum and the teaching methods and techniques to be employed. 3. A schedule of space requirements, including an indication of relative locations of various spaces. 4. A desired layout of special area and the equipment need for such areas. 5. An outline of mechanical features and special finishes desired. 6. A description of standard codes and regulations (school district, city, county, state and national) affecting planning. This may be assigned to the architect. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 FILE: FBC ARCHITECTURAL PROGRAMMING The Board shall select architects according to State rules and regulations. An architect shall be employed who will perform the following functions: 1. He/She shall translate the educational program for which the facilities are needed into building design and specifications. 2. He/She shall advise the Board on letting of contracts. 3. He/She shall supervise construction according to plans and specifications. 4. He/She shall recommend approval and acceptance of complete facilities. 5. He/She shall supplement his services, when necessary, by consulting specialists such as landscape architects, hearting, ventilation, electrical, structural, acoustical engineers, and educational consultants. The Board and the Superintendent shall prepare the educational specifications. The architect shall be responsible for translating the educational specifications into building designs and building specifications. The architect shall meet with the Superintendent and/or the Board as required and/or recommended by the Superintendent throughout construction. She/He shall be the designated technical supervisor and shall be responsible for all phases of construction in cooperation with the Superintendent. His responsibilities shall also include orienting all personnel to each newly-constructed facility and equipment, conducting a final inspection and scheduling follow up inspections one year after the project is completed. Ref: Ala. Code, 41-16-51, 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-9-17, 16-9-18, 16-11-9, 16-12-6, 16-12-7. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: FBD PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The Board authorizes the Superintendent or his/her designee to prepare or direct the preparation of all plans and specification for remodeling old buildings or constructing new buildings and to closely supervise their implementation during the construction process. Ref: Ala. Code 16-12-7, 16-9-18. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: FC PROJECT ADMINISTRATION The Board shall require from the Superintendent a review of the activities in his/her supervision of building construction. The review shall include adequacy of field inspection of the contractor’s operation, and periodic reports of the architect relating to the construction, and any other matters pertaining to the interest of the School District. The Superintendent shall make to the Board periodic reports verifying that the work of the construction contractor and the architect is being performed in accordance with plans, specifications, and contracts. Reports shall be made after periodic visits to the sites. A minor change order ($3,000 or less) may be approved by the Superintendent who will report his/her actions to the Board for confirmation. Upon completion of the building construction and a final inspection of all its aspects by the architect, contractors, and school officials, a recommendation by the Superintendent for its acceptance shall be made to the Board. The Board requires that the local Superintendent notify the State Superintendent within ten days after the beginning of constructing of a building and request that the State Department representative inspect the building during the construction to ensure that the plans and specifications are being followed. The local Superintendent shall see that payment for more than 90% of the contract price of the building is not submitted until the final inspection of the building is made and all plans and specifications are complied with in full. 1 of 2 FILE: FC In making partial payment from PSCA (Public School and College Authority) funds, there shall be retained 5% on the estimated amounts until completion of 50% of the contract, after which no additional retainer will be withheld, unless there is evidence that the contractor cannot, or will not, be completed with the unpaid balance, or there cause as stated in the conditions. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-2. Public Works Law – Title 39, 1975. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 2 of 2 FILE: FCA SUPERVISION OF CONSTRUCTION The Board shall require from the Superintendent a review of the architect’s activities in his/her supervision of any building construction. This review shall include adequacy of field inspection of the contractor’s operations, administrative activities of the architect relating to the interest of the School District. The Superintendent shall make periodic reports certifying by his/her personal knowledge or the knowledge of his/her designee that the work of the construction contractor and the architect are being performed in accordance with plans, specifications and contracts. A major change order may be approved by the Superintendent provided he/she has first secured Board approval. In cases emergency, the Superintendent shall be authorized to issue change orders and shall inform the Board members promptly of such action for confirmation. Upon completion of the building construction and a final inspection of all its aspects by the architect, contractors and school officials, a recommendation for its acceptance will be made to the Board by the Superintendent. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: FCB SITE ACQUISITION PROCEDURE The Board shall expedite the purchase of a given place of property for public school purposes in order that negotiations with the owner may begin immediately. If a problem arises during negotiations which delays acquisition of the property by the School District, condemnation proceedings may ensue as provided by law to enable the Board to acquire the property. When possible, the School District shall maintain communication with the owner of his/her counsel as proceedings develop in order to provide an opportunity to negotiate a purchase rather than resort to or continue court. It shall be the Board’s declared intent to negotiate reasonably and amicably and to avoid friction when possible while continuing negotiations. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: FCC BIDS AND QUOTATIONS The Board recognizes that contracts involving expenditures in excess of $50,000 (fifty thousand dollars) shall be by open competitive bidding. Sealed bids shall be submitted with the contract being awarded to the lowest bidder where the bid complies with specifications. Ref: Ala. Code 39-2-2. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: February 13, 1997 and January 10, 2002 FILE: FD BOARD INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF NEW FACILITIES It shall be the policy of the Board to accept new construction only at such time as all details are complete and the buildings are certified as completed by the Superintendent and the architect. The Board shall withhold at least 10% of the total construction cost, as reflected in the contract with the general contractor, to be paid only after completion is so certified. When PSCA (Public School and College Authority) funds are involved, the Board shall withhold at least 5% of the total construction cost, as reflected in the contract with the general contractor, until completion of 50% of the contract, after which no additional retainer will be withheld unless there is evidence that the contract cannot, or will not, be completed with the unpaid balances, or there is other cause as stated in the general conditions. Ref: Public Works Law – Title 39, 1975. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: FE STAFF TRAINING FOR OCCUPANCY The Board shall plan a building orientation program for faculty, students and community patrons. The purpose for such program shall be to provide each group with pertinent information regarding the use and the general characteristics of the new building. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 G – PERSONNEL GA Equal Opportunity and Criteria for Employment GB Recruitment and Hiring of Personnel GBA Posting of Vacancies GBB Qualifications of Personnel GBC Job Descriptions GBCA Job Descriptions (listed job-by-job) GC Evaluation of Personnel GD GDA Grievances Grievance Procedure GE Conflict of Interest GF GFA Health Examinations Communicable Diseases GG GGA GGB GGBA GGC GGD GGE GGF GGG GGH GGI GGJ GGK Leaves for Personnel Personal Leave Sick Leave Sick Leave Bank Family Medical Leave Act (FMLA) Legal Service Absences Maternity Leave Military Leave On-the-Job Injury Leave Vacation for Twelve Month Employees Professional Leave Leave of Absence for Certified Personnel Compensatory Leave GH Solicitations GI Gifts GJ Personnel Records GK Salary Deductions (Continued) GL GLA GLB GLC GLD GLE GLF GLG Staff Rights and Responsibilities Drug and Alcohol Testing of Designated Employees Drug and Alcohol Testing Procedures Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention Program Possession of Firearms and Weapons Prohibiting Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Use of Tobacco Dress Code for Employees GM Suspension GN Cancellation of Contract GO Resignation GP Retirement GQ GQA GQB Time Schedules and Work Loads for Personnel Extra Duties Staff Meetings GR GRA GRB Salary Schedules Overtime Pay Incentive Program for Select Certified Personnel GS Travel Expenses GT Professional Development GU Probation and Non-Probationary Status GV Transfer GW Reduction in Force GX Tutoring GY Substitute Personnel 2 FILE: GA EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AND CRITERIA FOR EMPLOYMENT No person in the School District shall, on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sex, age, handicap, national origin or similar personal distinction be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination in regard to employment, retention, promotion, transfer or dismissal in any educational program or activity which is under the jurisdiction of the Board. The following objective and subjective criteria shall be used in selecting new personnel and in transferring, promoting, demoting and/or dismissing: I. Objective Considerations A. Instructional Personnel. 1. Type of certificate. 2. Number of years of experience: a. In the teaching profession. b. In the grade, subject or position which he/she currently teaches or occupies, or for which he/she is applying. c. In the system. 3. Degree or degrees held (transcript required). 4. Endorsement in subject area. 5. Number of hours beyond degree. 6. Number of hours of voluntary participation in in-service training, workshops, seminars, etc. 7. Related occupational experience. 1 of 2 FILE: GA B. Administrative Personnel. In addition to the criteria listed in I above, the following criteria shall apply to selection of administrative personnel: 1. Number of years of administrative experience: a. In this District. b. In any other District. 2. Classification of school in which experience was attained. C. Support Personnel 1. Education transcripts 2. Hours completed in apprenticeship or training program 3. Job related courses or training 4. Number of years of job related work experience 5. Physical health 6. Number of years experience in the school II. Subjective Considerations. A. Past Performance; B. Ability; C. Leadership; and D. Personality. The Board shall establish procedures by which subjective criteria will be evaluated. Ref: U.S. Const. amend. XIV, 1; 42 U.S.C. 20003-1 tc -- 17; 20 U.S.C. 1681, ET seq.; 29 U.S.C. 794; 29 U.S.C. 621 et seq., Singleton v. Jackson Municipal Separate School District, 419 F. 2d 1211 (5th Circ. 1969). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: GB RECRUITMENT AND HIRING OF PERSONNEL The Board recognizes the Superintendent as the chief executive officer of the Board, and places upon him/her the responsibility for recommending the appointment of personnel. Although the Superintendent may assign to others certain duties respecting the appraisal of the qualifications of candidates, in every case the final decision concerning the recommendation of candidates shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent. The Board shall make the final decisions to employ personnel based upon the Superintendent’s written recommendation. All recruitment and hiring practices shall adhere strictly to applicable equal employment opportunity policies and regulations. Ref: Ala. Code 16-4-9, 16-8-23, 16-9-23. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GBA POSTING OF VACANCIES All vacancies will be posted according to state law. Vacancies do not include reclassification, reallocation of duties, reassignment or re-employment pursuant to legal mandate. Ref: Ala. Code 16-22-15. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: May 13, 1993, January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 FILE: GBB QUALIFICATIONS OF PERSONNEL Certified Personnel The Board requires that each certified employee in the School District hold a degree from an accredited college or university.* Each certified employee shall hold a current and valid Alabama Teacher’s Certificate, which shall be on file in the office of the Superintendent. If a certified employee earns an advanced degree, the Board shall notify the State Department of Education of the earned advanced degree in a timely fashion. An employee shall be paid for an advanced degree in the pay period that begins after the advanced degree is recognized by the State Department of Education, provided that, if an employee has completed service under contract for the scholastic year, the advanced degree pay shall begin with the first pay period for service under contract in the subsequent scholastic year. Certified employees must fulfill the continuing education requirements set forth by the Board during their term or employment. Support Personnel The qualifications for support personnel are listed in the job description for each respective position. All Personnel Background checks shall be performed on all new personnel who have unsupervised access to student in accordance with State Department of Education regulations. * All vocational employees shall meet requirements of the State Department of Education for certification. 1 of 2 FILE: GBB Ref: Ala. Code 16-3-16, 16-23-1, 16-23-2, 16-23-3, 16-12-16, 16-8-23, 16-23-9, 16-23-5, Harrah Independent School District v. Martin, 99 S. Ct. 1062 (1979), Alabama Administrative Code, 290-2-1. Date Adopted: September 4, 1984 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: GBC JOB DESCRIPTIONS It shall be the duty of the Superintendent and representative personnel to prepare job descriptions for all personnel employed by the School District. The Superintendent and representative personnel shall periodically review and update job descriptions for said personnel. Further, the Superintendent or his/her designated representative shall familiarize said personnel with their duties as defined by job descriptions. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GBCA JOB DESCRIPTIONS (JOB-BY-JOB) OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT  Superintendent  Associate Superintendent  Assistant Superintendent  Executive Assistant to the Superintendent  Grants Writer/Special Project Facilitator  Secretary/Receptionist  Receptionist HUMAN RESOURCES  Director of Human Resources  Human Resources Clerk CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION  Director of Curriculum and Instruction  Director of Curriculum and Instruction/Transformation Specialist  Director of Federal Programs  Director of Community Education  Director of Special Projects  Director of Special Education  Director of Special Education/Federal Programs  Coordinator of Special Education  Coordinator of Teacher Incentive Fund (TIF) Grant  Local Education Agency (LEA) Improvement Specialist  Education Specialist  Instructional Assistant  Individualized Education Plan/Transition Specialist  Transition/Occupational Diploma/Job Coach Specialist w Coop Responsibilities  Director of 21st Century Community Learning Center (21st CCLC)  Site Coordinator of 21st Century Community Learning Center (21st CCLC)  Psychometrist  Case Officer  Data Analyst  Secretary/Receptionist  Inventory Clerk  Homeless Facilitator FISCAL AFFAIRS  Chief School Financial Officer  Account Payable Clerk/Federal Programs Bookkeeper  Local School Accounting (LSA) Bookkeeper/Secretary w Payroll Duties  Purchasing Agent 1 of 3 FILE: GBCA OPERATIONS  Associate Superintendent  Director of Student Services  Supervisor of Child Nutrition Program (CNP)  Supervisor of Summer Food Service Program (SFSP)  Administrative Assistant of Summer Food Service Program (SFSP)  Site Supervisor of Summer Food Service Program (SFSP)  Bookkeeper  Secretary/Receptionist  Maintenance Supervisor  Maintenance Worker  Transportation Foreman  Transportation Utility Worker  Transportation Shop Assistant  Mechanic I  Mechanic II  Mechanic Helper I  Mechanic Helper II TECHNOLOGY INITIATIVES AND PUPIL PERSONNEL  Director of Technology and Pupil Personnel Services  Director of Technology  Coordinator of Technology and Computer Services  Date Management Technician SCHOOLS  Director of Career Technical Education and Business and Industry Relations  Head Start Program Director  At-Risk/Special Projects Facilitator  Reading Coordinator  Principal  Graduation Coach  Behavior Specialist  Assistant Principal  Teacher  Collaborative Teacher/Behavior Specialist  Teacher/School-Based Homeless Liaison  Alabama Occupational Diploma/Job Coach Transition Specialist  Cooperative Education Teacher  Mathematics Intervention Teacher  Reading Intervention Teacher  Reading Coach  Speech/Language Pathologist  Library Media Specialist  Counselor  Sign Language Interpreter  School Nurse  Licensed Practical Nurse 2 of 3 FILE: GBCA SCHOOLS (continued)                  School Secretary Pre-K Teacher Pre-K Teacher Assistant Paraprofessional Computer Aide Tutor School/Community Liaison Lunchroom Manager Head Cook Cook Custodian Laborer Bus Driver Courier/Bus Driver Bus Aide School Resource Officer Substitute Teacher Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Dates Amended: March 13, 2003, May 3, 2004, April 5, 2005, June 9, 2005, November 10, 2005, May 11, 2006, December 14, 2006, April 10, 2008, and May 10, 2012, October 10, 2013, and November 13, 2014 3 of 3 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Superintendent QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Master’s degree or higher in school administration with Superintendent’s certification. Demonstrated knowledge in school administration. Minimum 5 years experience in “top-level” school administration position. Physical ability and dexterity to visit school sites and work areas for decision making relative to maintenance, construction and problem situations. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Lowndes County Board of Education SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Lowndes County Board of Education may designate. JOB GOAL: To provide leadership in developing, achieving, and maintaining the best possible educational programs and services. PERFORMANCE REPSONSIBILITIES: 1. Serves as chief executive officer and secretary of the school board. 2. Serves as the educational leader for the school district. 3. Develops and communicates a clear statement of vision of what the school system can become. 4. Develops and communicates a clear statement of the purpose for which the school system exists. 5. Provides leadership for system-wide quality instruction and actively works with the staff to improve instructional skills. 6. Provides for monitoring the performance of students and staff. 7. Encourages a climate of high expectations for all students and staff. 8. Provides for the development and implementation of a student services programs. 9. Coordinates all administrative functions necessary for effective operation of the system such, but not limited to, personnel, student services, curriculum, and facilities. 10. Oversees fiscal management of the system. 11. Develops and implements a community/public relations plan. 12. Provides opportunities for professional growth for all employees through staff development. 13. Assumes responsibility for developing and implementing a plan that ensures a school system climate that is conducive to effective teaching and learning. 1 of 2 Job Description: Superintendent 14. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 15. Complies with federal and state laws and local board policies in the effective operation of the school system. 16. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 17. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 18. Performs other related duties that are required by the Lowndes County Board of Education. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by __________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Associate Superintendent QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. A Master’s Degree or higher in Administration and Supervision. Valid Certification in Administration. Five (5) Years of successful experience in teaching and school administration. Three (3) years of successful experience in maintenance, Child Nutrition Programs, and/or transportation. Physical ability and dexterity to visit school sites and work areas for decision making relative to maintenance, construction, and problem situations. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Lowndes County Board of Education may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist the superintendent substantially and effectively in the task of providing leadership in developing, achieving, and maintaining the best possible educational programs and services. To enable each student, through safe and efficient transportation and to take full advantage of the complete range of curricular and extracurricular activities offered by the district’s schools. To maintain the physical school plants in a condition of operating excellence so that full educational use of them may be made at all times. To administer, coordinate, re-organize the major function and responsibilities of supervising the Child Nutrition Program. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Complies with all state laws and regulations regarding school transportation. 2. Maintains safety standards in compliance with state and insurance regulations and develops a program of preventive safety. 3. Recruits, trains and supervises all transportation personnel, and makes recommendations on their employment, transfer, promotion and release. 4. Advises superintendent on road hazards for decision on school closing during inclement weather. 5. Acts as liaison with contractor for consultation on road hazards for decision on school closing during inclement weather. 6. Cooperates with school principals and others responsible for planning special school trips. 7. Develops and administers a transportation program to meet all requirements of the daily instructional program and extracurricular activities. 1 of 4 Job Description: Associate Superintendent 8. Develops and administers a transportation program to meet all the requirements of the daily instructional program and extracurricular activities. 9. Formulates the specifications to be incorporated into contractual agreements. 10. Approves alterations to contractual agreements when requested by contractors and school principals. 11. Prepares bus routes and schedules for all public and nonpublic schools in the district. 12. Attends appropriate committee and staff meetings. 13. Prepares and/or administers transportation budget. 14. Authorizes purchases in accordance with budgetary limitations and district rules. 15. Approves and forwards transportation service invoices to accounting department. 16. Maintains all district-owned equipment and develops plan for preventive maintenance. 17. Prepares transportation payroll on monthly basis. 18. Completes and dispatches insurance reports. 19. Submits all reports required by state authorities. 20. Takes an active role in solving discipline problems occurring on school buses. 21. Acts as liaison with parents for complaints and special requests. 22. Provides the purchasing department contractor performance qualification data. 23. Examines school buildings on a regular basis for needed repairs and maintenance. 24. Establishes and recommends priorities on repair projects. 25. Estimates cost of repair projects in terms of labor, material, and overhead. 26. Assigns and supervises crews of craftspeople for maintenance work such as replacing worn or defective wiring, switched, faucets, plumbing fixtures, and the like, and repairing fencing, asphalt, concrete, ceilings, and the like. 27. Lays out and inspects work, and assists crewmembers. 28. Develops a system for dealing with emergency repair problems with efficiency. 29. Prepares reports on costs of work done, materials used, labor expended. 30. Orders materials as needed, and makes recommendations of supplies and equipment for purchase. 31. Assists Superintendent in planning and oversight of new construction and renovation projects. 32. Consults with building principals regarding the establishment of regular preventive maintenance programs. 33. Maintains records as required. 34. Recruits, screens, recommends for hiring and orientation of all craftspeople necessary for the maintenance programs. 35. Advises on the hiring of contractors to perform certain maintenance or repair services. 36. Establishes both long and short-range goals in keeping with requirements and policies of the State of Alabama and the Lowndes County Board of Education. 37. Develops the Child Nutrition Programs as a practical application of sound nutrition and directed toward meeting the nutritional and education needs of students. 38. Interprets goals and objectives of the Child Nutrition Program to Superintendent, Board of Education, students, faculty, parents and the public through committees, speeches, school visitation and mass media. 2 of 4 Job Description: Associate Superintendent 39. Promotes and assists with inservice training in nutrition education for teachers. 40. Works with curriculum leadership in developing a sequential program of nutrition. 41. Develops nutrition education aids to include printed matter, visual aids, instructional manuals and other informative materials to be used by Child Nutrition Program personnel and teachers. 42. Establishes standards for food preparation and service that emphasizes the use of standardized recipes, service size and centralized menus that are creative, accepted by students and nutritionally adequate. 43. Establishes specifications, policies, procedures and standards of quality for central purchasing of food, non-food supplies, and equipment. 44. Plans for effective financial management and utilization of funds available, personnel and equipment. 45. Develops and implements procedures for receiving, storing and distributing food and supplies. 46. Establishes a plan for participating in the commodity distribution program and distribution to each school. 47. Implements and maintains an accurate accounting system and procedures for the management and control of income, food, labor, supplies, equipment, and other costs to meet the State of Alabama Department of Education requirements. 48. Maintains high standards of sanitation and safety in all phases of the Child Nutrition Program to comply with local and state health regulations. 49. Evaluates continuously the program to meet changing needs and improvements in the program. 50. Assists local board, architects, engineers, and other school personnel in planning and equipping new or remodeled Child Nutrition Program facilities. Responsible for layout, selection of equipment, furnishing and supplies. 51. Attends and participates in local, stat and national professional meetings. 52. Establishes good rapport with students, teachers, support personnel, administrators and the public. 53. Maintains current source of information regarding the Child Nutrition Program, basic nutrition, food service equipment, new products, and trends of the food service industry. 54. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 55. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 56. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent. 3 of 4 Job Description: Associate Superintendent TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _____________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and June 9, 2005 4 of 4 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Assistant Superintendent QUALIFICATIONS: 1. Master’s Degree or higher in Administration and Supervision. 2. Valid Certification in Administration. 3. Five (5) years of successful experience in teaching and school administration. 4. Three (3) years of successful experience in maintenance, Child Nutrition Programs, and/or transportation. 5. Physical ability and dexterity to visit school sites and work areas for decision making relative to maintenance, construction, and problem situations. 6. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Lowndes County Board of Education may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist the superintendent substantially and effectively in the task of providing leadership in developing, achieving, and maintaining the best possible educational programs and services. To enable each student, through safe and efficient transportation and to take full advantage of the complete range of curricular and extracurricular activities offered by the district’s schools. To maintain the physical school plants in a condition of operating excellence so that full educational use of them may be made at all times. To administer, coordinate, re-organize the major function and responsibilities of supervising the Child Nutrition Program. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Complies with all state laws and regulations regarding school transportation. 2. Maintains safety standards in compliance with state and insurance regulations and develops a program of preventive safety. 3. Recruits, trains and supervises all transportation personnel, and makes recommendations on their employment transfer, promotion and release. 4. Advises superintendent on road hazards for decision on school closing during inclement weather. 5. Acts as liaison with contractor for consultation on road hazards for decision on school closing during inclement weather. 6. Cooperates with school principals and others responsible for planning special school trips. 7. Develops and administers a transportation program to meet all the requirements of the daily instructional program and extracurricular activities. 1 of 4 Job Description: Assistant Superintendent 8. Develops and administers a transportation program to meet all the requirements of the daily instructional program and extracurricular activities. 9. Formulates the specifications to be incorporated into contractual agreements. 10. Approves alterations to contractual agreements when requested by contractors and school principals. 11. Prepares bus routes and schedules for all public and nonpublic schools in the district. 12. Attends appropriate committee and staff meetings. 13. Prepares and/or administers transportation budget. 14. Authorizes purchases in accordance with budgetary limitations and district rules. 15. Approves and forwards transportation service invoices to accounting department. 16. Maintains all district-owned equipment and develops plan for preventive maintenance. 17. Prepares transportation payroll on monthly basis. 18. Completes and dispatches insurance reports. 19. Submits all reports required by state authorities. 20. Takes an active role in solving discipline problems occurring on school buses. 21. Acts as liaison with parents for complaints and special requests. 22. Provides the purchasing department with contractor performance qualification data. 23. Examines school buildings on a regular basis for needed repairs and maintenance. 24. Establishes and recommends priorities on repair projects. 25. Estimates cost of repair projects in terms of labor, material, and overhead. 26. Assigns and supervises crews of craftspeople for maintenance work such as replacing worn or defective wiring, switches, faucets, plumbing fixtures, and the like, and repairing fencing, asphalt, concrete, ceilings, and the like. 27. Lays out and inspects work, and assists crewmembers. 28. Develops a system for dealing with emergency repair problems with efficiency. 29. Prepares reports on costs of work done, materials used, labor expended. 30. Orders materials as needed, and makes recommendations of supplies and equipment for purchase. 31. Assists Superintendent in planning and oversight of new construction and renovation projects. 32. Consults with building principals regarding the establishment of regular preventive maintenance programs. 33. Maintains records as required. 34. Recruits, screens, recommends for hiring and orientation of all craftspeople necessary for the maintenance program. 35. Advises on the hiring of contractors to perform certain maintenance or repair services. 36. Establishes both long and short-range goals in keeping with requirements and policies of the State of Alabama and the Lowndes County Board of Education. 37. Develops the Child Nutrition Programs as a practical application of sound nutrition and directed toward meeting the nutritional and education needs of students. 38. Interprets goals and objectives of the Child Nutrition Program to Superintendent, Board of Education, students, faculty, parents and the public through committees, speeches, school visitation and mass media. 2 of 4 Job Description: Assistant Superintendent 39. Promotes and assists with inservice training in nutrition education for teachers. 40. Works with curriculum leadership in developing a sequential program of nutrition education. 41. Develops nutrition education aids to include printed matter, visual aids, instructional manuals and other informative materials to be used by Child Nutrition Program personnel and teachers. 42. Establishes standards for food preparation and service that emphasizes the use of standardized recipes, service size and centralized menus that are creative, accepted by students and nutritionally adequate. 43. Establishes specifications, policies, procedures and standards of quality for central purchasing of food, non-food supplies, and equipment. 44. Plans for effective financial management and utilization of funds available, personnel and equipment. 45. Develops and implements procedures for receiving, storing and distributing food and supplies. 46. Establishes a plan for participating in the commodity distribution program and distribution to each school. 47. Implements and maintains an accurate accounting system and procedures for the management and control of income, food, labor, supplies, equipment, and other costs to meet the State of Alabama Department of Education requirements. 48. Maintains high standards of sanitation and safety in all phases of the Child Nutrition Program to comply with local and state health regulations. 49. Evaluates continuously the program to meet changing needs and improvements in the program. 50. Assists local board, architects, engineers, and other school personnel in planning and equipping new or remodeled Child Nutrition Program facilities. Responsible for layout, selection of equipment, furnishing and supplies. 51. Attends and participates in local, state and national professional meetings. 52. Establishes good rapport with students, teachers, support personnel, administrators and the public. 53. Maintains current source of information regarding the Child Nutrition Program, basic nutrition, food service equipment, new products, and trends of the food service industry. 54. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluates shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 55. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 56. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent. 3 of 4 Job Description: Assistant Superintendent TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. EVALUATION: Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _________________________ Date: _________________________ Date Adopted: April 10, 2008 4 of 4 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Executive Assistant to the Superintendent QUALIFICATIONS: 1. Master’s degree in education or related field. 2. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed in a fast-paced, high-intensive work environment. 3. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist the superintendent with tasks necessary for the efficient operation of the district. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Assists the superintendent in general administrative operations. 2. Complies operational statistics and gathers such other data as the superintendent may require. 3. Supplies information requested through questionnaires or otherwise to other school systems, teachers, colleges, etc. 4. Maintains the superintendent’s copy of the district policy manual. 5. Accumulates and disseminates information about new developments in education and on the programs and activities of the district. 6. Serves on such lay or staff committees as the superintendent may direct. 7. Assumes such scheduling, coordinating, budget development and clerical functions as the superintendent may assign. 8. Attends meetings as assigned by the superintendent. 9. Prepares and reviews reports as assigned by the superintendent. 10. Reports regularly to the superintendent on any developments or problems within the district coming to his/her attention and requiring the superintendent’s awareness or action. 11. Reviews mail, composes routine letters and memoranda for superintendent’s signature. 12. Establishes and maintains effective working relationship with superiors, associates and officials of organizations dealt with, and deals with controversial matters in a tactful manner. 13. Gives information in response to verbal inquiries. 14. Makes recommendation for improvements of office procedures, routines, etc. 15. Handles classified or confidential files. 16. Arranges appointments, makes calls and in general manages the superintendent’s office. 1 of 2 Job Description: Executive Assistant to the Superintendent 17. Serves as liaison between the superintendent and various directors, department heads and local community agencies. 18. Supervises student workers. 19. Coordinates the development of local Board policies. 20. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate persons’ personnel record/file. 21. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 22. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional and/or Support Services Personnel (whichever is appropriate). Reviewed and agreed to by ________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Grant Writer/Special Projects Facilitator QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Master’s degree or higher preferably in education. Five (5) years of documented successful grant writing experience. Good oral and written communication skills. Ability to write grants, coordinate the efforts of contract writers, and coordinate special projects – grant related or other projects. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent JOB GOAL: To increase the Board’s ability to raise funds through maximum grants from donors (individuals, corporations, foundations and government sources) produce innovate projects through a variety of research based grant writing and special project activities. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Identifies and builds relationships with potential individuals, corporations, foundations, government sources, etc. 2. Writes, edits and submits fund raising proposals, budgets and supporting materials with the objective of maximizing grants from current donors (corporations, foundations, government agencies, etc.) and gain new funding partnerships. 3. Plays a critical role in developing corporate and foundation relationship to ensure continued funding. 4. Manages and monitors projects related to grants from donors and submits evaluations and any relevant documentation to donors. 5. Manages and monitors non-grant related special projects assigned. 6. Writes reports to donors and responds to inquiries in a timely manner. 7. Coordinates events (logistics and arrangements) for donors; 8. Coordinates special projects as assigned. 9. Serves as a resource person for the Board. 10. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 11. Performs other related duties that are required by the superintendent. 1 of 2 Job Description: Grant Writer/Special Project Facilitator TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Secretary/Receptionists QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Business courses of secretarial/bookkeeping training from a business/technical school. Computer Literate. Good public relations skills. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Administrator designated by Superintendent JOB GOAL: To complete the detail and written work and to coordinate other matters essential to the efficiency and effectiveness of the administrative supervisor. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Takes, transcribes dictation and types correspondences, reports, notices, recommendations, etc. 2. Obtains, gathers, and organizes pertinent data as needed and puts it into usable form. 3. Maintains a regular filing system, as well as a set of confidential files, and processes incoming correspondences. 4. Places and receives telephone calls and records messages. 5. Orders and maintains supplies as needed. 6. Performs any bookkeeping tasks associated with the specific position. 7. Maintains a schedule of appointments and make arrangements for conferences and interviews. 8. Welcome visitors and arranges for their comfort. 9. Screens unexpected callers in accordance with predetermined policies. 10. Operates office machines. 11. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 12. Performs other related duties that are required by the administrator. 1 of 2 Job Description: Secretary/Receptionist TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Eleven or twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Receptionist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Computer Literate. Good public relations skills. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent or administrator designated by Superintendent. JOB GOAL: To contribute to effective office-public relations by prompt and courteous handling of all inquiries and visitors. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Greets all visitors courteously, determines their needs, checks appointments, and directs or escorts them to proper person. 2. Answers office telephone and responds appropriately to request for information. 3. Maintains an attractive and comfortable reception area. 4. Reports immediately any suspicious activity or unusual behavior on the part of visitors. 5. Sorts all central office mail incoming mail from U.S. Post Office. 6. Receives all outgoing central office mail daily, meters postage and delivers outgoing mail to U.S. Post Office. 7. Types correspondences and reports as directed by the Superintendent or administrator designated by the Superintendent. Computer skills will be required for computer usage. 8. Provides written verification of enrollment upon request of student or parent. 9. Processes applications for work permits upon request of student or parent. 10. Operates office machines. 11. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 12. Performs other related duties that are required by the Superintendent or administrator designated by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by __________________________ (Incumbent) Date Adopted: June 9, 2005 Date: _________________ JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Human Resources QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Master’s degree. Certification in Administration/Supervision. Minimum 3 years of successful teaching experience. Evidence of effective communication, planning and supervisory skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To plan, organize and implement programs in professional development, evaluation and testing. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Establishes and implements clear goals and specific achievement objectives for professional development, evaluation and testing. 2. Establishes general practices and procedures for professional development, evaluation and testing. 3. Keeps informed of and complies with federal and stat laws and state and local board policies affecting professional development, evaluation and testing. 4. Evaluates existing programs as an ongoing responsibility and recommends changes as needed. 5. Monitors professional development, evaluation and testing programs. 6. Keeps current with new ideas and exemplary practices. 7. Complies, maintains and files written records and reports including Annual Yearly Progress (AYP) and Local Education Agency Personnel System (LEAPS). 8. Assists in selection and placement of personnel, delegates responsibility, and supervises and evaluates staff. 9. Plans, organizes and implements district-wide training program for personnel. 10. Provides appropriate orientation for teachers and staff members. 11. Supervises the posting of vacancy announcements. 12. Recruits highly qualified individuals to fill certified and support positions. 13. Supervises orientation, fingerprinting and background check process. 14. Supervises the computation of payroll (salaries, deductions, leave, time clock, etc.) 15. Supervises the certification application process. 16. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 17. Demonstrates effective interpersonal relation skills. 18. Prepares program budget. 1 of 2 Job Description: Director of Human Resources 19. Maintains program inventory. 20. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 21. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 22. Performs other related duties that are required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, June 9, 2005 and December 14, 2006 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Human Resources Clerk QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to an Associate Degree of higher in a business field. Good computer skills. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Good public relations skills. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS: Superintendent’s designee. JOB GOAL: To contribute to staff morale by the prompt and accurate handling of itemized payroll and human resources matters. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Receives and computes all payrolls, making necessary deductions such as income tax, retirement and insurance. 2. Maintains Public Education Employee’s Health Insurance Program (PEEHIP) Report. 3. Keeps record of staff leaves and absences. 4. Verifies employment, experience and salary, as requested. 5. Processes and maintains all employment applications (certified), support and substitute) for two years. 6. Prepares annual contract for non-tenured employees within two weeks of employment. 7. Fingerprints select employees and submits background check information to appropriate agency. 8. Prepares W-2 forms for all employees. 9. Conducts conferences with employees and/or family members to assist with completion of documents and necessary applications. 10. Makes contacts to employees on related personnel issues. 11. Prepares and posts vacancy announcements. 12. Prepares notices of Board action relative to personnel. 13. Assists immediate supervisor with the generation of the Local Education Agency Personnel System (LEAPS) Report. 14. Assists immediate supervisor with generating requisitions. 1 of 2 Job Description: Human Resources Clerk 15. Prepares necessary correspondence. 16. Assists immediate supervisor with all personnel matters. 17. Operates office equipment. 18. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 19. Performs other related duties that are required by the immediate supervisor. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ____________________________ Date: _____________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, April 5, 2005 and April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Curriculum and Instruction QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At least 5 years of successful experience in teaching and/or school administration. A master’s degree or higher. Certification in Administration, Curriculum and Elementary/Secondary Education. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist substantially and effectively in the task of providing leadership in developing, achieving, and maintaining the best possible education programs and services. Assisting principals to acquire and maintain an academic excellence status. PERFORMANCE RESPONSBILITIES: 1. Provides leadership at the school level for the purpose of improving instruction among teachers. 2. Observes, monitors, and reacts clinically to classroom instruction. 3. Coordinates and conducts high-quality, sustained training sessions, presentations, workshops and classroom demonstrations to model sound instruction practices. 4. Develops and/or disseminates appropriate instructional materials based on specified teacher needs. 5. Communicates with school and program administrators regarding teacher and programmatic needs and progress. 6. Provides leadership in the implementation of special initiatives. 7. Provides leadership in the development and implementation of the Continuous Improvement Plans and any other plans at the school level and/or district level. 8. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 9. Acting as a liaison between the schools, the central office, assigned “outside expert”, assigned state department contract personnel, and state department accountability team. 10. Providing on-going coaching and support to classroom teachers and schools. 11. Visiting schools on a regular basis and inform qualitative and quantitative feedback. 12. Monitors Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP) and the state accountability plan. 13. Knowledgeable of and adhere to federal requirements for school improvement schools. 14. Ensuring that school improvement schools use only research-based models, strategies, and materials. 15. Providing resource materials to teachers that support high-quality curriculum pacing and alignment. 16. Coordinating with other Central Office personnel to lead school faculties in analyzing results of “high stakes” state assessments. 17. Assists with the coordination of parent activities with specific emphasis on academic improvement. Job Description: Director of Curriculum and Instruction 18. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 19. Attends and participate in local, state and national conferences, professional meetings, relaying information and best practices to school administrators and faculties. 20. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 21. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent or designee. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: October 8, 2015 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Curriculum and Instruction/Transformation Specialist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At least 5 years of successful experience in teaching and/or school administration. A master’s degree or higher. Certification in Administration, Curriculum and Elementary/Secondary Education. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Superintendent or designee. SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist substantially and effectively in the task of providing leadership in developing, achieving, and maintaining the best possible education programs and services through funding from the 1003g Grant. Assisting principals to acquire and maintain an academic excellence status. PERFORMANCE RESPONSBILITIES: 22. Provides leadership at the school level for the purpose of improving instruction among teachers. 23. Observes, monitors, and reacts clinically to classroom instruction. 24. Coordinates and conducts high-quality, sustained training sessions, presentations, workshops and classroom demonstrations to model sound instruction practices. 25. Develops and/or disseminates appropriate instructional materials based on specified teacher needs. 26. Communicates with school and program administrators regarding teacher and programmatic needs and progress. 27. Provides leadership in the implementation of special initiatives. 28. Provides leadership in the development and implementation of the Continuous Improvement Plans and any other plans at the school level and/or district level. 29. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 30. Acting as a liaison between the schools, the central office, assigned “outside expert”, assigned state department contract personnel, and state department accountability team. 31. Providing on-going coaching and support to classroom teachers and schools. 32. Visiting schools on a regular basis and inform qualitative and quantitative feedback. 33. Monitors Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP) and the state accountability plan. 34. Knowledgeable of and adhere to federal requirements for school improvement schools. 35. Ensuring that school improvement schools use only research-based models, strategies, and materials. 36. Providing resource materials to teachers that support high-quality curriculum pacing and alignment. 37. Coordinating with other Central Office personnel to lead school faculties in analyzing results of “high stakes” state assessments. 1 of 2 Job Description: Director of Curriculum and Instruction/Transformation Specialist 38. Assists with the coordination of parent activities with specific emphasis on academic improvement. 39. Assists special program coordinators (Title I, Title IV, Title VI, Technology Assessment and Professional Development) in coordinating and implementing activities related to specific program components. 40. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 41. Attends and participate in local, state and national conferences, professional meetings, relaying information and best practices to school administrators and faculties. 42. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 43. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent or designee. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: December 9, 2010 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Federal Programs QUALIFICATIONS: 1. At least 5 years successful experience in teaching and school administration. 2. A mater’s degree or higher. 3. Certification in Administration and Supervision. 4. Evidence of effective communication, planning and supervisory skills. 5. Physical mobility and visual activity to visit school and work sites. 6. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To use federal funding (Title I, Title IV, Class-Size Reduction, CSRD and others as designated by program but not to include Special Education, Head Start and Child Nutrition) opportunities to the greatest advantage possible to benefit the educational excellence of the district’s programs, facilities and personnel. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Studies all federal legislation, projects, and programs for the possibilities and opportunities they offer for educational grants, entitlements, and allocations offered relevant to the needs of the district. 2. Informs, interprets, and recommends to the Superintendent the effect of current and impending federal legislation and prepares testimony for the Board concerning pending federal legislation. 3. Assists the Superintendent and the professional staff in planning the wise use of funds available to the schools through various federal programs. 4. Works with designated committees of teachers, principals, and laypersons in specific programs, projects or courses of action. 5. Obtains information, data and application forms necessary to fulfill the requirements of grant application. 6. Establishes standard practices and procedures for receiving, processing and evaluating all requests from school personnel for projects and programs requiring federal monies. 7. Conducts inservice education workshops in the writing of performance objectives, the drafting of project proposals and the interpretation of specifications for federal funding. 8. Assumes final responsibility for preparation of budget programs and/or works closely with grants writer for the writing of all proposals and the filing of all applications for federal monies. 1 of 2 Job Description: Director of Federal Programs 9. Evaluates all federally funded projects in operation in the district on a regular basis. 10. Serves as liaison between the school and other agencies on all projects of a joint community nature that are expected to involve the school and that can be federally funded. 11. Prepares an annual report summarizing the evaluation of federally funded programs newly completed, the progress of those underway, and the import of those being planned. 12. Compiles and maintains written records and reports on results of all federal projects and disseminates this information, as appropriate, to other educational institutions, lay groups, the State Department of Education, and the United States Department of Education. 13. Remains up-to-date on the changing laws and requirements regarding federal funds available to the schools. 14. Coordinates the selection and distribution of textbooks. 15. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 16. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 17. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and June 9, 2005 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Community Education QUALIFICATIONS: 1. Bachelor’s degree in education. 2. Certification in Administration/Supervision. 3. Demonstrated skills or training in instructional management, assertive discipline (fiscal management techniques and human relations); also a strong sense of confidence in the public schools and enthusiasm for working with youth are desired. 4. Evidence of effective communication, planning and supervisory skills. 5. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit classrooms. 6. Physical mobility, dexterity, strength and visual acuity to meet students’ needs and deal with student problems. 7. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent or designee SUPERVISES: Community Education Teachers JOB GOAL: To serve as the instructional and administrative leader of the Community Education site, to work with faculty, staff, students and community to ensure a high-quality after school educational program, and to formulate and accomplish the mission of the program. Provide leadership in an environment of high expectations for faculty, staff, students and community. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 2. Provides leadership for the schools that are participating in Community Education. 3. Ensures quality instruction and actively works with the instructor to improve instructional skills. 4. Communicates with parents/guardians, colleagues, community groups, and higher education. 5. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 6. Maintains and submits records and reports. 7. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policies, and state and federal rules regulations. 8. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 9. Engages to collaborate with the instructors and superintendent or his/her designee when determining goals and objectives for the program. 1 of 2 Job Description: Director of Community Education 10. Develops and communicates a clear statement of the purpose for which the program exists. 11. Monitors the performance of instructors. 12. Encourages a climate of high expectations for all students and instructors. 13. Coordinates all administrative functions necessary for effective operation of the Community Education Program such as, but not limited to, personnel, student services, curriculum and facilities. 14. Oversees the fiscal management of the program. 15. Assumes responsibility for developing and implementing a plan that ensures full integration of community education programs into the school system. 16. Authorizes purchases in accordance with budgetary limitations and district rules. 17. Prepares payroll for all employees working within the designated site. 18. Recruits and screens applicants for employment by the board of education. 19. Orientates all new employees. 20. Makes certain that parent and community leaders meeting are held at each designated site. 21. Evaluates all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 22. Performs other related duties that are required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: The terms will vary according to funding guidelines. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Date Adopted: April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Special Projects QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At least 5 years of successful experience in teaching and/or school administration. A master’s degree or higher. Certification in Administration, Curriculum and Elementary/Secondary Education. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Superintendent or designee. SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist substantially and effectively in the task of providing leadership in developing, achieving, and maintaining the best possible education programs and services through funding from the 1003g Grant. Assisting principals to acquire and maintain an academic excellence status. PERFORMANCE RESPONSBILITIES: 1. Provides leadership at the school level for the purpose of improving instruction among teachers. 2. Observes and monitors classroom and school activities, and reacts clinically to classroom instruction and school leadership. 3. Coordinates and conducts high-quality, sustained training sessions, presentations, workshops and classroom demonstrations to model sound instruction practices. 4. Develops and/or disseminates appropriate instructional materials based on specified teacher needs. 5. Communicates with school and program administrators regarding teacher and programmatic needs and progress. 6. Provides leadership in the implementation of special initiatives which includes but is not limited to the 1003g Initiative. 7. Provides leadership in the development and implementation of the Continuous Improvement Plans and any other plans at the school level and/or district level. 8. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 9. Acting as a liaison between the schools, the central office, assigned “outside expert”, assigned state department contract personnel, and state department accountability team. 10. Provides on-going coaching and support to classroom teachers and schools. 11. Visits schools on a regular basis and inform qualitative and quantitative feedback. 12. Monitors Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP) and the state accountability plan. 13. Demonstrates knowledge of and adheres to federal requirements for school improvement schools. 14. Ensures that school improvement schools use only research-based models, strategies, and materials. 15. Provides resource materials to teachers that support high-quality curriculum pacing and alignment. 16. Coordinates with other Central Office personnel to lead school faculties in analyzing results of “high stakes” state assessments. 1 of 2 Job Description: Director of Special Projects 17. Assists with the coordination of parent activities with specific emphasis on academic improvement. 18. Assists special program coordinators (Title I, Title IV, Title VI, Technology Assessment and Professional Development) in coordinating and implementing activities related to specific program components. 19. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 20. Attends and participate in local, state and national conferences, professional meetings, relaying information and best practices to school administrators and faculties. 21. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 22. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent or designee. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: January 12, 2012 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Special Education QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Master’s degree. Certification in Administration/Supervision. Minimum 5 years teaching experience. Demonstrated working knowledge of special education regulations and requirements. Experience working with disabled students. Evidence of effective communication, planning and supervisory skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To plan, organize and implement programs in special education. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Establishes and implements clear goals and specific achievement objectives for special education. 2. Establishes general practices and procedures for special education. 3. Keeps informed of and complies with federal and state laws and local board policies affecting special education. 4. Evaluates existing programs as an ongoing responsibility and recommends changes as needed. 5. Monitors program. 6. Keeps current with new ideas and exemplary practices. 7. Compiles, maintains and files written records and reports. 8. Assists in selection and placement of personnel, delegates responsibility, and supervises and evaluates staff. 9. Plans, organizes, and implements district-wide training program for personnel. 10. Serves as a resource person. 11. Provides appropriate orientation for teachers and staff members. 12. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 13. Demonstrates effective interpersonal relation skills. 14. Prepares program budget. 15. Maintains program inventory. 16. Assumes responsibility for overseeing the Section 504, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), English Language Learners (ELL), Home bound and Homeless Programs. 1 of 2 Job Description: Director of Special Education 17. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 18. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 19. Performs other related duties that are required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and June 9, 2005 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Special Education/Federal Programs QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Master’s degree. Certification in Administration/Supervision. Minimum 5 years teaching experience. Demonstrated working knowledge of special education regulations and requirements. Experience working with disabled students. Evidence of effective communication, planning and supervisory skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To plan, organize and implement programs in special education. To use federal funding (Title I, Title IV, Class-Size Reduction, CSRD and others as designated by program but not to include Head Start and Child Nutrition) opportunities to greatest advantage possible to benefit the educational excellence of the district’s programs, facilities and personnel. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Establishes and implements clear goals and specific achievement objectives for special education. 2. Establishes general practices and procedures for special education. 3. Keeps informed of and complies with federal and state laws and local board policies affecting special education. 4. Assists in selection and placement of personnel, delegates responsibility, and supervises and evaluates staff. 5. Plans, organizes, and implements district-wide training program for personnel. 6. Provides appropriate orientation for teachers and staff members. 7. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 8. Demonstrates effective interpersonal relation skills. 9. Prepares program budget. 10. Maintains program inventory. 11. Works with designated committees of teachers, principals, and laypersons in specific programs, projects or courses of action. 12. Obtains information, data and application forms necessary to fulfill the requirements of grant application. 13. Studies all federal legislation, projects, and programs for the possibilities and opportunities they offer for educational grants, entitlements, and allocations offered relevant to the needs of the district. Job Description: Director of Special Education/Federal Programs 14. Informs, interprets, and recommends to the Superintendent the effect of current and impending federal legislation and prepares testimony for the Board concerning pending federal legislation. 15. Assists the Superintendent and the professional staff in planning the wise use of funds available to the schools through various federal programs. 16. Establishes standard practices and procedures for receiving, processing and evaluating all requests from school personnel for projects and programs requiring federal monies. 17. Assumes final responsibility for preparation of budget programs and/or works closely with grants writer for the writing of all proposals and the filing of all applications for federal monies. 18. Serves as liaison between the school and other agencies on all projects of a joint community nature that are expected to involve the school and that can be federally funded. 19. Prepares an annual report summarizing the evaluation of federally funded programs newly completed, the progress of those underway, and the import of those being planned. 20. Compiles and maintains written records and reports on results of all federal projects and disseminates this information, as appropriate, to other educational institutions, lay groups, the State Department of Education, and the United States Department of Education. 21. Remains up-to-date on the changing laws and requirements regarding federal funds available to the schools. 22. Coordinates the selection and distribution of textbooks. 23. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 24. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 25. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: October 8, 2015 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Coordinator of Special Education QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Master’s degree. Certification in Administration/Supervision. Minimum 5 years teaching experience. Demonstrated working knowledge of special education regulations and requirements. Experience working with disabled students. Evidence of effective communication, planning and supervisory skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To plan, organize and implement programs in special education. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Establishes and implements clear goals and specific achievement objectives for special education. 2. Establishes general practices and procedures for special education. 3. Keeps informed of and complies with federal and state laws and local board policies affecting special education. 4. Evaluates existing programs as an ongoing responsibility and recommends changes as needed. 5. Monitors program. 6. Keeps current with new ideas and exemplary practices. 7. Compiles, maintains and files written records and reports. 8. Assists in selection and placement of personnel, delegates responsibility, and supervises and evaluates staff. 9. Plans, organizes, and implements district-wide program for personnel. 10. Serves as a resource person. 11. Provides appropriate orientation for teachers and staff members. 12. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 13. Demonstrates effective interpersonal relation skills. 14. Prepares program budget. 15. Maintains program inventory. 16. Assumes responsibility for overseeing the Section 504, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), English Language Learners (ELL), Homebound and Homeless Programs. 1 of 2 Job Description: Coordinator of Special Education 17. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 18. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 19. Performs other related duties that are required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by __________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ________________ Date Adopted: December 14, 2006 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Coordinator of Teacher Incentive Fund (TIF) Grant QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At least 5 years of successful experience in teaching and/or school administration. A master’s degree or higher. Certification in Administration, Curriculum and Elementary/Secondary Education. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Superintendent or designee. SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist substantially and effectively in the task of providing leadership in developing, achieving, and maintaining the best possible education programs and services through funding from the TIF Grant. Assisting principals to acquire and maintain an academic excellence status. PERFORMANCE RESPONSBILITIES: 1. Serves as a liaison and direct point of contact between the district and the United States Department of Education. 2. Supervises all data analysis and data integration activities associated with the TIF Grant. 3. Completes all reports and directives associated with the TIF Grant. 4. Provides leadership at the school level for the purpose of improving instruction among teachers. 5. Observes and monitors classroom and school activities, and reacts clinically to classroom instruction and school leadership. 6. Coordinates and conducts high-quality, sustained training sessions, presentations, workshops and classroom demonstrations to model sound instruction practices. 7. Develops and/or disseminates appropriate instructional materials based on specified teacher needs. 8. Communicates with school and program administrators regarding teacher and programmatic needs and progress. 9. Provides leadership in the implementation of special initiatives which includes but is not limited to the TIF Grant. 10. Provides leadership in the development and implementation of the Continuous Improvement Plans and any other plans at the school level and/or district level. 11. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 12. Acting as a liaison between the schools, the central office, assigned “outside expert”, assigned state department contract personnel, and state department accountability team. 13. Provides on-going coaching and support to classroom teachers and schools. 14. Visits schools on a regular basis and inform qualitative and quantitative feedback. 15. Monitors Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP) and the state accountability plan. 16. Demonstrates knowledge of and adheres to federal requirements for school improvement schools. 1 of 2 Job Description: Coordinator of Teacher Incentive Fund (TIF) Grant 17. Ensures that school improvement schools use only research-based models, strategies, and materials. 18. Provides resource materials to teachers that support high-quality curriculum pacing and alignment. 19. Coordinates with other Central Office personnel to lead school faculties in analyzing results of “high stakes” state assessments. 20. Assists with the coordination of parent activities with specific emphasis on academic improvement. 21. Assists special program coordinators (Title I, Title II, Technology Assessment and Professional Development) in coordinating and implementing activities related to specific program components. 22. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 23. Attends and participate in local, state and national conferences, professional meetings, relaying information and best practices to school administrators and faculties. 24. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 25. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent or designee. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 14, 2012 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Local Education Agency (LEA) Improvement Specialist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At least 5 years successful experience in teaching and/or school administration. A master’s degree or higher. Certification in Administration, Curriculum and Elementary/Secondary Education. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit school and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent or designee SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist substantially and effectively in the task of providing leadership in developing, achieving and maintaining the best possible education programs and services. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Provides effective leadership at the school level for the purpose of improving instruction among teachers. 2. Observes, monitors, and reacts clinically to classroom instruction. 3. Develops and/or disseminates appropriate instructional materials based on specified teacher needs. 4. Communicates with school and program administrators regarding teacher needs and programmatic needs and progress. 5. Acting as a liaison between the schools, the central office, assigned “outside expert”, assigned state department contract personnel, and state department accountability team. 6. Providing on-going coaching and support to classroom teachers and schools. 7. Visiting school improvement schools on a regular basis. 8. Demonstrates an understanding of Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP) and the state accountability plan. 9. Knowledgeable of and adhere to federal requirements for school improvement schools. 10. Ensuring that school improvement schools use only research-based models, strategies, and materials. 11. Providing resource materials to teachers that support high-quality curriculum pacing and alignment. 12. Participating in all school local and SDE training sessions regarding effective practices for schools in improvement. 1 of 2 Job Description: Local Education Agency (LEA) Improvement Specialist 12. Attending national conferences on school improvement and best practices and relaying information on best practices to faculties. 13. Conducting high-quality, sustained training sessions, presentations, and workshops. 14. Coordinating with other Central Office personnel to assess education needs at both the school level and the LEA level. 15. Coordinating with other Central Office personnel to lead school faculties in analyzing results of “high stakes” state assessments. 16. Coordinating with other Central Office personnel to assist schools/LEA in formulating and implementing school improvement plans. 17. Coordinating with other Central Office personnel to provide guidance to schools/LEA on appropriate budgeting and expenditure of funds. 18. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: May 11, 2006 Date Amended: April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Education Specialist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At least 5 years of successful experience in teaching and/or school administration. A master’s degree or higher. Certification in Administration, Curriculum and Elementary/Secondary Education. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Lowndes County Board of Education may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Superintendent or designee. SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist substantially and effectively in the task of providing leadership in developing, achieving, and maintaining the best possible education programs and services. Assisting principals to acquire and maintain an academic excellence status. PERFORMANCE RESPONSBILITIES: 1. Provides leadership at the school level for the purpose of improving instruction among teachers. 2. Observes, monitors, and reacts clinically to classroom instruction. 26. Conducts classroom demonstrations to model sound instruction practices. 27. Coordinates and conducts workshops and inservices. 28. Develops and/or disseminates appropriate instructional materials based on specified teacher needs. 29. Communicates with school and program administrators regarding teacher and programmatic needs and progress. 30. Provides leadership in the implementation of special initiatives. 31. Provides leadership in the development and implementation of School Improvement and Title I Plans, etc. at the school level. 32. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 33. Communicates with parents, students, teachers, school and central level administrators regarding student and programmatic progress and needs. 34. Assists with the coordination of State Department of Education resting programs. 35. Assists with the coordination of parent activities with specific emphasis on academic improvement. 1 of 2 Job Description: Education Specialist 13. Assists special program coordinators (Title I, Title IV, Title VI, Technology Assessment and Professional Development) in coordinating and implementing activities related to specific program components. 14. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 15. Attends and participate in local, state and national professional meetings. 16. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 17. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent or designee. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Eleven or twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ___________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Instructional Assistant QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At least 5 years of successful experience in teaching and/or school administration. A master’s degree or higher. Certification in Administration, Curriculum and Elementary/ Secondary Education. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Superintendent or designee SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist substantially and effectively in the task of providing leadership in developing, achieving, and maintaining the best possible education programs and services. Assisting principals to acquire and maintain an academic excellence status. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Provides leadership at the school level for the purpose of improving instruction among teachers. 2. Observes, monitors, and reacts clinically to classroom instruction. 3. Conducts classroom demonstrations to model sound instruction practices. 4. Coordinates and conducts workshops and inservices. 5. Develops and/or disseminates appropriate instructional materials based on specified teacher needs. 6. Communicates with school and program administrators regarding teacher and programmatic needs and progress. 7. Provides leadership in the implementation of special initiatives. 8. Provides leadership in the development and implementation of School Improvement and Title I Plans, etc. at the school level. 9. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 10. Communicates with parents, students, teachers, school and central level administrators regarding student and programmatic progress and needs. 11. Assists with the coordination of State Department of Education testing programs. 12. Assists with the coordination of parent activities with specific emphasis on academic improvement. 1 of 2 Job Description: Instructional Assistant 13. Assists special program coordinators (Title I, Title IV, Title VI, Technology Assessment and Professional Development) in coordinating and implementing activities related to specific program components. 14. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 15. Attends and participate in local, state and national professional meetings. 16. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 17. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent or designee. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine or ten month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Individualized Education Plan/Transition Specialist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Master’s Degree with certification in Administration/Supervision. Minimum 5 years teaching experience. Demonstrated working knowledge of Special Education regulations and requirements. Experience working with disabled students. Experience in an industrial or commercial setting. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Special Education Coordinator SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: (IEP) To supervise the writing of all the IEPs in the district, making sure they are in compliance with all federal, state and local laws and guidelines. (Transition) To supervise the preparation of students with disabilities for their successful transition between school programs and the post secondary education, training and work settings. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: IEP 1. Assists Special Education teachers in writing IEPs that meet federal, state and local laws and guidelines. 2. Monitors all IEP implementation. 3. Attends all IEP meetings dealing with Behavior Plans. 4. Possesses knowledge of all related services available to students with disabilities (expended school year, OT, PT, Mental Health, Transportation, etc.) 5. Possesses knowledge about tests and other evaluations needed to write IEPs. 6. Assists teachers in developing Functional Behavior Assessments and Behavior Plans. 7. Assists Special Education Coordinator in providing training to special educators and general educators on updated laws and procedures. 8. Checks Behavior Plans periodically to make sure they are being implemented according to the IEP. 9. Possess knowledge of current federal, state and local laws and guidelines regarding discipling of students with disabilities. 10. Attends all regular IEP meetings and serves as LEA representative. 1 of 2 Job Description: Individualized Education Plan/Transition Specialist Transition Specialist 1. Attends all transition IEP meetings and may serve as LEA representative. 2. Possesses knowledge of curriculum of the Alabama Occupational Diploma (AOD). 3. Sees that all AOD students are being taught the AOD curriculum. 4. Sees that all AOD teachers are keeping each AOD student’s portfolio up to date. 5. Sees that students are places in community-based jobs and their paperwork is being recorded in a timely manner. 6. Acts as Job Coach for the students with disabilities who are on community jobs. 7. Sees that students are being placed on jobs in a timely manner. 8. Keeps all paperwork up to date and recorded in a timely manner. 9. Monitors IEP implementation of AOD students. Both 1. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 2. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 3. Performs other related duties that are required by the Special Education Coordinator and Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Approved by Eleven month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Lowndes County Board of Education Reviewed and agreed to by _______________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and March 13, 2003 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Transition/Occupational Diploma/Job Coach Specialist With Coop Responsibilities QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Master’s Degree with certification in Administration/Supervision. Minimum 5 years teaching experience. Demonstrated working knowledge of Special Education regulations and requirements. Relevant certification and expertise in area of specialization in career tech education. Experience working with disabled students. Experience in an industrial or commercial setting. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Career Technical Director SUPERVISES: Transition and coop students JOB GOAL: (IEP) To supervise the writing of all the transition IEPs in the district, making sure they are in compliance with all federal, state and local laws and guidelines. (Transition) To supervise the preparation of students with disabilities for their successful transition between school programs and the post secondary education, training and work settings. (Coop) To help students learn subject matter and skills that will contribute to other development as mature, able, and responsible members of society. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: Transition Specialist 1. Attends all transition IEP meetings and may serve as LEA representative. 2. Possesses knowledge of curriculum of the Alabama Occupational Diploma (AOD). 3. Sees that all AOD students are being taught the AOD curriculum. 4. Sees that all AOD teachers are keeping each AOD student’s portfolio up to date. 5. Sees that the students are being supervised on the school based job-training (OJT) assignments. 1 of 3 Job Description: Transition/Occupational Diploma/ Job Coach Specialist With Coop Responsibilities 6. Sees that students are places in community-based jobs and their paperwork is being recorded in a timely manner. 7. Acts as Job Coach for the students with disabilities who are on community jobs. 8. Sees that students are being placed on jobs in a timely manner. 9. Keeps all paperwork up to date and recorded in a timely manner. 10. Monitors IEP implementation of AOD students. Coop Responsibilities 1. Surveys community training needs and opportunities. 2. Secures community, employer, school, student and parent cooperation. 3. Works with advisory committees. 4. Works with employers to develop progressive skill-building activities. 5. Organizes, develops, correlates and teachers related skills. 6. Correlates related study with on-the-job training. 7. Establishes a clear understanding of cooperative education by the school, employers, students, parents and the public. 8. Keeps systematic records and reports. 9. Maintains an inventory of resources. 10. Confers with current and prospective students and parents on personal, job, and social achievement. 11. Follow-up former students after graduation. 12. Visits parents in the homes of students where possible. Make other contacts as appropriate. 13. Develops and revises instructional materials. 14. Serves as advisor to the student organization related to the students’ career objective. 15. Keeps administration and staff informed. 16. Conducts employer follow-up annually, report results to administration and modify instruction as appropriate. Both 1. Identifies natural resources. 2. Trains special education teachers in writing transition IEPs. 3. Collaborates with principals concerning AOD personnel under his/her supervision. Such data shall become a part of the personnel file. 4. Arranges students school and work schedules. 5. Works with school faculty for student improvement. 6. Maintains positive relationship with guidance department personnel. 7. Maintains positive public relations with all programs. 8. Makes or secures occupational trade analysis as needed. 2 of 3 Job Description: Transition/Occupational Diploma/Job Coach Specialist With Coop Responsibilities 9. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 10. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 11. Performs other related duties that are required by the Career Technical Director and/or Special Education Coordinator. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Eleven month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: March 13, 2003 3 of 3 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of 21st Century Community Learning Center (21st CCLC) QUALIFICATIONS: 1. Bachelor’s degree in education. 2. Certification in Administration/Supervision. 3. Demonstrated skills or training in instructional management, assertive discipline (fiscal management techniques and human relations); also a strong sense of confidence in the public schools and enthusiasm for working with youth are desired. 4. Minimum 3 years of successful teaching experience. 5. Evidence of effective communication, planning and supervisory skills. 6. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit classrooms. 7. Physical mobility, dexterity, strength and visual acuity to meet students needs and deal with student problems. 8. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent or designee SUPERVISES: Site Coordinators, faculty, staff and students at assigned schools JOB GOAL: To serve as the instructional and administrative leader of the 21st CCLC site, to work with faculty, staff, students and community to ensure a highquality after school educational program, and to formulate and accomplish the mission of the program. To provide leadership in an environment of high expectations for faculty, staff and students. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 2. Provides leadership for the schools that are participating in the 21st CCLC. 3. Ensures quality instruction and actively works with the teachers and staff to improve instructional skills. 4. Communicates with parents/guardians, colleagues, community groups, and higher education. 5. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 6. Maintains and submits records and reports. 7. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policies, and state and federal rules and regulations. 8. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 9. Engages to collaborate with the principal, teachers and superintendent or his/her designee when determining goals and objectives for the program. 1 of 2 Job Description: Director of 21st Century Community Learning Center (21st CCLC) 10. Develops and communicates a clear statement of the purpose for which the after school system exists. 11. Monitors the performance of students, faculty and staff. 12. Encourages a climate of high expectations for all students, faculty and staff. 13. Provides for the development and implementation of a student service program. 14. Coordinates all administrative functions necessary for effective operation of the 21st CCLC such as, but not limited to, personnel, student services, curriculum and facilities. 15. Oversees the fiscal management of the after school program. 16. Assumes responsibility for developing and implementing a plan that ensures a school system climate that is conductive to effective teaching and learning. 17. Develops and administers a transportation program to meet all the requirements of the after school instructional program and extracurricular activities. 18. Authorizes purchases in accordance with budgetary limitations and district rules. 19. Prepares payroll for all employees working within the designated sites. 20. Recruits and screens applicants for employment by the board of education. 21. Orientates all new employees. 22. Makes certain that parent and community leaders meetings are held at each designated site. 23. Evaluates all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 24. Performs other related duties that are required by the Director of Federal Programs. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: The terms will vary according grant guidelines. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: December 14, 2006 Date Amended: April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Psychometrist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. Master’s degree or higher with certification in School Pyschometry. Mobility and visual acuity to make on-site visits to schools for testing purposes. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Special Education Coordinator SUPERVISES: Students JOB GOAL: To evaluate and assess educational, social and emotional needs of students and provide data for planning a program, which will help them learn subject matter and skills that will contribute to their development as mature, able, responsible members of society. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Determines program needs. 2. Establishes program objectives. 3. Implements activities to meet objectives. 4. Establishes and maintains standards of student behavior to achieve a functional learning atmosphere in the test setting. 5. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 6. Evaluates the testing programs and/or student progress. 7. Communicates with colleagues and community groups. 8. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 9. Maintains and submits records and reports. 10. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy, and state and federal rules and regulations. 11. Assesses referred students through appropriate testing and diagnostic practices. 12. Administers tests to and recommends placement of exceptional students. 13. Assists in the identification of exceptional students. 14. Provides data for the tracking system for special education. 15. Confers with teachers and parents/guardians. 16. Interprets the school psychological services to students, teachers, parents/guardians and administrators. 17. Attends conferences on placement of individual students. 18. Keeps informed regarding research in psychological and educational testing practices in the areas of test construction, test administration, and test results interpretation. 1 of 2 Job Description: Psychometrist 19. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 20. Performs other related duties that are required by the special education coordinator. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Ten or Eleven month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by __________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Case Officer QUALIFICATIONS: 1. Associate Degree in the field of social work, psychology, criminal justice or related field. 2. Work experience in working in social services. 3. Demonstrated organizational skills. 4. Ability to communicate effectively, orally and in writing with a culturally and educationally diverse population. 5. Ability to operate a computer and other office equipment. 6. Ability to develop and maintain relationships with families, partners, community resources and multi-disciplinary team. 7. Have reliable transportation with acceptable driving record and valid driver’s license. 8. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. 9. Such alternative to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent or designee JOB GOAL: To reduce the number of absences and suspensions by aligning community partners to provide family-focused intervention services. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Identifies and determines eligibility for youth under Helping Lowndes Families Initiative criteria. 2. Develops a comprehensive social history of the youth utilizing school history, family information, observation and the North Carolina Family Assessment Scale. 3. Develops a plan for intervention and identify resources and presents plan to the Superintendent or his designee. 4. Submits reviewed plan to the multi-disciplinary team for approval. 5. Works with youth, families, school officials, service providers, and other community resources to coordinate services, implement plan and monitor compliance. 6. Provides intervention and assistance as necessary to youth and families. 7. Documents all contacts with families and evaluate services rendered to families. 8. Prepares correspondence, forms and reports as directed. 9. Organizes and provides parent involvement training activities. 10. Implements activities using a variety of techniques that utilize instructional time to meet objectives for at-risk students. 11. Provides counseling services to students based on IEPs and ILPs. 12. Assists teachers and administrators in implementing policies and rules governing student life and conduct as related to the success of the alternative education program. 13. Reports all incidents that place youth at risk of harm to the Superintendent or his designee. 14. Performs other related duties as required by the Superintendent or his designee. 1 of 2 Job Description: Case Officer TERM OF EMPLOYMENT: Eleven month year. Salary to be established by the Board. EVALUATION: Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: January 10, 2013 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Data Analyst QUALIFICATIONS: 1. B.S. Degree in Business, Management, Computer Information, or a related field. 2. Technical work experience in data analysis and data management. 3. Work experience in operating computer, creating spreadsheets, data input and analysis. 4. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. 5. Such alternative to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Coordinator of Teacher Incentive Fund (TIF) Program JOB GOAL: To manage the longitudinal data warehouse in such a state of operating excellence that it presents no problems or interruptions to the TIF Program’s performance based compensation system. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Manages data integration activities, including nightly data extraction from the student information system. 2. Manages security access to data and reporting processes. 3. Runs queries on the longitudinal data warehouse. 4. Manages, collects, coordinates and inputs all employee and student data associated with the performance based compensation system. 5. Assists teachers and principals in data access and use. 6. Prepares analytical reports on the student and personnel data associated with the performance based compensation system. 7. Performs other related duties as required by the coordinator of TIF program. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. EVALUATION: Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________ Date Adopted: June 14, 2012 Date: ___________________ JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Inventory Clerk QUALIFIFCATIONS: 1. 2. High School diploma or equivalent with minimum of three years experience in inventory or related field. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Federal Program Coordinator JOB GOAL: Implement an effective system to provide materials, equipment and supply support for Title I personnel. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Maintains and keep inventory records of all Title I equipment and materials. 2. Makes a complete physical inventory of all Title I equipment as required. 3. Receives and marks all Title I equipment and materials and periodically checks such equipment and materials for markings. 4. Keeps a record of all materials, supplies and equipment on hand. 5. Maintains a record of teacher requests for materials and equipment and works closely with Title I Secretary to assure materials and equipment requested and approved by the Coordinator are ordered, received and the monetary value accredited to the proper Title I employee’s account. 6. Gathers materials, equipment and supplies to be delivered to teachers and systematically delivers them to the schools. 7. Periodically checks with the teachers regarding the condition of Title I equipment and follows through with repairs needed. 8. Assists the Federal Programs Coordinator in preparing material for inservice programs. 9. Performs other related duties as required by the Federal Programs Coordinator. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: 12 months EVALUATION: Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Approved by Lowndes County Board of Education Date: ___________________ Reviewed and agreed to by __________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: May 3, 2004 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Homeless Facilitator QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. Minimum of two years of college. Valid Alabama Driver’s License. Proficient oral and written communication skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to access any home or dwelling. REPORTS TO: Homeless Liaison/Coordinator of Federal Programs JOB GOAL: To organize, implement and evaluate an effective homeless program. To maintain accurate records on each student and follow outlined procedures and/or programs to ensure students attend school regularly. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Works collectively with teachers, principals, and professional staff in each school for the purpose of identifying students who are considered homeless. 2. Completes a profile on each student who is identified. 3. Meets with each identified student for the purpose of health care, clothing, personal needs, tutoring, and school supplies. 4. Communicates the needs of each identified student to the principal, social workers, school counselors, and teachers in the school building where the student attends. 5. Works with appropriate central office personnel, principals, social workers, and counselors in referring students to appropriate extended learning programs. 6. Serves as a resource individual for the principal, teacher, and counselor in each school. 7. Conducts parents visits as needed. 8. Serves as liaison between community agencies and the school system to acquire needed services for the students. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _______________________________ Date: ___________________ (Incumbent) Date Adopted: March 13, 2003 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Chief School Financial Officer QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Bachelor of Science Degree in accounting. Master of Business Administration preferred. 10 years of successful accounting experience. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform work and move about as needed in a fast-pace, high-intensive work environment. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To coordinate major activities related to an effective accounting system complying with procedures and regulations based on the Alabama State Department of Education’s recommendations. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Administers budget allocations and expenditure with care. 2. Reconciles bills, requisitions, interests, warrant redemption funds, purchase orders and invoices. 3. Makes payments for various expenses of the office or miscellaneous expenses of other local office functions upon written order from the Superintendent. 4. Takes trial balance and prepares balance sheets and other financial statements. 5. Reconciles book balances with bank statements and examines and verifies revenue from various sources. 6. Prepares routine and proceduralized financial reports and statements. 7. Demonstrates considerable knowledge in accounting and bookkeeping principles and practices and reports accurate accounting information to the Superintendent and board of education. Initiates bookkeeping practices. 8. Advises, instructs, and trains new employees in the performance of accounting duties. 9. Reviews recording procedures. 10. Analyzes transactions. 11. Makes routine bank deposits. 12. Keeps accounts including control and subsidiary ledgers covering varied financial transactions and classifies and indexes all entries. 13. Files accurate monthly reports according to the State Department recommendation. 14. Maintains control record of receipts and expenditures and prepares operation and financial statements. 1 of 2 Job Description: Chief School Financial Officer 15. Post budgets on all funds for various departments and provides appropriate budgets and financial statements to technology department for internet access. 16. Calculates wages, salary entries and reports. 17. Personally notifies in writing, each board of education member and the Superintendent of any financial transaction which he/she deems to be non-routine, unusually, without legal authorization, or not in compliance with the fiscal management policies of the board. 18. Assists as requested in resolving accounting problems within local schools. 19. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 20. Attends and participates in local, state and national professional meetings. 21. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 22. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel or Support Personnel (whichever is appropriate). Reviewed and agreed to by _____________________________ (Incumbent) Date: _____________ Ref: School Fiscal Accountability Act (Act No. 2006-196) Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, May 11, 2006 and December 14, 2006 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Accounts Payable Clerk/Federal Programs Bookkeeper QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Associate Degree or higher in bookkeeping/business field. Three years related experience. Demonstrated computer and bookkeeping skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to perform required work and move about as needed. Good public relations skills. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Chief Officer Business and Fiscal Affairs JOB GOAL: To assist in the administration of the district’s business affairs so as to provide the maximum services for financial resources available. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Establishes and maintains bookkeeping principles and practices that are in compliance with local, state and federal laws and regulations. 2. Assists Federal Program Coordinators (except Head Start and Child Nutrition) in preparing an annual budget and budget amendments, as needed. 3. Provides monthly data to Chief Officer Business and Fiscal Affairs requesting monies for federal programs (except Head Start and Child Nutrition). 4. Reconciles cancelled checks with bank statements for all programs (except Head Start, Child Nutrition and payroll). 5. Maintains and reviews federal program spending (except Head Start, Child Nutrition Program) to ensure it is in line with budgets. 6. Verifies invoices. 7. Receives all invoices, material receipt forms and matching same with approved purchase order for select funds. 8. Inputs invoice data into the computer on a daily basis; Uses first-in, first-out system to take advantage of all discounts. 9. Becomes familiar with the Alabama State Department of Education’s chart of accounts and object codes to ensure proper coding of transactions. 10. Submits to the Chief Officer Business and Fiscal Affairs for review with the Superintendent, a list of items processed for payment prior to check being written. 11. Files paid vouchers complete with support documentation. 12. Responds to vendor’s inquiry regarding the status of paid or unpaid invoices. 13. Demonstrates ability to prepare routine and proceduralized financial reports. 14. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 15. Performs other related duties that are required by the chief officer business and fiscal affairs. 1 of 2 Job Description: Accounts Payable Clerk/Federal Programs Bookkeeper TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Local School Accounting (LSA) Bookkeeper/Secretary with Payroll Duties QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to an Associate Degree. Business courses of secretarial/bookkeeping training. Demonstrated computer and bookkeeping skills. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Good public relations skills. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Chief Officer Business and Fiscal Affairs JOB GOAL: To assist in the administration of the district’s business affairs so as to provide the maximum services for the financial resources available. To help assure the smooth and efficient operation of the office so that the office’s maximum positive impact on the education of children can be realized. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Meets with principals and staff and makes them become familiar with policies and procedures as it relates to Local School Accounting. 2. Receives all purchase orders and invoices from principals/secretaries at the local schools. 3. Prepares and inputs invoices for payment provided funds are available from the schools. 4. Files all invoices with proper documentation in an orderly manner for audit purposes. 5. Provides each principal/secretary with a printed activity (summary or detail) report after each check run to disclose all funds balances. 6. Distributes pre-numbered master receipt books, pre-numbered teacher receipts to each school. 7. Assists local schools in budgeting their funds. 8. Conducts mini audits of all schools at least once a year to ensure that policies and procedures are being properly met. 9. Maintains accurate cash balance for local schools. 10. Reconciles all local schools’ bank statements by the 10th day of each month. 11. Received and inputs cash receipts data from schools. 12. Checks budgets to ensure that they are not overspent. 13. Prepares and keeps accurate record of local school, including proper budgeting, coding and inputting financial data into computer. 1 of 2 Job Description: Local School Accounting (LSA) Bookkeeper/Secretary with Payroll Duties 14. Takes, transcribes dictation and types correspondence, reports, notices, recommendations, etc. 15. Obtains, gathers, and organizes pertinent data as needed and puts it into usable form. 16. Maintains a regular filing system, as well as a set of confidential files, and processes incoming correspondence. 17. Places and received telephone calls and records messages. 18. Orders and maintains supplies as needed. 19. Maintains a schedule of appointments and make arrangements for conferences and interviews. 20. Screens unexpected callers in accordance with predetermined policies. 21. Operates office machines. 22. Performs routine secretarial duties. 23. Prepares and maintains reports and submit checks to proper agencies covering all deductions (except PEEHIP insurance report) in a timely manner. 24. Mails and/or distributes checks with bank statements and verifies balances monthly. 25. Reconciles cancelled payroll checks with bank statements and verifies balances monthly. 26. Prepares and submit quarterly tax reports (941, Unemployment). 27. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 28. Performs other related duties that are required by the chief officer business and fiscal affairs. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _____________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: August 04, 2003 and April 5, 2005 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Purchasing Agent QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Bachelor’s Degree or higher in business or related field. Three years related experience. Demonstrated computer and bookkeeping skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Capable of moving and lifting moderate weights. Good public relations skills. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Chief Officer of Business & Fiscal Affairs JOB GOAL: To ensure that each student in the district derives maximum benefit from the expenditures of the per-pupil allocation set by the Board for the acquisition of supplies and equipment. To help assure the smooth and efficient operation of the office so that the office’s maximum positive impact on the education of children can be realized. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Initiates contacts with vendors relative to supply and equipment availability, purchase orders, and contracts. 2. Obtains and studies comparative prices and quotations. 3. Purchases by competitive bidding, information quotations, and negotiation, and in compliance with Board policy and state bidding law, items of supply and equipment necessary for the operation of the school district. 4. Studies price trends and market conditions and keeps informed of sources of supply and new product developments. 5. Prepares all bidding documents, including notice to bidders, instruction to bidders, specifications, and form of proposal. 6. Monitors and processes all purchase requisitions to determine correctness of information, price extensions and coding information in a timely manner. 7. Develops and maintains appropriate records, such as vendors’ register and bidders’ list. 8. Assumes responsibility for correspondence relating to school district purchasing activities. 9. Demonstrates knowledge of program and department budgets as it relates to purchasing. 10. Receives all materials and supplies, label and completes inventory cards before delivery to assigned school or department. 11. Assumes responsibility for the operation of fixed asset inventory system and central warehousing operations. 12. Takes, transcribes dictation and types correspondence, reports, notices, recommendations, etc. 13. Obtains, gathers, and organizes pertinent data as needed and puts it into usable form. 1 of 2 Job Description: Purchasing Agent 14. Maintains a regular filing system, as well as a set of confidential files, and processes incoming correspondence. 15. Operates office machines. 16. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 17. Performs other related duties that are required by the chief officer of business and fiscal affairs. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 5, 2005 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Student Services QUALIFICATIONS: 1. Master’s Degree or higher in Administration and Supervision. 2. Valid Certification in Administration. 3. Five (5) years of successful experience in teaching and school administration. 4. Physical ability and dexterity to visit school sites and work areas for decision making and problem situations. 5. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Lowndes County Board of Education may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent or designee SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To assist the superintendent substantially and effectively in the task of providing leadership in developing, achieving, and maintaining the best possible educational programs and services by enforcing state laws related to attendance. To enable each student, through safe and efficient transportation and to take full advantage of the complete range of curricular and extracurricular activities offered by the district’s schools. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Complies with all state laws and regulations regarding school transportation. 2. Recruits, trains and supervises all transportation personnel, and makes recommendations on their employment transfer, promotion and release. 3. Advises superintendent on road hazards for decision on school closing during inclement weather. 4. Acts as liaison with contractor for consultation on road hazards for decision on school closing during inclement weather. 5. Cooperates with school principals and others responsible for planning special school trips. 6. Develops and administers a transportation program to meet all the requirements of the daily instructional program and extracurricular activities. 7. Develops and administers a transportation program to meet all the requirements of the daily instructional program and extracurricular activities. 8. Prepares bus routes and schedules for all public and nonpublic schools in the district. 9. Attends appropriate committee and staff meetings. 10. Prepares and/or administers transportation budget. 11. Authorizes purchases in accordance with budgetary limitations and district rules. 12. Approves and forwards transportation service invoices to accounting department. 13. Maintains all district-owned equipment and develops plan for preventive maintenance. 1 of 2 Job Description: Director of Student Services 14. Prepares transportation payroll on monthly basis. 15. Completes and dispatches insurance reports. 16. Submits all reports required by state authorities. 17. Takes an active role in solving discipline problems occurring on school buses. 18. Acts as liaison with parents for complaints and special requests. 19. Interprets goals and objectives of the Transportation Program to the Superintendent, Board of Education, students, faculty, parents and the public through committees, speeches, school visitation and mass media. 20. Supervises and implements the Early Warning Process for truant students by working with the District Judge and District Attorney. 21. Notifies students and parents to attend Early Warning Truancy Prevention Program when student has five unexcused absences. Maintains accurate record of those present and absent from Early Warning Truancy Prevention Program in an Early Truancy Prevention Warning File. 22. Refers student and/or parent to court hearing when student acquires a total of seven unexcused absences. 23. Refers parents to court who have not enrolled their child/children in school, three days after hand delivering Notice of Non-Compliance. 24. Maintains contact with the Alternative Learning Center staff and follows school procedure with students who are absent from the Center. 25. Maintains an accurate record of school drop-outs, including dates and reasons. Submits information to the Central Office as required. 26. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate persons’ personnel record/file. 27. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _________________________ Date: ______________________ Date Adopted: January 14, 2010 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Supervisor of Child Nutrition Program (CNP) QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Associate Degree or higher in bookkeeping/business field. Five (5) years of successful experience in Child Nutrition Program. Demonstrated computer and bookkeeping skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to perform required work and move about as needed. Good public relations skills. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Assistant Superintendent JOB GOAL: To assist in the administration of the Child Nutrition Program to provide nutritious meals in compliance with Federal Regulations PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Establishes and maintains bookkeeping principles and practices that are in compliance with local, state and federal laws and regulations. 2. Prepare an annual budget and budget amendments, as needed. 3. Provides monthly data to Assistant Superintendent for Child Nutrition Program. 4. Reconciles canceled checks with bank statements for Child Nutrition Program. 5. Maintains and reviews spending of Child Nutrition Program to ensure it is in line with budgets. 6. Verifies invoices. 7. Receives all invoices, material receipt forms and matching same with approved purchase order for select funds. 8. Inputs invoice data into the computer on a daily basis; uses first-in, first-out system to take advantage of all discounts. 9. Becomes familiar with the Alabama State Department of Education’s chart of accounts and object codes to ensure proper coding of transactions. 10. Submits to the Assistant Superintendent for review with the Superintendent, a list of items processed for payment prior to check being written. 11. Responds to vendor’s inquiry regarding the status of paid or unpaid invoices. 12. Demonstrates ability to prepare routine and proceduralized financial reports. 13. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 14. Prepares financial statements, income statements, and cost reports to reflect Child Nutrition Program. 15. Traces errors and records adjustment to correct changes or credits posted to incorrect amounts. 16. Computes and records cash receipts summarizes. 17. Reconciles canceled payroll and accounts payable checks with bank statements and verifies bank balance with statements. 18. Operates word processors, computers, calculators, copiers and facsimile machines. 19. Places and receives telephone calls and records messages. 20. Receives and verifies all invoices and process them for payment (if applicable). 21. Submits all invoices to supervisor for approval. 1 of 2 Job Description: Supervisor of Child Nutrition Program (CNP) 22. Meets with assigned supervisor and provide information on policies and procedures as it relates to bookkeeping. 23. Prepares and inputs invoices for payment provided funds are available. 24. Files all invoices with proper documentation in an orderly manner for audit purposes. 25. Conducts breakfast and lunch reviews of all schools at least twice a year to ensure that policies and procedures are being properly met. 26. Checks budgets to prevent overspending. 27. Establishes standards for food preparation and service that emphasizes the use of standardized recipes, service size and centralized menus that are creative, accepted by students and nutritionally adequate. 28. Establishes specifications, policies, procedures and standards of quality for central purchasing of food, non-food supplies, and equipment. 29. Plans for effective financial management and utilization of funds available, personnel and equipment. 30. Develops and implements procedures for receiving, storing and distributing food and supplies. 31. Establishes a plan for participating in the commodity distribution program and distribution to each school. 32. Implements and maintains an accurate accounting system, and procedures for the management and control of income, food, labor, supplies, equipment, and other costs to meet the State of Alabama Department of Education requirements. 33. Maintains high standards of sanitation and safety in all phases of the Child Nutrition Program to comply with local and state health regulations. 34. Evaluates continuously the program to meet changing needs and improvements in the program. 35. Attends and participates in local, state, and national professional meetings. 36. Maintains current source of information regarding the Child Nutrition Program, basic nutrition, food service equipment, new products, and trends of the food service industry. 37. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 38. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 39. Performs other related duties that are required by the Assistant Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: October 10, 2013 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Supervisor of Summer Food Service Program (SFSP) QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3.. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma with some experience in food service. Five (5) years of successful experience in Child Nutrition Program as a Cafeteria Manager. Physical ability and dexterity to visit school sites and work areas for decision making relative to Summer Food Service Program. Ability to lift, bend, stoop, carry and reach over head. Ability to work with both hands. Capable of working for six hours in a cold or hot or humid kitchen environment. Capable of standing for long periods of time on quarry floors during food preparation. Ability to transfer extremely hot food pans from food preparation equipment to serving area. Ability to disassemble, clean and reassemble food preparation and cleaning equipment. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Assistant Superintendent SUPERVISES: Students and such staff members as the Assistant Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To serve as liaison between the Assistant Superintendent, lunchroom staff members, and Summer Food Service sites by coordinating activities related to the proper function of the Summer Food Service Program. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Establishes procedures for maintaining a safe and sanitary school nutrition program. 2. Practices good personal hygiene. 3. Maintains control records of receipts and expenditures, prepares operational and applicable financial records for the Child Nutrition Program. 4. Plan menus and accounts for al meals served through acceptable government rules and regulations. 5. Supervises head cook and cooks at school site. 6. Supervises the preparation of food portions in preparation of serving counters. 7. Utilizes Child Nutrition Program computer and computer and software to assure that there is a proper balance between lunches served, funds collected, and free and paid meals. Collects monies for meals. 8. Establishes and maintains effective working relationship with personnel. 1 of 2 Job Description: Supervisor of Summer Food Service Program (SFSP) 9. Files Child Nutrition Program correspondence, cards, invoices, receipts, and other materials. 10. Operates copier machine. 11. Supervises the maintenance of cafeteria equipment and supplies. 12. Supervises the storage of foods. 13. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 14. Establishes standards for food preparation and service that emphasizes the use of standardized recipes, service size and centralized menus that are creative, accepted by students and nutritionally adequate. 15. Plans for effective financial management and utilization of funds available, personnel, and equipment. 16. Develops and implements procedures for receiving, storing and distributing food, and supplies. 17. Establishes a plan for participating in the commodity distribution program and distribution to each school. 18. Implements and maintains an accurate accounting system and procedures for the management and control of income, food, labor, supplies, equipment, and other costs to meet the State of Alabama Department of Education requirements. 19. Maintains high standards of sanitation and safety in all phases of the Child Nutrition Program to comply with local and state health regulations. 20. Evaluates continuously the program to meet changing needs and improvements in the program. 21. Assists local board, architects, engineers, and other school personnel in planning and equipping new or remodeled Child Nutrition Program facilities. Responsible for layout, selection of equipment, furnishing and supplies. 22. Attends and participates in local, state and national professional meetings. 23. Establishes good rapport with students, teachers, support personnel, administrators, and the public. 24. Maintains current source of information regarding the Child Nutrition Program, basic nutrition, food service equipment, new products, and trends of the food service industry. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Summer Employment Only Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: October 10, 2013 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Administrative Assistant of Summer Food Service Program (SFSP) QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3.. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma with some experience in food service. Five (5) years of successful experience in Child Nutrition Program. Physical ability and dexterity to visit school sites and work areas for decision making relative to Summer Food Service Program. Ability to lift, bend, stoop, carry and reach over head. Ability to work with both hands. Capable of working for six hours in a cold or hot or humid kitchen environment. Capable of standing for long periods of time on quarry floors during food preparation. Ability to transfer extremely hot food pans from food preparation equipment to serving area. Ability to disassemble, clean and reassemble food preparation and cleaning equipment. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Supervisor- SFSP SUPERVISES: Students and such staff members as the Assistant Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To serve as liaison between the Supervisor, and Summer Food Service sites by coordinating activities related to the proper function of the Summer Food Service Program. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Establishes procedures for maintaining a safe and sanitary school nutrition program. 2. Practices good personal hygiene. 3. Maintains control records of receipts and expenditures, prepares operational and applicable financial records for the Child Nutrition Program. 4. Plan menus and accounts for all meals served through acceptable government rules and regulations. 5. Supervises head cook and cooks at school site. 6. Supervises the preparation of food portions in preparation of serving counters. 7. Utilizes Child Nutrition Program computer and computer and software to assure that there is a proper balance between lunches served, funds collected and free and paid meals. Collects monies for meals. 8. Establishes and maintains effective working relationship with personnel. 1 of 2 Job Description: Administrative Assistant of Summer Food Service Program (SFSP) 9. Files Child Nutrition Program correspondence, cards, invoices, receipts, and other materials. 10. Operates copier machine. 11. Supervises the maintenance of cafeteria equipment and supplies. 12. Supervises the storage of foods. 13. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 14. Establishes standards for food preparation and service that emphasizes the use of standardized recipes, service size and centralized menus that are creative, accepted by students and nutritionally adequate. 15. Plans for effective financial management and utilization of funds available, personnel, and equipment. 16. Develops and implements procedures for receiving, storing and distributing food and supplies. 17. Establishes a plan for participating in the commodity distribution program and distribution to each school. 18. Implements and maintains an accurate accounting system and procedures for the management and control of income, food, labor, supplies, equipment, and other costs to meet the State of Alabama Department of Education requirements. 19. Maintains high standards of sanitation and safety in all phases of the Child Nutrition Program to comply with local and state health regulations. 20. Evaluates continuously the program to meet changing needs and improvements in the program. 21. Assists local board, architects, engineers, and other school personnel in planning and equipping new or remodeled Child Nutrition Program facilities. Responsible for layout, selection of equipment, furnishing and supplies. 22. Attends and participates in local, state and national professional meetings. 23. Establishes good rapport with students, teachers, support personnel, administrators and the public. 24. Maintains current source of information regarding the Child Nutrition Program, basic nutrition, food service equipment, new products, and trends of the food service industry. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Summer Employment Only Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: October 10, 2013 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Site Supervisor of Summer Food Service Program (SFSP) QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Ability to read and write. Good annual medical check-up. Health Certificate indicating no communicable disease present. Ability to lift, bend, stoop, carry and reach over head. Ability to work with both hands. Capable of working for six hours in a cold or hot humid kitchen environment. Capable of standing for long periods of time on quarry floors during food preparation. Ability to transfer extremely hot food pans from food preparation equipment to serving area. Ability to disassemble, clean and reassemble food preparation and cleaning equipment. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Lunchroom Manager/Supervisor-SFSP/Assistant Superintendent JOB GOAL: To provide each student with food of high nutritious quality in an atmosphere of cleanliness, cheerfulness and personal caring. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Prepares and serves meals as planned on the menu. 2. Practices good personal hygiene. 3. Helps maintain a clean, orderly physical environment for food services and food storage. 4. Possesses knowledge of quantative cooking or be willing to attend special training sessions in quantative cooking through regular inservice training programs. 5. Follows food preparation directions and reads labels. 6. Performs basic mathematics. 7. Works cooperatively with others toward a common goal. 8. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 9. Orders meals for the following day. 10. Takes temperature of meals when delivered and record on appropriate form. 11. Performs other related duties that are required by the Lunchroom Manager, Supervisor, or Assistant Superintendent. 1 of 2 Job Description: Site Supervisor of Summer Food Service Program (SFSP) TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Summer Employment Only. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: October 10, 2013 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Bookkeeper QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Business courses of secretarial/bookkeeping training from a business/technical school. Computer Literate. Good public relation skills. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Administrator designated by Superintendent JOB GOAL: To assist in the administration of the assigned program so as to provide the maximum services based on the financial resources available. PERFORMANCE REPONSIBILITIES: 40. Maintains a complete and systematic set of records of all financial transactions. 41. Records detail of school financial transactions in appropriate journals and subsidiary ledgers for such sources as requisitions and payrolls records. 42. Prepares financial statements, income statements, and cost reports to reflect financial condition of the assigned program. 43. Traces errors and records adjustment to correct changes or credits posted to incorrect amounts. 44. Computes and records cash receipts summarizes. 45. Reconciles canceled payroll and accounts payable checks with bank statements and verifies bank balance with statements. 46. Operates word processors, computers, calculators, copies and facsimile machines. 47. Places and receives telephone calls and records messages. 48. Receives and verifies all invoices and process them for payment (if applicable). 49. Submits all invoices to supervisor for approval. 50. Becomes familiar with the Alabama State Department of Education Chart of accounts and object codes to ensure proper coding transactions. 51. Files paid vouchers complete with support documentation. 52. Meets with assigned supervisor and provide information on policies and procedures as it relates to bookkeeping. 1 of 2 Job Description: Bookkeeper 14. Receives all purchase orders and invoices from supervisor/program managers/secretaries (if applicable). 15. Prepares and inputs invoices for payment provided funds are available. 16. Files all invoices with proper documentation in an orderly manner for audit purposes. 17. Provides each supervisor/secretary with a printed activity (summary or detail) report after each check run to disclose all funds balances. 18. Distributes pre-numbered master receipt books, pre-numbered teacher receipts to each school. 19. Provides assigned program(s) school(s) with a handbook that contains policies, procedures and forms for Local School Accounting. 20. Assists schools/programs in budgeting their funds. 21. Conducts mini audits of all programs/schools at least twice a year to ensure that policies and procedures are being properly met. 22. Maintains accurate cash balance for local schools. 23. Reconciles all local schools and assigned program bank statements by the 10th day of each month (if applicable). 24. Receives and inputs cash receipts data from programs or schools. 25. Checks budgets to prevent overspending. 26. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the supervisor. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary and work year to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Services Personnel. Approved by __________________________________ Date: _____________________ Reviewed and agreed to by _______________________ (Incumbent) Date: _____________________ Date Approved: April 5, 2005 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Maintenance Supervisor QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma plus five (5) years experience in all fields of maintenance. Valid Alabama Driver’s License. Ability to work outdoors in a variety of conditions and temperatures. Ability to climb and work from ladders or scaffolds. Ability and dexterity to perform all tasks including lifting, stooping and bending. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Assistant Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Assistant Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To serve as liaison between the Assistant Superintendent and Maintenance Department staff members in maintaining the facilities and grounds in a condition of excellence, cleanliness and safety, so that full educational use of them may be made at all time. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIILITIES: 1. Assists with the supervision of the affairs of the Maintenance Department. 2. Assists in the recruitment, screening, training and evaluating of Maintenance Department employees. 3. Assists with scheduling daily work and reviews changes. 4. Assists with the inspection of work. 5. Assists with the determination of needs as well as forecasts future work. 6. Maintains Maintenance Department fixed assets report. 7. Verifies time sheets of Maintenance Department employees. 8. Promotes high standards of safety and good housekeeping methods in all work-connected areas. 9. Performs maintenance responsibilities as needed. 10. Maintains Child Nutrition Program (CNP) equipment and develops a plan for preventive maintenance. 11. Conducts routine inspections and scheduling of maintenance for CNP equipment. 12. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 13. Performs other related duties that are required by the Assistant Superintendent. 1 of 2 Job Description: Maintenance Supervisor TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ______________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Maintenance Worker QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma plus some experience in maintenance. Valid Alabama Driver’s License. Ability to work outdoors in a variety of conditions and temperatures. Ability to climb and work from ladders or scaffolds. Ability and dexterity to perform all tasks including lifting, stooping and bending. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Maintenance Supervisor/Assistant Superintendent JOB GOAL: To provide students with a safe, attractive, comfortable, clean and efficient place to learn, play and develop. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Assists and performs routine maintenance work, including, but not limited to, plumbing repair, electrical wiring, roofing, carpentry, and refrigeration. 2. Delivers materials to the job site. 3. Maintains equipment in clean and operable condition. 4. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 5. Performs other related duties that are required by the maintenance supervisor and Assistant Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ______________________________ Date Approved: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 Date: __________________ JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Transportation Foreman QUALIFICATION: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Certification as school bus mechanic. Eight years verifiable experience as skilled automobile and/or diesel mechanic. Demonstrated aptitude or competence for assigned responsibilities. Experience in auto-diesel mechanics. Possess Alabama Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) with not serious charges against driving record. Successfully completes a physical examination, at his or her own expense, by a licensed physician, at least once every two years. Annual negative tuberculin skin test Adequate strength and dexterity to perform all tasks including lifting, stooping and bending. Ability to work in a variety of conditions and temperatures. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Director of Student Services JOB GOAL: To keep the district’s automotive vehicles in such a state of operating excellence that they present no problems or interruptions to the educational program. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Supervises the diagnosing, assigning, and repairing of district automotive equipment. 2. Maintains a current inventory of supplies and equipment. 3. Establishes an efficient and effective system of routine automotive maintenance and preventive care. 4. Assists in the recruitment, screening, training and evaluating of automotive center employees. 5. Promotes high standards of safety and good house keeping methods in all workconnected areas. 6. Verifies time sheets of automotive center employees. 7. Submits purchase orders for materials, supplies, and equipment. 8. Maintains accurate records of routine maintenance, work orders and inventory. 9. Submits purchase orders for materials, supplies and equipment in a timely manner. 10. Serves as bus driver, in emergencies. 11. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 12. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 13. Performs other related duties as required by the Director of Student Services. 1 of 2 Job Description: Transportation Foreman TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _________________________________ Date _________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, April 10, 2008 and October 10, 2013 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Transportation Utility Worker QUALIFICATION: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Valid Alabama Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) with no serious charges against driving record. Must obtain an Alabama School Bus Driver’s License. Good Physical Condition. Reputation for dependability and judgment. Pass drug test as required by law and Board policy for transporting students and operating school-owned vehicles. Physical dexterity, coordination, mobility and visual acuity to safely operate a school bus. Basic mechanical skills. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Transportation Foreman/Director of Student Services JOB GOAL: To provide services associated with transportation which includes working as a substitute driver and performing basic mechanical duties. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Maintains an understanding of all bus routes. 2. Checks the bus daily before leaving on the rout to ensure that the bus in clean and in good mechanic condition: breakers, tires, battery, horn, light, etc. 3. Keeps the rear glass clean and rear view mirrors properly adjusted and in good working condition. 4. Cleans the interior and exterior of the bus, whenever necessary. 5. Signals for stopping ample time before stops are made: turn signals, stop signs, etc. 6. Does not use emergency door except in case of an emergency and never to load and unload children. 7. Knows students by name and assigns seat to each student and requires student to use the seat assigned, unless permission in given otherwise. 8. Does not allow students to extend head, hands, or arms out the windows when school bus is in monitor or at a stop. 9. Sees that the students unload in orderly fashion and cross in front of the bus. 10. Diagnoses failures and problems in automotive and diesel equipment. 11. Performs major overhaul and repair work for automotive and diesel equipment. 1 of 2 Job Description: Transportation Utility Worker 12. Performs routine automotive and diesel maintenance and preventive care. 13. Keeps records of time, materials, parts and work performed. 14. Performs cleaning functions in the automotive center. 15. Promotes high standards of safety and good housekeeping methods in automotive center. 16. Serves as substitute bus driver, in emergencies. 17. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 18. Performs other related duties that are required by the Director of Student Services and Transportation Foreman. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year (4 hours per workday). Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by _______________________________ Date: ___________________ Date Approved: November 10, 2005 Dates Amended: April 10, 2008, and February 11, 2016 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Transportation Shop Assistant QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Experience in automotive/diesel repair. Alabama Commercial Driver’s License (CDL), with no serious charges against record. Must obtain an Alabama School Bus Driver’s License. Basic secretarial skills. Ability to work in a variety of conditions and temperatures. Adequate strength and dexterity to perform all tasks including lifting, stooping and bending. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Transportation Foreman/Director of Student Services JOB GOAL: To provide various services associated with transportation which includes working as a substitute driver and performing basic secretarial skills. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Maintains an understanding of all bus routes. 2. Checks the bus daily before leaving on the route to ensure that the bus is clean and in good mechanical condition: breakers, tires, battery, horn, light, etc. 3. Keeps the rear glass clean and the rear view mirrors properly adjusted and in good working condition. 4. Cleans the interior and exterior of the bus, whenever necessary. 5. Signals for stopping in ample time before stops are made: turn signals, stop signs, etc. 6. Does not use emergency door except in case of an emergency and never to load and unload children. 7. Knows students by name and assigns seat to each student and requires student to use the seat assigned, unless permission is given otherwise. 8. Does not allow students to extend head, hands, or arms out the windows when school bus is in motion or at a stop. 9. Sees that the students off-load in an orderly fashion and cross in front of the bus. 10. Takes, transcribes dictation and types correspondence, reports, notices recommendations, etc. 11. Obtains, gathers, and organizes pertinent data as needed and puts it into usable form. 1 of 2 Job Description: Transportation Shop Assistant 12. Maintains a regular filing system, as well as a set of confidential files, and processes incoming correspondence. 13. Oder and maintains supplies as needed. 14. Places and receives telephone calls and records messages. 15. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 16. Performs other related duties as required by the Transportation Foreman and Director of Student Services. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Date Adopted: April 10, 2008 Dates Amended: December 9, 2010, and February 11, 2016 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Mechanic I QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Five years verifiable experience as skilled automotive and/or diesel mechanic. Certification as school bus mechanic. Valid Alabama Commercial Driver’s License (CDL), with no serious charges against record. Must obtain an Alabama School Bus Driver’s License. Successfully completes a physical examination, at his or her own expense, by a licensed physician, at least once every two years. Annual negative tuberculin skin test Adequate strength and dexterity to perform all tasks including lifting, stooping and bending. Ability to work in a variety of conditions and temperatures. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Transportation Foreman/Director of Student Services JOB GOAL: To perform skilled repair and maintenance of automotive equipment. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Diagnoses failures and problems in automotive and diesel equipment. 2. Performs major overall and repair work for automotive and diesel equipment. 3. Performs routine automotive and diesel maintenance and preventive care. 4. Keeps records of time, materials, parts and work performed. 5. Performs cleaning functions in the automotive center. 6. Promotes high standards of safety and good housekeeping methods in automotive center. 7. Serves as substitute bus driver, in emergencies. 8. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 9. Performs other related duties that are required by the Transportation Foreman and Assistant Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by __________________________ Date: _________________ Date Approved: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, April 10, 2008 and October 10, 2013 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Mechanic II QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Five years verifiable experience as skilled automotive and/or diesel mechanic. Certification as school bus mechanic. No serious charges against record. Adequate strength and dexterity to perform all tasks including lifting, stooping and bending. Ability to work in a variety of conditions and temperatures. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Transportation Foreman/Director of Student Services JOB GOAL: To perform skilled repair and maintenance of automotive equipment. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Diagnoses failures and problems in automotive and diesel equipment. 2. Performs major overall and repair work for automotive and diesel equipment. 3. Performs routine automotive and diesel maintenance and preventive care. 4. Keeps records of time, materials, parts and work performed. 5. Performs cleaning functions in the automotive center. 6. Promotes high standards of safety and good housekeeping methods in automotive center. 7. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 8. Performs other related duties that are required by the Transportation Foreman and Assistant Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by __________________________ Date Approved: October 10, 2013 Date: _________________ JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Mechanic Helper I QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Experience in automotive/diesel repair. Valid Alabama Driver’s License with no serious charges against driving record. Alabama Commercial Driver’s License (CDL). with no serious charges against record. Must obtain an Alabama School Bus Driver’s License. Successfully completes a physical examination, at his or her own expense, by a licensed physician, at least once every two years. Annual negative tuberculin skin test Adequate strength and dexterity to perform al tasks including lifting, stooping and bending. Ability to work in a variety of conditions and temperatures. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Transportation Foreman/Director of Student Services JOB GOAL: To assist in the repair and maintenance of automotive equipment. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Performs routine maintenance work. 2. Assists mechanic in repair and replacement of automotive parts. 3. Keeps records of time, materials, parts and work performed. 4. Performs cleaning functions in the automotive center. 5. Promotes high standards of safety and good housekeeping methods in automotive center. 6. Serves as substitute bus driver, in emergencies. 7. Picks up and delivers materials, in accordance with the schedules established. 8. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 9. Performs other related duties that are required by the maintenance supervisor and chief officer operations. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ________________________________ (Incumbent) Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and October 10, 2013 Date: _____________ JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Mechanic Helper II QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Experience in automotive/diesel repair. Valid Alabama Driver’s License with no serious charges against driving record. No serious charges against record. Adequate strength and dexterity to perform al tasks including lifting, stooping and bending. Ability to work in a variety of conditions and temperatures. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Transportation Foreman/Director of Student Services JOB GOAL: To assist in the repair and maintenance of automotive equipment. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Performs routine maintenance work. 2. Assists mechanic in repair and replacement of automotive parts. 3. Keeps records of time, materials, parts and work performed. 4. Performs cleaning functions in the automotive center. 5. Promotes high standards of safety and good housekeeping methods in automotive center. 6. Picks up and delivers materials, in accordance with the schedules established. 7. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 8. Performs other related duties that are required by the maintenance supervisor and chief officer operations. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ________________________________ (Incumbent) Date Adopted: October 10, 2013 Date: _____________ JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Technology and Pupil Personnel Services QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Degree in Technology, Computer Information Systems, Engineering, Math or related field. 3-5 years related experience in wide area and local area networking. Certified Novell Engineer, Microsoft Certified Engineer and CISCO Certified. Physical mobility and visual acuity to make on-site visits as needed to improve the district’s technology program. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent. SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL; To help the district use technology to increase effectiveness and reduce cost to the ultimate benefits of the educational program and to improve the quality of the instructional programs. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Plans, organizes, and controls the overall activities of electronic data processing, including systems analysis, programming, and computer operation activities as related to the district’s business operations, instructional programs, research activities and pupil record keeping (such as attendance and scheduling). 2. Provides consultant services to those departments that indicate a need, interest, or desire to develop technology and computer applications. 3. Conducts inservice programs to keep personnel informed as to applications and developments in the field of electronic data processing in education. 4. Serves as a consultant to the instructors of technology and computer course in the vocational arts programs. 5. Projects technology/computer processing resource requirements, including personnel, equipment, and housing, with associated costs, and coordinate with the planning and budgeting cycles of the district. 6. Develops, trains, supervises and evaluates technology/computer services staff. 7. Supervises health services staff. 8. Evaluated regularly the district’s use of technology and recommends alterations and expansion as necessary. 1 of 2 Job Description: Director of Technology and Pupil Personnel Services 9. Analyzes, investigates, and advises the administration regarding purchase or leasing of suitable equipment. 10. Maintains a cooperative relationship and open communication with those holding similar positions in other districts in the region and state and to investigate and implement feasible data processing programs on a multi-district basis. 11. Develops plans and budgets for the technology and computer services activities including grants. 12. Works very closely with all department heads to integrate technology into curriculum and the general operation of the school district. 13. Establishes and implements clear goals and specific achievement objectives for guidance and assessment. 14. Establishes general practices and procedures for guidance and assessment. 15. Keeps informed of and complies with federal and state laws and state and local board policies affecting guidance and assessment. 16. Evaluates existing technology programs as an ongoing responsibility and recommends changes as needed. 17. Monitors guidance and assessment programs. 18. Supervises the Early Warning process for truant students. 19. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate persons’ personnel record/file. 20. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and June 9, 2005 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Technology QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Degree in Technology, Computer Information Systems, Engineering, Math or related. 3-5 years related experience in wide area and local area networking. Certified Novell Engineer, Microsoft Certified Engineer and CISCO Certified. Physical mobility, dexterity, strength and visual acuity to meet students needs and deal with student problems. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To help the district use technology to increase effectiveness and reduce cost to the ultimate benefits of the educational program and to improve the quality of the instructional programs. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Plans, organizes, and controls the overall activities of electronic data processing, including system analysis, programming, and computer operation activities as related to the district’s business operations, instructional programs, research activities and pupil record keeping. 2. Provides consultant services to those departments that indicate a need, interest or desire to develop technology and computer applications. 3. Conducts inservice programs to keep personnel informed as to applications and developments in the field of electronic data processing in education. 4. Serves as a consultant to the instructors of technology and computer courses in the vocational arts program. 5. Projects technology/computer processing resource requirements, including personnel, equipment, and housing, with associated costs, and coordinates with the planning and budgeting cycles of the district. 6. Develops, trains, supervises and evaluates technology/computer service staff. 7. Evaluates regularly the district’s use of technology and recommends alterations and expansion as necessary. 8. Analyses, investigates, and advises the administration regarding purchase or leasing of suitable equipment. 9. Maintains a cooperative relationship and open communication with those holding similar positions in other districts in the region and state and to investigate and implement feasible data processing programs on a multi-district basis. 10. Develops, plans and budgets for the technology and computer services activities. 11. Works very closely with the other administrators to integrate technology into curriculum. 12. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 13. Analyzes reports and addresses student attendance and disciplinary issues. Job Description: Director of Technology 14. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 15. Performs other related duties that are requires by the Assistant Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel and /or Support Services Personnel (whichever is appropriate). Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: October 8, 2015 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Coordinator of Technology and Computer Services QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Degree in Technology, Computer Information Systems, Engineering, Math or related. 3-5 years related experience in wide area and local area networking. Certified Novell Engineer, Microsoft Certified Engineer and CISCO Certified. Physical mobility, dexterity, strength and visual acuity to meet students needs and deal with student problems. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Assistant Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To help the district use technology to increase effectiveness and reduce cost to the ultimate benefits of the educational program and to improve the quality of the instructional programs. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 10. Plans, organizes, and controls the overall activities of electronic data processing, including system analysis, programming, and computer operation activities as related to the district’s business operations, instructional programs, research activities and pupil record keeping. 11. Provides consultant services to those departments that indicate a need, interest or desire to develop technology and computer applications. 12. Conducts inservice programs to keep personnel informed as to applications and developments in the field of electronic data processing in education. 13. Serves as a consultant to the instructors of technology and computer courses in the vocational arts program. 14. Projects technology/computer processing resource requirements, including personnel, equipment, and housing, with associated costs, and coordinates with the planning and budgeting cycles of the district. 15. Develops, trains, supervises and evaluates technology/computer service staff. 16. Evaluates regularly the district’s use of technology and recommends alterations and expansion as necessary. 17. Analyses, investigates, and advises the administration regarding purchase or leasing of suitable equipment. 18. Maintains a cooperative relationship and open communication with those holding similar positions in other districts in the region and state and to investigate and implement feasible data processing programs on a multi-district basis. 1 of 2 Job Description: Coordinator of Technology and Computer Services 16. Develops, plans and budgets for the technology and computer services activities. 17. Works very closely with the other administrators to integrate technology into curriculum. 18. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 19. Analyzes reports and addresses student attendance and disciplinary issues. 20. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 21. Performs other related duties that are requires by the Assistant Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel and /or Support Services Personnel (whichever is appropriate). Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: December 14, 2006 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Data Management Technician QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B.S. in technology, related field of appropriate technical certification. Technical work experience in information technology, data management, installation of computer, etc. Experience in operating computers, creating web sites, building and/or repairing computers, installing and/or replacing cables, troubleshooting, analyzing and resolving hardware on software problems. Physical mobility and visual acuity to make on-site visits as needed to schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Coordinator of Technology and Computer Services/Assistant Superintendent JOB GOALS: To keep the district’s technology hardware and software in such a state of operating excellence that it presents no problems or interruptions to the educational program. PERFORMANCE RESPONSBIBILITIES: 1. Installs and repairs various types of data automation/information management equipment such as personal computers, routers, servers, printers, scanners, etc. 2. Assists workers with installation and maintenance of networks, troubleshooting, installation and maintenance of software programs and systems, etc. 3. Makes recommendations as to replacement, repair and purchase of hardware and software items to enhance performance of the district’s technology program. 4. Assists in training users of technology in the areas of equipment and programs. 5. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 6. Performs other related duties as required by the Coordinator of Technology and Computer Services. 1 of 2 Job Description: Data Management Technician TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Approved by _____________________________________ Date: __________________ Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Approved: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, November 10, 2005 and April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Director of Career Technical Education and Business and Industry Relations QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Master’s degree. Certification in Administration and Supervision. Evidence of effective communication, planning and supervisory skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit school and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the Superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To provide leadership in the development, implementation and evaluation of the career/technical area for the benefit of the system’s total educational program. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Provides effective leadership in planning, developing, implementing and evaluating a comprehensive career/technical program. 2. Prepares budgets. 3. Coordinates with other department/programs to assure maximum services. 4. Maintains records/reports/inventories in accordance with policies. 5. Assists in selection and placement of personnel, delegates responsibility, and supervises and evaluates staff. 6. Plans and accomplishes personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 7. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 8. Develops and implements a plan for professional growth of staff assigned to area of responsibility. 9. Interprets, supports and complies with federal and state law and state and local board policies. 10. Takes a leadership role in improving education. 11. Demonstrates effective interpersonal relation skills. 12. Serves as a consultant. 13. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 14. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 1 of 2 Job Description: Director of Career Technical Education and Business and Industry Relations 15. Establishes and maintains partnerships with the business industry community in Lowndes and greater Lowndes County. 16. Establishes business and industry partnerships which lead to greater support for the Lowndes County Public School, expand opportunities for students for co-op, internships and employment opportunities. 17. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by _______________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and May 11, 2006 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Head Start Program Director QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Master’s degree. Certification in Administration/Supervision. Minimum 3 years of successful teaching experience. Evidence of effective communication, planning and supervisory skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit school and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To provide leadership in the implementation and evaluation of the Lowndes County Head Start Program in compliance with HHS/AFC. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Demonstrates thorough familiarity, at all times with all HHS/ACF regulations and guidelines; or Board policies; and of Policy council policies and keeps all program activities in compliance with these various requirements. 2. Presents each employee with a copy of the Head Start Policy Manual and provides adequate instructions to assure complete understanding of their rights and privileges as well as responsibilities and duties incumbent upon them as Head Start employees. 3. Complies the Application for Funding Package for submission to HHS/ACF in accordance with HHS guidelines and time limitations, and after the Policy Council has had opportunity for input and the Board has approved the package. 4. Assumes responsibility for expenditures of Head Start funds in accordance with budget restrictions and requisition procedures established by the Board. 5. Fills personnel vacancies with approval of the Policy Council without discrimination or favoritism and with fully qualified personnel. 6. Establishes and monitors a system of recruitment which assures complete participation by needy, eligible families. 7. Maintains a record keeping system in accordance with HHS requirements and local needs, keeping both personnel and other program files complete and up-to-date. 8. Supervises and coordinates the work of all staff members to assure a well-organized program by delegating responsibility to the various component heads. 9. Prepares statistical and other information reports as needed to keep Policy Council, the Board and HHS/ACF informed regarding all phases of program operation. 1 of 2 Job Description: Head Start Program Director 10. Initiates the formation of all required committees and monitors their activities to assure compliance with work requirements according to guidelines or policies. 11. Serves as a liaison between Head Start and other groups and organizations in the community and seeks guidance and cooperation from professional resources and public agencies serving low income families. 12. Assists staff members and/or counsels staff members as needed. 13. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 14. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 15. Performs other related duties that are required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: At-Risk/Special Projects Facilitator QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Master’s degree. Certification in Administration/Supervision. Demonstrated skills or training in instructional management, curriculum and program development, assertive discipline (fiscal management techniques and human relations); also a strong sense of confidence in the public schools and enthusiasm for working with youth are desired. Minimum 3 years of successful teaching experience. Physical mobility, dexterity, strength and visual acuity to meet student needs, deal with student problems. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Superintendent or designee. SUPERVISES: Faculty, staff and student and assigned school/program. JOB GOAL: To serves as the instructional and administrative leader of the school/ program, to work with staff, students, and community to ensure a highquality education program. To provide leadership in an environment of high expectation for staff and students. To produce innovative projects through a variety of research based grant writing and special project activities. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Provides effective leadership in planning, developing, implementing and evaluating the instructional program. 2. Prepares and administers budgets. 3. Maintains records/reports/inventories to assure maximum services. 4. Assists in selection and placement of personnel, delegates responsibility, and supervises and evaluates teachers and staff. 5. Provides professional opportunities for staff. 6. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 7. Interprets, supports, and complies with federal and state law and local board policy. 8. Manages and monitors projects related to grants from donors and submits evaluations and relevant documentation to donors. 9. Writes, edits, and submits fund raising proposals, budgets, supports material with the object of maximizing grants from current donors and gaining new funding partnerships. 1 of 2 Job Description: At-Risk/Special Projects Facilitator 10. Coordinates special projects as assigned. 11. Demonstrates effective interpersonal relations skills. 12. Serves as a resource person for the Board. 13. Arranges for and coordinates off-campus learning experience for student, as appropriate, and when necessary, accompanies students engages in off-campus activities. 14. Meets regularly with student assigned for the purposes of counseling, encouraging and evaluating. 15. Provides a safe, orderly environment that facilitates teaching and learning. 16. Provides a climate of high expectation for staff and students. 17. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 18. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 19. Performs other related duties as required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: November 10, 2005 Date Amended: April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCIPTION TITLE: Reading Coordinator QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. At least 5 years successful experience in teaching and/or school administration. A master’s degree or higher. Certification in Administration/Supervision. Evidence of effective communication, planning and supervisory skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit school and work sites. Experience teaching reading. Completed at least 3 reading courses at the graduate level. REPORTS TO: Superintendent or designee SUPERVISES: Such staff members as the superintendent may designate. JOB GOAL: To plan, organize and implement a district-wide reading program. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Provides leadership at the school level for the purpose of improving instruction among teachers. 2. Observes, monitors, and reacts clinically to classroom instruction. 3. Conducts classroom demonstrations to model sound instruction practices. 4. Coordinates and conducts workshops and in-services. 5. Determines reading needs of the system based upon collected data. 6. Communicates with school and program administrators regarding teacher and programmatic needs and progress. 7. Conducts weekly visits to the schools. 8. Assists with the development and implementation of School Improvement and Title I plane, etc, at the school level. 9. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 10. Communicates with parents, students, teachers, school and central level administrators regarding student and programmatic progress and needs. 11. Facilitates meetings of the district Reading Leadership Team. 12. Assists with the coordination of parent activities with specific emphasis on academic improvement. 13. Evaluates existing programs as an ongoing responsibility and recommends changes as needed. 14. Monitors district reading program. 15. Keeps current with new ideas and exemplary practices. 16. Compiles, maintains and files written records and reports. 17. Serves as a resource person. 18. Prepares program budgets (i.e. Alabama Reading First Initiative, Alabama Reading Initiative). Page 1 of 2 Job Description: Reading Coordinator 19. Maintains program inventory (Alabama Reading First Initiative). 20. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 21. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Assists with evaluation of personnel as requested by school site administrator. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 22. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 23. Performs other related duties that are required by the Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Eleven or twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Approved by Lowndes County Board of Education Date: __________________ Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: May 3, 2004 Page 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Principal QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Master’s degree. Certification in Administration/Supervision. Demonstrated skills or training in instructional management, curriculum and program development, assertive discipline (fiscal management techniques and human relations); also a strong sense of confidence in the public school and enthusiasm for working with youth are desired. Minimum 3 years of successful teaching experience. Physical mobility, dexterity, strength and visual acuity to meet students needs and deal with student problems. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent or designee SUPERVISES: Faculty, staff and students at assigned school JOB GOAL: To serve as the instructional and administrative leader of the school, to work with staff, students, and community to ensure a high-quality educational program, and to formulate and accomplish the school mission. To provide leadership in an environment of high expectations for staff and students. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Provides effective leadership in planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating the instructional program. 2. Interprets and enforces federal and state laws and local board policies. 3. Assists in the recruiting, screening, selecting and assigning of the school’s certified and classified staff. 4. Assists in securing, maintaining and managing material resources. 5. Prepares and administers the school budget and supervises school finances. 6. Assumes responsibility for scheduling. 7. Ensures students receive appropriate placement and services. 8. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 9. Provides professional opportunities for staff. 10. Communicates and clarifies the school’s mission to students, staff and community. 11. Provides a safe, orderly environment that facilitates teaching and learning. 12. Provides a climate of high expectation for staff and students. 13. Supervises, observes and evaluates teachers and staff. 14. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 1 of 2 Job Description: Principal 15. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 16. Performs other related duties that are required by the superintendent or designee. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Eleven or twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Graduation Coach QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Minimum 5 years of successful experience in teaching and/or school administration. Master’s degree or higher. Certification in Administration, Curriculum and Elementary/Secondary Education. Successful experience working with students (determined to be) at risk of school failure (not restricted to the classroom). Knowledge of appropriate strategies for reducing student at-risk behaviors. Ability to effectively communicate with students, families, and other adults. Ability to develop, analyze, implement, and track prevention and intervention strategies and plans. Ability to access available alternative education opportunities and community resources to further improve students’ abilities to succeed. Ability and willingness to advocate for each student at risk of becoming a dropout to remain in school. Physical ability and dexterity to visit school sites and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Superintendent or designee SUPERVISES: Students. JOB GOAL: To reduce the school's/Lowndes County's dropout rate and increase the graduation rate. PERFORMANCE RESPONSBILITIES: 1. Utilize the following components of a profile of characteristics of potential dropouts developed by the SDE to identify high school students with the high probability of not graduating. These characteristics include: a. History of school failure, retention, and/or overage for grade. b. Low standardized assessment scores as determined by the SDE. c. Failure to pass any part of the Alabama High School Graduation Examination (AHSGE). d. Special education/disability determination. e. Attendance/truancy issues. f. Behavioral issues (e.g., detention, suspensions, expulsions, and other). g. Lack of school involvement (e.g., low expectations, minimal or no extracurricular involvement) or protective factors. h. Family at risk (e.g., low socio-economic status, transient, and limited English proficient). 2. Collaborate with feeder middle school staff to use a profile of characteristics 1 of 4 Job Description: Graduation Coach 3. Analyze data for individual students and subgroups such as: a. Cohort data: Missing records, No shows, dropouts, withdrawn, and still in cohort b. State assessments: ARMT, AHSGE, ADAW, AAA, ACCESS (ESL) PLAN. c. National Standardized Tests: SAT and ACT. d. Local Records: attendance records, behavior records, records of teacher conferences, records of parent conferences, records of student conferences, RtI, PST meeting minutes, grade retention records, records of credits earned, and the four year plan for 8th graders. 4. Conduct an analysis that focuses on data available for individual students and subgroups using the prescribed tools and/or assessments. 5. Work with faculty and administrators to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of all students at risk of school failure. 6. Work with counselors and students to develop a graduation plan to include the best program to meet academic and post-secondary needs. 7. Attend appropriate professional development provided by the LEA, SDE, and/or other entities. 8. Provide training and/or support to teachers and instructional leaders on strategies that effectively impact students at risk of dropping out and/or not graduating. 9. Work with existing or establish new extended learning opportunity programs in the school or community, including, but not limited to, the Community Education and Twenty First Century Community Learning Centers (21st CCLC) extended-day and extended-year programs, peer mentoring and High Hopes. 10. Work with faculty and administrators to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of all students at risk of school failure. 11. Work with counselors and students to develop a graduation plan to include the best program to meet academic and post-secondary needs. 12. Attend appropriate professional development provided by the LEA, SDE, and/or other entities. 13. Provide training and/or support to teachers and instructional leaders on strategies that effectively impact students at risk of dropping out and/or not graduating. 14. Work with existing or establish new extended learning opportunity programs in the school or community, including, but not limited to, the Community Education and Twenty First Century Community Learning Centers (21st CCLC) extended-day and extended-year programs, peer mentoring and High Hopes. 15. Identify and determine the school’s and students’ academic and behavioral needs. 16. Develop and coordinate appropriate interventions in collaboration with the school leadership team. 17. Utilize existing school-based teams (e.g., School Leadership, Problem Solving Teams, Continuous Improvement Plans, and others). 18. Coordinate with school leadership to conduct an instructional snapshot/audit. 19. Provide professional development in appropriate strategies to address academic needs and school climate/culture needs. 20. Develop, implement, and work with individual, small-group, and whole-school prevention and intervention strategies to increase the number of students staying in school. 2 of 4 Job Description: Graduation Coach 21. Counsel with students to develop a personal education and career plan to include the best course of study to meet academic, graduation, and postsecondary goals. 22. Incorporate a program to enhance students’ personal and social skills (e.g., character education, motivation, goal-setting, conflict resolution, and other). 23. Recruit, train, and monitor tutors, during school, after school, and in the summer, to provide instructional assistance to identified at risk students. 24. Collaborate with feeder elementary and/or middle school staff to identify elementary school students at risk of middle/high school failure. 25. Conduct periodic vertical team meetings among elementary, middle, and high school teacher(s), instructional leaders, and/or community agencies. 26. Guide elementary, middle, and high schools in the identified feeder pattern to include the Alternative Education Programs in creating, administering, analyzing, and using common assessments. 27. Develop an action plan to improve individual student and subgroup transition success rate. 28. Work with faculty and administrators to adapt/align and pace curriculum and instruction to meet the needs of identified at risk students. 29. Work with school personnel to develop/implement or enhance a summer enrichment program for incoming 9th graders, focusing specifically on those identified at risk students. 30. Work with the middle-grade feeder school staff to identify a cohort of students at risk of dropping out; and develop, implement, and monitor an instructional plan for each of them. 31. Work with additional middle and high school counselors and social workers/accesses/community agencies to develop, implement, and monitor instructional plans for those students returning from an Alternative Education Program. 32. Connect students and their families with community organizations and programs (e.g., State At-Risk 20% non-profit, non-government community partnerships, Governor’s High Hopes community partnerships, and other). 33. Develop, or sustain mentoring programs. 34. Provide support to families of students at risk of dropping out or failing to graduate from high school. 35. Work with social workers or other appropriate personnel to identify and link area social agencies with youth at risk of not graduating, (including students in the identified feeder pattern) and those returning from the Alternative Program to other base schools. 36. Work with the students returning to base schools from the Alternative Education Programs and their counselors to develop a plan that encourages them to remain in school and graduate. 37. Work with the Alternative Education faculty and staff and with the social worker, if available, to develop, implement, and monitor the professional learning community (PLC) concept, common assessments, and plans to monitor students after they return to their base schools. 38. Track the progress of individual students and school subgroups as they progress through middle and high school. 39. Conduct and analyze on-going formative and summative evaluation data to determine the program’s effectiveness. 40. Provide and submit reports as requested to the school, LEA central office, and SDE. 3 of 4 Job Description: Graduation Coach 41. Conduct and analyze ongoing formative and summative evaluation data of program effectiveness such as: a. Analyze the number of students passing each subtest of AHSGE after each test administration (September, December, March, July). b. Consider which interventions were most utilized in achievement plans created for each at risk student. c. Determine number of at risk students who met part or all of their goals in their academic plan. 42. Encourage dissemination of positive, information to parents and media at least twice a grading period to demonstrate/showcase achievement. 43. Keep a portfolio and learning journal of experiences as a Graduation Coach. 44. Develop, implement, and monitor a dropout prevention model that can be sustained and maintained after the grant period and that can be replicated at other high schools in the school system/state. 45. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 46. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the superintendent or designee. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Eleven month year. Salary to be established by the board Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by __________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: January 14, 2010 Date Amended: January 10, 2013 4 of 4 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Behavior Specialist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Master’s degree Certification in Administration/Supervision. Demonstrated skills or training in instructional management, curriculum and program development, assertive discipline (fiscal management techniques and human relations); also a strong sense of confidence in the public schools and enthusiasm for working with youth are desired. Minimum 3 years of successful teaching experience. Physical mobility, dexterity, strength and visual acuity to meet students needs and deal with student problems. Such alternative to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISES: Students JOB GOAL: To help students plan, develop and execute such individual learning programs and experiences as well contribute to their development as mature, able and responsible men and women. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Works with individual students in devising sequences of educational experiences that may be expected to lead the students to achievement of their specified goals. 2. Serves as a resource person to students pursuing individual learning programs. 3. Arranges for and coordinates off-campus learning experiences for students, as appropriate, and when necessary, accompanies students engaged in off-campus activities. 4. Meets regularly with students assigned for the purposes of counseling, encouraging and evaluating. 5. Employs instructional methods and materials that are not most appropriate for achieving stated objectives when formal instruction appears necessary or desirable. 6. Makes provision for being available to students and parents for conferences outside the instructional day when requested to do so under reasonable terms. 7. Assists the administration in implementing all the policies and rules governing student life and conduct, and for the classroom, develops such procedures as are necessary for the success of the alternative education program. 8. Strives to maintain and improve professional competence. 9. Attends staff meetings and serves on staff committees as required. 10. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. 1 of 2 Job Description: Behavior Specialist TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Ten months. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Approved by Lowndes County Board of Education Date: __________________ Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: May 3, 2004 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Assistant Principal QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. Master’s degree Certification in Administration/Supervision. Demonstrated skills or training in instructional management, curriculum and program development, assertive discipline (fiscal management techniques and human relations); also a strong sense of confidence in the public schools and enthusiasm for workings with youth are desired. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISES: Students and such staff members as the principal designate. JOB GOAL: To serves as the professional assistant leader of the school. To work, under the direction of the principal, with staff, students and community to ensure a high-quality educational program and to formulate and accomplish the school mission. To assist the principal in providing for an environment of high expectations for staff and students. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Assists in providing effective leadership in planning, developing, implementing and evaluating the instructional program. 2. Assists in interpreting federal and state laws and local board policies. 3. Assist the principal in personnel functions. 4. Assists the principal in securing, maintaining, and managing material resources. 5. Assists in preparing and administering the school budget and supervising school finances. 6. Assists the principal in assuming responsibility for scheduling. 7. Assists in ensuring that students receive appropriate placement services. 8. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 9. Assists in providing professional growth opportunities for staff. 10. Assists in communicating and clarifying the school’s mission to students, staff and community. 1 of 2 Job Description: Assistant Principal 11. Assists in providing a safe, orderly environment that facilitates teaching and learning. 12. Assists in providing a climate of high expectations for staff and students. 13. Assists in supervising, observing and evaluating teachers and staff. 14. Evaluates annually all persons directly under his/her supervision. Such evaluations shall be made a part of the appropriate person’s personnel record/file. 15. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 16. Performs other related duties as required by the principal. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Approved by _____________________________________ Date: ___________________ Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Approved: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 and November 10, 2005 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Teacher QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Bachelor’s degree in education. Relevant certification and expertise in area of specialization. For music teachers, excellent hearing and ability to determine pitch and tone variations. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternative to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISE: Students and student interns JOB GOAL: To help students learn subject matter and skills that will contribute to their development as mature, able and responsible members of society. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Determines individual and class needs. 2. Establishes objectives and plans learning experiences. 3. Implements activities using a variety of techniques that utilize instructional time to meet objectives. 4. Establishes and maintains standards of student behavior to achieve a functional learning atmosphere. 5. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 6. Evaluates the educational program and/or student progress. 7. Communicates with parents/guardians, colleagues, and community groups. 8. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 9. Maintains and submits records and reports. 10. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy, and state and federal rules and regulations. 11. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 12. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal, superintendent or his/her designee. 1 of 2 Job Description: Teacher TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine or Ten month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, May 3, 2004, and July 14, 2016 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Collaborative Teacher/Behavior Specialist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Master’s degree in education. Relevant certification and expertise in area of specialization. Demonstrated skills or training in instructional management, curriculum and program development, assertive discipline and human relations skills; also a strong sense of confidence in the public schools and enthusiasm for working with youth are desired. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Minimum 3 years of successful teaching experience. Such alternative to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable REPORTS TO: Director of Alternative School SUPERVISE: Students and student interns JOB GOAL: To help students learn subject matter and skills that will contribute to their development as mature, able and responsible members of society. To help students plan, develop, and execute such individual learning programs and experiences as well as contribute to their development as mature, able, and responsible men and women. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Determines individual and class needs. 2. Establishes objectives and plans learning experiences. 3. Implements activities using a variety of techniques that utilize instructional time to meet objectives. 4. Establishes and maintains standards of student behavior to achieve a functional learning atmosphere. 5. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 6. Evaluates the educational program and/or student progress. 7. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 8. Maintains and submits records and reports. 9. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy, and state and federal rules and regulations. 10. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 11. Works with individual students in devising sequences of educational experiences that may be expected to lead the students to achievement of their specified goals. 12. Serves as a resource person to students pursuing individual learning programs. 13. Works collaboratively with middle and high school teachers to implement student IEPs. 14. Provides support to high school collaborative teachers to implement student IEPs. 1 of 2 Job Description: Collaborative Teacher/Behavior Specialist 15. Works with individual students in devising sequences of educational experiences that may be expected to lead the students to achievement of their specified goals. 16. Serves as a resource person to students pursuing individual learning programs. 17. Works collaboratively with middle and high school teachers to implement student IEPs. 18. Provides support to high school collaborative teachers to implement student IEPs. 19. Arranges for and coordinates off-campus learning experiences for students, as appropriate, and when necessary, accompanies students engaged in off-campus activities. 20. Meets regularly with students assigned for the purposes of counseling, encouraging and evaluating. 21. Employs instructional methods and materials that are not most appropriate for achieving stated objectives when formal instruction appears necessary or desirable. 22. Makes provision for being available to students and parents for conferences outside the instructional day when requested to do so under reasonable terms. 23. Assists the administration in implementing all the policies and rules governing student life and conduct, and for the classroom, develops such procedures as are necessary for the success of the alternative education program. 24. Strives to maintain and improve professional competence. 25. Attends staff meetings and serves on staff committees as required. 26. Performs other related duties that are required by the supervisor. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Ten month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________Date: __________________ (Incumbent) Date Adopted: January 10, 2013 Date Amended: July 14, 2016 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Teacher/School-based Homeless Liaison QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Bachelor’s degree in education. Relevant certification and expertise in area of specialization. For music teachers, excellent hearing and ability to determine pitch and tone variations. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISE: Students and student interns JOB GOAL: To help students learn subject matter and skills that will contribute to their development as mature, able and responsible members of society. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Determines individual and class needs. 2. Establishes objectives and plans learning experiences. 3. Implements activities using a variety of techniques that utilize instructional time to meet objectives. 4. Establishes and maintains standards of student behavior to achieve a functional learning atmosphere. 5. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 6. Evaluates the educational program and/or student progress. 7. Communicates with parents/guardians, colleagues, and community groups. 8. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 9. Maintains and submits records and reports. 10. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy, and state and federal rules and regulations. 11. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 12. Remains knowledgeable of the needs of the community for the purpose of identifying families that may qualify for McKinney-Vento Homeless Education funds. 13. Provides tutoring and support to students identified as homeless. 14. Provides training and updates to school-based faculty and parents regarding McKinney Vento rules and regulations. 15. Communicates effectively with the LEA Homeless Liaison to ensure timely assistance is provided to families that qualify for service. 16. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal, superintendent or his/her designee. 1 of 2 Job Description: Teacher/School-based Homeless Liaison TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine or Ten month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: January 12, 2012 Date Amended: July 14, 2016 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Alabama Occupational Diploma/Job Coach Transition Specialist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Bachelor of Science Degree. Experience in working with disabled students. Experience in an industrial or commercial setting. Valid Alabama Commercial Driver’s License (CDL), with no serious charges against driving record. Physical mobility and visual acuity to visit schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Special Education Coordinator Alabama Department of Rehabilitation Services SUPERVISES: Special Education students who are participating in the school-based shadowing, community-based job shadowing or students working towards required community work hours. JOB GOAL: To supervise the preparation of students with disabilities for their successful transition between school programs, post secondary education and work settings. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Attends all transition IEP meetings. 2. Attends job coach training sessions. 3. Possesses knowledge of the Alabama Occupational Diploma curriculum. 4. Arranges students’ school and work schedules. 5. Sees that students are supervised on the school-based job training (ojt) assignments. 6. Sees that students are placed in community-based jobs and their paperwork is being recorded in a timely manner. 7. Serves as a job coach for students with disabilities who are on community jobs. 8. Sees that students are being placed on jobs in a timely manner. 9. Keeps all paperwork up-to-date and recorded in a timely manner. 10. Surveys community training needs and opportunities. 11. Secures community employer, school, student and parent cooperation. 12. Works with employers to develop collaborative relationship between the local education agency, employer, student and parent. 13. Confers with current and prospective students and parents on personal, job, and social achievement. 14. Visits parents in the homes of students where possible and makes other contacts as appropriate. 1 of 2 Job Description: Alabama Occupational Diploma/ Job Coach Transition Specialist 15. Follows-up former students after graduation to ensure appropriate transitional services. 16. Places and retains required number of seniors in permanent employment (minimum of 20 hours per week). 17. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy and state and federal rules and regulations. 18. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 19. Performs other related duties as assigned or required by the Special Education Coordinator or Alabama Department of Rehabilitation Services. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Eleven or Twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: April 5, 2005 Date Amended: April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Cooperative Education Teacher QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. Bachelor’s degree in education. Class B Certification in Career/Technical Education (area of specialization). Physical and emotional dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Career Technical Director SUPERVISES: Students JOB GOAL: To help students learn employability skills, to find jobs and place students. To help students learn subject matter and skills that will contribute to their development as mature, able and responsible members of society. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Surveys community training needs and opportunities. 2. Secures community, employer, school, student and parent cooperation. 3. Makes or secures occupational and trade analysis as needed. 4. Works with advisory committees. 5. Works with employers to develop progressive skill-building activities. 6. Selects training stations and places students. 7. Encourages employers to adopt fair schedule of wages. 8. Organizes, develops, correlates and teachers related studies. 9. Correlates related study with on-the-job training. 10. Supervises teaching provided by the training station. 11. Establishes a clear understanding of cooperative education by the school, employers, students, parents and the public. 12. Makes presentations explaining cooperative education to various groups to establish good working relations. 13. Keeps systematic records and reports such as: coordinator’s, general date (enrollment record), training agreement, training data, training plans, contacts made and results accomplished, visitation reports, student applications, employer’s rating (minimum of one per grading period), student rating sheets and regular school records. 14. Arranges students’ school and work schedules. 15. Maintains an inventory of resources. 16. Works with school faculty for student improvement. 1 of 2 Job Description: Cooperative Education Teacher 17. Confers with students on personal, job and social achievement. 18. Confers with prospective students and parents. 19. Follow-ups former students after graduation. 20. Visits parents in the homes of students when possible. Makes other contacts as appropriate. 21. Develops and revises instructional materials. 22. Serves as advisor to the student organization related to the students’ career objective. 23. Maintains positive relationship with guidance department personnel. 24. Maintains positive public relations program. 25. Keeps administration (principal, superintendent) and staff informed. 26. Conducts employers follow-up annually, reports results to administration, and modifies instruction as appropriate. 27. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy and state and federal rules and regulations. 28. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 29. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal, superintendent, or his/her designee. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Approved by _____________________________________ Date: __________________ Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Approved: April 5, 2005 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Mathematics Intervention Teacher QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. At least 3 years of successful teaching experience in the area of mathematics. A master’s degree or higher in mathematics or a related field. Demonstrated working knowledge of effective mathematics instruction. Evidence of ability to organize and present workshops and seminars. Evidence of effective communication and planning. Physical mobility and visual acuity to make on-site visits as needed to schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISES: Students and student interns JOB GOAL: To help students learn subject matter and skills that will contribute to their development as mature, able and responsible members of society. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Assists teachers with improving mathematics instruction, including modeling lessons and devising strategies for hard-to reach students. 2. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 3. Conducts small group sessions with student identified in need of intervention. 4. Assists with the development and implementation of School Improvement and Title I Plans, etc. at the school level. 5. Establish objectives and plans learning experiences. 6. Implements activities using a variety of techniques that utilize instructional time to meet objectives. 7. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 8. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 9. Maintains and submits records and reports. 10. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy, and state and federal rules and federal rules and regulations. 11. Assists with the coordination of parent activities with specific emphasis on academic improvement. 12. Keeps current with new ideas and exemplary practices. 1 of 2 Job Description: Mathematics Intervention Teacher 13. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 14. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Approved by _____________________________________ Date: ___________________ Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Approved: November 10, 2005 Date Amended: July 14, 2016 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Reading Intervention Teacher QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. At least 3 years of successful teaching experience in the area of reading. A master’s degree or higher in reading or a related field. Demonstrated working knowledge of effective reading instruction. Evidence of ability to organize and present workshops and seminars. Evidence of effective communication and planning. Physical mobility and visual acuity to make on-site visits as needed to schools and work sites. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISES: Students and student interns JOB GOAL: To help students learn subject matter and skills that will contribute to their development as mature, able and responsible members of society. PERFORMANCE RESPONSBIBILITIES: 1. Assists teachers with improving reading instruction, including modeling lessons and devising strategies for hard-to reach students. 2. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 3. Conducts small group sessions with student identified in need of intervention. 4. Assists with the development and implementation of School Improvement and Title I Plans, etc. at the school level. 5. Establish objectives and plans learning experiences. 6. Implements activities using a variety of techniques that utilize instructional time to meet objectives. 7. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 8. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 9. Maintains and submits records and reports. 10. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy, and state and federal rules and federal rules and regulations. 1 of 2 Job Description: Reading Intervention Teacher 11. Assists with the coordination of parent activities with specific emphasis on academic improvement. 12. Keeps current with new ideas and exemplary practices. 13. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 14. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Approved by _____________________________________ Date: __________________ Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Approved: November 10, 2005 Dates Amended: January 12, 2012, and July 14, 2016 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Reading Coach QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. At least 3 years of successful experience in teaching. A master’s degree or higher in reading or a related field. Demonstrated working knowledge of effective reading instruction. Evidence of ability to organize and present workshops and seminars. Evidence of effective communication and planning. Completed at least 3 reading courses at the graduate level. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISES: Students and student interns JOB GOAL: To help students learn subject matter and skills that will contribute to their development as mature, able and responsible members of society. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Assists teachers with improving reading instruction, including modeling lessons and devising strategies for hard-to-reach students. 2. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 3. Conducts small group sessions with students identified in need of intervention. 4. Monitors the reading program at the school level and communicates school needs to the principal and Reading Coordinator. 5. Conducts ongoing professional development through grade level meetings, coaching services and in-service workshops. 6. Assists with the development and implementation of School Improvement and Title I Plans, etc. at the school level. 7. Establishes objectives and plans learning experiences. 8. Implements activities using a variety of techniques that utilize instructional time to meet objectives. 9. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 10. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 11. Maintains and submits records and reports. 12. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy, and state and federal rules and regulations. 13. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 14. Assists with the coordination of parent activities with specific emphasis on academic improvement. 15. Keeps current with new ideas and exemplary practices. 16. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 17. Performs other related duties that are required by the Superintendent. Page 1 of 2 Job Description: Reading Coach TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Approved by Lowndes County Board of Education Date: __________________ Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: May 3, 2004 Page 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Speech/Language Pathologist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Bachelor’s degree in education. Relevant certification and expertise in area of specialization. Master’s Degree in Speech Therapy preferred. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal/Special Education Counselor SUPERVISES: Students and assigned personnel JOB GOAL: To enable students to develop communication skills needed to achieve their maximum academic and social potential. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Conducts screening to identify students with communicative disorders. 2. Evaluates and diagnoses speech and language disorders. 3. Develops and implements individual education plans to meet the unique needs of each student receiving therapy service. 4. Develops appropriate service delivery models to meet the needs of students. 5. Refers students to other professional and community agencies, as needed. 6. Consults with classroom teachers and other school personnel to facilitate carry-over of therapy gains into classroom activities. 7. Provides information, support, and guidance to parents/guardians and families. 8. Assists teachers in the identification of children with communicative disorders. 9. Maintains records for students evaluated and receiving services. 10. Informs administrators and other members of the educational team of program developments and student progress. 11. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 12. Coordinates services with other school programs. 13. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 14. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy and state and federal rules and regulations. 15. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 16. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal or special education coordinator. 1 of 2 Job Description: Speech Language Pathologist TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Library Media Specialist QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Master’s degree in education. Relevant certification and expertise in area of specialization. Ability to move around the room in order to monitor and assist students. Physical ability to handle, move, retrieve, and/or deliver large and/or heavy library materials and equipment. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISES: Students and student interns JOB GOAL: To help students learn subject matter and skills that will contribute to their development as mature, able, responsible members of society and to provide for student and teacher utilization of a comprehensive program of library media skills and services. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Determines individual, class and school needs. 2. Establishes program objectives and plans learning experiences. 3. Develops and implements policies and procedures for library media management. 4. Implements activities using a variety of techniques that utilize instructional time to meet objectives. 5. Organizes media and equipment to provide accessibility for users. 6. Establishes and maintains standards of student behavior to achieve a functional learning atmosphere. 7. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 8. Evaluates the program and/or student progress. 9. Communicates with parents/guardians, colleagues and community groups. 10. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 11. Maintains and submits records and reports. 12. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy, and state and federal rules and regulations. 13. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 14. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. 1 of 2 Job Description: Library Media Specialist TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Counselor QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. Bachelor’s degree in education. Relevant certification and expertise in area of specialization. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISES: Students and assigned personnel JOB GOAL: To help students develop those skills in the areas of personal/social growth, educational planning, and career vocational development which will contribute to their development as mature and responsible members of society. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Develops, implements, and evaluates an annual local school guidance and counseling plan in accordance with standards set forth by the State Plan and commensurate with the local school system. 2. Provides individual and group counseling and guidance. 3. Provides orientation for new students, parents/guardians and faculty. 4. Consults with parents/guardians, teachers, and staff about the special needs of students and makes appropriate referrals. 5. Provides appropriate appraisal services to assist teachers, parents/guardians and students. 6. Administers tests and analyzes and interprets test results to provide information about educational, vocational and personal/social needs. 7. Assists with placement and follow-up services for students. 8. Assists students in selecting programs of study to enhance career planning. 9. Provides information and resource services for students, parents/guardians, and faculty. 10. Assists students in building self-esteem and developing decision-making, problem solving, and positive human relations skills. 11. Plans with teachers, principal, parent/guardians, and students steps for modifying student behavior. 12. Utilizes community resources in addressing the needs of students. 13. Provides data concerning students’ needs to determine curricula development. 14. Prepares and manages annual budget. 15. Maintains comprehensive records and reports. 16. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 17. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 1 of 2 Job Description: Counselor 18. Complies with local, state and federal policies, regulations and laws affecting area of responsibility as well as the American School Counselor Association Code of Ethics. 19. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 20. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine or ten month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Sign Language Interpreter QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Interpreter license or permit required. Ability to interpret/transliterate (expressive and voice) at a normal conversation rate. Ability to work with and relate to students in K-12. Ability to assist/tutor with academic assignments. Proficient in American Sign Language/finger spelling signing exact English. Ability to implement deaf or hard of hearing student’s IEP. Physical mobility, dexterity, strength and visual acuity to meet students’ needs. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate. REPORTS TO: Supervising Teacher and Principal SUPERVISES: Students JOB GOAL: To effectively communicate classroom information between the teacher, the deaf or hard of hearing student, and hearing students in the classroom according to the language level of the deaf or hard of hearing student and the goals of the Individual Education Plan (IEP) in an inclusive education setting. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Provide expressive and voice interpreting for deaf or hard of hearing student in the inclusive classroom. 2. Provide tutoring and assistance with academic assignments for deaf or hard of hearing student. 3. Provide academic assistance for hearing students in the inclusive classroom as opportunity permits without neglecting the needs of the deaf or hard of hearing student. 4. Participate in the development of the deaf or hard of hearing student’s IEP, and interpreting at the IEP meeting. 5. Ensure the deaf or hard of hearing students has the opportunity to participate in classroom discussions as well as social interactions. 6. Monitor deaf or hard of hearing student to ensure comprehension and to provide one-onone assistance as needed. 7. Schedule time to prepare for interpreting tasks. 1 of 2 Job Description: Sign Language Interpreter 8. Review with teachers the goals and materials to be presented in class to ensure the interpreter understands the content and terminology. 9. Keep abreast of resources to stay current with new innovations in interpreting. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: School Nurse QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. R.N. degree Alabama License Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Capable of lifting moderate weights. Such alternative to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORT TO: Principal and Administrator Designated by Superintendent SUPERVISES: Students JOB GOAL: To assist the teacher in maintaining appropriate classroom activities and environment so that students may learn effectively. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Develop school health program. 2. Participate in health curriculum committee. 3. Coordinates school programs of immunizations, physical examination, sight, hearing and scoliosis testing. 4. Observes students on a regular basis to detect health needs. 5. Instructs teachers on screening students for health defects. 6. Maintains up-to-date cumulative health record on all students. 7. Reports to parents, school personnel, physicals, clinics or other agencies on student health matters, as directed by the principal. 8. Visits students’ homes when necessary. 9. Assumes authority, in the absence of a physician, for the care of a student or staff member who has suffered an injury or emergency illness. 10. Administers first aid in accordance with established first aid procedures. 11. Provides inservice training for school personnel relevant to student health needs (i.e., CPR). 12. Makes recommendations to the principal on health needs of individual students. 13. Implements Board policy on exclusion and readmission of students in connection with infectious and contagious diseases. 14. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 15. Assists the bus driver in maintaining good student conduct on the bus. 16. Assists young or disabled students in getting on and off the bus. 17. Assures that students get on and off the bus in an orderly manner. 1 of 2 Job Description: School Nurse 18. Participates in daily and long-range lesson and classroom activity planning. 19. Conducts learning exercises with small groups of children. 20. Guides children in working and playing harmoniously with other children. 21. Alerts the teacher to special needs of individual children. 22. Provides escort and assistance to children as necessary. 23. Assists with the supervision of children during regular play periods. 24. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal and administrator. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. EVALUATION: Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Approved by Lowndes County Board of Education Date: ___________________ Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and February 12, 2009 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Licensed Practical Nurse QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. REPORT TO: JOB GOAL: L.P.N. Certification. Alabama License. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Capable of lifting moderate weights. Such alternative to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. Principal and Administrator Designated by Superintendent To assist the teacher in maintaining appropriate classroom activities and environment so that students may learn effectively. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Assists in developing school health programs. 2. Assists on health curriculum committees. 3. Maintains up-to-date cumulative health records on all students. 4. Assists with the coordination of school programs such as: immunizations, physical examinations, hearing and vision screenings and follow ups, and scoliosis testing and follow ups. 5. Assists with tube feeding, catherizations, Oro-pharyngel suctioning, first aide/routine emergencies, and monitors seizures. 6. Assists in communicating with parents regarding sick students. 7. Assumes authority, in the absence of a physician, for the care of a student or staff member who has suffered an injury or emergency illness. 8. Assists in monitoring orthopedic devices for proper fit. 9. Monitors wheelchairs for safety hazards. 10. Collects data for care plan – documenting all communications and care provided. 11. Assists the bus driver in maintaining good student conduct on the bus. 12. Assists young or disabled students in getting on and off the bus. 13. Assures that students get on and off the bus in an orderly manner. 14. Participates in daily and long-range lesson and classroom activity planning. 15. Conducts learning exercises with small groups of children. 16. Guides children in working and playing harmoniously with other children. 17. Alerts the teacher to special needs of individual children. 18. Provides escort and assistance to children as necessary. 19. Assists with the supervision of children during regular play periods. 20. Performs other related duties as required by the principal and/or administrator. 1 of 2 Job Description: Licensed Practical Nurse TERM OF EMPLOYMENT: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. EVALUATION: Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Approved by Lowndes County Board of Education Date: ___________________ Reviewed and agreed to by ____________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: May 3, 2004 Date Amended: February 12, 2009 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: School Secretary QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Business courses of secretarial/bookkeeping training from a business/technical school. Computer Literate. Good public relations skills. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal JOB GOAL: To assure the smooth and efficient operation of the school office so that the office’s maximum positive impact on the education of children can be realized. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Prepares monthly payroll sheets for all employees of the school. 2. Keeps accurate records of sick leave days and personal leave days. 3. Types correspondences and reports as directed by the principal. Computer skills will be required for computer usage. 4. Types, files and logs purchase orders for all school personnel. 5. Establishes and maintains effective working relationship with personnel. 6. Places messages, memorandums, etc. where personnel will see them. 7. Files correspondence, cards, invoices, receipts and other material in alphabetical or numerical order. 8. Operates office machines. 9. Maintains control records of receipts and expenditures, prepares operational and financial records. 10. Checks budgets to ensure that budgets are not overspent. 11. Completes required reports. 12. Submits daily bank deposits to the local bank utilized by the school. 13. Maintains school’s fixed asset inventory. 14. Welcome visitors and arranged for their comfort. 15. Screen unexpected callers in accordance with predetermined policy. 16. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 17. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. 1 of 2 Job Description: School Secretary TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Ten month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Pre-K Teacher QUALIFICATIONS: At least one of the following: 1. Human Environmental Science Degree with a concentration in Early Childhood Development or Child Development. 2. Elementary Education degree with a P-3 (formerly N-3) add-on and teacher certification. 3. Elementary Education degree with an A.A.S. in Child Development and teacher certification. 4. Early Childhood Education Degree (B.S., B.A., or MA Ed.) with teacher certification. 5. Special Education degree with a minimum of 18 credit hours in early childhood/child development coursework, and teacher certification. 6. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Head Start Director or designee SUPERVISES: Teacher assistant and children JOB GOAL: To provide care and enrichment for children ages three to five years old. Communicate with parents regarding their child's progress and activities. Supervise an assistant teacher. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 17. Determines individual and class needs through assessment. 18. Establishes objectives and plans learning experiences for classroom and playground activities. 19. Implements activities using a variety of techniques that utilize instructional time to meet objectives. 20. Plan activities with the assistant and provide adequate supervision for the implementation of these plans. 21. Exhibits positive human relations skills and maintains an atmosphere of love and acceptance with consistency and firmness. 22. Evaluates the educational program and/or student progress. 23. Communicates with parents/guardians and volunteers, informing them of program goals. Encourage parent participation. 24. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 1 of 2 Job Description: Pre-K Teacher 25. Maintains and submits records and reports. 26. Maintains confidentiality 27. Adheres to school system/program rules, administrative procedures, local board policy, and state and federal rules and regulations. 28. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 29. Performs other related duties that are required by the director or his/her designee. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board based on the availability of funds (OSR grant). EVALUATION: Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________Date: __________________ (Incumbent) Date Adopted: February 12, 2009 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Pre-K Teacher Assistant QUALIFICATIONS: 1. Be at least 19 years of age. 2. Possess a high school diploma or GED. 3. Possess a Child Development Associate Credential (CDA) or at least 9 semester hours of college coursework in the field of Early Childhood Education or Child Development. 4. Possess appropriate experience (at least 12 months) working in early childhood or experience in other OSR approved settings. 5. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Supervising Pre-K Teacher, Head Start Director or designee SUPERVISES: Children JOB GOAL: To assist in providing care and enrichment for children ages three to five years old. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Arrive ahead of time and help organize materials and classroom for children’s arrival. 2. Greet parents/guardians and volunteers. 3. Participates in daily and long-range lesson and classroom activity planning. 4. Assist in conducting learning exercises with small groups of children. 5. Guides children in working and playing harmoniously with other children. 6. Assist with supervision of playground, field trips, and other class activities. 7. Provides assistance to children in toileting, hand washing, and tooth brushing activities. 8. Helps maintain individual records for each child. 9. Fosters good eating habits and table manners in children. 10. Assists teacher in maintaining neat, clean and orderly classrooms. 11. Assists with the supervision of children during regular play periods. 12. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 13. Performs other related duties that are required by the teacher, director and education manager. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board based on the availability of funds. 1 of 2 Job Description: Pre-K Teacher Assistant EVALUATION: Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Support Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by __________________________Date: __________________ (Incumbent) Date Adopted: February 12, 2009 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Paraprofessional QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Minimum “C” average during the last four years of school. Completed two years of study at an institution of higher education. Physical ability needed to lift and restrain students of varying age levels and sizes. Physical ability to move about in the classroom to monitor and supervise students. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Supervising Teacher and Principal SUPERVISES: Students JOB GOAL: To assist the teacher in maintaining appropriate classroom activities and environment so that students may learn effectively. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 14. Participates in daily and long-range lesson and classroom activity planning. 15. Conducts learning exercises with small groups of children. 16. Guides children in working and playing harmoniously with other children. 17. Alerts the teacher to special needs of individual children. 18. Provides escort and assistance to children as necessary. 19. Helps maintain individual records for each child. 20. Fosters good eating habits and table manners in children. 21. Assists teacher in maintaining neat work and study areas. 22. Assists with the supervision of children during regular play periods. 23. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 24. Performs other related duties that are required by the teacher and principal. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. 1 of 2 Job Description: Paraprofessional EVALUATION: Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, April 5, 2005, and July 14, 2016 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Computer Aide QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Computer Literate. Physical ability to move about in the classroom to monitor and supervise students. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISES: Students JOB GOAL: To assist the teacher in maintaining appropriate classroom activities and environment so that students may learn effectively. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Manages computers. 2. Installs instructional software. 3. Maintains ongoing tracking of student progress within the computer component of school wide program. 4. Conducts activities prescribed by the teachers. 5. Assists teachers in the process of student evaluation and assessment. 6. Maintains computer lab and materials. 7. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 8. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 Date: __________________ JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Tutor QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. A high school diploma. Two years of successful college experience. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Computer Literate. Proficient oral and written communication skills. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal, Coordinator or Director SUPERVISES: Students JOB GOAL: To reinforce subject matter and skill that will contribute to students’ development as mature, able and responsible members of society. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Assists teachers with improving instruction and devising strategies for hard-to-reach students. 2. Administers and interprets formal and informal student inventories and assessments. 3. Conducts small group sessions with student identified in need of intervention. 4. Establishes objectives and plans learning experiences. 5. Implements activities using a variety of techniques that utilize instructional time to meet objectives. 6. Exhibits positive human relations skills. 7. Demonstrates proficiency in written and oral communication. 8. Maintains and submits records and reports. 9. Adheres to school system rules, administrative procedures, local board policy, and state and federal rules and regulations. 10. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 11. Keeps current with new ideas and exemplary practices. 12. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. 1 of 2 Job Description: Tutor TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Based on need. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: May 11, 2006 Date Amended: April 10, 2008 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: School/Community Liaison QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Valid Alabama Driver’s License. Proficient oral and written communication skills. Physical mobility and visual acuity to access any home or dwelling. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal/Attendance Specialist/Coordinator of Federal Programs JOB GOAL: To organize, implement and evaluate an effective parent involvement program. To maintain accurate attendance records on each student daily, monthly and yearly and to follow outlined procedures and/or programs to ensure students attend school regularly. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Coordinates an effective parental involvement program in the school. Uses innovative strategies to promote the program and enhance parental involvement. 2. Ensures the school’s parent involvement policy is made available to all parents. 3. Meets minimum standards of parental involvement program by following procedures outlined in Liaison Handbook. 4. Provides training for parents at each PTA meeting. 5. Works closely with school counselor to conduct parent workshops. A minimum of four is required. Serves as presenter at a minimum of two workshops. 6. Assists teachers in planning parent activities such as parent night, state-wide parent day, parent workshop, etc. 7. Formulates a parent volunteer component. Maintains names of volunteers, dates of service and type of service rendered. 8. Coordinates, to the extent possible, parent-teacher conferences. 9. Serves as a vital link between the school and the home. Visits all homes of referred students and explains the school’s and parent’s role to the parents, special needs of the child, problems, etc. when appropriate. Documents all visits. 10. Delivers deficiency slips when requested. Documents all visits. 11. Assures Parent Compacts are signed and filed. 12. Conducts parent surveys at the end of the year, to the fullest extent possible. 13. Issues pink slips daily to students who return to school. 14. Inputs attendance data daily into the data collection program, after verifying the correctness of data from homeroom teachers. 15. Runs daily back-up of attendance data. 1 of 2 Job Description: School/Community Liaison 16. Runs an Attendance By Class Report each twenty day attendance period and secures homeroom teacher’s signature at bottom of report (with the date). Store report in a fire proof file cabinet, along with each month’s attendance disk. Verified Principal’s Monthly Attendance Report matches data on disk and submits both to the Central Office within three days after 20th day of each reporting period. 17. Notifies parent by mail when student is absent one day. 18. Notifies parent by telephone or in person when student is absent two days. 19. Notifies students and parents to attend Early Warning Truancy Prevention Program when student is absent three days. Provides transportation, if needed. Maintains accurate record of those present and absent from Early Warning Truancy Prevention Program in a Early Truancy Prevention Warning Notebook. 20. Refers student and/or parent to court hearing when student acquires one excused absence after attending Early Warning Truancy Prevention Program. 21. Refers parents to court who have not enrolled their child/children in school, three days after hand delivering Notice of Non-Compliance. 22. Maintains contact with the Alternative Learning Center staff and follows school procedure with students who are absent from the Center. 23. Maintains an accurate record of suspension and records suspension on Alabama State Department of Education. Provides Central Office with the detailed report of the total number of suspensions (number of boys, girls, regular education and special education students). 24. Maintains an accurate record of school drop-outs, including dates and reasons. Submits information to the Central Office as required. 25. Maintains an accurate Crime and Violence Incident Report to be submitted with the ninth month attendance report. 26. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 27. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal/attendance specialist and coordinator of federal programs. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Lunchroom Manager QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma with some experience in food service. Elementary school only - Annual negative tuberculin skin test. Ability to lift, bend, stoop, carry and reach over head. Ability to work with both hands. Capable of working for six hours in a cold or hot or humid kitchen environment. Capable of standing for long periods of time on quarry floors during food preparation. Ability to transfer extremely hot food pans from food preparation equipment to serving area. Ability to disassemble, clean and reassemble food preparation and cleaning equipment. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal/Assistant Superintendent SUPERVISES: Students and such staff members as the Assistant Superintendent and principal may designate. JOB GOAL: To serve as liaison between the Assistant Superintendent and lunchroom staff members by coordinating activities related to the proper function of the lunchroom. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Establishes procedures for maintaining a safe and sanitary school nutrition program. 2. Practices good personal hygiene. 3. Maintains control records of receipts and expenditures, prepares operational and applicable financial records for the Child Nutrition Program. 4. Plan menus and accounts for al meals served through acceptable government rules and regulations. 5. Supervises head cook and cooks at school site. 6. Supervises the preparation of food portions in preparation of serving counters. 7. Utilizes Child Nutrition Program computer and computer and software to assure that there is a proper balance between lunches served, funds collected and free and paid meals. Collects monies for meals. 8. Establishes and maintains effective working relationship with personnel. 1 of 2 Job Description: Lunchroom Manager 9. Files Child Nutrition Program correspondence, cards, invoices, receipts, and other materials. 10. Operates copier machine. 11. Approves and verifies all meal applications before they are submitted to the principal. 12. Supervises the maintenance of cafeteria equipment and supplies. 13. Assumes responsibility for submitting daily bank deposits to the local bank utilized by the school. 14. Supervises the storage of foods. 15. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 16. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal and Assistant Superintendent. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, April 10, 2008 and October 10, 2013 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Head Cook QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. High School education or its equivalency with some experience in food service. Good annual medical check-up; Elementary school only – annual negative tuberculin skin test. Health Certificate indicating no communicable disease present. Ability to lift, bend, stoop, carry and reach over head. Ability to work with both hands. Capable of working for six hours in a cold or hot or humid kitchen environment for food services and foods storage. Capable of standing for long periods of time on quarry floors during food preparation. Ability to transfer extremely hot food pans from food preparation equipment to serving area. Ability to disassemble, clean and reassemble food preparation and cleaning equipment. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Lunchroom Manager/Principal SUPERVISES: Students and such staff members as the lunchroom manager and principal may designate JOB GOAL: To assist the lunchroom manager in the effective operation of the lunchroom. PERFORMANCE RESPONSBILITIES: 1. Assumes the responsibilities and duties of the lunchroom manager in his/her absence/ 2. Cooperates with the lunchroom manager in every way possible to make better relationship among workers. 3. Helps ensure that food is prepared as specified by lunchroom manager. 4. Reads and follows menus. 5. Practices good personal hygiene. 6. Helps maintain a clean, orderly physical environment for food services and food storage. 7. Possesses knowledge of quantative cooking or be willing to attend special training sessions in quantative cooking through regular inservice training programs. 8. Follows food preparation directions and reads labels. 9. Performs basic mathematics. 10. Works cooperatively with others toward a common goal. 11. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 12. Performs other related duties that are required by the lunchroom manager and principal. 1 of 2 Job Description: Head Cook TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 and October 10, 2013 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Cook QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Ability to read and write. Good annual medical check-up; Elementary school only – annual negative tuberculin skin test. Health Certificate indicating no communicable disease present. Ability to lift, bend, stoop, carry and reach over head. Ability to work with both hands. Capable of working for six hours in a cold or hot humid kitchen environment. Capable of standing for long periods of time on quarry floors during food preparation. Ability to transfer extremely hot food pans from food preparation equipment to serving area. Ability to disassemble, clean and reassemble food preparation and cleaning equipment. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Lunchroom Manager/Principal JOB GOAL: To provide each student with food of high nutritious quality in an atmosphere of cleanliness, cheerfulness and personal caring. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Prepares and serves meals as planned on the menu. 2. Practices good personal hygiene. 3. Helps maintain a clean, orderly physical environment for food services and food storage. 4. Possesses knowledge of quantative cooking or be willing to attend special training sessions in quantative cooking through regular inservice training programs. 5. Follows food preparation directions and reads labels. 6. Performs basic mathematics. 7. Works cooperatively with others toward a common goal. 8. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 9. Performs other related duties that are required by the lunchroom manager and principal. 1 of 2 Job Description: Cook TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 and October 10, 2013 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Custodian QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Ability to lift, bend, stoop, walk, carry and reach over head. Ability to work outdoors in a variety of conditions and temperatures. Ability to climb and work from ladders of scaffolds, and moving furniture, textbooks and supplies. Adequate strength and dexterity to perform all tasks including lifting, stooping and bending. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal JOB GOAL: To provide students with a safe, attractive, comfortable, clean and efficient place to learn, play and develop. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Keeps building and grounds, including sidewalks, driveways and play areas, neat and clean at all times. 2. Regulates heat, ventilation, and air conditioning systems to provide temperatures appropriate to the season and to ensure economical usage of fuel, water and electricity, where applicable. 3. Checks daily to ensure that all exit doors are open and all panic bolts are working properly during the hours of building occupancy. 4. Raises the U.S. flag at or before 7:45 a.m. on each school day and lowers it are or after 3:30 p.m. 5. Sweeps classroom daily and dusts furniture as needed. 6. Scrubs, hoses down, disinfects toilet floors daily. 7. Cleans all sanitary fixtures and drinking fountains daily. 8. Washes all windows on both the inside and outside at least twice each year, and more frequently if necessary. 9. Performs such yard keeping chores as grass cutting and tree trimming as necessary, to maintain the school grounds in a safe and attractive condition. 10. Makes minor building repairs. 11. Reports major repairs needed promptly to the principal. 12. Maintains on a regular schedule all motors and other mechanical equipment requiring scheduled servicing. 13. Reports immediately to the principal any damage to school property. 1 of 2 Job Description: Custodian 14. Assumes responsibility for the opening and closing of the building each school day and for determining, before leaving, that all doors and windows are secured, and all lights, except those left on for safety reasons, are turned off. 15. Keeps and inventory of supplies, equipment, and fuel on hand, and requisitions such needed replacements from the principal far enough in advance so that they may be delivered in such time as will not hinder the custodian’s work. 16. Conducts an ongoing program of general maintenance, upkeep and repair. 17. Moves furniture or equipment within buildings as required for various activities and as directed by the principal. 18. Complies with local laws and procedures for the storage and disposal of trash, rubbish and waste. 19. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 20. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine or twelve month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Laborer QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma for applicants over 18 (not applicable to students enrolled at Calhoun High and Central High Schools). Ability to lift, bend, stoop, walk, carry and reach over head. Ability to work outdoors in a variety of conditions and temperatures. Ability to climb and work from ladders of scaffolds, and moving furniture, textbooks and supplies. Adequate strength and dexterity to perform all tasks including lifting, stooping and bending. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Assistant Superintendent/Principal/Shop Foreman or designee JOB GOAL: To provide students with a safe, attractive, comfortable, clean and efficient place to learn, play and develop. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 14. Keeps building and grounds, including sidewalks, driveways and play areas, neat and clean as needed. 15. Raises the U.S. flag at or before 7:45 a.m. on each school day and lowers it are or after 3:30 p.m. 16. Sweeps classroom or offices and dusts furniture as needed. 17. Scrubs, hoses down, disinfects sinks, toilets, urinals, and floors daily. 18. Takes trash to dumpster. 19. Vacuums carpet in offices as needed. 20. Replenishes supplies in restroom, offices, etc. as needed. 21. Cleans all sanitary fixtures and drinking fountains daily. 22. Washes all windows on both the inside and outside as needed. 23. Performs such yard keeping chores as grass cutting, weed eating, cutting hedges, and tree trimming as necessary, to maintain the school grounds in a safe and attractive condition. 24. Paint walls, baseboards, doors, etc. 25. Clean school floors (stripping, mopping, sweeping, waxing, etc.) 26. Count, stamp, and sort books for distribution to school. 27. Load and unload textbooks on van and distribute to schools. 28. Deliver materials to job sites. 29. Reports immediately to the supervisor any damage to school property. 1 of 2 Job Description: Laborer 30. Moves furniture or equipment within buildings as required for various activities and as directed by the supervisor. 31. Complies with local laws and procedures for the storage and disposal of trash, rubbish and waste. 32. Washes interior and exterior of school buses. 33. Repairs school bus seats. 34. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 35. Performs other related duties that are required by the supervisor. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Summer Months. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agreed to by ___________________________ Date: __________________ Date Adopted: May 10, 2012 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Bus Driver QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Valid Alabama Commercial Driver’s License (CDL), with no serious charges against driving record. Must obtain an Alabama School Bus Driver’s License. Successfully completes a physical examination, at his or her own expense, by a licensed physician, at least once every two years. Annual negative tuberculin skin test. Reputation for dependability and judgment. Passes drug test as required by law and Board policy for transporting students and operating student-owned vehicles. Physical dexterity, coordination, mobility and visual acuity to safely operate a school bus. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Director of Student Services/Transportation Foreman JOB GOAL: To provide safe, efficient transportation for the children who ride on the school buses. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Checks the bus daily before leaving on the route to ensure that the bus is clean and in good mechanical condition: brakes, tires, battery, horn, lights, etc. 2. Keeps the rear glass clean and the rear view mirror properly adjusted and in good working condition. 3. Cleans the interior and exterior of the bus whenever necessary. 4. Signals for stopping ample time before stops are made: turn signals, stop signs, etc. 5. Does not use emergency door except in cases of an emergency and never to load and unload children. 6. Knows students by name and assigns seat to each student and requires students to use the seat assigned, unless permission is given otherwise. 7. Does not allow students to extend heads, hands, or arms out the windows when school bus is in motion or at a stop. 8. Sees that the students unload in orderly fashion and cross in front of the bus. 9. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 10. Attends monthly bus driver’s meeting. 11. Submits monthly route, pre-trip Inspection Record and Fuel Log at the end of each 20day cycle. 1 of 2 Job Description: Bus Driver 12. Submits all other paperwork as required by federal, state and local laws or policies. 13. Performs other related duties that are required by the Director of Student Services. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 28, 2001 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, May 3, 2004, April 10, 2008, January 10, 2013 and October 10, 2013 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Courier/Bus Driver QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Valid Alabama Commercial Driver’s License (CDL), with no serious charges against driving record. Must obtain/maintain Alabama School Bus Driver’s License. Good physical condition. Reputation for dependability and judgment. Passes drug test as required by law and Board policy for transporting students and operating student-owned vehicles. Physical dexterity, coordination, mobility and visual acuity to safely operate a school bus. Ability to work independently with little or no supervision. Ability to drive daily on established routes and follow established laws and safe driving procedures and practices. Excellent oral communications skills for the purposes of conveying information and instructing others while maintaining a strong customer service focus. Display professional business attitude with a pleasant demeanor while working in a customer service oriented organization. Ability to embrace change and to work in an organization that values customer service. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Assistant Superintendent/Director of Student Services/Transportation Foreman JOB GOAL: To provide safe, efficient transportation for the children who ride on the school buses. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Checks the bus daily before leaving on the route to ensure that the bus is clean and in good mechanical condition: brakes, tires, battery, horn, lights, etc. 2. Keeps the rear glass clean and the rear view mirror properly adjusted and in good working condition. 3. Cleans the interior and exterior of the bus whenever necessary. 4. Signals for stopping ample time before stops are made: turn signals, stop signs, etc. 5. Does not use emergency door except in cases of an emergency and never to load and unload children. 6. Knows students by name and assigns seat to each student and requires students to use the seat assigned, unless permission is given otherwise. 7. Does not allow students to extend heads, hands, or arms out the windows when school bus is in motion or at a stop. 8. Sees that the students unload in orderly fashion and cross in front of the bus. 9. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics and leadership. 1 of 2 Job Description: Courier/Bus Driver 10. Attends monthly bus driver’s meeting. 11. Submits monthly route, pre-trip Inspection Record and Fuel Log at the end of each 20day cycle. 12. Drives, loads, and unloads van weighing less than 16,000 pounds gross vehicle weight. 13. Drives a scheduled pickup and delivery route on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays. 14. Picks up maintenance/transportation parts from vendors in the Montgomery Regional area on Tuesdays and Thursdays. 15. Obeys traffic laws, and follow established traffic and transportation procedures. 16. Reads maps, follows oral, and written and verbal geographic directions. 17. Inspects van and van equipment, such as mirrors, lights, gas gauge, temperature gauge, tires, turn signals, and brakes in order to ensure that vehicles are in proper working condition. 18. Ensures that van has adequate gasoline. 19. Ensures that van is cleaned and is routinely washed. 20. Reports any mechanical problems encountered with vehicle. 21. Reports delays, accidents, or other traffic/transportation situations. 22. Performs the delivery tasks and pick-up of customer material in a polite, resourceful and professional manner. 23. Loads and unloads a delivery van through a variety of mechanisms. 24. Ensures documents are delivered and entered accurately. 25. Performs mailroom duties. 26. Coordinates of incoming and outgoing mail. 27. Communicates with main office through a mobile device. 28. Provides basic customer service by giving required information. 29. Maintains delivery records. 30. Submits required paperwork (i.e. purchase orders, invoices, etc) to Purchasing Agent. 31. Submits all other paperwork as required by federal, state and local laws or policies. 32. Performs other related duties that are required by the Director of Student Services and Transportation Foreman. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year (187 days). Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: November 13, 2014 Date Amended: February 11, 2016 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Bus Aide QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. Any combination of education and experience equivalent to a high school diploma. Good public relations skills. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Director of Student Services/Transportation Foreman JOB GOAL: To assist in providing safe transportation so that students may enjoy the fullest possible advantage from the district’s curriculum and extracurricular program. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Assists the bus driver in maintaining good student conduct on the bus. 2. Assists young or disabled students in getting on and off the bus. 3. Assures that students get on and off the bus in an orderly manner. 4. Provides written records of violations of the student code to the assigned bus driver. 5. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 6. Performs other related duties that are required by the Director of Student Services/ Transportation Foreman. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date Adopted: June 9, 2005 Dates Amended: April 10, 2008, and February 11, 2016 Date: __________________ JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: School Resource Officer QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Three years of satisfactory employment experience, one of which must have been in security, youth relations or related work. Experience in law enforcement highly desirable. Good public relations skills. Must have valid Alabama Driver’s License. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal JOB GOAL: To help provide for and ensure the security and protection of all students, staff and property. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Patrols district buildings and grounds to prevent fire, theft, vandalism and illegal entry. 2. Conducts patrol inspection of doors, windows and gates to determine that they are secure. 3. Confronts unauthorized persons for questioning, routes or detains them. Calls law enforcement for assistance, according to emergency action plan. 4. Assists in directing vehicular traffic and parking. Reports violations. 5. Sounds fire signal to alert fire department and school personnel in event of fire and assists in extinguishing fire. 6. Reports to principal any unusual conditions or malfunctioning of heating, plumbing or electrical systems. 7. Patrols school grounds to detect unauthorized persons or vehicles; to check cars for parking authorization; to determine if vehicles are parked in restricted areas, such as near fire hydrants or in driveways; and to check exterior lighting and emergency access routes. 8. Assists in the investigation of incidents. 9. Makes written reports of security violations. 10. Engages in personal professional growth and demonstrates professional ethics. 11. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. 1 of 2 Job Description: School Resource Officer EVALUATION: Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: __________________ Date Adopted: June 9, 2005 2 of 2 JOB DESCRIPTION TITLE: Substitute Teacher QUALIFICATIONS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. High school diploma. Must obtain an Alabama Substitute Teacher’s Certificate. Must complete school district sponsored training session. Physical and emotional ability and dexterity to perform required work and move about as needed. Such alternatives to the above qualifications as the Board may find appropriate and acceptable. REPORTS TO: Principal SUPERVISES: Students JOB GOAL: To enable each child to pursue his or her education as smoothly and completely as possible in the absence of the regular teacher. PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Reports to the building principal or school secretary upon arrival at the school building. 2. Reviews with the principal or designee all plans and schedules to be followed during the teaching day. 3. Maintains as fully as possible the established routines and procedures of the school and classroom to which assigned. 4. Teaches the lesson outlined by the absent teacher. 5. Consults as appropriate with the building principal or designee before initiating any teaching or other procedures not previously outlined by the principal. 6. Assumes responsibility for overseeing pupil behavior in class and during lunch and recess periods. 7. Reports in writing, on the form provided by the school secretary, on the day’s activities at the conclusion of each teaching day. 8. Follows all policies, rules and procedures to which regular teachers are subject and which good teaching practice dictates. 9. Performs other related duties that are required by the principal. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT: EVALUATION: Nine month year. Salary to be established by the Board. Performance of this job will be evaluated annually in accordance with provisions of the Board’s policy on Evaluation of Professional Personnel. 1 of 2 Job Description: Substitute Teacher Approved by Lowndes County Board of Education Date: ___________________ Reviewed and agree to by ___________________________ (Incumbent) Date: ___________________ Date Adopted: May 3, 2004 2 of 2 FILE: GC EVALUATION OF PERSONNEL Certified Personnel The board will use the state EDUCATEAlabama for the evaluation of all certified teachers and LEADAlabama for the evaluation of all certified administrators as required by the state. The Superintendent will develop a plan for implementation of the evaluation program consistent with state guidelines. An employee may not appeal the evaluation results but may request a review of the evaluation process if he or she believes the process has not been implemented according to state and local implementation plans. The employee must follow the review and appeal process outlined in the state plan. Support Personnel The evaluation of support personnel shall be the responsibility of the employee’s immediate supervisor. Evaluation of support personnel should be carried out by the School District in a systematic, uniform and honest manner. In order to ensure and promote the welfare of support personnel, the evaluation of said personnel shall always encompass the provisions that follow. 1. Evaluation for re-employment purposes shall be completed after not less than two (2) work area visitations and conferences by the evaluator for all probationary employees. Evaluations shall be completed after not less than one (1) work area visitation and conference by the evaluator for all non-probationary employees. 2. The evaluator shall reduce the findings of each visitation to writing and transmit a copy to the employee not more than five (5) school days following each visitation. Said findings shall be written on Board approved forms that outline a set of predetermined evaluation criteria. Employees will acknowledge having reviewed the evaluation summary signature. Said personnel shall always retain the right to disagree with the evaluation. In such cases, said personnel shall request the Superintendent to appoint an evaluator in addition to said employee’s immediate supervisor. 1 of 2 FILE: GC 3. When, in the opinion of the evaluator, the employee needs to improve certain skills required in his/her work, the evaluator and employee shall cooperatively develop a plan through which such skills might be acquired. 4. Every effort shall be made by the School District to provide meaningful job improvement opportunities for said personnel. Specialists and supervisors shall be made to work with employees needing and desiring their services. 5. However, when attempts to assist employees through the cooperatively developed skill improvement plan have failed, the best interest of the School District must be considered. 6. Evaluation findings shall be placed in the employee’s personnel record/file. If the employee disagrees with the findings, this shall be entered into his/her record/file along with any comments from other evaluation results. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8; 16-9-2; 16-12-1; 16-11-9, 36-26-101 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: February 18, 1993, January 10, 2002, January 14, 2010, and October 10, 2013 2 of 2 FILE: GD GRIEVANCES It is the policy of the Board to reduce, as much as possible, the potential area of grievances; to assure each employee the opportunity for an orderly presentation and review of grievances; to establish and maintain appropriate channels of communication between the staff and administration; and to resolve each grievance at the most immediate level of administration. It shall be understood that the Board is the final authority in all matters pertaining to grievances unless an employee should desire to redress through the courts or utilize appeal procedures as established by Law. With the ultimate objectives of serving the educational welfare of children, the following grievance procedure is designed to accomplish an equitable and expeditious resolution of grievances. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-13, 16-11-9, 16-12-3(c); Pickering v. Board of Education, 88 S. Ct. 1731 (1968); Givhan v. Western Line Consolidated School 99 S. Ct. (1979); Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: February 18, 1993 and January 10, 2002 FILE: GDA GRIEVANCES (Procedure) Section I – Purpose The purpose of this procedure is to provide an orderly and systematic method whereby the Board and its employees can resolve differences that might develop between them in an equitable and expeditious manner. Section II – Definitions a. Grievance - Grievance shall mean a claim submitted by an employee of a violation, misinterpretation or inequitable application of Board policy, rules and regulations, existing laws, or administrative procedures. b. Grievant - Grievant shall mean any employee hired by the Board to perform services, either on a full or part-time basis, or the Association filing a grievance. Any persons involved in the processing of a grievance. c. Immediate Supervisor – Immediate supervisor is that employee possessing that degree of administrative authority next in rank above any grievant. d. Day – Days shall mean working days exclusive of Saturday, Sunday, or official Holidays, as established by the school calendar or work schedule. e. Parties in Interest – Any persons involved in the processing of the grievance. Section II – Informal Procedure Hopefully, most grievances can be resolved informally and at the most immediate administrative level. With this objective in mind, simple, honest, and straightforward communication is encouraged between the employee and the immediate supervisor. An employee who feels he/she has a grievance should present the matter orally to the immediate supervisor. The grievant, the grievant’s representative (if he/she chooses one) and the immediate supervisor shall be present for the meeting. If the grievant feels the grievance is resolved at that meeting, or if no further action is needed, the matter is considered closed. If the grievant feels his/her grievance has not been resolved, he/she may resort to the formal procedure. 1of 5 FILE: GDA Section IV – Formal Procedure In order to resolve grievances in the most appropriate fashion and in the shortest period of time possible, each grievance should start at the most immediate level of administration (level one in most cases) and progress to the next level until the matter is resolved. If level one or two does not apply to a particular grievant, that level should be omitted from the process. All grievances submitted to the formal procedure must be filed within thirty (30) days after they have occurred or the fact of such occurrence should have been known to the grievant. The grievant, the grievant’s representative (if he/she chooses one) and the proper supervisor shall be present for any meeting pertaining to the formal grievance procedure. All decisions rendered at each level shall be set forth in writing and promptly transmitted to all parties in interest, if the time limits are not met, the grievant shall have the right to appeal the grievance to the next level of the procedure. All meetings and hearings shall be public or private at the option of the grievant at a specified time that does not interfere with the employee’s workday or the normal operation of the schools. Scheduled meetings or hearings can be changed with mutual consent of the parties in interest. All records of meetings and hearings shall be maintained in strict confidence. Level One – Immediate Supervisor If the grievance is not resolved at the informal level, the grievant may file the grievance with the immediate supervisor. The immediate supervisor shall set a time mutually convenient for the parties in interest to discuss the grievance within five (5) days of his/her receipt of the grievance. Within three (3) days after the discussion, the immediate supervisor shall notify the parties in 2 of 5 FILE: GDA interest of his/her decision together with the reason(s) for his/her decision. If the immediate supervisor at level one cannot resolve the grievance, the grievant may appeal to the next level. Level Two – Superintendent Within three (3) days after receipt of the decision at level one, the grievant may appeal to the Superintendent. The Superintendent or his/her designee shall set a time mutually convenient for the parties in interest to discuss the grievance within five (5) days from his/her receipt of the appeal. Within five (5) days after the discussion, the Superintendent shall notify the parties in interest of his/her decision together with the reason(s) for the decision. Level Three – Board of Education Within ten (10) days after receipt of the decision at level two, the grievant may appeal to the Board. The Board shall conduct a hearing that may be open or closed session as requested by the grievant and all parties in interest shall be permitted to attend. All hearings and appeals shall be conducted according to the following procedures: 1. The grievant shall file a written request with the Superintendent for a hearing before the Board. The request shall contain a detailed description of the grievances as well as previous action or inaction relative to the grievance. 2. Within fifteen (15) days following the receipt of the written request, the Board shall set a time, date and place for the hearing. All parties in interest shall be given written notice of the time, date and place for the hearing. After written notice is given, the time, date and place can be changed only by mutual consent of the Board and the grievant. 3 of 5 FILE: GDA 3. All parties shall have the right to representation and/or legal counsel, to present witnesses and documentary evidence and to cross-examine witnesses offered by the other parties. 4. All parties shall be given the opportunity to present oral arguments and written briefs within reasonable time limits (30) minutes. All such arguments and briefs shall be made available to the opposing parties. 5. The Board shall reach a decision concerning the grievance within ten (10) days after the hearing and shall notify all parties in interest within two (2) days of the decision. Section V – Miscellaneous 1. No reprisals of any kind shall be taken against any person because of his/her participation in the grievance procedure in accordance with the terms of this article. 2. All records dealing with the processing of grievances shall be filed separately from the personnel file of the participants. 3. A grievance may be withdrawn at any time at any level; however, once withdrawn it may not be refilled by the same employee. 4. Failure of the grievant to appeal from one level to the next within the allotted time shall be deemed acceptance of the decision at that level. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA Grievance) The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”) provides that “no qualified individual with a disability shall, by reason of such disability, be excluded from participation in or be denied the benefits of the services, programs, or activities of a public entity, or be subjected to discrimination by any such entity.” Implementing regulations require public entities with 50 or more employees to designate an ADA specialist to oversee compliance with the ADA and to adopt procedures providing prompt and equitable resolution of complaints. 4 of 5 FILE: GDA The ADA specialist shall be responsible for coordinating the Board’s effort to comply with and carry out its responsibilities under the ADA, including any investigation of complaints communicated to the ADA specialist. Any student, employee, applicant for employment, or patron of the Board who believes they have been discriminated against on the basis of disability in violation of the ADA, may file a written complaint with the Board. The complaint must contain the name and address of the person filing the complaint and a description of the alleged violation. The complaint should be filed within 10 working days of the alleged violation. The ADA specialist will conduct an investigation into the alleged violation and mail a written response to the allegation after receipt of the written complaint. A complaint not satisfied with the ADA specialist’s response may appeal to the Superintendent within 10 working days of receipt of the response. A complaint not satisfied with the Superintendent’s response may appeal to the Board within 10 working days of receipt of the response. The appeal must be in writing and state with particularly the portions of the response with which the complaint disagrees. The Board shall consider the appeal at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Board and shall notify the complaint in writing of its decision after the Board meeting at which the appeal is considered. The ADA specialist shall maintain all files and records of the Board relating to complaints filed pursuant to this policy. Ref: American with Disabilities Act, 1990 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: February 18, 1993 and January 10, 2002 5 of 5 FILE: GE CONFLICT OF INTEREST Employees shall not engage in any other employment or in any private business during the hours required to fulfill assigned educational duties. Assemblies, school classes, materials and equipment shall not be used for partisan political purposes. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-9-13, 16-9-34, 36-25-1(9), 36-25-2(a), (b), (d), 36-25-5(a), 36-25-6, 36-25-8, 16-11-9, 16-12-3(a), 16-12-15, 16-24-8. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 12, 2002 FILE: GF HEALTH EXAMINATIONS The Board, in accordance with state statutes, shall not employ teachers, janitors, food handlers, or bus drivers and other persons having direct contact with pupils, including aides, who have tuberculosis in an infectious stage. The Board shall require an examination of all employees of the Board. The types and frequency of tests required shall be as set out by rules of the state Board of Health. The county health department shall make such examinations, or a prospective employee may be examined at his own expense by any other duly licensed doctor of medicine of his own choosing. If the result of such examination indicated the presence of tuberculosis in an infectious state, the person seeking employment shall be deemed temporarily ineligible for appointment and will remain so ineligible until satisfactory proof of non-infectiousness is furnished. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 12, 2002 FILE: GFA COMMUNICABLE DISEASES Health All principals and teachers shall cooperate with the Superintendent and with the county health department in carrying out laws and regulations designed to protect and promote the health, safety, and general welfare of school children. Communicable/Infectious Diseases or Conditions Students and/or employees in the School District, including children wishing to enroll in the District, who have communicable diseases will be dealt with on an individual basis. It is the desire of the Board to protect any student and/or employee who has a disease or handicapping condition whether it be communicable or not, while at the same time, protecting all other students and employees in the School District. Administrators or supervisors will report all cases of confirmed or suspected communicable diseases, changes in behavior patterns or physical appearance that represent a severe health threat to the Office of Superintendent so that efforts in this matter can be coordinated with the local health department or other professionals as needed. If an employee or student who is remaining in school loses the ability to control personal hygiene, the Superintendent or his/her designee will immediately evaluate the situation to determine appropriate action for that person’s welfare as well as the welfare of all other students and employees. 1 of 6 FILE: GFA HIV Infection and Bloodborne Pathogens The Lowndes County School District shall strive to protect the safety and health of children and youth in our care, as well as their families, or employees, and the general public. Staff members shall cooperate with public health authorities to promote these goals. School Attendance A student with HIV infection has the same right to attend school and receive services as any other student, and will be subject to the same rules and policies. HIV infection shall not factor into decisions concerning class assignments, privileges, or participation in any schoolsponsored activity. School authorities will determine the educational placement of a student known to be infected with HIV on a case-by-case basis by following established policies and procedures for students with chronic health problems or students with disabilities. Decision makers must consult with the student’s physician and parent or guardian; respect the student’s and family’s privacy rights; and reassess the placement if there is a change in the student’s need for accommodations or services. School staff members will always strive to maintain a respectful school climate and not allow physical or verbal harassment of any individual or group by another individual or group. This includes taunts directed against a person living with HIV infection, a person perceived as having HIV infection or a person associated with someone with HIV infection. 2 of 6 FILE: GFA Employment The Lowndes County Public School System does not discriminate on the basis of HIV infection or association with another person with HIV infection, in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. An employee with HIV infection is welcome to continue working as long as he or she is able to perform the essential functions of the position, with reasonable accommodation if necessary. Privacy Pupils or staff members are not required to disclose HIV infection status to anyone in the education system. HIV antibody testing is not required for any purpose. Every employee has a duty to treat as highly confidential any knowledge or speculation concerning the HIV status of a student or other staff member. Violation of medical privacy is cause for disciplinary action, criminal prosecution, and/or personal liability for civil suit. No information regarding a person’s HIV status will be divulged to any individual or organization without court order or the informed, written, signed and dates consent of the person with HIV infection (or the parent or guardian of a legal minor). The written consent must specify the name of the recipient of the information and the purpose for disclosure. All health records, notes, and other documents that reference a person’s HIV status will be kept under lock and key. Access to these confidential records is limited to those named in written permission from the person (or parent or guardian) and to emergency medical personnel. Information regarding HIV status will not be added to a student’s permanent educational or health record without written consent. 3 of 6 FILE: GFA Infection Control All employees are required to consistently follow infection control guidelines in all settings and at all times, including playgrounds and school buses. School will operate according to the standards promulgated by the U.S. Occupational Health and Safety Administration for the prevention of blood-borne infections. Equipment and supplies needed to apply the infection control guidelines will be maintained and kept reasonably accessible. The School Nurse shall implement the precautions and investigate, correct, and report on instances of lapse. A school staff member is expected to alert a person responsible for health and safety if a student’s health condition or behavior presents a reasonable risk of transmitting any infection. If a situation occurs at school in which a person might have been exposed to an infectious agent such as an instance of blood-to-blood contact, school authorities shall counsel that person (or, if a minor, alert a parent or guardian) to seek appropriate medical evaluation. HIV and Athletics The privilege of participating in physical education classes, athletic programs, competitive sports, and recess is not conditional of a person’s HIV status. School authorities will make reasonable accommodations to allow students living with HIV infection to participate in school-sponsored physical activities. All employees must consistently adhere to infection control guidelines in locker rooms and all play and athletic settings. Rulebooks will reflect these guidelines. First aid kits must be on hand at every athletic event. 4 of 6 FILE: GFA All physical education teachers and athletic programs staff will complete an approved first aid and injury prevention course that includes implementation of infection control guidelines. Student orientation about safety on the playing field will include guidelines for avoiding HIV infection. HIV Prevention Education The goals of HIV prevention education are to promote healthful living and discourage the behaviors that put people at risk of acquiring HIV. The educational program will:              be taught at every level, Kindergarten through grade twelve; use methods demonstrated by sound research to be effective; be consistent with community standards; follow content guidelines prepared by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC); be appropriate to students’ developmental levels, behaviors, and cultural backgrounds; build knowledge and skills from year to year stress the benefits of abstinence from sexual activity, alcohol, and other drug use; include accurate information on reducing risk of HIV infection; address students’ own concerns; include means for evaluation; be an integral part of a coordinated school health program be taught by well-prepared instructors with adequate support; and involve parents and families as partners in education. Parents and guardians have the right to preview all HIV prevention curricula and materials. School staff members shall assist parents or guardians who ask for help in discussing HIV infection with their children. If a parent or guarding submits a written request to a Principal that a child not receive instruction in specific HIV prevention topics at school, and assures that the topics will be discussed at home or elsewhere, the child shall be excused without penalty. 5 of 6 FILE: GFA The education system will endeavor to cooperate with HIV prevention efforts in the community that address out-of-school youth and youth in situations that put them at high risk of acquiring HIV. Related Services Students will have access to voluntary, confidential, age and developmentally appropriate counseling bout matters related to HIV infection. School Administrators will maintain confidential linkage and referral mechanisms to facilitate voluntary student access to appropriate HIV counseling and testing programs, and to other HIV-related services as needed. Public information about resources in the community will be kept available for voluntary student use. Staff Development All schools staff members will participate in a planned HIV education program that conveys factual and current information; provides guidance on infection control procedures; informs about current law and state, district, and school policies concerning HIV; assists staff to maintain productive parent community relations; and includes annual review sessions. Certain employees will also receive additional specialized training as appropriate to their positions and responsibilities. General Provisions On an annual basis, school administrators will notify students, their family members, and school personnel about current policies concerning HIV infection, and provide convenient opportunities to discuss them. Information will be provided in major primary languages of students’ families. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 and March 13, 2003 6 of 6 FILE: GG LEAVES FOR PERSONNEL The following types of leaves for personnel are included in this policy manual: 1. Personal Leave 2. Sick Leave 3. Sick Leave Bank 4. Family Medical Leave Act (FMLA) 5. Legal Absences Leave 6. Maternity Leave 7. Military Leave 8. On-the-job Injury Leave 9. Vacation for Twelve-month Personnel 10. Professional Leave 11. Leave of Absence for Certified Personnel 12. Compensatory Leave Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Date Amended: May 3, 2004 FILE: GGA PERSONAL LEAVE Each employee shall be entitled to two (2) days of non-cumulative paid personal leave annually, to be granted upon the request of the employee. The following provisions shall apply: 1. It is suggested that personal leave days not be taken during the first or last two (2) weeks of school, or immediately before or after a holiday unless special permission is granted by the principal/supervisor with the approval of the Superintendent. 2. The first two (2) personal leave days granted will be paid by the Board. The Board (upon written request of the employee to the Superintendent) may grant three (3) additional days with a salary deduction at the rate of one(1) day’s substitute pay for each day. 3. Employees must notify the principal/supervisor at least one day prior to taking personal leave, although it is recognized that advance notification may not always be possible. 4. The paid personal leave days may be taken during any month of the school term. An employee who serves only one semester/term with pay shall be entitled to only one (1) day of personal leave, while the additional one (1) day of personal leave would be available to the person replacing the employee. 5. The employee may choose to convert personal leave to sick leave days at the end of the school year. Only those unused or reimbursed personal leave days that are funded by the state or the Board shall be eligible for conversion to sick leave days. Notification to convert the unused days to sick leave must be made on the form provided by the principal/supervisor. 6. No employee shall be required to divulge his/her reasons for requesting personal leave. 7. Certified personnel must take personal leave in one-half or one day increments. Support personnel must take personal leave in one hour, one-half or one day increments. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-26. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: September 9, 1993, January 10, 2002, May 3, 2004 and December 14, 2006 FILE: GGB SICK LEAVE Sick leave is defined as the absence from regular duty by an employee because of the following: 1. Personal illness; 2. Bodily injury which incapacitates the employee; 3. Death in the immediate family of the employee (husband, wife, father, mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, nephew, niece, granddaughter, grandson, grandfather, grandmother, uncle and aunt); 4. Where unusual strong personal ties exist because of an employee’s having been supported or educated by a person of some relationship other than those listed, this responsibility may be recognized for leave purposes. In such cases the employee shall file with the Board a written statement of the circumstances which justify an exception to the general rule; 5. Attendance to an ill member of the immediate family (husband, wife, father, mother, son, daughter, brother, sister) of the employee or a person standing in loco parentis; In no cases shall sick leave be used until it has been earned, except as may otherwise be provided by policies governing sick leave banks. An employee shall earn one (1) sick leave day per month of employment. An employee shall be allowed to accumulate an unlimited number of sick leave days. Upon proper verification of the previous employing Board, personnel employed by the Board may transfer sick leave from another Alabama school district. Employees may convert accumulated sick leave to creditable months of service upon service retirement. 1 of 2 FILE: GGB Employees must notify the principal/supervisor at least one day prior to taking sick leave, although it is recognized that advance notification may not always be possible. Certified personnel must take sick leave in one-half or one day increments. Support personnel must take sick leave in one hour, one-half or one day increments. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-18.1, Act 2001-671. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: December 15, 1994, February 13, 1997, January 10, 2002, May 3, 2004 and December 14, 2006 2 of 2 FILE: GGBA SICK LEAVE BANK Statement of Intent The purpose of the Sick Leave Bank, hereafter referred to as the SLB, is to provide sick leave to depositors of the bank after they have exhausted their accumulated sick leave and, more specifically, to provide such leave from the bank in cases of catastrophic illnesses. Establishment The Board, upon request of ten (10) percent of its full-time employees, shall establish a Sick Leave Bank. Definitions A. Sick leave shall be defined by the State Board of Education. B. A member is any employee of the Lowndes County Board of Education who has made a deposit to the SLB as prescribed by the SLB Committee. C. The cost of a sick leave day (for purposes of repaying leave) shall be figured at the prevailing daily salary rate for the employee concerned. D. The principal or supervisor shall be the person responsible for certifying the employee’s payroll. SLB Committee The SLB Committee shall consist of five (5) employees, one (1) representing the Board and four (4) representing the participating members of the SLB. At the beginning of each scholastic year, an election shall be held among the SLB members to determine by secret ballot the four (4) members to serve on the SLB Committee. The term of office shall be one (1) year. The Superintendent shall be responsible for conducting the election in a fair and equitable manner, ensuring the confidentiality of the secret balloting process. The Superintendent shall also appoint the Board’s representative on the SLB Committee, subject to the approval of the Board. SLB Committee Duties It shall be the exclusive responsibility of the SLB Committee to write the guidelines and administrative procedures of the SLB, including the catastrophic leave provisions. It shall also be the SLB Committee’s duty to develop all necessary forms for the orderly operation and administration of the SLB. To ensure the orderly transfer and acceptance of catastrophic sick leave days from one SLB to another, the State Board of Education shall provide a uniform state form. 1 of 3 FILE: GGBA Guidelines Guidelines shall be developed by the SLB Committee of the operation of the SLB. The guidelines shall be approved by a secret ballot vote of participating SLB members. The accounting of the SLB shall be the responsibility of the Board. Each SLB’s guidelines shall include the following regulations: 1. No employee shall be allowed to owe more than 15 days to the SLB, unless over fifty (50) percent of the SLB members vote to extend the limit. 2. Appropriate administrative forms for administering the SLB shall be developed by the SLB Committee. 3. Sick leave days shall be repaid to the SLB monthly as re-earned by the member. Upon the resignation or termination of an employee who has an outstanding loan of sick leave days, the value of the loan shall be deducted from the final paycheck at the employee’s prevailing rate of pay. 4. Employee membership in the SLB shall be voluntary. 5. The SLB Committee shall investigate any alleged abuse of the use of the SLB. On the finding of wrongdoing, the member shall repay all of the sick leave credits drawn from the SLB and be subject to other appropriate disciplinary action as determined by the Board. 6. Upon retirement or transfer of the SLB member, days on deposit with the SLB shall be withdrawn and transferred with the employee or made accessible for retirement credit, as applicable. 7. Before being eligible to use catastrophic sick leave days, the SLB member shall first borrow and utilize days from the SLB, up to a maximum of fifteen (15) days. However, if the member later qualifies for catastrophic sick leave, donated catastrophic sick leave days may be used to repay days owed to the SLB to the credit of the affected member. 8. At the beginning of the scholastic year, or upon employment of a new employee, as the case may be, the appropriate number of sick leave days shall, upon application of the employee does not have the minimum number of sick leave days to enable him/her to join. The SLB Committee shall develop in its guidelines a provision whether or not to allow other employees who have previously failed or refused to join the SLB the option to join upon the prerequisite number of sick leave days. Any policy developed by the SLB Committee shall be uniformly applied to all members. 9. Employees, at their discretion, may donate a specific number of says to the SLB to be designated for a specific employee for use against a catastrophic illness. A catastrophic illness, injury or pregnancy or medial condition related to childbirth, certified by a licenses physician which causes the employee to be absent from work for an extended period of time. A donating employee shall not be required to donate a minimum number of catastrophic days to the SLB. The recipient employee may use catastrophic sick leave days for himself/herself 2 of 3 FILE: GGBA or other covered persons as provided in the Code of Alabama, Section 16-1-18.1. Before sick leave days for a catastrophic illness may be used by a recipient employee, the recipient employee shall first exhausted all sick and personal leave. Donated days shall become available for use by the particular employee who shall not be required to repay the days. Any employee who donates sick leave days to the SLB for a particular employee suffering from a catastrophic illness shall be clearly informed that the donated days are not to be recovered or returned to the donor. If a particular employee does not require all of the days donated to the credit of the employee, the days shall revert to the credit of those employees who donated the days in accordance with the guidelines adopted by the SLB Committee. No employee may donate more than thirty (30) sick leave days, to the SLB for the catastrophic sick leave of any one employee. A SLB is authorized to donate sick leave days to another SLB for use by an employee who is suffering a catastrophic illness. An employee must be a member of the SLB to donate or receive catastrophic sick leave days. Ref: Ala. Code 16-22-9. Date Adopted: December 15, 1994 Dates Amended: January 15, 1994 and January 10, 2002 3 of 3 FILE: GGC FAMILY MEDICAL LEAVE ACT (FMLA) The Board complies with the federal Family Medical Leave Act. The Act applies to all board employees who have been employed by the Board for at least 12 months and who worked for at least 1,250 hours during that 12-month period. Under the Act, an eligible employee is entitled to 12 weeks of unpaid leave during a 12-month period for the following reasons: 1. The birth and first-year care of a child. 2. The adoption or foster placement of a child. 3. The care of “serious health condition.” The Board may allow or require that paid leave be taken before granting unpaid leave. Unpaid leave granted in compliance with the Act, when combined with paid leave available to an employee, shall not exceed a combined total of 12 weeks. In the instance of birth, adoption and foster placement, the entitlement to leave for childcare expires at the end of the 12-month period beginning on the date of birth or placement. Entitlement for leave associated with illness of a child occurs only where the child is under 18 years of age or incapable of self-care due to mental or physical disability. In cases where the Board employs both spouses, the combined amount of leave for childbirth, adoption, and foster placement or to care for a sick parent is limited to 12 weeks. Ref: Family Medical Leave Act (P.L. 103-3) Date Adopted: September 9, 1993 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GGD LEGAL SERVICE ABSENCES Jury Service Employees shall be excused without loss of pay for jury service. Employees must notify the principal/supervisor immediately upon receipt of subpoena for service. Employees must present a copy of the subpoena to the principal/supervisor. Employees are expected to return to work when released from jury service. Court Appearance Employees may be excused without loss of pay for serving as a witness under subpoena in a court of law. Employees must notify the principal/supervisor immediately upon receipt of subpoena for service. Employees must present a copy of the subpoena to the principal/supervisor. Employees required to attend court as a result of criminal or disorderly acts, being a party (plaintiff or defendant) in a case, employment outside of the school district or holding a public office or position may be exempted from consideration under this policy. Election Duty Employees may be excused without loss of pay for serving as an election official under subpoena from election officers. Employees must notify the principal supervisor immediately upon receipt of subpoena for service. Employees required to serve as a result of employment outside of the school district or holding a public office or position may be exempted from consideration under school district or holding a public office or position may be exempted from consideration under this policy. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, May 3, 2004 and April 10, 2008 FILE: GGE MATERNITY LEAVE An employee of the School District shall be eligible for maternity leave in accordance with the following procedures: 1. Maternity leave shall be without pay, except that accumulated sick leave days may be utilized for illnesses associated with pregnancy, and/or when the attending physician notifies the Board that the employee in no longer able to perform assigned duties. 2. Maternity leave shall not extend over a period of time exceeding 12 calendar months. 3. Maternity leave shall become effective under ordinary circumstances, when, a. the employed requests and has such leave approved by the Board, and b. the attending physician notifies the Board that it is in the best interest of the employee to take such leave. 4. Maternity leave ends, under ordinary circumstances, when, a. the employee requests to return to work, and/or b. when the attending physician states that the employee is able to resume normal duties. 5. Maternity leave shall not be counted as experience in the determination of placement on the salary schedule, except that, an employee who has served at least 90 days during that school year shall be placed on the salary schedule on the step she would have reached had she completed the full year. 6. An employee upon returning from maternity leave shall be restored to her/his former position. She/He shall maintain her/his tenure/non-probationary status and all accruable benefits. Ref: Ala. Code, 16-8-25; Board of LaFleur, 414 U.S. 632; Scott v. Opelika City Schools, 63 F.R.D. 144; Bravo v. Chicago Board of Education, 345 F. Supp. 501. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GGF MILITARY LEAVE General Policy All employees are entitled to military leave of absences when ordered to active duty for training as members of the Alabama National Guard or any component of the U.S. Armed Forces. Employees who volunteer, are drafted, or are ordered to extended active duty with any component of the U.S. Armed forces, shall be entitled to reinstatement to their former positions or comparable positions. Military Leave for Training or Short Term Duty Employees who are required to attend annual summer training or special active duty for training shall not suffer any loss of salary during the first twenty-one (21) days of such absence in any fiscal year. Employees must notify the principal/supervisor immediately upon receipts of orders for service. Employees who are ordered for such duty shall provide a copy of the orders with an original letter from the commanding officer or designee to the Superintendent. Such leave will be without loss of benefits. Such arrangements shall apply to “military call-ups”. Reinstatement to Positions after Extended Duty Employees who volunteer, are drafted, or all called to active duty for extended periods, will be placed on “Military Leave Absence” upon written application of such employees and be entitled to reinstatement to their former or comparable positions upon return under the conditions that follow: 1. They must have not remained on active duty beyond their first opportunity for honorable release; and 1 of 2 FILE: GGF 2. They must report to claim reimbursement within ninety (90) days after completion of such service {31 days in case of individuals who undergo only six (6) months training or less}. Ref: Ala. Code 16-24-13, 31-2-13. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, May 3, 2004, and November 13, 2014 2 of 2 FILE: GGG ON-THE-JOB INJURY LEAVE Any accident or injury to the employee occurring during the performance of duties or when directed or requested by the employer to be on the property of the employer which prevents the employee from working or returning to his/her job is an on-the-job injury. The following regulations, procedures and rights are established pertaining to employees who are injured on the job: 1. The employee must provide notice of the injury to the Superintendent and principal/immediate supervisor within twenty-four (24) hours of the accident. The injured employee or another person may make the notice. 2. The employer may require medical certification from the employee’s physician. The employer may require a second opinion at the expense of the School District. 3. The salary of the injured employee must be continued for a period of up to ninety (90) working days. 4. The employer may extend the ninety (90) day sick leave period for on-the-job injuries at the discretion of the Board. 5. Any unreimbursed medical expenses and costs that the employee incurs as a result of an on-the-job injury may be filed for reimbursement with the State Board of Adjustment. 6. Sick leave shall not be deducted from an employee’s account if absence from work is the result of an on-the-job injury. 7. The employer must inform the employee of his/her right to go before the State Board of Adjustment. 8. The School District can grant additional vacation days and leaves of absences. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-18.1 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: December 15, 1994, February 13, 1997 and January 10, 2002 FILE: GGH VACATION FOR TWELVE-MONTH PERSONNEL All personnel who are employed on a twelve (12) month basis are entitled to ten (10) days vacation per year. Vacation days may be accumulated up to twenty (20) days. Vacation shall be earned by the month and accountable by the year, July 1 through June 30 up to (10) days. One vacation day will be earned for each month of employment up to ten (10) days. Employees must notify the principal/supervisor at least one day prior to taking vacation leave, although it is recognized that advance notification may not always be possible. Certified personnel must take vacation leave in one-half or one day increments. Support personnel must take vacation leave in one hour, one-half or one day increments. All vacation days must be used prior to an effective resignation or retirement date. The school district shall not make cash payments for unused vacation days. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-25. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, May 3, 2004 and December 14, 2006 FILE: GGI PROFESSIONAL LEAVE The Superintendent may grant professional leave to an employee requesting to attend any educationally-related conference, meeting or convention, if such attendance is considered to be in the best interest of the school district. The district may pay all or any part of expenses of any personnel whom it may direct to represent it at any such professional or education meeting or in visitation to another school system. In all such cases, prior written approval of said expenses must be given by the Superintendent. A written request to attend a conference or similar educational meeting shall be made and approved by the principal/supervisor and Superintendent at least three (3) weeks in advance. Exceptions to this timeline may be made by the Superintendent, upon written request. The Board will pay the expenses of substitutes in cases where such leaves are granted to personnel. The salary of said personnel will not be reduced for approved leave time. CONFERENCES AND VISITATIONS Persons holding primary offices (President or President’s designee) or other similar offices in professional organizations may be granted a reasonable number of days leave {not to exceed three (3) per contractual year}to attend professional meetings related to the organization in which said office is held. Application to and approval by the principal/immediate supervisor and Superintendent must be made in adequate time for arrangements to be made to protect the interest of students. The Board will pay the expenses of substitutes in cases where such leaves are granted to personnel. The salary of said personnel will not be reduced for approved leave time. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, December 14, 2006 and April 10, 2008 FILE: GGJ LEAVE OF ABSENCE FOR CERTIFIED PERSONNEL Certified personnel are eligible for and may be granted leaves of absence at the discretion of the Board. If leave is granted, certain employment rights of the employee continue as if he/she were in regular employment. The employee is entitled, upon completion of leave, to return to the school and position occupied when leave was granted unless transferred by the Board under the provisions of Chapter 24 of The Code of Alabama. Leaves of absence shall be without pay and in accordance with laws of the Alabama Teacher Retirement System; leave time will not count for retirement purposes. A leave of absence does not impair the tenure status of the employee. The causes for which leaves of absence may be granted are: Study Illness Pregnancy Teaching abroad Military Service Other Good and Just Causes Leaves of absence are normally granted for a period of time not to exceed one (1) year; however, if in the opinion of the Board there is valid reason(s), such leave may be extended for one (1) additional year. Ref: Ala. Code 16-24-13. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GGK COMPENSATORY LEAVE The Board may, under an agreement with an employee covered by the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act, award compensatory time (leave) instead of overtime pay. Such agreement or understanding relative to compensatory time must be reached between the Board and an affected employee before performance of any work subject to overtime pay or compensatory time (leave). Additionally, approval must be requested and received in writing from the Superintendent prior to any overtime work being performed. Compensatory time (leave) may be taken in 15-minute increments. Ref: Ala. Code 16-25-1(4), n29 U.S.C. 623, 20 U.S.C. 631 (a). Date Adopted: May 3, 2004 Date Amended: April 10, 2008 FILE: GH SOLICITATIONS Employees shall not solicit or sell any goods or services on school property except as approved by the local school principal and the Superintendent. All fund raising campaigns conducted by school employees away from school premises to obtain funds for the school or school activities must have prior approval by the local school principal and the Superintendent. Such fund raising campaigns shall not be conducted during school hours. Employees shall not furnish lists of students or parents to any commercial firm. The School District shall not solicit funds from or attempt to sell goods or services to employees. Employees may elect to participate in charity or fund raising campaigns on a voluntary basis. Membership in professional organizations shall be on an individual basis; however, the Board encourages employees to affiliate with professional organizations. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8 to -9, 16-11-9, 16-12-3 (a), 36-25-1 (9), 36-25-2(a, b and d), 36-255(a), 36-25-6 to -7. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GI GIFTS The Board prohibits employees from accepting gifts from any person, agency or company doing, or desiring to do, business with the School District. All business-related gratuities are prohibited except nominal-value items that are widely distributed. Employees may accept gifts from students on special occasions, provided the gift is not unduly elaborate or expensive. A gift shall be of “de minimis” value of less than $25 (twentyfive dollars) and limited to $50 (fifty dollars) total in a calendar year. An employee may accept a gift from a student group, school organization, etc., of “de minimis” value of less than $25 (twenty-five dollars) and with a limit of $50 (fifty dollars) total in a calendar year. In no case shall school funds be used to purchase said gifts. Employees may present gifts to or accept gifts from other employees provided the gifts are of “de minimis” value of less than $25 (twenty-five dollars) with a limit of $50 (fifty dollars) total in a calendar year and are given on a voluntary basis. Employees may, at their discretion, present personal gifts to students on special occasions provided the gift is not unduly elaborate or expensive. A gift shall be of “de minimis” value of less than $25 (twenty-five dollars) and limited to $50 (fifty dollars) total in a calendar year. Adopted: September 4, 1987 Amended: January 10, 2002 and January 10, 2013 FILE: GJ PERSONNEL RECORDS The Board shall establish and maintain a personnel file on each employee. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to supervise the maintenance of personnel files and to maintain updated, complete, and accurate records. Confidential information contained in an employee’s records shall not be transmitted to other persons or agencies without written approval by said employee, or as subpoenaed by legal authorities. The employee, or any person designated in writing by the employee, may, upon request, review all of the contents in his or her personnel file during normal business hours and receive copies of any documents contained in the file. No document shall be withheld from the employee or his or her representative. A representative of the employee may accompany him or her during the personnel file review. The employee may answer or object in writing to any material in his or her file and the answer or objection shall be attached to the appropriate material. The employee waives all privacy right claims against the board relative to any documents the employee shares with any representative or any other third person. Under no circumstance shall an employee request permission to review his personnel file during times when the employee is supposed to be fulfilling employment-related duties. Any materials pertaining directly to work performance may be placed in the record of the employee and a copy of the materials shall be provided to the employee. Statements, reports, and comments relating to work performance, disciplinary action against the employee, suspension of the employee, or dismissal of the employee shall be reduced to writing and signed 1 of 3 FILE: GJ by a person reasonably competent to know the facts or make a judgment as to the accuracy of the subject information. Additional information related to the written materials previously placed in the personnel file may be attached to the material to clarify or amplify them as needed. A copy of all materials to be placed in an employee’s record which may tend to diminish the employee’s professional or work status or reflect adversely on the employee’s record of performance or character shall be provided to the employee. Any anonymous complaint or material received by a school official shall be immediately transmitted to the Superintendent. If the Superintendent deems the material worthy of an investigation, it may be investigated. The results of the investigation shall be reduced to writing, signed by the Superintendent, principal, or other designated official in charge of the complaint, dated, attached to the material in question, and placed in the personnel file of the employee. Any anonymous complaint that is not investigated within 30 calendar days of its receipt by the Superintendent shall not be retained, but shall be destroyed. The transfer of the personnel file or any parts, summation, or copies of the personnel file of the employee shall be effectuated upon the written request of the employee. Any documents that may be lawfully contained in the personnel file of an employee shall be made available to a lawfully authorized officer or panel conducting an investigation into the competency or performance of the employee, and to all appropriate law enforcement officials. Statistical information on employees and former employees may be transmitted to the Department of Archives and History and to the State Department of Education or historical research and information. 2 of 3 FILE: GJ Ref: Ala. Code 16-22-14. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 3 of 3 FILE: GK SALARY DEDUCTIONS The Board will make salary deductions which are required by law, including federal income tax, state income tax, retirement, etc. in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The Board may make certain other salary deductions when employees or groups of employees properly request such deductions. The deductions shall be made from salaries earned in at least nine different pay periods and shall be remitted to the appropriate recipient as specified by the employees within 10 days following each deduction. Deductions made for membership dues and voluntary contributions shall be made based upon membership lists and forms provided by the respective organizations. These lists shall be corrected, updated and returned to the respective organizations not later than November 10 of each school year. Deductions for membership dues once authorized will be made unless revoked by the employee in writing prior to September 15 of each year. Authorization for voluntary contributions may be revoked by providing a 30-day written notice of revocation. New authorization for payroll deductions may be added throughout the year. Upon termination, amounts owed under the authorization of an employee shall be deducted from an employee’s final pay due. When amounts have been correctly deducted and remitted by the Board, the Board shall bear no further responsibility or liability for further transactions. The board shall not be liable for any error while action in good faith to make the subject deductions. Ref: Ala. Code 16-22-6, Act 20001-960 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GL STAFF RIGHTS AND REPSONSIBILITIES The following staff rights and responsibilities are included in this policy manual:       Drug and Alcohol Testing of Designated Employees Drug and Alcohol Testing Procedures Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention Program Possession of Firearms and Weapons Prohibiting Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Use of Tobacco Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: GLA DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING OF DESIGNATED EMPLOYEES In compliance with the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, as a condition of employment, the Lowndes County Board of Education reserves the right to test all employees who hold a Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) who perform safety-sensitive functions for the presence of alcohol or illegal drugs in their system. The Board further reserves the right to require all such employees to so submit to random alcohol and/or tests to determine the presence of alcohol or illegal drugs. OBJECTIVES  To comply with Federal regulations and requirements of the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991  To create and maintain a safe, drug-free working environment for all employees  To reduce the likelihood of incidents of accidental personal injury and/or damage to pupil transportation, students or property  To reduce problems of absenteeism, tardiness, carelessness and/or unsatisfactory matters related to job performance  To encourage designated employees with a dependence on, or an addiction to, alcohol or other drugs to seek help in overcoming the problem  To reduce the likelihood that school property will be used for illicit drug activities  To protect the reputation of the school system and its employees ENFORCEMENT As a condition of employment, the Lowndes County Board of Education reserves the right to require all designated employees (those who hold CDL and perform safety-sensitive functions) to submit to testing to determine the presence of prohibited substances as set forth herein. Pursuant to Board policy and procedures, designated employees will undergo testing: 1. At the time of initial employment 2. When the Board or its trained designee has reasonable cause to believe a designated employee has violated its drug and alcohol policies 3. On a random basis without advance notice 1 of 5 FILE: GLA 4. Following any reportable accident – Reportable defined as 1) involving a fatality or 2) the designated employee receives a moving citation and emergency medical treatment necessary away from scene or vehicle towed from scene. Violation of these rules including testing positive, will subject the employee to discipline, up to and including discharge, in accordance with state and federal law. Procedures for implementing the required drug and/or alcohol testing will be developed and approved by the Board, in accordance with Alabama Code §16-8-10. Results of drug and/or alcohol testing are confidential and shall not be released by the Lowndes County Board of Education beyond the drug testing laboratory and the Medical Review Officer (MRO) without the written consent of the employee. Upon request, an employee shall receive copies of any records pertaining to his/her use of drugs or drug/alcohol tests (EBT). The MRO is defined as a “licensed physician (medical doctor or doctor of osteopathy) responsible for receiving laboratory results generated by an employer’s drug testing program who has knowledge of substance abuse disorders and has appropriate medical training to interpret and evaluate an individual’s confirmed positive test together with his or her medical history and any other relevant biomedical information.” NOTIFICATIONS Each driver shall receive educational materials that explain the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Part 382, together with a copy of the district’s policy and regulations for meeting these requirements. Representative of employee organizations shall be notified of the availability of this information. The information shall identify: 1. The person designated by the district to answer employee questions about the materials. 2. The categories of employees who are subject to the Code of Federal Regulations. 2 of 5 FILE: GLA 3. Sufficient information about the safety-sensitive functions performed by employees to make clear what period of the work day the employee is required to comply with Part 382. 4. Specific information concerning employee conduct that is prohibited by Part 382. 5. The circumstances under which an employee will be tested for drugs and/or alcohol under Part 382. 6. The procedures that will be used to test for the presence of drugs and alcohol, protect the employee and the integrity of the testing processes, safeguard the validity of test results and ensure that test results are attributed to the correct employee. 7. The requirement that an employee submit to drug and alcohol tests (EBT) administered in accordance with Part 382. 8. An explanation of what constitutes a refusal to submit to a drug or alcohol test and the attendant consequences. 9. The consequences for employees found to have violated the drug and alcohol prohibitions of Part 382, including the requirement that the employee be removed immediately from safety-sensitive functions and the procedures for referral, evaluation and treatment. 10. The consequences for employees found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04. 11. Information concerning the effects of drugs and alcohol on an individual’s health, work and personal life; signs and symptoms of a drug or alcohol problem (the employee or a coworkers’); and available methods of intervening when a drug or alcohol problem is suspected, including confrontation, referral to an employee assistance program and/or referral to management. Employees shall also receive information about legal requirements, district policies and disciplinary consequences related to the use of alcohol and drugs. Each employee shall sign a statement certifying that he/she has received a copy of the above materials. 3 of 5 FILE: GLA Before any driver operates a commercial motor vehicle, the district shall provide him/her with post-accident procedures that will make it possible to comply with post-accident testing requirements. Before drug and alcohol tests (EBT) are performed, the district shall inform drivers that the tests are given pursuant to the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Part 382. This notice shall be provided only after compliance date specified by law. The Medical Review Officer (as selected by the Board) shall notify a driver of the results of a pre-employment drug test within 60 calendar days of being notified of the disposition of his/her employment application. The Medical Review Officer (as selected by the Board) shall notify a driver of the results of a pre-employment drug test within 60 calendar days of being notified of the disposition of his/her employment application. The Medical Review Officer will notify the employee in person of the positive test results. The employee shall have 72 hours to request further confirmation testings. If the confirmation test results are positive, the Medical Review Officer will conduct an interview with the employee to determine if there is a medical reason for the positive results. Thereafter, the Medical Review Officer shall notify the Superintendent or his designee of the test results. All drug tests shall be split specimens testing. Drivers shall inform their supervisors and Medical Review Officer if, at any time, they are using a controlled substance that their physician has prescribed for therapeutic purposes. Such a substance may be used only if the physician has advised the driver that it will not adversely affect his/her ability to safely operate a commercial motor vehicle. 4 of 5 FILE: GLA In the event that any portion of this policy shall conflict with the Omnibus Transportation Safety Act, as amended, or the regulations developed pursuant thereto, the language of the act and regulations shall govern. Ref: Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, Part 382 to Title 49CFR. Date Adopted: March 14, 1996 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 5 of 5 FILE: GLB DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING PROCEDURES Research has proven that even small quantities of narcotics, based prescription drugs or alcohol can impair judgment and reflexes. Even when not readily apparent, this impairment can have serious results, particularly for employees operating vehicles. Employees who use drugs are considered a threat to co-workers, school safety, and themselves, and may make costly errors. For these reasons, the Board has adopted a policy that all employees with Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) who perform safety-sensitive functions must report to work completely free from presence of drugs and/or the effects of alcohol. ALCOHOL TESTING Because alcohol is a legal substance, the policies define specific prohibited alcoholrelated conduct. Performance of safety-sensitive functions is prohibited:    While having a breath alcohol of 0.04 percent or greater as indicated by a breath alcohol test While using alcohol Within four hours of using alcohol. Two breath tests are required to determine if a person has prohibited alcohol concentration. A screening test is conducted first. Any result less than 0.02 alcohol concentration is considered a “negative” test. If the alcohol concentration is 0.02 or greater, a second confirmation test must be conducted within 20 minutes of the first BAT. If a driver’s behavior or appearance suggests alcohol misuse, a reasonable suspicion alcohol test must be conducted. If a breath test cannot be administered, the driver must be removed from performing safety-sensitive duties for at least 24 hours. A violation of these employer-based testing rules is not placed on, nor affects, the driver’s CDL record. 1 of 11 FILE: GLB To further safeguard transportation safety, employees who have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater on their breath, when tested just before, during or just after performing safetysensitive functions, must also be removed from performing such duties for 8 hours or until another breath test is administered and the test result is less than 0.02. Commercial motor vehicle driver must be removed from driving for at least 24 hours. If an employee’s behavior or appearance suggests alcohol misuse, a reasonable suspicion alcohol test must be conducted. If a BAT test cannot be administered, the employee must be removed from performing safetysensitive duties for at least 8 hours (24 hours for commercial motor vehicle drivers). If the employee tests positive after the second BAT, the employee should be referred to the SAP for evaluation and treatment. Only evidential breath testing devices (EBTs) with trained breath alcohol technicians (BATS) on the National Traffic Highway Safety Administration Conforming Products List will be used to determine BAC. These procedures include training and proficiency requirements for BATS, quality assurance plans for the breath testing devices (including calibration), requirements for a suitable test location, and protection of employee test records. (A violation of these employer-based testing- policies is not places on, nor affects the driver’s CDL record.) In addition, refusal to submit to an alcohol test and use of alcohol within eight hours after an accident or until tested (for those drivers who are required to be tested) is prohibited. 2 of 11 FILE: GLB PRESCRIPTION DRUGS The proper use of medication prescribed by a physician is not prohibited; however, the Lowndes County Board of Education prohibits the misuse of prescribed (or over the counter) medications. Designated employees shall inform their supervisors and Medical Review Officer if, at any time, they are using a controlled substance that their physician has prescribed for therapeutic purposes. Such a substance may be used – only if the physician has advised the driver that it will not adversely affect his/her ability to safely operate a commercial motor vehicle. An employee or job applicant shall be allowed to provide notice to the Board of current or recent use of prescription or nonprescription drugs prior to the time of the taking of the specimen to be tested and such information shall be placed in writing upon the employer’s drug and alcohol testing custody and control from prior to initial testing. THE FOLLOWING ALCOHOL TESTS ARE REQUIRED:  Post-accident – conducted after fatality or moving citation and substantial damage to vehicle or emergency medical treatment was required away from the scene.  Reasonable suspicion- conducted when a trained supervisor observes behavior or appearance that is characteristic of alcohol misuse.  Random – conducted on a random unannounced basis just before, during or just after performance of safety-sensitive functions.  Return-to-duty and Follow-up – conducted when an individual who has violated the prohibited alcohol conduct standards returns to performing safety-sensitive duties. Follow-up tests are unannounced and at least 6 tests must be conducted in the first 12 months after an employee returns to duty. Follow-up testing may be extended for up to 60 months following return to duty. 3 of 11 FILE: GLB ENFORCEMENT Any driver who refuses to submit to a post-accident, random, reasonable suspicion or follow-up test shall not perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions. Drivers who test positive for alcohol or drugs shall be subject to progressive disciplinary action in accordance with applicable state law. A designated employee identified as needing help in resolving a drug or alcohol problem shall be evaluated by a substance abuse professional to determine that he/she would benefit from a rehabilitation program and shall be subject to unannounced follow-up tests after returning to duty. A driver who violates district prohibitions related to drugs or alcohol shall receive from the district the names, addresses and telephone numbers of substance abuse professionals and counseling and treatment programs available to evaluate and resolve drug and alcohol-related problems. The employee shall be evaluated by a substance abuse professional who shall determine what help, if any, the driver needs in resolving such a problem. Any substance abuse professional who determines that a driver needs assistance shall not refer the driver to a private practice, person or organization in which he/she has a financial interest, except under the circumstances allowed by law. PRE-EMPLOYMENT Tests shall be conducted before the first time a driver performs any safety-sensitive function for the district. 4 of 11 FILE: GLB Safety-sensitive functions are defined as those duties fraught with such risks of injury to others that even a momentary lapse of attention can have disastrous consequences. POST-ACCIDENT TESTS Testing shall be conducted as soon after an accident as practicable on any driver. This policy requires an employee involved in a reportable accident, defined as an accident in which the following occurred; 1) a fatality or 2) a moving citation to the employee and emergency medical treatment was required away from the scene or substantial damage to the vehicle was incurred. No such driver shall use alcohol for eight hours after the accident or until after he/she undergoes a post-accident alcohol test, whichever occurs first. If an alcohol test is not administered within two hours or if a drug test is not administered within 32 hours, the district shall prepare and maintain records explaining why the test was not conducted. Tests will not be given if not administered within eight hours after the accident for alcohol or within 32 hours for drugs. Only urinalysis for drug testing will be used. All initial positive urine specimens will be confirmed by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS). REASONABLE SUSPICION TESTS Tests shall be conducted when a supervisor or district official trained in accordance with law has reasonable suspicion that the driver has violated the district’s alcohol or drug prohibitions. This reasonable suspicion must be based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning the driver’s appearance, behavior, speech or body odors. The observations may 5 of 11 FILE: GLB include observations may include indications of the chronic and withdrawal effects of controlled substances. Alcohol tests (Evidentiary Breath Tests) are authorized for reasonable suspicion only if the required observations are made during, just before or just after performing safety sensitive functions. The person who determines that reasonable suspicion exists to conduct such a test may not conduct an alcohol test (EBT). If an alcohol test (EBT) is not administered within two hours of a determination of reasonable suspicion, the district shall prepare and maintain a record explaining why this was not done. Attempts to conduct alcohol tests (EBT) shall terminate after eight hours. EBT has to be federally certified. A supervisor or district official who makes observations leading to an illegal drug or controlled substance reasonable suspicion test shall make a written record of his/her observations within 24 hours of the observed behavior or before the results of the drug test are released, whichever is earlier. RANDOM TESTING The Board will conduct random unannounced screening of employees. Tests will be administered to employees for illegal drugs and controlled substances in a number equal to 1% greater than 50% of the work force without advance notice in the first 12 months of testing. Tests of employees for alcohol will be conducted in a number equal to 1% greater than 25% of the affected work force without advance notice in any given 12 month period. There will be no maximum number of samples that any one individual will be required to provide during the testing schedule. Subsequent testing will be conducted at levels equal to 1% greater than the 6 of 11 FLE: GLB initial testing schedule. Employees will be required to report to the Board designated collection site for testing as soon as possible but in no case later than 2 hours following notification. Annually, the tests will be spread reasonably over the 12 months. Testing dates and times are unannounced throughout the year. RETURN-TO-DUTY-TESTS A drug or alcohol test (EBT) shall be conducted when a driver who has violated the district’s drug or alcohol prohibition returns to performing safety-sensitive duties after being cleared by the SAP. Employees whose conduct involved alcohol cannot return to duty in a safety-sensitive function until the return-to-duty alcohol test procedures a verified result that is below 0.02 alcohol concentration. The employee must be evaluated by a substance abuse professional and have complied with any recommended treatment. FOLLOW-UP TESTS A driver who returns to safety-sensitive functions after having violated the district’s drug or alcohol prohibition shall be subject to unannounced follow-up testing as directed by the substance abuse professional in accordance with law. Follow-up alcohol testing shall be conducted just before, during or just after the time when the driver is performing safety-sensitive functions. 7 of 11 FILE: GLB GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR TESTING PROCEDURES The School Board and the labs it utilizes shall rely on the guidance of the federal Department of Transportation, Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug Testing Programs, 49 C.F.R. PARTS 40.1 through 40.39 and on further guidance of the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act provided in 49 C.F.R. Parts 382. DRUG TESTING Designated employees will be tested for amphetamines, cocaine, opiates, (including heroin), phencyclidine (PCP), and alcohol. Such tests will be coordinated by the MRO. TESTING PROCEDURES Only urinalysis for drugs will be utilized in all testing. The testing is a two-stage process. First, a screening test is performed. If it is positive for one or more of the drugs, then a confirmation test is performed for each identified drug using gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS). If the “primary” specimen confirms the presence of illegal, controlled substances, the employee has 72 hours to request the “split” specimen be sent to another DHHS certified laboratory for analysis. REVIEWS AND INTERPRETATIONS OF RESULTS All drug tests results are reviewed and interpreted by a physician Medical Review Officer (MRO) before they are reported to the employee. If the laboratory reports positive results to the MRO, the MRO contacts the employee (in person or by telephone) and conducts an interview to determine if there is an alternative medical explanation for the drugs found in the employee’s urine specimen. For all the drugs except PCP there are some limited, legitimate medical uses for the drugs that may explain the positive test result. All testing requires a split specimen. 8 of 11 FILE: GLB the drugs that may explain the positive test result. All testing requires a split specimen. If the employee provides appropriate documentation and the MRO determines that it is legitimate medical use of the prohibited drug, the drug test result is reported as negative to the employer. If reported as positive, the MRO must notify employee of results so the employee can request second test at a second lab. The employee has 72 hours to request a split specimen to be sent to another DHHS certified laboratory for analysis at board’s expense. No report is made to employer until after second requested test is completed. DRUG TESTING The types of tests required are: pre-employment, reasonable suspicion, post-accident, random, return-to-duty and follow-up. Drug testing is conducted by analyzing and employee’s urine specimen. The analysis is performed at laboratories certified and monitored by the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). The employee provides a urine specimen in a location that affords privacy. The collector seals and labels the specimen, completes a chain of custody documents and prepares the specimen and accompanying paper work for shipment to a drug-testing laboratory. The specimen collection procedures and chain of custody ensure that specimen’s security, proper identification, and integrity are not compromised. Split specimen procedures are required: 1. “Split specimen remains sealed and stored at the laboratory. 2. If the “primary” specimen confirms the presence of illegal, controlled substances, t he employee has 72 hours to request the “split specimen be sent to another DHHS certified laboratory for analysis. 9 of 11 FILE: GLB 3. If it is positive for one or more of the drugs, then a continuation test is performed for each drug using state-of-the-art gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GCIMS) analysis. 4. GC/MS confirmation ensures that over-the-counter medications or preparations are not reported as positive results. 5. Boards are required to pay for “split” specimen. 6. Drug testing is to be done in a number equal to 1% greater than 50% of the safetysensitive employees. WHAT ARE THE CONSEQUENCES OF A POSITIVE DRUG TEST? As with an alcohol misuse violation, a safety-sensitive employee must be removed from safety-sensitive duty if he/she has a positive drug test result. The removal cannot take place until the MRO has interviewed the employee and determined that the positive drug test resulted from the unauthorized use of a controlled substance. An employee cannot be returned to safety-sensitive duties until he/she has been evaluated by a substance abuse professional, complied with recommended rehabilitation, and has a negative result on a return-to-duty drug test. Follow-up testing to monitor the employee’s continued abstinence from drug use may be required. EMPLOYERS’ OBLIGATIONS All supervisors of safety-sensitive employees must attend at least one hour of training on the signs and symptoms of drug abuse and at least one hour of training on the signs and symptoms of alcohol abuse. This training is necessary to assist supervisors in making appropriate determinations for reasonable suspicion testing. All employees affected by this policy must undergo one hour of training on the policies and testing procedures to be implemented by the Board (employer). 10 of 11 FILE: GLB EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM The Lowndes County Board of Education believes they have a vital interest in the rehabilitation of its employees who may be addicted to alcohol and drugs. An employee is permitted to use his/her sick leave for an approved alcohol/substance abuse rehabilitation program. The Superintendent, SAP, and employee will agree on an approved rehabilitation program. Ref: Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, Part 382 to Title 49CFR. Date Adopted: March 14, 1996 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 11 of 11 FILE: GLC DRUG AND ALCOHOL ABUSE PREVENTION PROGRAM FOR EMPLOYEES Section 1 – Declaration of wrong and harmfulness The Lowndes County Board of Education has determined and hereby declares that the possession, use or distribution of illicit drugs and the unlawful possession, use or distribution of alcohol by employees is wrong and harmful to the employee and the operation of the school system. Section 2 – Prohibition of possession, use, distribution or sale of illicit drugs or alcohol All employees are prohibited from possessing, using, distributing, selling illicit drugs or alcohol on school premises or as part of school activities or school sanctioned activities. Any employee convicted of violation of a criminal drug statute shall report said conviction to the Superintendent within five days after said conviction. Section 3 – Requirement to report possession, use or distribution of illicit drugs or alcohol Any employee with information of the possession, use or distribution of illicit drugs or alcohol on school premises or as part of any school activity or school sanctioned activity is required to report such information to the principal, superintendent or other appropriate school authority. Section 4 – Sanctions All violations of Section 2 shall require mandatory termination of employment from the school system and referral to the proper authorities for prosecution. However, in the case of users who are not engaged in the sale or distribution, the Board may in the alternative require successful completion of a mandatory drug abuse program by an approved private or governmental institutional and sanction short or termination. All violations of Section 3 are subject to sanctions of suspension from ten (10) days to sixty (60) days without pay. Section 5 – Drug and alcohol abuse education The Lowndes County Board of Education shall implement a mandatory drug and alcohol abuse education or orientation program for school employees, which addresses the legal social health education and other consequences of drug and alcohol use. The program shall provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use illicit drugs or alcohol. 1 of 3 FILE: GLC Section 6 – Drug and alcohol counseling Any employee who has not been charged by school authorities or law enforcement authorities with drug possession, use or distribution may voluntarily receive drug and alcohol counseling by notifying the Principal or Superintendent who will make the appropriate arrangements. Employees who voluntarily seek such counseling shall not be sanctioned in any way for seeking such counseling. The cost of said counseling shall be borne by the employee. The Lowndes County Board of Education may require evidence of successful participation in/or completion of said counseling. The cost of said counseling shall be borne by the employee. The Lowndes County Board of Education may require evidence of successful participation in/or completion of said counseling. Section 7 – Direct contact for drug and alcohol counseling Any employee who has not been charged by school authorities or law enforcement authorities with drug possession, use of distribution may voluntarily contact an approved private or governmental drug abuse program directly for confidential drug or alcohol counseling without notifying the Principal or Superintendent. Their counseling shall be private even from the Superintendent and other school authorities. The cost of said counseling shall be borne by the employee. The Lowndes County Board of Education may require evidence of successful participation in/or completion of such counseling. Section 8 – Safety of Student and School Employees Notwithstanding Section 6 and 7, any employee who is a safety hazard or risk to school children or other school personnel as a result of drug or alcohol use may be removed from their employment until they are no longer a safety hazard or risk. Section 9 – Drug Testing The Board, upon reasonable suspicion of illicit drug use, may require any employee to have a drug test by an approved private or governmental provider. Employee’s who perform jobs that directly relate to the safety of school children or personnel such as bus drivers, may be required to take periodic drug test as a condition of employment. Section 10 – Notice to parents and students Employees and students shall be notified in writing of this policy on Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention Program. Employees shall also be notified in writing that employees must comply with the standards of conduct required by Sections 2 and 3 of this policy. Employees shall be further notified that each faces mandatory termination from employment with the school system 2 of 3 FILE: GLC and referral to the appropriate legal authorities pursuant to Section 4(a) for violation of Section 2 and suspension without pay for violation of Section 3. Section 11 – Delivery of copy to employees Within fifteen (15) days after adoption of this policy, each employee shall be given a copy of this entire policy and shall be required to sign a statement stating that he/she has received a copy of this policy. The said-signed statement shall be maintained in each employee’s personnel file. Section 12- Review of policy This policy shall be reviewed at least every 2 years by the Lowndes County Board of Education to determine the effectiveness of this policy; to implement needed changes, and to ensure that the mandatory sanctions pursuant to Section 4 are consistently enforced. Ref: Drug-Free School and Community Act; Public Law 100-297, Title V, Part B; The Drug Free Workplace Act of 1988, Public Law 100-690. Date Adopted: August 17, 1990 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 3 of 3 FILE: GLD POSSESSION OF FIREARMS AND WEAPONS No employee shall be permitted to have on his/her person or on school property, a firearm or deadly weapon at any time. This applies to functions or activities that may be on or off school property, after school hours, or at any other time when employee’s presence can be reasonably related to school functions. A deadly weapon is anything manifestly designed, made or adopted for the purpose of inflicting death or serious bodily injury. Personnel violating this policy shall/may be suspended pending hearing before the board. Personnel found by the board to have violated this policy shall be/may be terminated. Any employee who violates the provisions of this policy concerning a firearm or deadly weapon may be arrested on the appropriate warrant, signed by the appropriate school authority. Ref: Ala. Code, 126-11-9, Sec. 1702; Gun-Free School Zone Act of 1990, 18 U.S. Code 921. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 5, 1999, January 10, 2002 and April 5, 2005 FILE: GLE PROHIBITING DISCRIMINATION AND SEXUAL HARASSMENT I. PURPOSE A. To state the Lowndes County Board of Education (Board) policy prohibiting discrimination and prohibiting sexual harassment; B. To specifically address sexual harassment, by defining what it is, by assisting employees in identifying sexual harassment, by listing types of sexual harassment and some concrete examples, by describing who can be involved in sexual harassment, and by providing employees a procedures by which they can complain of sexual harassment and have their complaints investigates and resolved; and, C. To encourage any employee who believes that he or she is a victim of sexual harassment to come forward and voice their complaint to their superiors, so that the Board can cat to end any sexual harassment. II. BOARD POLICY GOVERNING DISCRIMINATION It is the policy of the Board and all departments thereof, to provide equal employment opportunity and equal treatment to all color, religion, sex (including pregnancy), age, creed, or national origin. III. BOARD POLICY REGARDING SEXUAL HARASSMENT It is the policy of the Board and all departments thereof to prevent sexual harassment and to guard against any occurrence that remotely resembles this illegal act. Sexual harassment lowers morale and is damaging to the work environment. Therefore, the Board will treat sexual harassment like any other form of employee misconduct: it will not be tolerated. IV. SEXUAL HARASSMENT DEFINED “Sexual harassment” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal, visual, written or physical conduct of a sexual nature when: 1 of 6 FILE: GLE A. Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual’s employment; or B. Submission to or rejection of such conduct by any individual is used as the basis for employment decisions affecting an individual; or C. The purpose or effect of such conduct is to unreasonable interfere with the individual’s work performance or to create hostile or abusive work environment. V. IDENTIFICATION OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT Sexual harassment may occur in a variety of forms. Four categories of sexual harassment and some concrete examples of conduct that may constitute sexual harassment, if unwelcome, are: A. VERBAL – unwelcome words of a sexual nature directed at another, including: making sexual demands or sexual propositions, anatomy; catcalls; whistles; demeaning name-calling; remarks on the intimate details of one’s life or sexual likes or preferences; and if unwelcome, invitations for lunch, dinner, drinks, or dates. B. VISUAL – unwelcome exposure to visual objects such as sexual explicit pictures, photos, drawings, cartoons, magazines, objects, or posters (including poster calendars); sexually obscene gestures or obvious staring; and, nudity. C. WRITTEN – notes or letters of sexual content or propositions; sexually-explicit literature, poems, or magazine articles; and obscene words, phrases or graphic on walls, bulletin boards, or posters. D. PHYSICAL – unwelcome physical contact with another, including: touching, hugging, kissing, patting, fondling, grabbing, rubbing, pinching, and in some instances close physical positioning. This list does not include all the possible behavior which could be viewed as sexually harassing by the Board and which could result in job discipline. It is merely a list of offensive behaviors. Other behavior might be viewed as being sexually harassing depending on the circumstances and frequency in which they occur. In addition, some of the behavior on the list might not in all circumstances be sexually harassing, only unwelcome sexual conduct is unlawful. 2 of 6 FILE: GLE VI. WHO CAN BE INVOLVED IN SEXUAL HARASSMENT Sexual harassment can occur in a wide variety of circumstances and may encompass many variables. It is important to realize that:   Victims can be of either gender (male or female); Harassers may be supervisors of victims, but harassers may also be co-workers or even non-employees;  Harassers and victims need not be of the opposite gender, if the conduct is still based upon sex;  Victims may be third-party observers, affected by the behavior of others and exposed to a hostile or abusive atmosphere based upon sex;  Victims need not suffer any financial loss;  The sexual harassment need not seriously affect a victim’s psychological wellbeing or lead the victim t suffer injury; instead, conduct or an environment based upon sex that a reasonable person would and does believe to be hostile or abusive constitutes sexual harassment. VII. IF YOU ARE SUBJECTED TO SEXUAL HARASSMENT, REGISTER A COMPLAINT WITH YOUR SUPERIORS All building administrators and other supervisory personnel have an affirmative obligation to prevent and eliminate sexual harassment. Those persons shall immediately intervene to remedy sexual harassment in our working and learning environments independent or receipt of a complaint. Individuals who have knowledge of the occurrence of sexual harassment within his/her chain of command or in the buildings for which he/she has responsibility shall immediately report such offense to the Title IX Coordinator. Any employee of the Board who feels they have been subjected to sexual harassment should register their complaint with the superior next in charge. In the unlikely event that all of the supervisors or the employee are believed to be involved in the sexual harassment, the employee 3 of 6 FILE: GLE should register their complaint with the Superintendent. Likewise, if an employee believes that the Superintendent is involved in the sexual harassment, the complaint should be made to the Chairperson of the Board. The sexual harassment complaint may initially be made verbally by talking to the appropriate supervisor. The complaint will then have to be put in writing, signed and dated by the person complaining. An employee may write their own complaint, or if you wish, the supervisor with whom you spoke will help you write up your complaint of sexual harassment. No information concerning the complaint will be released to their party persons or to anyone within the school system except those having a “need to know information.” VIII. PROMPT INVESTIGATION OF COMPLAINT The Board shall fully, impartially and promptly investigate any sexual harassment complaint filed by one of its employees. A special investigator will be in charge of these investigations to ensure a thorough investigation and to assist in maintaining confidentiality of the matter. IX. CONFIDENTIAL REPORT OF INVESTIGATION The special investigator will timely file a confidential written report of the result of the investigation to either the Superintendent or to the Board Chairperson, depending on the situation at hand. Also, the complaint will be promptly informed that the accused harasser acted in a manner to sexually harass the complaint, the accused employee will also receive a copy of the special investigator’s report. 4 of 6 FILE: GLE X. PROMPT REMEDIAL ACTION The Board will take prompt action to end any sexual harassment in fact occurred, the Board shall take immediate steps to discipline the offending employee or employees. Tenured professional employees and support employees with permanent status have the same right to due process when charged with sexual harassment as with any other adverse action. XI. RIGHT TO REBUTTAL Both the complaining employee and the employee who has been accused of sexual harassment have the right to submit facts, documents or other evidence contesting or supporting the report of the investigator, to the Superintendent of the Board if the circumstances so dictate and have a due process hearing as required by the teacher tenure law and fair dismissal law. XII. RETALIATION PRHIBITED No employee of the Board shall discharge or otherwise discriminate or harass any other Board employee who has filed a complaint of sexual harassment under this policy or who has sought redress for sexual harassment with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission of by instituting an action in Court. XIII. INTENTIONAL FALSE REPORTING Employees who knowingly fabricate allegations of sexual harassment shall be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination. 5 of 6 FILE: GLE XIV. NOTICE The Board shall take all appropriate steps to inform all employees of the Board of the contents of this policy. The Board encourages employees to come forward if there is a complaint of sexual harassment. Each employee shall be assured that no retaliatory action will be taken or allowed against any employee who asserts a sexual harassment complaint. An opportunity for the Board to assist any employee does not exist if a complaint is not made to the employee’s supervisor. Ref: Barnes v Costle 561 IF. 2d 983 999, 114 EPD Section 7755 (D.C. Cir 1977) 29C.F.G. Section 1604.11 (a) Date Adopted: August 10, 1995 Date Amended: August 8, 1996 and January 10, 2002 6 of 6 FILE: GLF USE OF TOBACCO It is policy of the Board to promote the health and safety of all personnel and to promote the cleanliness of all school facilities. To this end the Board prohibits smoking and the use of tobacco products on school property including vehicles or at any school activity. Employees shall not smoke or otherwise use any tobacco product at any time while on duty. Staff Smoking and Tobacco Product Use Violations First Offense: Conference with supervisor Second Offense: Conference with supervisor and required educational experience related to smoking and tobacco use. Third offense: Conference with supervisor and official letter of violation placed in the employee’s personnel file. Offenses are cumulative. Ref: Ala. Code, 16-1-30. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 5, 1999 and January 10, 2002 FILE: GLG DRESS CODE FOR EMPLOYEES The Board believes that all employees should dress in a professional manner, setting an example for workplace attire for the students the School District serves. The Board recognizes that “professional” work attire will vary depending on the position held by the individual. Employees should wear attire suitable for the type of work they perform. Attire shall be considered professionally appropriate if it does not disrupt the educational or workplace environment. While individual style will be recognized, there are minimum standards of grooming and attire to which employees must abide. Minimum Standards  All employees shall be neat and clean when reporting to work.  Clothing shall be free from holes or tears and should not expose undergarments, buttocks, chests or midriffs.  Clothing shall be loose fitting.  Clothing and exposed body art shall be free from: profanity, obscene gestures, sexually graphic pictures supportive references to alcohol, cigarettes, drugs or sexual activity, messages degrading others on the basis of race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, gender, sexual orientation or disability.  Dresses, skirts and shorts should be long enough to touch the fingertip when hands are placed at the employee’s sides or longer.  Caps, hats and sunglasses may be worn outside only.  Shoes or sandals must be worn. Rubber/plastic flip-flops are not considered to be sandals.  All employees will abide by all health and safety rules relating to their specific assignment. (Example: hairnets for food service workers or close-toed shoes for custodial staff) The Board also recognizes that all employees enjoy full rights of citizenship and liberty as guaranteed by the Constitutions of the United States and Alabama. However, individual freedom of expression of employees must be balanced with the impressionability of students. Accordingly,  Religious symbols or emblems are permissible as long as they do not bring about a religious conversion or degrade the religious beliefs of others, and  Clothing should be free or non-neutral political messages. (“VOTE” is permissible; “VOTE FOR JOHN DOE” is not.) Date Adopted: December 14, 2006 FILE: GM SUSPENSIONS An employee may be suspended for cause with or without pay on the written recommendation of the Superintendent and the approval of the Board. The suspension of an employee for no more than 20 work days without pay is not a termination of employment that is subject to review under Act Number 2011-270. Adequate notice of the reason or reasons for the proposed suspension and an opportunity to present evidence and argument, either in person or in writing, to the Board with respect to the proposed action shall be afforded the employee before the imposition of the suspension. Suspensions of employees without pay in excess of 20 work days are subject to the notice, hearing, and review requirements and procedures that apply to terminations of employees under Act Number 2011-270. Ref: Act Number 2011-270 Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Dates Amended: April 10, 2008 and May 10, 2012 FILE: GN TERMINATION A probationary classified may be terminated at the discretion of the Board upon written recommendation of the Superintendent, a majority vote of the Board, and issuance of written notice of termination to the employee at any time on or before the fifteenth day of June immediately following the employee’s third consecutive, complete school year of employment. In the first year of each legislative quadrennium, the written notice shall be provided on or before June 30. The compensation and benefits of a probationary classified employee shall not be terminated before the expiration of 15 calendar days from the date notice of termination is issued to the employee. A probationary teacher in his or her first or second year of employment may be terminated at the discretion of the Board upon the written recommendation of the Superintendent, a majority vote of the Board, and issuance of written notice of termination to the teacher on or before the fifteenth day of June. The exception for first or second year teachers is in the first year of each legislature quadrennium where the written notice shall be provided on or before June 30. A probationary teacher in his or her third year of employment may be terminated at the discretion of the Board upon the written recommendation of the Superintendent, a majority vote of the Board, and issuance of written notice of termination to the teacher on or before the last working day of the school year. A probationary teacher in his or her first or second year of employment who has not been terminated on or before the dates specified above shall be deemed reemployed as a probationary teacher. A probationary teacher in his or her third year of employment who has not been terminated on or before the date specified above shall be deemed reemployed as a tenured teacher. The employment of any probationary teacher may be terminated before the completion of the school year upon a least 30 calendar days’ 1 of 3 FILE: GN written notice of the date on which the Board is scheduled to vote on such recommendation. Upon issuance of such notice, the teacher may submit a written statement to the Superintendent and the Board explaining why such action should not be taken. The decision to terminate the employment of any probationary employee shall be final and no compensation shall thereafter be due to the employee, except as stated above for a probationary classified employee. Tenured teachers and nonprobationary classified employees may be terminated at any time because of incompetency, insubordination, neglect of duty, immorality, failure to perform duties in a satisfactory manner, a justifiable decrease in the number of positions, or any good and just cause, subject to the rights and procedures provided in Act Number 2011-270. However, a vote or decision to approve a recommended termination on the part of the Board shall not be made for political or personal reasons. Any provision of Act Number 2011-270 or of any other statute or rule to the contrary notwithstanding, the employee of a teacher whose certificate is revoked by the State Superintendent of Education pursuant to Section 16-23-5, Code of Alabama 1975, shall thereby be summarily terminated. If a conviction resulting in the revocation of the certificate of the teacher pursuant to Section 16-23-5, Code of Alabama 1975, is overturned on appeal, the State Superintendent of Education shall immediately reinstate the certificate upon receipt of the notice of the reversal, and the Board shall either place the employee in a position for which the employee holds appropriate certification or place the employee on paid administrative leave. The employee shall receive back pay and benefits from the date of termination to the date of reinstatement. 2 of 3 FILE: GN Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent the State Superintendent or Board from pursuing other legal action against the teacher based upon the circumstances underlying the conviction. Terminations are subject to notice, hearing, review requirements and procedures under Act Number 2011-270. Ref: Ala. Code 16-23-5 and Act Number 2011-270 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, April 10, 2008, and May 10, 2012 3 of 3 FILE: GO RESIGNATION Certified Personnel No tenured teacher shall be permitted to terminate his or her employment within 30 calendar days before the first day of the next school term for students, unless such termination is mutually agreed upon. Any such employee may terminate his or her employment at any other time by giving five days’ written notice to the Board. Any teacher terminating his or her employment in violation of his section is guilty of unprofessional conduct, and the State Superintendent of Education may revoke or suspend the certificate of the teacher. Support Personnel A support employee who wishes to terminate his/her service with the Board shall at least two (2) weeks prior to the date of termination notify his/her immediate supervisor in writing. The immediate supervisor shall notify the Superintendent or his/her designee. Ref: Ala. Code 16-24-11, Act Number 2011-270 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and May 10, 2012 FILE: GP RETIREMENT All personnel employed for twenty (20) or more hours per week, and all adult bus drivers, shall be members of the Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama. There is no mandatory retirement age for Board employees. Accumulated sick leave may be converted to creditable months of service upon service retirement. Ref: Ala. Code 16-25-1 to -28, 29 U.S.C.A. 623, 29 U.S.C.AA. 631 (12a) Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: March 1, 1989, December 15, 1994 and January 10, 2002 FILE: GQ TIME SCHEDULES AND WORKLOADS FOR PERSONNEL Certified Personnel Time Schedules The Superintendent and/or immediate supervisor may designate time schedules for certified personnel. Teaching personnel are generally required to be on duty from 7:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, and the necessary time to successfully transact faculty meetings, school business, the safe and orderly dismissal of students, etc. Work Loads Workloads for certified personnel shall consist of all duties and responsibilities as may be assigned by the Superintendent, immediate supervisor and job descriptions. The Superintendent and/or immediate supervisor shall assign workloads to certified personnel on an equitable basis. All workload assignments shall conform to standards outlined by The Code of Alabama, the State Board of Education, and appropriate accreditation agencies. Further, certified personnel allotted for teaching purposes shall not be assigned workloads which remove them from teaching duties that result in increased pupil-teacher ratio for the school. Altering Time Schedules In order to accommodate the needs of the School District, school principals, with written approval of the Superintendent, may work with certified personnel to arrange alternate time schedules and/or workloads. In every case the following provisions shall apply: 1. Alternate time schedules and/or workloads shall not be approved that result in increased pupil-teacher ratio. 2. Alternate time schedules and/or workloads shall be mutually agreed upon by the employee and school principal. 1 of 2 FILE: GQ 3. Employees approved for alternate time schedules and/or workloads shall meet all contractual obligations in terms of days and hours worked. Support Personnel Time Schedules Time schedules for support personnel may be designated by the Superintendent or the immediate supervisor of said personnel. In all cases, the Superintendent and/or supervisor in charge shall have the right to establish time schedules to encompass said employee’s work day. Work Load Workloads for support personnel shall consist of all duties and responsibilities as may be assigned by the Superintendent and /or immediate supervisor and as outlined by individual job description. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: February 13, 1997, January 10, 2002 and March 13, 2003 2 of 2 FILE: GQA EXTRA DUTIES Employees may be assigned extra duties and responsibilities by their supervisor, the Superintendent or his/her designee. The Board requires that all duties assigned be reasonable and in support of accomplishing the overall educational objectives of the Board. Certified Personnel When extra duties are assigned to certified employees, the following provisions shall be followed: 1. Extra duties shall not be assigned during regular school hours that require certified teaching personnel to be removed, on a continuing basis, from teaching responsibilities. 2. Extra duties that are assigned shall be made on a fair and equitable basis, taking into consideration the nature of the activity and the teacher involved. 3. Those duties which relate to the safety and well being of the children of the School District that occur during the day shall be considered as part of the regular tasks of Board employees; therefore, no compensation shall be provided for such duties. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GQB STAFF MEETINGS An administrator and/or supervisor may call staff meetings when he/she feels such meetings are warranted. Attendance by employees may be required. Such compulsory attendance should be stated within the notice announcing the meeting. Meetings requiring employee attendance should be planned and announced as far in advance as possible in order to allow employees to appropriately plan their individual schedules. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GR SALARY SCHEDULES The Superintendent shall prepare or cause to be prepared salary schedules for all personnel employed by the School District. The salary schedules shall be presented to the Board for review and approval. Ref: Ala. Code 16-11-9, 16-11-7, 16-12-16, Title VII of Civil Rights Acts of 1964 as amended; Title XI of Education Amendments of 1972. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GRA OVERTIME PAY The Board may, under an agreement with an employee covered by the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act, award compensatory time (leave) instead of overtime pay. Such agreement or understanding relative to compensatory time must be reached between the Board and an affected employee before performance of any work subject to overtime pay or compensatory time (leave). Additionally, approval must be requested and received in writing from the Superintendent prior to any overtime work being performed. Compensatory time (leave) may be taken in 15-minute increments. Ref: Ala. Code 16-25-1(4), n29 U.S.C. 623, 20 U.S.C. 631(a). Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Dates Amended: May 3, 2004 and April 10, 2008 FILE: GRB INCENTIVE PROGRAM FOR SELECT CERTIFIED PERSONNEL The Superintendent shall prepare or cause to be prepared an incentive program for select newly hired certified personnel employed by the School District. The incentive program shall be annually presented to the Board for review and approval. Date Adopted: May 3, 2004 FILE: GS TRAVEL EXPENSES Personnel shall be reimbursed for travel expenses incurred while performing duties related to their jobs when such travel is at the request of or approved by the Superintendent and said employee’s immediate supervisor. Travel expenses shall be paid at the same rate as the State Department of Education. The Board shall automatically make adjustments as the State Department of Education approves changes. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-9-9, 16-11-9, 16-12-3, 16-3-3. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: February 13, 1997 and January 10, 2002 FILE: GT PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES The Board maintains a program of professional development for its teachers, supervisors, administrators and support personnel. This program shall comply with state law and regulations of the State Department of Education. Ref: Ala. Code 16-3-18.4; Harrah Independent School District v. Martin, 99 S. Ct. 1062 (1979); Ala. Code 16-26-1, 16-8-8, 16-9-25, 16-11-2, 16-11-9, 16-12-10, 16-12-11, 16-12-15, 16-23-7 to -16. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GU TENURE, PROBATIONARY AND NON-PROBATIONARY STATUS Certified A teacher shall attain tenure upon the completion of three complete, consecutive years of full-time employment as a teacher with the Board unless the Board approves and issues written notice of termination to the teacher on or before the last day of the teacher’s third consecutive, complete school year of employment. A probationary teacher whose employment or reemployment is effective prior to October 1 of the school year and who completes the school year shall be deemed to have served a complete school year. Time in service without a professional educator’s certificate shall not be credited toward the attainment of tenure. Classified A probationary classified employee attains nonprobationary status upon the completion of three complete, consecutive school years of full-time employment with the Board unless the Board approves and issues written notice of termination to the employee on or before the fifteenth day of June immediately following the employee’s third consecutive complete school year of employment. In the first year of each legislative quadrennium, the written notice shall be provided on or before June 30. A probationary classified employee whose employment or reemployment is effective prior to October 1 of the school year and who completes the school year shall be deemed to have served a complete school year. Miscellaneous Neither tenure nor nonprobationary status may be attained as the Superintendent, the chief school financial officer, or in or by virtue of employment in temporary, part-time, substitute, summer school, occasional, seasonal, supplemental, irregular, or like forms of 1 of 2 FILE: GU employment, or in positions that are created to serve experimental, pilot, temporary, or like special program, projects, or purposes, the funding and duration of which are finite. Service performed as a teacher may not be converted to, recognized, or otherwise credited to the employee for the purpose of attaining nonprobationary status as a classified employee. Service performed in the capacity of a classified employee may not be converted, to recognized, or otherwise credited to the employee for the purpose of attaining tenure as a teacher, whether or not the classified employee holds a certificate issued by the State Department of Education. Neither tenured status nor time in probationary service shall be transferable from another school district to this school district, except that employees whose school district changes by virtue of annexation, school district formation, consolidation, or a similar reorganization over which the employee has no control shall retain tenure or nonprobationary status and service credit attained by virtue of employment with the predecessor school district. Ref: Act Number 2011-270 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and May 10, 2012 2 of 2 FILE: GV TRANSFER Except as otherwise specified, employees may be transferred or reassigned at any time as the needs of the Board require to any position for which they are qualified by skill, training, or experience upon the recommendation of the Superintendent and the approval of the Board. The Superintendent may reassign a teacher to any grade, position, or work location within the same school, campus, or instructional facility, as the needs of the Board require. Tenured Teachers For a tenured teacher, except as required by acts of God or disasters that are beyond the reasonable control of the Board, written notice of the reassignment must be issued to the teacher no later than the twentieth calendar day after the first day of classes for students, and the teacher may not be involuntarily reassigned more than one time in a school year, excluding summer term. The reassignment may only be to another position for which the teacher holds appropriate certification, and the reassignment may not entail a loss of or reduction in compensation. Such reassignments are not subject to challenge or review under Act Number 2011-270. For reassignments due to acts of God or disasters later than the 20th calendar day after the first day of class for students, a tenured teacher may request a hearing before the Board prior to a vote of the Board on the proposed transfer. Tenured teachers may be transferred within a system to any grade or position outside of the school, campus, or instructional facility to which the teacher is reassigned subject to the following terms and conditions: The transfer must be to another position for which the employee holds appropriate certification and the transfer must be without loss of or reduction in compensation. Except as required by acts of God or disasters that are beyond the reasonable control of the Board, written notice of the proposed transfer must be issued to the teacher by the Superintendent no later than the twentieth calendar day after the first day of classes for students, 1 of 3 FILE: GV and the teacher may not be involuntarily transferred more than one time in a school year, and prior to a final decision of the Board, the teacher must be afforded an opportunity to meet with the Board to demonstrate why the proposed transfer should not be approved. Such transfers are not subject to challenge or review Act Number 2011-270. If the proposed transfer is to a work site outside of the high school feeder pattern in which the teacher is currently working, then the teacher may request a hearing before the Board prior to a vote of the Board on the proposed transfer. For transfers due to acts of God or disasters than the 20th calendar day after the first day of class for students, a tenured teacher may request a hearing before the Board prior to a vote of the Board on the proposed transfer. Nonprobationary Classified Employees Nonprobationary classified employees may be transferred to any position for which they are qualified within the system, if the transfer is without loss of or reduction in compensation, written notice of the proposed transfer is issued to the employee not less than 15 calendar days before a vote thereon is taken by the Board, and the transfer is effective not less than 15 calendar days after the date of the final decision. A nonprobationary classified employee who is proposed to be transferred to a principal work site that is outside of the high school feeder pattern in which the current work site of the employee is located shall be afforded an opportunity to appeal in the same manner as a termination. This shall not apply to employees whose daily work assignments and duties require regular or periodic travel throughout the system or between work sites operated by or under the control of the Board. Except as required by acts of God or disasters that are beyond the reasonable control of the Board, a nonprobationary classified employee may not be involuntarily transferred more than one time in a school year, excluding summer term. Such transfers are not subject to be challenge or review Act Number 2011-270. 2 of 3 FILE: GV Lower Rate or Amount of Compensation or Shorter Term of Employment Probationary teachers and probationary classified employees may be transferred to another position that provides for a lower rate or amount of compensation or a shorter term of employment if the employee holds appropriate certification or qualifications for the position, the notice of proposed transfer contains a written explanation of the effect of the transfer on the compensation of the employee, and the notice informs the employee that he or she may object in writing to the transfer before a vote is taken thereon by the Board. If approved by a vote of the Board, the transfer shall be effective not less than 15 calendar days after the date of the final decision. Such transfers are not subject to challenge or review Act Number 2011-270. A tenured teacher or nonprobationary classified employee may be involuntarily transferred to another position that provides for a lower rate or amount of pay or a shorter term of employment, subject o he following terms and conditions: The notice of proposed transfer and subsequent proceedings, except for use of the term transfer, shall conform and be subject to the substantive and procedural standards and requirements that apply to termination of nonprobationary employees, and to appeals therefrom. No vote or decision on such transfers shall be made for political or personal reasons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers or reassignments that were made as a part of, or consequence of, or in conjunction with reductionsin-force authorized under Section 16-1-33, Code of Alabama 1975, or in order to comply with state or federal law are not subject to challenge or review under Act Number 2011-270, whether or not such transfers or reassignments are to positions that provide for a lower rate or amount of pay or a shorter term or employment. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-33 and Act Number 2011-270. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and May 10, 2012 3 of 3 FILE: GW REDUCTION IN FORCE Certified A reduction in force may take place when the Board determines that a financial exigency, program change, serious natural disaster or other legitimate business reason requires that the contract of one or more teachers, principals, or other certified employees be terminated. Such a determination constitutes the necessary cause for dismissal. Subject to any applicable statutory and constitutional limitations, such as procedural protection, the Board has the authority to terminate, demote, or reassign certified personnel to achieve the necessary reduction in staff. As a prerequisite to all other considerations, the Board shall determine upon the recommendation of the Superintendent, the organizational levels to be reduced. The Board should determine whether organizational levels (elementary, middle, junior high, senior high) are to be considered distinct categories. The personnel within these levels may be considered separately, (i.e., elementary and secondary, physical education, music, counselors, library personnel, media center, etc.). The Superintendent’s recommendation shall include a recommendation on the organizational level to be reduced, the level of employees to be affected and the particular employees to be dismissed. The Superintendent shall confine his or her recommendations for personnel reductions to personnel assigned to the affected programs or employment areas. In making his recommendation, the Superintendent is bound to consider all of the factors set out in this policy and must adhere to the same guidelines for Reduction in Force (RIF) decision making as established for the Board. 1 of 5 FILE: GW The Board shall not adopt a policy that is based solely on longevity or experience. When a reduction in force is necessary, the first employees to be dismissed will be non-tenured persons within the class of personnel being reduced. Non-reduced teachers will be retained when a tenured teacher is terminated only if the tenured teacher is not qualified by certification to teach the position which the non-tenured teacher occupies. If more than one legally qualified tenured teacher is being considered for dismissal, the following criteria, in the order stated, will be used to determine which of the tenured teachers will be retained: 1. Certification in a teaching position which is being retained and is open. A tenured teacher with standard certification for the retained position will be given consideration over a tenured teacher with provisional certification. 2. Seniority in the length of continuous, full-time contracted certified employment in the district, beginning on the date the employee first reported to work. 3. Effectiveness as reflected by the three most recent performance evaluations. 4. Professional education and work experience related to the current or projected assignment. If based upon these factors, two or more tenured faculty are equally qualified for the position, the following prioritized list will determine the order of the RIF: 1. The date the Board ratified the contract. 2. The date the contract was signed by the teacher. 3. If all of the above are equal, lots will be drawn. If more than one non-tenured teachers is in the position which is being reduced, the same criteria as used to determine which tenured teachers will be RIFed shall be used to determine which non-tenured teachers will be RIFed. 2 of 5 FILE: GW Any reduction in personnel shall procedurally be accomplished in accordance with sections 16-24-8 to 10 Ala. Code (1975). Any employee terminated or demoted pursuant to the policy shall have the following recall rights to a position for which he or she is certified, for two (2) calendar years from the effective date of his or her termination or demotion: 1. Tenured teachers dismissed through staff reductions will, for a period of two years, be offered re-employment if qualified by certificate and competency in the area of need, in reverse order of dismissal before non-tenured teachers in the same teaching area are added to the staff. 2. Non-tenured teachers who have been dismissed through staff reduction and are qualified by certificate and competency in the are of need will, for a period of two years, be offered re-employment in reverse order of dismissal before licensed teachers in the same teaching area are added to the staff. If a former employee refuses an offer of employment pursuant to this policy, his or her rights of recall are forfeited. Definitions used in this policy are as follows: 1. “Reduction in Force (RIF)” means the dismissal of a teacher, administrator, other certified employee or other contractual employee before the end of a contract term for reasons of financial exigency or program change. Non-renewal of a non-continuous service employee’s annual contract is not a “reduction in force” as used in this policy. 2. “Financial Exigency” means any decline in the employing School Board’s (hereinafter “Board”) financial resources brought about by decline in enrollment, cuts in funding, decline in tax revenues, or any other actions or events that create a need to reduce financial expenditures for personnel. 3. “Program Change” means any elimination, curtailment or reorganization of a curriculum offering, program, or school operation because of a lack o student response to particular course offerings, legislative revisions to program funding, or a reorganization or consolidation of two or more individual school or school districts. 4. “Continuing Service Status” (hereinafter “tenure” or “tenured”) means the status obtained by a teacher, instructor, principal, or supervisor who has met the statutory requirements. 3 of 5 FILE: GW Support With respect to non-probationary employees, a determination by the Board that Reduction in Force (RIF) is necessary pursuant to this policy constitutes the necessary cause for dismissal required by §36-26-102, Ala. Code (1975). Subject to any applicable statutory and constitutional limitations, including the procedural protections of the Fair Dismissal Act, the Board has the authority to terminate employees to achieve the necessary reduction in staff. The following procedures shall be used to implement a reduction in force: 1. The Superintendent shall recommend in writing to the Board the positions or job classifications to be affected and the particular employees to be dismissed. In making this recommendation, the Superintendent is bound to consider all of the factors set out in this policy. The Superintendent shall confine his or her recommendation for employee reduction to employees assigned to the affected positions or job classifications. 2. The Board, upon the recommendation of the Superintendent, shall determine the positions or job classifications to be affected and the particular employees to be dismissed. 3. To the extent possible the reduction shall be accomplished through attrition. 4. If reductions beyond those achieved by attrition are necessary, length of service with the employing board shall govern. Probationary employees will be the first to be terminated. A non-probationary employee will be terminated only after all probationary employees in the designated position or job classification have been laid off. If it is necessary to include non-probationary employees in the Reduction in Force, non-probationary employees having the least length of service will be the first laid off. In the event two or more employees have the same length of service, the Board will then consider the performance, ability, and skill of the employees. Any reduction in personnel shall procedurally be accomplished in accordance with §36-26100 to -108, Ala. Code (1975). Any employee terminated pursuant to this policy shall have recall rights to the position from which he or she was terminated, for two (2) calendar years from the effective date or his or her termination, in reverse order of dismissal. 4 of 5 FILE: GW If a former employee refuses an offer of employment pursuant to this policy, his or her rights of recall are forfeited. Nothing in this policy shall be deemed to create a property interest in continued employment, or to create an expectation of further or continued employment beyond that provided by, where applicable, the Alabama Fair Dismissal Act, §36-26-100, et. seq, Ala. Code (1975). Definitions used in this policy are as follows: 1. “Employee” as used in this policy is defined in the exact manner as that term is defined in §36-26-100, Ala. Code (1975) and as construed by applicable law. 2. “Probationary employee” is defined as that term is defined by §36-26-101, Ala. Code (1975) and as construed by applicable case law. 3. “Length of service” means the length of the most recent, uninterrupted period of continuous employment with the employing Board. Continuous employment will not be considered interrupted by holidays, vacation periods, summer recesses or approved leaves of absence; however, in computing length of service, the period of any approved leave of absence shall not be counted as part of the total continuous employment. 4. “Reduction in Force” or “RIF” means the dismissal of one or more employees for reasons of financial exigency, serious natural disaster, justifiable decrease in jobs in the system or other good and just cause. Termination of a probationary employee pursuant to §36-36-101(c), Ala. Code (1975) is not a ‘reduction in force” as used in this policy. Nothing in this policy shall affect the rights of the employing Board to remove a probationary employee as contemplated by §36-26-100(c), Ala. Code (1975), or create procedural requirements for such removal beyond those set out in §36-26-101(c), Ala. Code (1975). Ref: Ala. Code 16-24-8-10, 36-26-100-108. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: August 5, 1999 and January 10, 2002 5 of 5 FILE: GX TUTORING FOR PAY BY CERTIFIED PERSONNEL Certified personnel shall not receive pay or its equivalent for out-of-school tutoring of students in their classes when the outside tutoring is in subject areas taught during the regular school day by said employee. Tutoring for any form of remuneration shall not be done during the regular school hours. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: GY SUBSTITUTE PERSONNEL Teachers The Board shall approve a list of qualified individuals to serve as substitute teachers within the School District. The Superintendent shall prepare the list, assuring that all those listed are properly qualified. Principals or their designated representative shall call substitute teachers from the approved list in case of absence of a regular teacher. It shall be the responsibility of the principal and the regular teacher to ensure that the substitute teacher has the necessary instructions and materials to teach effectively, including textbooks, lesson plans, class rolls, schedules and an outline of local school procedures. The substitute teacher shall provide the regular teacher with a brief report of the day’s activities. Substitute teachers shall be paid at a rate set by the Board and are eligible for benefits and privileges available to employees. Support The Board shall approve a list of qualified individuals to serve as substitute support personnel with the School District. The Superintendent shall prepare the list, assuring that all those listed are properly qualified. Principals or their designated representatives shall call substitute support personnel from the approved list in case of absence of a support staff member. It shall be the responsibility of the principal to ensure that the substitute support staff member has the necessary instructions and materials to effectively carry out assigned responsibilities and an outline of local school procedures. Where applicable, the substitute support staff member shall provide the regular support staff member with a brief report of the day’s activities. Substitute support personnel shall be paid at a rate set by the Board and are not eligible for benefits and privileges available to employees. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 H – NEGOTIATIONS HA Professional Personnel Negotiations HAA Legal Status HAB Goals and Objectives HAC Scope of Professional Negotiations HAD Board Rights and Duties HAE Board Negotiations Agent HAF Superintendent’s Role HAH Professional Staff Negotiating Organization HAHA Method of Determination HAHB Privileges HAI Bargaining Meeting Procedures HAJ Preliminary Agreement Disposition HAK Ratification and Implementation Procedures HAL Announcement of Agreement HAM Impasse Procedures HAN Professional Personnel Job Actions HAO Amendment and Renegotiations Procedures HB Support Personnel Negotiations HBA Legal Status HBB Goals and Objectives HBC Scope of Support Negotiations HBD Board Rights and Duties HBE Board Negotiating Agent HBF Superintendent’s Role HBG Support Staff Rights and Responsibilities HBH Support Staff Negotiating Organization HBHA Method of Determination HBHB Privileges HBI Bargaining Meeting HBJ Preliminary Agreement Disposition HBK Ratification and Implementation Procedures HBL Announcement of Agreement HBM Impasse Procedures HBN Support Personnel Job Actions HBO Amendment and Renegotiations Procedures H – NEGOTIATIONS At this time, the Board has no specific polices that lend themselves to this file. I – INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM IA Philosophy IB Curriculum Development IC Curriculum Design ICA Sex Education ICB Drug Education ICC Extended Programs ICCA Summer Sessions ICD Special Programs ICDA Homebound Instruction ICDB Gifted Student ICDC Special Education ICDD Tutorial Programs ICDE Parental Responsibility ICDF Parental Involvement ICDG English Language Learners ICDH Alternative School ICDI Dual Enrollment/ Dual Credit for High School Students ICDJ Cooperative Education ICDK Credit Recovery ICDL Virtual School Option ID Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities IE Adult Education Program IF IFA IFB IFC IFD IFE Instructional Materials Instructional Materials Review Classroom Instruction Support Funds Textbook Selection and Adoption School Libraries/Media Centers Guidelines for Computer and Internet Safety Usage IG Field Trips and Excursions IH School Volunteers II Guidance Program IJ Report Cards and Grading System IK Final Examinations IL Parent Conferences (Continued) IM Homework IN Class Rankings IO Honor Rolls IP Promotion and Retention IQ Graduation Requirements IR Make up Opportunities IS ISA ISB Testing Program Use and Dissemination of Test Results Test Security IT Evaluation of Instructional Program IU Student Records IV Teaching Methods IW IWA Controversial Issues Teaching About Religion IX School Ceremonies and Observances IY Lesson Plans IZ Substitute Teachers FILE: IA PHILOSOPHY The Board recognizes that no one philosophy of education can express the total sentiments or beliefs of all teaching personnel. As each student is different, it is the purpose of education to provide him/her with appropriate experiences in school which enhances maximum achievement potential so that he/she may be a useful and productive member of society. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IB CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT The Board maintains that curriculum development should be a continual process always reflecting the assessed needs of the students in the School District. The Superintendent and his staff shall periodically conduct curriculum review and analysis and report the findings to the Board. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IC CURRICULUM DESIGN The Superintendent shall be responsible for coordinating and maintaining the instructional program in accordance with the provisions of the state Constitution, state statutes, rules and regulations of the State Board of Education, and policies of the Board. The organization and scheduling of subjects in the curriculum of the School District shall conform to the requirements of the State Department of Education. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-28, 16-11-20. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICA SEX EDUCATION The Board’s sex education program shall include all of the following elements: 1. An emphasis on sexual abstinence as the only completely reliable method of avoiding unwanted teenage pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases. 2. An emphasis on the importance of self-control and ethical conduct pertaining to sexual behavior. 3. Statistics based on the latest medical information that indicate the degree of reliability and unreliability of various forms of contraception, while also emphasizing the increase in protection against pregnancy and protection against sexually transmitted diseases, including HIV and/or AIDS infection, which is afforded by the use of various contraceptive measures. 4. Information concerning the laws relating to the financial responsibilities associated with pregnancy, childbirth, and child rearing. 5. Information concerning the laws prohibiting sexual abuse, the need to report such abuse, and the legal options available to victims of sexual abuse. 6. Information on how to cope with and rebuff unwanted physical and verbal abuse, and the legal options available to victims of sexual abuse. 7. Psychologically sound measures of resisting unwanted peer pressure. 8. Comprehensive instruction in parenting skills and responsibilities, including the responsibility to pay child support by non-custodial parents, the penalties for nonpayment of child support, the legal and ethical responsibilities of child support, and the legal and ethical responsibilities of child care and child rearing. Ref: Ala. Code 16-40A-1 TO 4. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICB DRUG EDUCATION The Board authorizes the establishment of a drug education program, to be taught at all grade levels, which is comprehensive in scope and directed toward the acquisition of factual information to promote the development of positive attitudes and values. The program shall concentrate on the physical and psychological causes of drug abuse as well as its consequential effects and symptoms in order to establish an effective program of prevention. The program shall include the following: 1. Age-appropriate, developmentally based drug and alcohol education and prevention programs that address the legal, social, and health consequences of drug and alcohol use and that provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use illicit drugs or alcohol for students in all grades of the public schools from early childhood level through grade 12. 2. Information conveying to students that the use of illicit drugs and the unlawful possession and use of alcohol is wrong and harmful and is punishable by fines and imprisonment. 3. Standards of conduct that are applicable to students and employees in all public schools and that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students and employees on school premises, or a part of any activities of the school. 4. A clear statement that sanctions, consistent with local, state, and federal law, up to and including expulsion or termination of employment and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students and employees who violate the standards of conduct required by subdivision (3). Ref: Ala. Code 16-40A-1 TO 4, 16-41-1 TO 4(b), 16-41-7, 16-2-2, 16-2-4; Act 92-590. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICC EXTENDED SCHOOL YEAR The length of a disabled student’s program may not be limited to the regular school term/year if significant regression, caused by an interruption in educational services, renders it impossible or unlikely that the student will retain critical skills even after an appropriate recoupment period. All students experience some regression over school breaks. However, this does not automatically entitle these students to an Extended School Year (ESY) Program. Therefore, the Individualized Education Plan (IEP) Committee will determine whether skills learned by the student during the school year (as reflected on the IEP) will be significantly jeopardized without an ESY Program. The following provisions govern ESY Programs: 1. Provision of ESY services shall be reviewed for all special education (disabled) students, or when the unique educational needs of the disabled student make such considerations appropriate. 2. ESY services shall be based on the individual needs of the disabled students and not by category of disabling condition. 3. Consideration of ESY services shall be limited to the goals/objectives identified in the student’s current IEP. 4. ESY services shall provide for the maintenance of those skills identified as critical by the IEP Committee and will not necessarily duplicate all of the services contained in the current IEP. Services are not to be provided simply because a student would acquire some benefit from them or gain new skills. 5. ESY services shall be provided only when determined by the IEP Committee to be a necessary component of a disabled student’s free appropriate public education and shall not be confused with, or considered the same as, optional fee-based summer school or enrichment programs. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-1, 16-11-9 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICCA SUMMER SESSIONS The Board has the authority to establish and operate summer sessions. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-10, 16-11-18. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICD SPECIAL PROGRAMS In keeping with its desire to provide the best possible education for all students, the Board shall provide education programs for students of disparate ability, background and achievement. The Board shall also maintain an alternative education program for students who, because of disciplinary problems, cannot be appropriately educated in the regular school environment. The Board maintains a comprehensive career awareness program in middle schools to help students appreciate the value of a high school education and understand the consequences of not acquiring a high school diploma. The Board places strong emphasis on the utilization of school counselors for early identification and intervention of students deemed to be at risk. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-13, 16-1-16, 16-11-23. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICDA HOMEBOUND INSTRUCTION Homebound instruction shall be offered of those pupils who are unable to attend school due to mental or physical illness or injury. A certified physician must document illness or injury in writing. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICDB GIFTED STUDENT The Board shall provide special education opportunities to students who are identified as gifted or talented by virtue of outstanding abilities, capable of high performance, and require differentiated educational programs and services beyond those normally provided by the regular school program. Staff members and/or consultants who are qualified to conduct such evaluations will identify students as gifted only after evaluation. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICDC SPECIAL EDUCATION The Board authorizes the Superintendent to prepare and maintain a comprehensive plan for the development and implementation of individual instructional programs for all exceptional children of school age residing within the School District who are in need of specialized assistance. The Superintendent shall be instructed to include within this plan procedures which fully comply with the equal protection and due process clauses of the U.S. Constitution as these relate to: (1) identification; (2) testing procedures relative to assignment; (3) actual assignment and instruction; (4) other legal aspects concerning exceptional children. All development and implementation procedures shall comply with specified state and federal statutes concerning education programs for exceptional children. The Board is required to provide free appropriate public education for all eligible children with disabilities, ages 3 through 5, inclusive, in accordance with the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, previously known as the “Education of the Handicapped Act,” Public Law 91-230, and all amendments thereto. The Catastrophic Trust Fund for Special Education, administered by the State Department of Education, exists for the purpose of assisting in providing special education and related services to children with disabilities in catastrophic cases. Ref: 20 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.; Ala. Code 16-39-31, et seq., Ala. Code 16-39A-1; Ala. Code 16-3931. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICDD TUTORIAL PROGRAMS Any student who is required by statute or regulation of the State Department of Education to be tested or assessed by Stanford Achievement Test (SAT) or any other assessment used by the school system who scores or is assesses at a range of one grade below any subject or subjects, or fall below the average of the school system assessment shall be provided tutoring programs for reading skills and other subjects. The Board shall provide the tutoring program. Tutoring programs shall continue two additional times for any student while attending the school for any subject or subjects until the student scores or is assessed in the average range or above for each subject being tutored. However, the Board may continue the tutoring sessions, and the program shall remain for all other students provided funding is available or appropriated by the State. Prior to providing a tutoring program, the Board shall develop and submit to the State Department of Education for its approval a local plan for the implementation of tutoring service. The Board may utilize the services of the Boys and Girls Clubs or other non-profit community organizations. The State Superintendent of Education shall promulgate necessary regulations to implement the program. Ref: Act. 2000-804. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICDE PARENTAL RESPONSIBILITY The Board shall require, in accordance with rules and regulations of the State Board of Education, the students in grades seven to twelve, inclusive, receive instruction in parental responsibilities. The content of the instructional program shall be determined by the state Board of Education. The Board shall require, in accordance with rules and regulations of the state Board of Education, that students in grades seven to twelve, inclusive, receive instruction in the importance of an education and the consequences of not obtaining a high school diploma. The contents of the instructional program shall be determined by the state Board of Education. The instructional program shall offer information appropriate to each grade level and age and level of maturity of the student. The Board shall require, in accordance with rules and regulations of the State Board of Education, that students in grades kindergarten to twelve, inclusive, receive instruction regarding how to study. The content of the instructional program shall be determined by the state Board of Education. The instructional program shall offer information appropriate to each grade level and age and level of maturity of the student. The instructional programs required here are not new required courses, but shall be included in existing required courses as determined by the State Board of Education. Ref: Act 93-370. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: ICDF PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT Part I. General Expectations The School District agrees to implement the following statutory requirements:  The school district will implement programs, activities and procedures for the involvement of parents in all of its schools with Title I, Part A programs, consistent with section 1118 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (ESEA). These programs, activities and procedures will be planned and operated with meaningful consultation to include parents of participating children.  Consistent with section 1118, the school district will work with its schools to ensure that the required school-level parental involvement policies meet the requirements of section 1118(b) of the ESEA, and each component include a school-parent compact consistent with section 1118(d) of the ESEA.  The school district will incorporate this LEA parental involvement policy/plan into its LEA plan developed under section 1112 of the ESEA.  In carrying out the Title I, Part A parental involvement requirements, to the extent practicable, the school district and its schools will provide full opportunities for the participation of parents with limited English proficiency, parents with disabilities, and parents of migratory children, provide information and school reports required under section 1111 of the ESEA in an understandable and uniform format and, including alternative formats upon request, and, to the extent practicable, in a language parents understand.  If the LEA plan for Title I, Part A, developed under section 1112 of the ESEA, is not satisfactory to the parents of participating children, the school district will submit any parent comments with the plan when the school district submits the plan to the State Department of Education.  The school district will involve the parents of children served in Title I, Part A schools in decisions about how the 1 percent of Title I, Part A funds reserved for parental involvement is spent, and will ensure that not less than 95 percent of the one percent reserved goes directly to the schools. 1 of 6 FILE: ICDF  The school district will be governed by the following statutory definition of parental involvement, and expects that its Title I schools will carry out programs, activities and procedures in accordance with this definition: Parental involvement means the participation of parents in regular, two-way, and meaningful communication involving student academic learning and other school activities, including ensuring— (A) that parents play an integral role in assisting their child’s learning; (B) that parents are encouraged to be actively involved in their child’s education at school; (C) that parents are full partners in their child’s education and are included, as appropriate, in decision-making and on advisory committees to assist in the education of their child; (D) that other activities are carried out, such as those described in section 1118 of the ESEA.  The school district will be governed by the following statutory definition of parental involvement, and expects that its Title I schools will carry out programs, activities and procedures in accordance with this definition: Parental involvement means the participation of parents in regular, two-way, and meaningful communication involving student academic learning and other school activities, including ensuring— (A) that parents play an integral role in assisting their child’s learning; (B) that parents are encouraged to be actively involved in their child’s education at school; (C) that parents are full partners in their child’s education and are included, as appropriate, in decision-making and on advisory committees to assist in the education of their child; (D) that other activities are carried out, such as those described in section 1118 of the ESEA. Part II. Description of How District will Implement Required LEA Parental Involvement Policy/Plan Components 1. The School District will take the following actions to involve parents in the joint development of its LEA parental involvement policy/plan under section 1112 of the ESEA:  provide opportunities for parents of children receiving services to be involved in : A. the development of the LEA plan to help all children meet challenging academic standards B. the process of school review and improvement with regard to schools identified for school improvement as described in section 116 of the NCLB Act of 2001; 2. The School District will take the following actions to involve parents in the process of school review and improvement under section 1116 of the ESEA:  coordinate technical assistance and other support necessary to assist participating schools in planning and implementing effective parental involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance.  develop with parents- a School-Parent Compact for each Title I school 2 of 6 FILE: ICDF 3. The School District will provide the following necessary coordination, technical assistance, and other support to assist Title I, Part A schools in planning and implementing effective parental involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance:  provide assistance to parents of children served by the LEA, as appropriate, in understanding such topics as the State's academic content standards and State student academic achievement standards, State and local academic assessments, the requirement of this part, and how to monitor a child's progress and work with educators to improve the achievement of their children  provide materials and training to help parents to work with their children to improve their children's achievement, such as literacy training and using technology, as appropriate, to foster parental involvement  educate teachers, pupil services personnel, principals, and other staff, with the assistance of parents, in the value and utility of contributions of parents, and in how to reach out to, communicate, and work with parents as equal partners, implement and coordinate parent programs, and build ties between parents and the school. 4. The School District will coordinate and integrate parental involvement strategies in Part A with parental involvement strategies under the following other programs:  to the extent feasible and appropriate, coordinate and integrate parental involvement programs and activities with Head Start, Reading First, public preschool and other programs, that encourage and support parents to fully participate in the education of their children  mentoring programs for parents and students. 5. The School District will take the following actions to conduct, with the involvement of parents, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of this parental involvement policy/plan in improving the quality of its Title I, Part A schools. The evaluation will include identifying barriers to greater participation by parents in parental involvement activities (with particular attention to parents who are economically disadvantaged, are disabled, have limited English proficiency, have limited literacy, or of any racial or ethnic minority background). The school district will use the findings of the evaluation about its parental involvement policy/plan and activities to design strategies for effective parental involvement, and to revise, if necessary (with the involvement of parents) its parental involvement policies.  Conduct, with the involvement of parents, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of the parental involvement policy in improving the academic quality of the schools served, including identifying barriers to greater participation by parents in activities offered by the program, and use the findings of such evaluation to design strategies for effective parental involvement, and to revise, if necessary, the parental involvement policy. 3 of 6 FILE: ICDF 6. The School District will build the schools’ and parent’s capacity for strong parental involvement, in order to ensure effective involvement of parents and to support a partnership among the schools, parents, and the community to improve student academic achievement, through the following activities specifically described below: A. The school district will, with the assistance of its Title I, Part A schools, provide assistance to parents of children served by the school district or school, as appropriate, in understanding topics such as the following, by undertaking the actions described in this paragraph:  the State’s academic content standards,  the State’s student academic achievement standards,  the State and local academic assessments including alternate assessments,  the requirements of Part A,  how to monitor their child’s progress  how to work with educators  attending workshops/conferences  strengthen counseling activities in all schools  designate a parent coordinator at all schools to build the relationship between home and school B. The school district will, with the assistance of its schools, provide materials and training to help parents work with their children to improve their children’s academic achievement, such as literacy training, and using technology, as appropriate, to foster parental involvement, by:  representatives from the Parent Advisory Committee will attend Youth Guidance's Annual Parent Leadership Conference  offer adult classes after school (GED, computer, literacy)  offer childcare services while parents attend aforementioned classes C. The school district will, with the assistance of its schools and parents, educate its teachers, pupil services personnel, principals and other staff, in how to reach out to, communicate with, and work with parents as equal partners, through the contributions of parents, and in how to implement and coordinate parent programs and build ties between parents and schools, by:  designate a parent coordinator at all schools to build the relationship between home and school  encourage after school programs  encourage extra curricular activities for all students  encourage parental involvement 4 of 6 FILE: ICDF D. The school district will, to the extent feasible and appropriate, coordinate and integrate parental involvement programs and activities with Head Start, Reading First, Home Instruction Programs for Preschool Youngsters, public preschool and other programs, and conduct other activities, such as parent resource centers, that encourage and support parents to fully participate in the education of their children, by:  establish and support Parent Resource Centers  schedule frequent activities for parents to interact with their child/children during the school day E. The school district will take the following actions to ensure that information related to the school and parent-programs, meetings, and other activities, is sent to the parents of participating children in an understandable and uniform format, including alternative formats upon request, and, to the extent practicable, in a language the parents can understand:  communicate to parents through different methods (churches, newspaper advertisement, mailed information)  design and disseminate a monthly or quarterly school newsletter  encourage parental involvement  solicit feedback from parents  construct a suggestion box for parents to solicit suggestions and feedback  provide opportunities for parents of children receiving services to be involved in the decisions regarding how funds reserved for parental involvement activities are allotted PART III. Discretionary LEA Parental Involvement Policy/Plan Components      involving parents in the development of training for teachers, principals, and other educators to improve the effectiveness of that training; providing necessary literacy training for parents from Title I, Part A funds, if the school district has exhausted all other reasonably available sources of funding for that training; training parents to enhance the involvement of other parents; arranging school meetings at a variety of times, or conducting in-home conferences between teachers or other educators, who work directly with participating children, with parents who are unable to attend those conferences at school in order to maximize parental involvement and participation in their children’s education adopting and implementing model approaches to improving parental involvement; 5 of 6 FILE: ICDF    establishing a LEA parent advisory council to provide advice on all matters related to parental involvement in Title I, Part A programs; developing appropriate roles for community-based organizations and businesses, including faith-based organizations, in parental involvement activities; and providing other reasonable support for parental involvement activities under section 1118 as parents may request. Part IV. Adoption This LEA Parental Involvement Policy/Plan has been developed jointly, and agreed upon by parents of children participating in Title I, Part A programs, as evidenced by documentation of agenda, sign-in sheets, and minutes of planned meetings. Upon adoption by the School District, this policy/plan will be in effect for a period of two years. The School District will establish a deadline for the distribution of the policy/plan to all parents of participating Title I, Part A children. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Dates Amended: March 13, 2003, April 15, 2005, and February 12, 2009 6 of 6 FILE: ICDG ENGLSIH LANGUAGE LEARNERS It is policy of the Board that individuals who have been identified as a national origin minority student with limited English proficiency shall not be excluded from participation in, denied benefits of, or subjected to discrimination in any program. The Board will adhere to all guidelines mandated by state and federal laws. Ref: Title VI of the Civil Act of 1964, Public Law 100-297-Section 7002, EEOA Date Adopted: November 9, 2000 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 FILE: ICDH ALTERNATIVE SCHOOL It is policy of the Board that an effective Alternative School program be implemented and maintained in order to meet the needs of students with behavioral or emotional problems. In addition, the Alternative School shall serve a disciplinary function by isolating potentially disruptive students from the regular school population and maintaining rigorous adherence to rules and procedures. In order to meet the above objectives, the Alternative School Program shall provide the following: A. A full time teacher who is effective in dealing with students who have emotional and behavioral problems. B. Opportunities for individual counseling with qualified personnel. C. A point or merit system to enable a student to earn privileges and eventually attain the opportunity to return to the regular school program. Procedures In the event that a student’s behavior, in the opinion of the principal, may justify assignment to the Alternative School, the procedures shall be a follows: A. The student shall be clearly informed by the principal or his/her designee of the offense(s) with which he/she is being charged and of the evidence against him/her. The student will be given full due process to state his/her position regarding the alleged offense(s). B. If, in the judgment of the principal or his/her designee, the student did commit the offense(s) in question, the student shall be immediately suspended from school. C. The principal shall immediately notify the student’s parents or legal guardian of the action taken, the reason or basis for the action, and what further action will be taken. D. The student shall then be dismissed from school but only in the company of his/her parent or guardian. E. Within a period of time not to exceed two (2) full school days, the principal shall submit to the Superintendent or his/her designee a written report outlining: 1) the nature of the offense(s) that the student has committed and 2) a recommendation for assignment to the Alternative School as well as 3) any conditions which must be met before the student is permitted to return to the regular school program. 1 of 2 FILE: ICDH F. Once the recommendation for assignment to the Alternative School is made, the principal will set up a meeting with the student’s parents, the student, the school principal and the Superintendent or his/her designee. Any other school personnel (i.e., school counselor, BBSST team leader, PEP teacher) or Central Office personnel should also attend the meeting if needed. G. The Superintendent of his/her designee shall render a final decision concerning Alternative School placement. In the event that a student is assigned to the Alternative School, the Superintendent or his/her designee shall notify, in writing, the student’s parent or guardian of such placement. Curriculum In compliance with the Alabama Administrative Code 290-3-1-029(1)(c), it is the policy of the Board that all students enrolled in the Alternative School Program for a period of 15 consecutive calendar days or more shall be provided with a curriculum which stresses anger management, alternatives to aggression, responsibility, group problem solving, success through academic and skills for success in the work place. Prohibited Activities During his/her term of assignment to the Alternative School, a student shall not be permitted on the campus of any other school or facility of the Board, nor shall he/she be permitted to attend or participate in any school-sponsored activity during such term of assignment. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: ICDI Dual Enrollment/ Dual Credit for High School Students Institutions within The Alabama College System are authorized to establish dual enrollment/dual credit programs with local boards of education in the college service area. Courses offered by postsecondary institutions shall be of postsecondary level and enrolled students must pay normal tuition as require by the postsecondary institution, or as stipulated if a contract for services between the two levels. The tuition may be paid by a Board-sponsored program. A student is eligible for dual enrollment/dual credit if the student meets the following criteria: 1. The student must meet the entrance requirements established by institutions of postsecondary education. 2. The student must have a “B” average in completed high school courses. 3. The student must have a written approval of the appropriate principal and the local superintendent of education. 4. The student must be in grade 10, 11 or 12, or have an exception granted by the participating postsecondary institution upon the recommendation of the students’ principal and superintendent and in accordance with Alabama Administrative Code 2908-9-17 regarding gifted and talented students. Students may enroll in occupational/technical course /programs in accordance with guidelines of the Department of Postsecondary Education. Students enrolled in courses offered during the normal high school day on or off the high school campus shall have prior permission of the students’ principals, superintendent, and the participating postsecondary institution president. Parental permission and travel for courses offered off the high school campus during the normal school day will be administered under the auspices of the board of education. 1 of 2 FILE: ICDI Ten quarter/six semester credit hours at the postsecondary level shall equal one credit at the high school level in the same or related subject. Partial credit agreements shall be developed between the participating postsecondary institution and the local board of education. At the end of the first semester of their senior year, any student who has fulfilled all requirements for graduation, to include the completion Carnegie unit requirements and passage of all parts of the Alabama High School Graduation Examination, may be released upon the written recommendation of the principal and written approval of the superintendent. Half-day release will not permitted. The student may return for participation in all senior activities for his/her class. Date Adopted: April 5, 2005 Date Amended: December 14, 2006 2 of 2 FILE: ICDJ COOPERATIVE EDUCATION The Director of Career Technical Education will assure conformity with policies and procedures related to Cooperative Education as contained in the Cooperative Education School Regulations/Policies document (Alabama State Department of Education: Career technical Teacher/Coordinator Manual). Date Adopted: November 10, 2005 FILE: ICDK CREDIT RECOVERY In accordance with guidelines released by the Alabama State Department of Education, the Board will offer students in grades 9-12 who have received failing grades in core courses an opportunity to recover the lost credit through a standards-based approach. The approach will target specific knowledge and skill deficits instead of requiring the student to repeat the entire course. Such students must meet eligibility requirements to apply. Date Adopted: January 14, 2010 FILE: ICDL VIRTUAL SCHOOL OPTION In accordance with guidelines released by the Alabama State Department of Education, the Board will offer students in grades 9-12 a virtual pathway or virtual education option, beginning with the 2016-2017 school year. Students enrolled in the virtual school will complete all coursework virtually from their computers. The coursework allows students scheduling flexibility to complete course requirements. Students must meet the following eligibility criteria to participate in the virtual pathway: a. Own an operational home computer b. Maintain a reliable Internet connection c. Have an adult willing to serve as the learning coach d. Be proficient in reading, writing and mathematics. Students must meet the established criteria to participate in the virtual pathway. Attendance and academic progress will be monitored on a regular basis by the virtual school staff. All full-time students enrolled in the virtual school will participate in all state testing and accountability requirements. Quarterly and state-mandated testing will be conducted at a location determined by the School District. Ref: Act No. 2015-89 Date Adopted: July 14, 2016 FILE: ID Beginning 2005-2006 School Year COCURRICULAR AND EXTRACURRIUCLAR ACTIVITIES The Board encourages the development of educationally related activities that enrich and broaden educational opportunities for students. The Board hereby directs School District and local school personnel to ensure that all cocurricular and extracurricular activities meet the following guidelines: 1. Such activities are approved by the Superintendent of Schools. 2. Such activities are under the control of and approved by the local school principal. 3. Such activities are under the direct supervision of an activity sponsor approved by the local school principal. 4. Such activities are supervised by appropriate professional staff members and volunteers/chaperones. 5. Such activities are a part of or an addendum to the written approval plan of school activities. Cocurricular activities are defined as those events, plays, forums, performances, etc. that are associated closely with and are an outgrowth of classroom educational experiences. Extracurricular activities are defined as those events, performances, games, proms, dances, etc. that are designed to provide extra educational and social experience for students. In order for a cocurricular or extracurricular activity to be considered a school sponsored activity it must: 1. Meet all criteria specified above. 2. Be scheduled by the local school principal. 3. Have an employee or employees of the Board assigned to teach, monitor, coordinate, advise, sponsor or chaperone the activity as a part of employment responsibilities. 1 of 2 FILE: ID Athletics in the School District are governed by the rules and regulations of the Alabama High School Athletic Association (AHSAA) and the policies of the Board. The AHSAA procedures give the school minimum guidelines concerning eligibility, number of games to be played in a season, the number of nights a student may participate each weeks, and regulations concerned with unsportsmanlike behavior, etc. School principals shall take steps to ensure that their respective school follows the procedure of the AHSAA and the policies of the Board to the fullest in all athletic events and matters. Any twelfth grade student who has not passed all required parts of the Alabama High School Graduation is ineligible to participate in athletic activities. However, conditional eligibility will be given to those students who attend and effectively participate in at least 75% of after-school tutorial sessions which may be provided during the summer, fall and spring. Full eligibility will be regained after all required parts of the exam are passed. Other interscholastic activities such as clubs and organizations shall be governed by these organizations’ eligibility requirements, State requirements, local school regulations and applicable policies of the Board. Ref: The Alabama State Board of Education Plan of Excellence Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, May 3, 2004 and September 27, 2007 2 of 2 FILE: IE ADULT EDUCATION PROGRAM The Board promotes the Adult Basic Education program by providing facilities and other resources for the program’s operation. The Adult Basic Education curriculum shall be designed for those adults, seventeen years old and over, not enrolled in a public school. Such enrollees shall have been out of school for at least one year to be eligible to enroll in the program. (The Superintendent shall be empowered to waive this requirement under unusual circumstances.) Participants who complete the program may take the examination to receive a Graduate Equivalency Diploma (GED), but are not eligible to receive a regular high school diploma. Ref: Ala. Code 16-34-1 to -4. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS The Board strongly encourages the utilizations of a wide variety of materials and equipment in the instructional program. The selection of materials and equipment should be determined by the objective of the course and the experiences and activities to be provided I efforts to meet such objectives. Teachers are encouraged to keep abreast of types of materials and equipment, which can contribute toward meeting the goals and objectives of the courses they teach. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IFA INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS REVIEW The Board supports principles of intellectual freedom inherent in the First Amendment of the Constitution of the United States. The Board recognizes the right of persons to express objections to instructional materials, which they deem inappropriate. When a request for review of materials is made, the procedures, outlined below should be followed: 1. Inform the complainant of the procedures for selecting instructional materials, request that material(s) in questions be returned to the school, and make no commitment. 2. Upon return of the material(s) request the complainant to submit a Request for Instructional Materials. 3. Inform the principal, and the Superintendent of the complaint. An Advisory Review Committee will be appointed by the principal to determine disposition of the materials. 4. Upon receipt of the complainant’s completed form (Request for Review of Instructional Materials) the principal requests a review of the challenged material(s) by the Advisory Review Committee within fifteen (15) working days, and notifies the Superintendent of School that such review is being made. The challenged material(s) will be in the possession of the Advisory Review Committee during the review procedure. 5. The Advisory Review Committee will: a. Read and examine material(s) referred to the committee. b. Review the general acceptance of the material(s) by reading it. c. Weigh values and faults of the material(s) and form opinions based on the material9s) as a whole and not on passage pulled out of context. d. Meet to discuss material(s) and to prepare a report on it using appropriate checklist as a guide for discussion. e. File a copy of the report in the school and with the Superintendent. 6. Retain or withdraw challenged material(s) based on the decision of the Advisory Committee. 7. The Advisory Review Committee will notify the complainant in writing of its decision. A copy of the notification letter will be sent to the Superintendent. 1 of 2 FILE: IFA 8. The decision of the Advisory Review Committee may be appealed to the Superintendent. This request for appeal must be presented in writing to the Superintendent within fifteen (15) working days of notification from the Advisory Review Committee. 9. The Superintendent of Schools will review the challenged material(s) and respond in writing to the complainant with fifteen (15) working days. A copy of the Superintendent’s notification letter will be sent to the members of the Advisory Review Committee. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: IFB CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION SUPPORT FUNDS For purpose of this section, classroom instructional support means all components of classroom instructional support as provided in the Foundation Program, with the exception of textbooks funds, including but not limited to, library enhancement, classroom materials and supplies, professional development, technology, and other classroom instructional support approved the State Board of Education. The allocation of monies to replace the matriculation fees passed by the State legislature provides specific allocation of funds for each teacher in grades K-12. These funds are allocated for all teachers employed other than those employed by Federal Programs. Special Education Program teachers and Vocational Program teachers are included with the same amount allotted as any other teacher. Principals, assistant principals, guidance personnel, and librarians are also included. Hereafter in these policies this fund allocation shall be referred to as instructional. Permissible Expenditures. Monies allocated for materials and supplies may be spent for classroom instructional purposes only, to be used either by classroom teachers or students in each teacher’s respective classes. It shall be permissible to expend materials and supplies monies on instructional equipment and electrical equipment which is actually utilized with students in the teacher’s classroom. The transfer of materials and supplies with a teacher is disallowed. Materials and supplies monies are expended on behalf of students at a specific school and are not transportable with the teacher if the teacher is transferred to another school. 1 of 4 FILE: IFB Budget Committee. Each school shall have a budget committee. The committee shall be comprised of five members consisting of four teachers and the school’s principal, or the principal’s designee. The teachers on the committee shall be elected annually by secret ballot by majority vote of the teachers voting at each school. The budget shall outline common purchases and shall specify the common items which may be purchased. The proposed budget shall also specify the amount to be allotted for each teacher. The committee shall elect a chairperson from its membership. The committee shall also elect a secretary from its membership who shall be responsible for keeping minutes of the meetings of the budget committee and actions taken to approve the budget during the secret balloting process. The committee may form advisory subcommittees from teachers at the various grade and/or department levels. Approval by Teachers. The proposed budget from the budget committee shall be submitted to the teachers at an annual meeting. Before any part of any proposed budget is implemented, the teachers at the school, through a majority vote of those voting shall approve the proposed budget utilizing a secret balloting process. Teachers shall have at least two work days to review the proposed budget before a vote is taken. Any proposed budget which does not receive approval shall be returned to the budget committee for reformulation, taking into consideration the teachers’ recommendations offered at the school’s annual meeting at the beginning of the school year. If the proposed budget is not approved, the budget committee shall submit another proposed budget for review and consideration by the teachers, and this procedure shall continue until such time as the teachers approved budget utilizing the procedure of this 2 of 4 FILE: IFB section. A report on the budget which is approved by a majority vote of the teachers voting shall be transmitted to the Superintendent on uniform forms provided by the State Department of Education. An adequate system of record-keeping at the Office of Superintendent must be maintained on all expenditures for the Instructional Support Fund. Such systems should provide for sub-accounts for joint faculty or department purchases, individual teacher purchases, library, and other sub-accounts as deemed necessary for adequate accounting of funds. It shall be the responsibility of each school to keep an accurate record of expenditures and check regularly with the Office of Superintendent to see that accounts are coordinated. The effective beginning date for purchases under the Instructional Support Fund shall be October 1 of each year if allocated. The termination date for purchases for the school year, shall be July 30. No purchase orders will be processed after the termination date. Materials ordered but not received by August 31 will be canceled. The State Department of Education has ruled that no funds may be carried over to the next fiscal year. Funds not expended during the fiscal year must be returned. Under no circumstances shall materials be approved for payment until it has been received and checked by the principal or his/her designee or Office of Operations staff member. Principals shall be required to combine orders of individual teachers department or other groups in the school and submit a consolidated requisition for the supplies, materials, or equipment. 3 of 4 FILE: IFB Items should not be purchased prior to the implementation of proper requisition procedures. The Business and Fiscal Affairs Department shall not pay for any merchandise which has been purchased without properly approved requisitions. Proper requisition procedures shall include the following: 1. Utilize the requisition form. 2. Requisition should be dated. 3. Vendors’ full names and address including zip code. 4. Show quantity, n umber, description, unit cost, and extension. 5. Use only current catalog and/or bid list, etc. 6. “Purpose” should show “Instructional”, school name, and teacher’s name. 7. “Fund” should show source (Foundation, Child Nutrition Program, Transportation, etc.). 8. All copies of requisitions must be signed by the principal/director/supervisor. Records of expenditures of these funds will be audited by State auditors to assure funds are spent in accordance with the law. Teachers and principals should use caution in expending such funds to avoid having to be charged back for certain items. Packing slips accompanying merchandise must be sent to the Central Office as soon as merchandise is received and checked for items shipped directly to the school. Ref: Ala. Code 16-13-231, 16-68-10 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 5, 1999 and January 10, 2002 4 of 4 FILE: IFC TEXTBOOK SELECTION AND ADOPTION The Board shall approve all textbooks used in the school district. The Board upon recommendation of the Superintendent shall appoint a textbook committee, and members shall serve for a period of one year. The selection and adoption of textbooks shall be in accordance with the provisions of Alabama law. Representatives of publishing companies must have permission from the school district’s designee before visiting individual schools or teachers. No textbooks may be used unless selected by the local textbook committee and upon recommendation of the Superintendent adopted by the board. Where textbooks are assigned in class, every student shall have his/her own copy of the assigned textbook of correct edition, which he/she may take home each day for home study. Students may purchase a textbook at the school’s cost. Students will be charged for damaged or lost state owned textbooks. Ref: Ala. Code 16-36 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, May 3, 2004 and April 5, 2005 FILE: IFD SCHOOL LIBRARIES/MEDIA CENTERS The Board believes that the school library/media center is a fundamental part of the educational process. The availability of many materials in a variety of formats presents to students and teachers the possibility of selecting the media best suited for individual need and mode of learning. Each school in the District shall maintain a school library/media center under the direction of a state certified librarian/media specialist, where students and staff members may be exposed to a variety of books, periodicals and references in printed form as well as a variety of other materials, such as filmstrips, audio tapes, recordings, pictures, etc. Selection of library/media center material should be made through the cooperative efforts of the staff, parents and students. Coordination of materials selection is the responsibility of each school librarian/media center specialist who must maintain an updated and balanced collection and must provide standard library books and bibliographies to aid in the selection process. The school library/media center will remain open for use by students and staff members during the school day. The Board will not support the efforts of any group to remove material from a school library/media center simply because the group objecting to certain material dislikes items or language contained in the material. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-11-23, 16-21-1 to -3, Board of Education, Island Tree School District v. Pico. 457 U.S. 853, 73 l L. Ed. 2d 435 (1982). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IFE GUIDELINES FOR COMPUTER AND INTERNET SAFETY USAGE The term computer as used in this document, is intended to have a broad interpretation. Computer as used herein, means the computer itself along with all of the accessories and peripherals used in connection with the computer such as, but not limited to, the servers, backup drives, backup disk, network servers, communication servers, modems, Internet access software, CD ROMS, CD drives, printers, software, stored data, computer hardware, E-mail and any and all data and programs used on the computers. LowndesNET is the network of computers for the School District community-students, faculty, staff, as well as community persons. As such, it also places a responsibility on all users of the network. The purpose of this document is to spell out some of the ethical issues, and describe how the School District applies to LowndesNET users. Since we live in a community of computer users we have simple rules by which will make it easier for all of us to get along with each other in sharing our computers. The user shall agree to abide by these rules or the user shall not use the LowndesNET network. Lowndes County Public Schools receives funding from Universal Service Administrative Company (USAC) for telecommunications, internet access, internal connections, and etc. It is essential that the School District is in compliance with the Child Internet Protection Act (CIPA). This act was signed into law December 21, 2000, and authorizes schools and libraries to enforce a policy on Internet safety that includes measures to block or filter Internet access for both minors and adults to certain visual depictions that are obscene, child pornography, or — with 1 of 3 FILE: IFE respect to use of computers with Internet access by minors — harmful to minors. CIPA requires that our Internet safety policy addresses the following issues:      Access by minors to inappropriate matter on the Internet and World Wide Web The safety and security of minors when using electronic mail, chat rooms, and other forms of direct electronic communications Unauthorized access including "hacking" and other unlawful activities by minors online Unauthorized disclosure, use, and dissemination of personal information regarding minors Measures designed to restrict minors' access to materials harmful to minors Therefore, all users shall adhere to these acceptable use practices and any other acceptable use guidelines devised by the local school. 1. Users shall not use the LowndesNET or any school District’s computer or accounts for any purpose other than legitimate learning purposes – i.e., support of education, research, or business applications consistent with the purposes of the Board. 2. Users shall not use the LowndesNET network or its computers for malicious reasons, i.e., sending or making accessible any obscene, abusive, or threatening messages. 3. Users shall not use the LowndesNET network or its computers for accessing Internet sites or to run programs that are offensive, illegal, or otherwise not suitable or proper for use in public schools. 4. All accounts, files and programs on the computer shall belong to someone. Computer accounts shall be used only by the authorized owner of the account for the authorized purpose. Users shall not erase, rename or make inaccessible others’ files or programs. 5. Users shall not attempt to discover another user’s password, either at the School District locally or via remote location. 6. Users shall not share their name, password or files with other users for any reason unless approved by a faculty or staff member. The user shall be responsible for all uses of his/her account. 7. The illegal installation or use of copyrighted software for the use on computers owned and operated by the Board shall be prohibited. Individual schools or the School District shall own or possess appropriate license(s) before copyrighted software may be installed or used. 8. Users shall be prohibited from intentionally writing, producing, generating, copying, propagating, or attempting to introduce any computer code or program designed to self replicate, damage, or otherwise hinder the performance of any computer, file system or software. Such software or programs are commonly called computer viruses, bugs, worms or by similar names. 2 of 3 FILE: IFE 9. Users shall be prohibited from intentionally damaging the LowndesNET network. 10. Users shall be prohibited from tampering with computer systems, printers, other hardware or associated equipment except as directed by a teacher, or faculty member. 11. Users shall not copy, change, or transfer any software provided by the School District without authorized permission from the LowndesNET administrator. 12. Users shall not illegally copy the copyrighted software provided by the School District. The use of illegally copied software shall be considered a criminal offense and subject to criminal prosecution by the Software Publishers of America or law enforcement authorities. Consequences Penalties for students who violate this policy shall be commensurate with those outlined in the Student Code of Conduct. Board employees shall be subject to disciplinary action for violation of this policy as deemed appropriate by the principal/director/supervisor. The Board shall not defend or provide assistance to any employee who breaches any law governing computer or software usage. In addition, misuse of the LowndesNET network shall also result in a loss of network and/or computer privileges. Board Rights The Board reserves the right to remove users’ files without warning. The Board reserves the right to amend this policy. The Board reserves the right to deny users access to the LowndesNET network. Ref: Children’s Internet Protection Act Date Adopted: August 5, 1999 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, March 13, 2003 and February 12, 2009 3 of 3 FILE: IG FIELD TRIPS AND EXCURSIONS The Board recognizing that educational field trips and trips to various types of contests for instructional purposes help provide desirable learning experience, delegates to the Superintendent the responsibility for development of administrative criteria governing field trips. Only these field trips, however, that grow out of the instructional program or are otherwise related to the program are to be permit ted on school time. Other trips such as those involving band and athletic should be confined to nonschool time, except where the school in engaged in an activity, competition or contest that requires use of school time. General Criteria 1. All field trips, excursions and travel associated with athletic contests must receive prior approval by the principal and the Superintendent. 2. Requests for approval of all field trips, excursions and travel associated with athletic contests must be submitted to the local school principal on a School District Field Trip Request Form. The local school principal, upon his/her approval shall submit the Field Trip Request Form, two weeks prior to the field trip date, to the Superintendent for approval. A series of trips, such as athletic contests may be approved by submitting only one request form. 3. Before any trip as noted above is taken, a completed and signed School District Parental Permission Form shall be secured from each student planning to make the trip. Students who have not submitted a signed Parental Permission Form shall not be allowed to take the trip. Students participating in a series of trips, such as football or basketball, may submit one Parental Permission Form to cover all trips associated with the activity. Field Trip Transportation – School Owned Buses 1. Field trip or activity buses, when available, shall be operated on the term and conditions in effect by the Board that applies specifically to such buses. Reservations shall be made through the local school principal to the Office of Operations, with the principal preparing the trip transportation request. 1 of 3 FILE: IG 2. At least one teacher or principal must ride the bus, and accept responsibility for seeing that all rules and regulations governing school buses are carried out. 3. All activity bus passengers must be enrolled in school, be an employee of the School District, or be designated as chaperon by the school principal. 4. The principal of each school is responsible for handling the scheduling of such trips. 5. The school or group will pay drivers. Only adult drivers with a school bus driver’s license are permitted to drive activity buses. 6. The Office of Operations is responsible for employing the driver, arranging for the bus, and making arrangements for fuel. 7. A clean-up fee will be charged to the school or group unless the bus is returned to the driver in a clean condition. 8. Due to energy regulations, allocations, proration, and other financial problems, the Board may cancel trips, increase prices or curtail the use of buses. Principals will be notified if changes occur. Field Trip Transportation – Commercial Vehicles The Board, upon the recommendation of the Superintendent, shall approve all contracts with commercial vehicle companies to transport students participating in field trips, excursions or interscholastic activities. Owners of commercial vehicles must show proof of adequate insurance coverage. Field Trip Transportation – Private Vehicles The Board does not endorse the use of private vehicles to transport students participating in field trips, excursions or interscholastic activities. However, it recognizes the need for additional transportation at certain times and private vehicles may be utilized for the transportation of students to such activities provided: 2 of 3 FILE: IG 1. Students provide the school with a signed School District Parental Permission Form noting the use of private vehicles. 2. Properly licensed adults must drive all private vehicles. No student drivers shall be permitted. The driver must show proof of a valid driver’s license. 3. Owners of private vehicles to be driven must show proof of adequate insurance coverage. Field Trip Sponsor’s Responsibility Teachers and other staff members sponsoring student field trips, excursions, etc. shall be responsible for the following. 1. Planning, organizing and conducting all educational, social, etc., components of the trip. 2. Completing the School District Field Trip Request Form and submitting it to the principal on a timely basis. 3. Arranging for procurement of the financial resources to pay all costs associated with the trip. 4. Arranging for an adequate number of chaperons for the trip. 5. Communicating with parents about the trip and securing a Parental Permission Form for each student participating in the activity. 6. In the event that a field trip or event needs to be cancelled, the Office of Operations must be notified 48 hours prior to the date of the field trip or event. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2008 3 of 3 FILE: IH SCHOOL VOLUNTEERS The Board recognizes that volunteers can make many valuable contributions to the schools and can be used as effective learning resources. Therefore, the Board endorses a volunteer program in the District, subject to suitable regulations and safeguards. These regulations and safeguards shall include volunteers operating within the written authorization of the Board and/or members of its administrative staff and under the supervision of board employees. These regulations shall be developed and promulgated by the Superintendent or staff in cooperation with the faculty of each school. Support employees shall not serve as volunteers in any capacity within the School District. Any volunteer (i.e., a person performing services for a non-profit organization, a nonprofit corporation, a hospital, or a governmental entity without compensation, other than reimbursement for actual expenses incurred) shall be immune from civil liability in any action on the basis of any act or omission of a volunteer resulting in damage or injury if: (1) The volunteer was acting in good faith and within the scope of such volunteer’s official functions and duties for a non-profit organization, a non-profit corporation, hospital, or a governmental entity; and (2) The damage or injury was not caused by willful or wanton misconduct by such volunteer. Ref: Ala. Code 6-5-336. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and March 13, 2003 FILE: II GUIDANCE PROGRAM The Board feels that all students within the School District should have the benefit of a functional guidance program. The academic years of students are critical ones and are a time when proper guidance by the home and school is vital to the development of individuals. Therefore, the School District and local schools shall cooperatively develop a program of guidance to meet the needs of students of the School District. The guidance program shall encompass the areas of educational guidance, personal guidance, and vocational guidance. The guidance program shall utilize professional trained counselors and teachers and shall provide the following: 1. Counseling service for all students on an individual and/or group basis. 2. Information for students necessary to make wise decisions concerning educational, vocational or personal planning. 3. Counseling services for students concerning achievement and aptitude. 4. Testing programs that will assist students to better understand themselves and assist teachers to better understand the students with which they are working. 5. Assistance for students needing more intensive diagnosis. 6. Assistance for students and teachers to help improve communications between the school and home. 7. In addition, when possible, follow-up studies of former students to facilitate evaluation of the total school program. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IJ REPORT CARDS AND GRADING SYSTEM Beginning 2004-2005 School Year Philosophy The Board believes that grades (marks) primarily should represent student achievement and not be merely a composite of qualities such as effort, preparation, application or attitude. The Board also recognizes those factors do influence the learning process and the judgment and decision of teachers and in this regard shall be respected. Each teacher is expected to determine the comparative value of individual grades on tests, papers, projects and other learning/evaluating exercises within accepted standards. School grades shall not be used as punishment for misbehavior. Report cards shall not be withheld as punishment for misbehavior. Report Cards Report cards are for the purpose of transmitting and evaluation of student progress to the student and his/her parents(s) or guardians(s). Report cards shall be issued at least 4 (four) times during the scholastic year to all students enrolled in grades K-12 in the schools of the School District. Report Card Approval The Superintendent shall approve all report cards used by the schools of the School District. Report cards approved for use within the School District shall include a section outlining grading symbols with specific explanations defining said symbols and grade placement categories. Distribution of Report Cards Report cards shall be sent home with students no later than four (4) school days after the completion of each grading period. 1 of 4 FILE: IJ Return Report Cards Students, parents and/or guardians are responsible for returning report cards to school personnel with parent’s signature. If the report card is returned without a parent’s signature an attempt will be made to notify the parent. Academic Grades Letter grades shall be mandatory in Kindergarten classes in the school of the School District based on the following scale: O S H {} Outstanding Satisfactory Help Needed Not Yet Introduced Numerical grades shall be mandatory in grades one through three in the schools of the School District. Letter grades also used to enhance the understanding of students and parents in supportive skills. The following scale shall be utilized: Grade A B C D F S I NI U FA Range 90-100 80-89 70-79 60-69 Below 60 Satisfactory Improving Needs Improvement Unsatisfactory Failure Due to Absence 2 of 4 FILE: IJ Numerical grades shall be mandatory in grades four through twelve in the school of the School District based upon the following scale: Grade A B C D F FA Range 90-100 80-89 70-79 60-69 Below 60 Failure Due to Absence Conduct Grades The letter “S” (satisfactory) and “U” (unsatisfactory) will be used to indicate grades in conduct for students enrolled in grades kindergarten through twelve. Absences and Tardies The number of absences and tardies shall be stated on the report cards for all classes, at all grades levels and for all grading periods. Replacement of Report Cards Students and parents or guardians are responsible for safeguarding report cards while they are in their possession. Where applicable, if a report card is lost or damaged beyond use, a replacement report card will be completed and reissued for a $.50 fee to be paid by the students. School principals shall ensure the replacement report cards are completed fully prior to issuing them to students. School principals shall insure that replacement report cards are complete fully prior to issuing them to students. All replacement report cards must be clearly designated as replacement cards. 3 of 4 FILE: IJ Altering Report Cards Report cards are not to be altered in any manner by students or parents. Any corrections that are needed on report cards should be reported promptly to the appropriate teacher(s). Violations of any parts of this policy by students may result in disciplinary action by school officials. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 12, 1993, November 13, 1997, November 12, 1998, January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 4 of 4 FILE: IK FINAL EXAMINATIONS Final examinations shall be used to evaluate student achievement when conducted in such a way that they effectively estimate the achievement of the goals and objectives on which learning activities have been based. All students in grades nine through twelve shall take a final examination for each course in which the student is enrolled. All final examinations will be administered according to a schedule approved by the Superintendent. Any student with an average of 92 or above in an elective course shall be exempted from taking the elective course final examination. Any student with an average of 92 or above in an core course and who has passed the subject related section of the Alabama High School Graduation Examination (AHSGE) shall be exempted from the final examination of that course. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: February 13, 1997, January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 FILE: IL PARENT CONFERENCES The Board encourages that at least once each semester every classroom teacher attempts to schedules a conference with the parents and/or guardian of each student for which that teacher is responsible. The purposes of these parent-teacher conferences are to provide the teacher an opportunity to advise parents of the academic progress of each student and to discuss with the parents suggested strategies that the parents can implement in supporting the teacher’s instructions. Each teacher should complete written documentation of each parent conference and the objectives discussed during the conference. A copy of such documentation should be maintained for a minimum of three years within each school’s office. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 17, 1990 and January 10, 2002 FILE: IM HOMEWORK The Board recognizes that homework should be meaningful and reasonable. It should not be a substitute for teaching but should provide reinforcement, practical application, and enrichment of what has been taught. It should not be assigned as punishment for disciplinary infractions. Consideration should be given to the time involved in completing the assignment. No homework assignment should be made that does not directly support a clearly identified instructional objective. Homework should be graded or reviewed and returned to the students in a timely basis. The Board however, encourages the use of reasonable homework assignments that both support instructional objectives and expand the scope of instruction limited by the constraints placed on classroom teaching. Assignments should be commensurate with the resources available. Dates Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IN CLASS RANKINGS Beginning 2004-2005 School Year The Board maintains that high schools should keep accurate records concerning class ranking of each student. This is especially important for the twelfth graders since colleges and scholarship committees consider rankings in their acceptance process. Confidentiality of all records shall be respected as specified by law. The following are criteria for determining who may be eligible for Valedictorian, Salutatorian and/or Top Ten Percent of the class in the respective school: 1. Rank in class and the standing of the students must be computed on a weighted cumulative average from grades 9 up to and including the first term of the senior year. 2. Candidates for valedictorian and salutatorian status must have completed three consecutive terms at the local high school. 3. Students who maintain an overall 3.0 grade point average or above will be considered eligible for the Top 10 or Top Ten Percent of the graduating class. 4. Grading in Advanced Placement courses and dual enrollment courses is the same as in all other courses. However, each term grade is to be counted one (1) point higher than the regular grade. Term grades are to be weighted using the following: A is to be weighted as 5 points; B is to be weighted as 4 points; C is to be weighted as 3 points; D is to be weighted as 2 points. Students should not be given F’s. 5. Grading in Honors courses is the same as in all other courses. However, each term grade is to be counted one-half (1/2) point higher than the regular grade. Term grades are to be weighted using the following: A is to be weighted as 4.5 points; B is to be weighted as 1 of 2 FILE: IN 3.5 points; C is to be weighted as 2.5 points; D is to be weighted as 1.5 points. Students should not be given F’s. 6. No pints will be added to term grades for regular courses. This means that: A is to be equal to 4 points; B is to be equal to 3 points; C is to be equal to 2 points; D is to be equal to 1 point; and F is to be equal to 0 points. 7. A committee including the Superintendent will resolve any unusual situations or circumstances that may arise. Ref: 20 U.S.C. 1232 (g.i.) Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: October 8, 1991, January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 2 of 2 FILE: IO HONOR ROLLS Students in grades one through twelve who receive an “A” grade (92-100) in all academic courses will be recognized “A” Honor Roll students for that grading period. Students in grades one through twelve who receive “A” or “B” (83-100) in all academic courses will be recognized “A-B” Honor Roll students for that grading period. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: IP PROMOTION AND RETENTION The Board instructs the Superintendent to develop and maintain instructional objectives and performance standards for each grade level within the School District. Parents/guardians and students shall be made aware of the objectives and standards at the beginning of each school year via the use of written communication. Periodically during the year, parents and students shall be provided written evaluation reports and oral evaluation reports during teacher-parent conferences of the progress each student is making. Promotion of a student from one grade to the next shall be based solely on that individual student’s achievement of the minimum skills necessary to qualify for promotion and on regular school attendance. The Board recognizes the existence of children who are enrolled in the schools of the School District who are classified as exceptional. Requirements for promotion of these students shall be in accordance with the Individual with Disabilities Education Act as well as with comparable State regulations. Accordingly, all students who are classified under any special education category as defined shall have their achievement levels for promotion and retention established by an Individualized Educational Plan. The 504 Student Planning Team will determine promotion and retention for students classified under Section 504. These regulations and procedures shall be strictly complied with as promotion and retention decision are rendered. Students who have been retained for a second time must be referred to the Building Based Student Support Team (BBSST) for appropriate evaluation. 1 of 3 FILE: IP Beginning 2004-2005 School Year When achievement indicates that a student is falling behind the teacher shall conduct a parent conference to reiterate the promotion and retention policy no later than mid-semester or term. Parents shall be asked to sign a statement acknowledging that the conference was held. From Kindergarten (K) to Grade One (1) It shall be the responsibility of the kindergarten teacher to determine the readiness level of students, based on an approved district-level kindergarten assessment instrument, prior to a recommendation being made on the movement to grade one. From Grade One (1) to Grade Two (2) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. From Grade Two (2) to Grade Three (3) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. From Grade Three (3) to Grade Four (4) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. From Grade Four (4) to Grade Five (5) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. 2 of 3 FILE: IP From Grade Five (5) to Grade Six (6) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. From Grade Six (6) to Grade Seven (7) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. From Grade Seven (7) to Grade Eight (8) A passing grade (60 or above yearly average) in each of the following academic core subjects: English, mathematics, science and social studies is required. From Grade Eight (8) to Grade Nine (9) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic core subjects: English, mathematics, science and social studies is required. High School Promotion Criteria The Board will follow the unit requirement per grade adopted by the State Legislature and State Board of Education, but reserves the right to increase the minimum standards. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: May 10, 1998, August 17, 1990, October 8, 1992, August 12, 1993, May 15, 1997, November 13, 1997, November 12, 1998, January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 3 of 3 FILE: IQ GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Consistent with requirement of the Alabama State Board of Education, the Board recognizes and will award the following types of diplomas based on the requirements as set out herein.  Advanced Academic Endorsement – Must pass five sections of graduation exam, earn 2 foreign language credits and complete all required coursework.*  Standard Alabama High School Diploma – Must pass five sections of graduation exam and complete all required coursework.  Career Technical Endorsement – Must pass five sections of graduation exam, complete all required coursework and pass three career tech courses.  Advanced Career Technical Endorsement – Must pass five sections of the graduation exam and complete all required coursework, including courses in the advanced academic endorsement except for foreign language. Must also pass three career tech courses.  Credit-Based Endorsement – Must pass three out of five sections of the graduation exam including reading and math, take the graduation exam through the spring of the senior year, and complete all required coursework.  Alabama Occupational Diploma – Students are not required to pass graduation exam; only available to students in the Special Education Program. Must complete all required coursework. Students who transfer to the school system from another school system must meet the Alabama graduation requirements to receive a diploma from the State of Alabama. Students transferring from another state for their senior year who cannot meet Alabama’s graduation requirements because of time constraints may earn a diploma from the school previously attended if so permitted by that school. Lowndes County schools are accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. Transfer credits from other schools will be accepted from other regionally accredited 1 of 2 FILE: IQ associations without further validation. However, the procedure for awarding credit to students coming to a Lowndes County high school from a non-accredited school or home school will follow the Alabama Administrative Code 290-3-1-02(7)(J)290-3-02-7(L). *For students who choose to opt out of the Advanced Academic Endorsement (First Choice), there are no consequences. Beginning at the end of grade eight, the choice to opt out can be made at the end of any semester in any grade as long as the student and his or her parent(s) agree. Students who opt out of First Choice may pursue an Alabama High School Diploma with a Career and Technical Endorsement or Advanced Career and Technical Endorsement, or the Alabama High School Diploma. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Dates Amended: May 3, 2004 and January 12, 2012 2 of 2 FILE: IR MAKE UP OPPORTUNITIES Excused Absences The Board recognizes that students be provided a time to make up work, assignments and tests missed because of excused absences. School shall follow the procedures and arrangements as outlined below: If a student is absent for any excused reason, the student shall be allowed to make up schoolwork and/or examinations missed during said absence or absences. The students shall be responsible for contacting the teacher(s) to arrange for make up work. Said student shall contact the teacher within three (3) days to arrange a time within a two (2)-week period to make up work and/or examinations. Teachers shall not be required to reteach lessons but students shall be given a reasonable opportunity to learn the lessons missed due to excused absences. Unexcused Absences Teachers shall not provide make up work or examinations for a student absent for unexcused reasons other than suspensions. Incomplete Grade – I’s The grade “I” can be assigned only under special circumstances such as excessive excused absences, missed exams, incomplete projects, etc. An “I” should be removed and replaced with a grade (passing or failing) before the next grading period. The “I” will automatically convert to an “F” if all requirements are not met within the time period. There will be no exceptions. No transcript shall be transferred with an “I” on the cumulative record. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: December 15, 1994, January 10, 2002 and April 5, 2005 FILE: IS TESTING PROGRAM The Board maintains that the testing program in the School District shall consist of: 1. Standardized tests for achievement and diagnosis of difficulties. 2. Criterion Reference Tests, Alabama Direct Assessment Writing Grade 5 and Alabama Direct Assessment Writing Grade 7. 3. Individual psychological tests and all other tests deemed necessary for identification, placement and instruction in the Special Education Program. 4. Individual and group screening tests. 5. Teacher-made tests. 6. Vision-hearing, language and speech. 7. Alabama High School Graduation Examination. 8. Scholarship qualifying tests. 9. College entrance tests. 10. Military required tests. 11. Others as deemed necessary to administer the school programs. Confidentiality of test results will be assured and information will be released only in compliance with the Education Amendment of 1974 known as the Buckley Amendment. All principals shall cooperate the State Department of Education in administering and scheduling achievement and/or criterion reference tests. All principals shall cooperate as additional tests are administered when local needs arise (vision, hearing, etc.). 1 of 2 FILE: IS When an individual intellectual evaluation is required as part of the eligibility battery of assessment for Special Education services or the programming battery of assessments, the evaluation shall be conducted only by persons listed on the Alabama Registry of Approved Psychologist and Psychometrists for Testing Children Referred for Placement in Special Education Classes and written report of such evaluation shall utilize the individual intellectual report form specified in the Policies and Procedures Manual, Program for Exceptional Children and Youth. Ref: The Education Amendment of 1987, P.L. 93-380. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: ISA USE AND DISSEMINATION OF TEST RESULTS Results of student assessments conducted within the School District shall be used solely for the purposes or measuring student performance and competency and for structuring the curriculum to improve the effectiveness of the teaching effort. All individual test results shall be treated with confidentiality. Test scores for the District in total or in large groups of students may be made public. In no event shall employees of the Board make public the test scores of any individual student. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: ISB TETSING SECURITY PROGRAM Failure to follow security procedures promulgated by the Alabama State Board of Education and published in the Alabama State Board of Education State Department of test administrator’s manuals may result in disciplinary action by the Board and/or revocation of the teaching certificate by the State Department of Education. The following list, although not exhaustive has been provided to identify specific actions which are inappropriate and violate, in spirit and intent, the stated policy:  To photocopy or in any way reproduce secure test items (including pilot materials) or students responses before, during or after administering the assessment.  To review, read or look at test items or student responses before, during or after administering the assessment, unless specifically permitted in the test administrator’s manuals.  To give students answers to test questions using vernal or nonverbal cues before, during or after administering the assessment.  To alter student responses on answer documents.  To alter the test procedures stated in the test administrator’s manuals.  To allow students to use notes, references or other aids unless the test administrator’s manual specifically allows.  To have in one’s personal possession secure test materials except during specified testing dates.  To allow students to view or practice secure test items before or after the scheduled testing times.  To make or have in one’s possession answer keys for secure tests.  To leave secure test materials in nonsecure locations and/or unattended by professional staff.  To fail to report a test security violation. By signing my name to this document, I certify that I have read the above policy and agree to abide to establish test security procedures. ________________________ Name ____________________ Position ____________ Date ________________________ Witness _____________________ Position ____________ Date Distribution: White – Office of the Superintendent Yellow – Principal’s Copy Ref: Administrative Code (290-040-020-04), the Student Assessment Handbook Date Adopted: November 9, 2001 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IT EVALUATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM The Board requires systematic and comprehensive evaluations of the instructional programs and all related areas. Continuous assessments shall be conducted within each school as well as on a system-wide basis. Individual schools, as well as the School District, shall delineate goals, specific needs for improvement and plans for organizing the resources of the school and the community in actively seeking solutions. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-29, 16-8-8, 16-8-11, 16-9-15, 16-9-22, 16-11-9, 16-11-18, 16-11-20, 16-12-5, 16-12-8, 16-23-13, 16-23-14 and 16-23-16. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IU STUDENT RECORDS All information regarding students and their families shall be collected, maintained, and disseminated under such safeguards as are necessary to comply with the Family Educational Right and Privacy Act of 1974. The board shall require adherence to the provisions of the said Act. The following definitions apply to this policy statement: “Education Records” means records that (1) are directly related to a student and (2) are maintained by the education agency or school by a party acting for the agency or school. The following are excluded from the term “Education Records”. Records of instructional, supervisory or administrative personnel which are in the sole possession of the maker and are not accessible or revealed to any other individual except a substitute teacher. “Personally Identifiable” means that data or information which included (a) the name of a student and the student’s parent or other family members; (b) the address of the student; (c) a personal identifier, such as a student’s Social Security number or student n umber; (d) a list of personal characteristics which would make the student’s identity easily traceable; or (e) other information which would make the student’s identity easily traceable. Access To and Release of Information in Student Records 1. The principal shall, within the provisions of this procedure, be responsible for determining to whom information maintained in student records may be released. 2. The principal shall be responsible for determining who, other than the parent, guardian or eligible student, shall have access to the students records. 3. “Directory information” may be made available at the discretion of the principal without the prior consent of the parent. However, students and their parents shall be notified at the beginning of each school year the categories of directory information and their right to request that all or part of such information not be made available to the general public. 1 of 5 FILE: IU “Directory information” shall consist of the student’s name, address, telephone number, parent’s name, grade level, participation in officially recognized activities, weight and height of members of athletic teams, awards and honors. 4. The following individuals or agencies may be granted access to student record information without written consent of the parent or without an entry being made in the disclosure record: a. Teachers and other school officials within the School District who have legitimate educational interest. “Legitimate education interest”: That interest that requires regular access for purposes of adding material, periodic review, filing new student data and/or removing inadequate, ambiguous, no longer relevant data; that interest having the educational well-being of the student in mind for purposes of continuing, improving, or changing the education of the student and that interest in which the individual has a legitimate need to know. b. The stated education agency is required to make reports concerning the education program. 5. The following individuals or agencies may be granted access to student record information, without the written consent of the parent, by completing the disclosure: a. Authorized representative of: 1) 2) 3) 4) The comptroller General of the United States The Secretary of U.S. Department of Education The State Education authorities Appropriate community agencies involved in handling students’ health or safety. b. Agencies requiring information in connection with a student’s application for or receipt of financial aid. c. Courts, on the issuance of proper orders or subpoenas. Reasonable efforts shall be made to notify the parents of the order or subpoena. 6. Directory information and personally identifiable information shall be released without parental consent to a school to which the student has transferred. 7. Principals shall require written approval of a parent or eligible student in order to grant access to others not specifically authorized by this policy. 2 of 5 FILE: IU 8. Unless otherwise specified, the term “parent” in this procedure shall include parent, guardian or student 18 years of age or over or who is enrolled in a post-secondary institution. Review of Student Records by the Parent 1. Schools shall provide for the review of student records by parents or guardians. Parents and students shall be notified of their right to review the student records by a notice in the student handbook and/or by newsletter or other appropriate communication to the parent at the beginning of each school year. 2. A parent or guardian who desires to review his child’s record shall contact the school for an appointment. A conference shall be scheduled as soon as possible. The disclosure record shall be completed at the time of the conference. 3. Prior to the scheduled conference, the principal shall review the record for accuracy and completeness. 4. The record shall be examined by the parent in the presence of the principal or a designated professional person. A. The principal or his designee attending the review shall: 1) Explain the record keeping system of the school, noting the types of records and why they are kept. 2) Provide the parent or guardian the opportunity to examine each record. Records, which shall be included, are: a. b. c. d. e. f. Cumulative academic record Application for admission Immunization records, if applicable Attendance record Class grade record Any other records maintained for that student by the School District. B. The principal or a designated professional person shall provide the parent an opportunity to raise questions regarding information in the records. C. A record of the review shall be made on the disclosure record. 3 of 5 FILE: IU 5. If the parent or guardian requests a hearing to challenge information contained in the student’s folder, a written request for the hearing shall be made and a hearing scheduled for a date not less than three days nor more than two weeks from the date of the request. A. The hearing shall be held with the principal and the parent or guardian at the scheduled time. B. If the parent or guardian is not satisfied with the hearing with the principal, he shall have the opportunity to appeal the decision to a review panel at the Central Office level. C. The parent or guardian shall request the appeal in writing to the Superintendent of Education. Upon receipt of said request, the Superintendent shall schedule a review panel meeting within ten (10) days following receipt of parent’s request. The date, time and place of the review panel hearing shall be sent to the parent or guardian by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. 6. The student record appeals review panel shall be composed of three professional representatives of the Central Office staff. At the meeting: A. The Superintendent of Education or his designee will preside. B. The parent or guardian and the principal shall be present. The student shall be present if requested by the parent or guardian or school official. C. The decision of the review panel shall be communicated in writing to the school and parent or guardian within ten days. D. The parent shall have the right to file a dissenting statement following the hearing; such statement shall become part of the student’s cumulative folder. 7. The parent or guardian has the right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the school to comply with the requirements of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. The name and address of the office that administers the act is available at the Office of the Superintendent. Student Cumulative Report Cards 1. All personal data shall be completed when the student initially enrolls in the school system and shall be updated annually. 4 of 5 FILE: IU 2. All data shall be recorded on the cumulative record in accordance with administrative procedures established by the Board. 3. Since information on the cumulative record cards is confidential, the card shall not be removed from the file room except as authorized. Ref: 20 U.S.C. 1232 (g-i). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: October 8, 1992, January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 5 of 5 FILE: IV TEACHING METHODS The Board strongly encourages teachers to use a variety of teaching methods and materials in their classrooms that are consistent with sound principles of learning and with an understanding of the child and his needs. Adequate provisions should be made for the student to do independent research study as well as for him to engage in small and large group activities and experiences. All teaching methods used should be designed to cause all students to perform at the highest level individually possible. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IW CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES The Board recognizes the fact that controversial issues are an inherent part of our democratic tradition and that knowledge and understanding of controversial issues is an indispensable part of education for citizenship. Therefore, professional employees shall have the freedom to deal with controversial issues in the public school curriculum so long as the following guidelines are observed: 1. Teachers shall adapt the study of controversial issues to the age, maturity and academic background of pupils. 2. Teachers shall take a neutral position in the classroom during the discussion of controversial issues. 3. Teacher shall exercise moral and ethical judgment while exploring controversial issues. 4. Teacher shall seek the counsel and advice of school administrators before exploring controversial issues in the classroom. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IWA TEACHING ABOUT RELIGION Teaching about religion as it relates to a study of the historical development of mankind is appropriate. The use of the Holy Bible or other religious documents as educational and reference materials in this study is acceptable. Specific religious indoctrination is prohibited in the schools. In complaint with the Equal Access Act of 1984 the Board will allow, in those high schools that have a limited open forum policy, students to meet on school premises during noninstructional time for religious, political or philosophical purposes. The School District may not discriminate against students or parents on the basis of a voluntary religious viewpoint or religious expression. Ref: U.S. Const. amend. I; U.S. Const. amend, XIV, 1; Ala. Code 16-8-28, 16-9-21, 16-11-20, 16-12-9, 20 U.S.C.A. 4071, and Act 2015-129. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, and July 14, 2016 FILE: IX SCHOOL CEREMONIES AND OBSERVANCES Flag Display The Board, in compliance with the state law, requires that all schools display both the flags of the United States and the State of Alabama at some suitable place each and every day school is in session. Pledge of Allegiance All students must have the opportunity to recite on a voluntary basis the Pledge of Allegiance to the United States flag each day. Prayer Before Public School Activities The Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals has ruled that school sponsored prayer or other religious observances at public school activities such as football games, chapel, commencement, basketball games, track meets, school band concerts and similar activities is illegal. The Board in compliance with Federal law as it applies to the State of Alabama prohibits school sponsored prayer or other religious observances at school activities. Moment of Quiet Reflection At the opening of school every day in each public school classroom, the teacher in charge shall conduct a brief period of quiet reflection for not more than 60 seconds with the participation of every pupil in the classroom. The moment of quiet reflection authorized herein is not intended to be and shall not be conducted as a religious service or exercise, but shall be considered an opportunity for a moment of silent reflection on the anticipated activities of the day. Ref: Ala. Code 16-43-1, 16-43-5, Jager V. Douglas County School District 862 F 2d 824. Act 98-381. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IY LESSON PLANS The Board requires a general plan of work, including daily schedules, to be prepared by each teacher and available to the principal. Specific lesson plans shall be prepared by the teacher and shall be available in order that substitutes can conduct classes more efficiently in the teacher’s absence. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: IZ SUBSTITUTE TEACHERS The Board shall approve a list of qualified individuals to serve as substitute teachers within the School District. The Superintendent shall prepare the list, assuring that all those listed are properly qualified. Principals or their designated representatives shall call substitute teachers from the approved list in case of absence of a regular teacher. It shall be the responsibility of the principal and the regular teacher to ensure that the substitute teacher has the necessary instructions and materials to teach effectively, including textbooks, lesson plans, class rolls, schedules and an outline of local school procedure. The substitute teacher shall provide the regular teacher with a brief report of the day’s activities. Substitute teachers shall be paid at a rate set by the Board. Ref: Ala. Code 16-25-26. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 J – STUDENTS JA JB JBA JBB JBC JBCA JBCB JBCC JBCD JBCE JBD JBE JBF Equal Educational Opportunities Attendance Compulsory Attendance Entrance Age School Admissions Resident Students Nonresident Students Assignment Transfers and Withdrawals Disputes and Disagreements for Homeless Children and Youth Absences and Excuses Truancy Dropouts JC JCA JCB JCC JCCA JCD JCDA JCDB Rights and Responsibilities Due Process Searches Conduct Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention Grievances Sexual Harassment Anti-Harassment JD JDA JDB JDC JDD JDE Discipline Classifications of Violations and Sanctions (Code of Conduct) Corporal Punishment Detention Suspension Expulsion JE Guidance Program JF JFA Promotion and Retention Selection Criteria for Valedictorian, Salutatorian and Honor Graduate or Top Ten Academic Students JE Guidance Program JG JGA JGB JGC JGD JGE JGF JGG JGH JGI JGIA JGJ Student Welfare Student Insurance Program Student Health Services Student Psychometric and Psychological Services Emergency Drills Dismissal Procedures Accidents Student Transportation Student Vehicle Use Food Service Offer v. Serve Wellness Plan on Nutrition and Physical Activity (Continued) JGK Service Animals JGL JH JHA JHB JHC JHD Seclusion and Restraint of Students Student Activities Activities Fees Student Clubs and Organizations Student Publications Student Community Activities and Performances JI Solicitations JJ Gifts JK Contests for Students JL JLA JLB JLC JLD JLE JLF Anomalous Students Physically Handicapped Mentally Handicapped Perceptually Handicapped Emotionally Disturbed Pregnant Married JM Student Records JN Textbooks Payment Scheduled 2 FILE: JA EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES It shall be the policy of the Board that the School District shall provide on a nondiscriminatory basis educational opportunities for children. No person shall be denied the benefits of any educational program or activity on the basis of race, color, handicap, creed, national origin, age or sex. All programs offered by schools within the School District shall be open to all students in compliance with statutory and judicial requirements. Ref: 42 U.S.C. 2000d (1-6); 42 U.S.C. 2000c (1-9); 20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.; 20 U.S.C. s1401 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. 1983; 29 U.S.C. 794: 29 U.S.C. 621 et seq. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JB ATTENDANCE In order to qualify for and maintain an Alabama driver’s license or learner’s permit, a students between the ages of 15 to 19 must be either enrolled in a public school, enrolled in a GED program, enrolled in a job-training program approved by the state Superintendent of Education or exempted for circumstances beyond the control of the student as defined by State Department of Education guidelines. The Board will verify the enrollment status of a student upon request. The Board will notify the Department of Public Safety when a student has more than 10 consecutive or 15 cumulative days of unexcused absences during a single semester. A student may appeal the Board’s determination of his enrollment status by providing written notification to the appropriate school principal of the intent to appeal. The notice must state the reasons for the appeal and be filed within 15 days of Board’s issuance of enrollment status. Except as stated herein the Board will treat the appeal procedurally the same as the process for long-term suspensions or expulsion of a student. Ref: Ala. Code 16-28-40 to 45. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: JBA COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE The Board shall enroll in school all students residing with the school district between the ages of 6 and 16 years, not otherwise receiving instruction in a private school, church school, or being taught by a private tutor. An accurate record of attendance for each pupil shall be maintained by the classroom or homeroom teacher or other designated person. This record shall be kept in the official register, or through other officially approved documentation provided or approved by the State Department of Education. Parents and guardians are responsible for enrolling their children in school and ensuring that the children attend school and obey behavior policies adopted by the Board. Parents failing to enroll students and ensuring their attendance and proper behavior are subject to fines and imprisonment under state law. State law requires that all student suspensions from school must be reported to the local district attorney. The school district’s attendance specialist shall do said reporting. The Board, pursuant to guidelines established by the State Board of Education, shall establish educational programs to inform parents of school children of their education-related responsibilities to their children. The programs shall include, but shall not be limited to, coverage of each of the following topics: 1) The criminal liability and criminal sanctions parents may be subject to under Section 16-28-12 of the Code of Alabama 1975, for failing to compel their child to properly conduct himself or herself as a pupil, or for failing to ensure that their child attends school or enrolls in school. 2) The necessity for a parent to monitor and supervises the schoolwork and educational activities of the child. 1 of 2 FILE: JBA 3) An explanation of the responsibilities of teachers and the school system to a child, and an enumeration of those matters that are strictly the responsibility of the parent. 4) Techniques and suggestions to enable a parent to best supervise the schoolwork and educational activities of the child. 5) An explanation of the interrelationship of the family life of a child and the educational achievement of the child. The State Board of Education and the Board shall develop strategies to ensure that parents of school children receive this information. These strategies may include provisions for weekend meetings, one-to-one conferences, telephone communication, and neighborhood meetings. The local district attorney and law enforcement officials shall, at the request of the Board, assist in the implementation and operations of these regulations. Ref: Ala. Code 16-28-2.2, 16-28-12, 16-28-3, 16-1-23.2. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 17, 1990, January 10, 2002, December 14, 2006 and January 10, 2013 2 of 2 FILE: JBB ENTRANCE AGE A child who is six years of age on or before September 1 shall be entitled to admission to the public elementary schools at the opening of such schools for that school year or as soon as practicable thereafter. A child who is under six years of age on September 1 shall not be entitled to admission to the first grade in the public elementary schools during that school year; except, that an underage child who transfers from the first grade of a school in another state may be admitted to school upon approval of the Board of Education in authority, and an underage child who has moved into this state having completed or graduated from a mandated kindergarten program in another state shall be entitled to admission to the public elementary schools regardless of age. Kindergarten A child who is five of age on or before September 1 shall be entitled to admission to kindergarten at the opening of that school year or as soon as practicable thereafter; a child who is under five years of age on September 1 shall not be entitled to admission during that school year; except that an underage child who transfers from the public school kindergarten in another state may be admitted to kindergarten on the prior approval of the Board on a space available basis. The aforementioned underage children transferring from the public school kindergartens of another state, upon successful completion of the kindergarten, will then be allowed admission to the first grade. Ref: Ala. Code 16-28-4, 16-8-41, 16-11-16. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: JBC SCHOOL ADMISSION The Board shall admit students to the schools of the School District based upon an application submitted by the parent, guardian or student to the Board at the beginning of each school year, under such rules and regulations as the Board may prescribe. No student may be excluded from the appropriated school within the School District except by due process or failure to meet specifications of polices contained herein. The Board fully recognizes that providing equality of educational opportunities for all children requires objectively. The Board is equally concerned that all admissions policies adhere strictly to applicable legal requirements, e.g. health-related standards. The following procedures shall be adhered to by the child’s parents or guardians in order for a student to enter the first grade unless barriers prevent such actions to occur: 1. Present to school officials an official birth certificate showing that he is six years old on or before September 1 of the year of his admission. 2. Present to school officials proof that the child has received immunization for the following communicable diseases: polio, diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis, measles, rubella and mumps; or, present to school officials a written objection of the parents or guardian to immunization against non-epidemic diseases based on religious grounds, or a statement from a physician stating that the immunization or tests would be detrimental to the health of the child. 3. Present to school officials a Social Security card. If the child does not have a permanent Social Security card, the School District’s attendance specialist, upon enrollment, will issue a temporary card number. 4. Present to school officials proof or residency within the school’s attendance. 1 of 2 FILE: JBC Children who are zoned to attend the Lowndes County Public Schools and who are homeless, migrant, non-English speaking, immigrant, or disabled will have access to a free, appropriate education. Students will not be prohibited from school attendance due to barriers such as: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Residency Requirements Lack of Social Security Card Lack of Birth Certificate Lack of Immunizations Legal Custody Requirements Transportation Language Barriers Disabilities Should students enter without required documents, principals will take necessary steps to secure the required documents. Ref: Ala. Code 16-30-1 to -3. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 Date Amended: April 5, 2005 2 of 2 FILE: JBCA RESIDENT STUDENTS The Board defines resident students as students whose parents or legal guardians live within the jurisdiction of the School District. All resident students of the School District shall be entitled to be admitted, subject to policy limitations and judicial constraints, to the school serving their attendance zone. The public schools of the District shall be free to all children of school age whose parents or legal guardians reside within the School District. Ref: Ala, Code 16-8-7 to -10, 16-9-22, 16-11-9, 16-11-20, 16-12-3, 16-12-4, 16-12-5, 16-12-8. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: JBCB NONRESIDENT STUDENTS The Board may permit pupils whose parents are not legal residents within jurisdiction of the School District but who are employed by the Board to attend schools within the School District. Ref: Ala. Code 16-9-22, 16-8-8, 16-10-6, 16-11-9, 16-11-20. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: JBCC SCHOOL ATTENDANCE AREAS The Board is empowered to arrange its respective jurisdiction into one or more attendance zones. The Board, however, must exercise such discretion in a manner consistent with constitutional, statutory and judicial mandates regarding equal educational opportunities for all students. However, a student who becomes a victim of a violent criminal offense committed on school property during school hours or at school-sponsored activities shall be given an opportunity to transfer to a safe public school within the school district. For the purpose of this definition, a “violent criminal offense” shall mean homicide, robbery, assault in the first and/or second degree, sexual battery (including rape) as these offenses are defined in the Criminal Code of Alabama; and the use of a handgun, firearm component, explosive, knife, and other “unknown weapons” as defined by the Student Incident Report (SIR). The school district shall notify the student’s parent/guardian of the right to transfer as soon as possible, not to exceed ten (10) calendar days from the date of a final determination by the school board or its designee that a violent criminal offense has occurred. All school district transfer procedures will be observed. It shall be the policy of the Alabama State Department of Education (SDE) to notify the school district annually when one or more of its schools have been identified as a transfer option school. The Superintendent or his or her designee shall orally notify the Prevention and Support Services Section of the SDE within twenty-four (24) hours of the decision that a violent criminal offense has occurred, followed by written confirmation. The 1 of 2 FILE: JBCC SDE will assist the school district in resolving all safety issues. At a minimum, if the school district has one or more school identified as persistently dangerous it must: Step 1. Notify parents/guardians of each student attending the school within ten (10) working days that it has been identified as a transfer option school and offer students the opportunity to transfer to a safe public school within the school district if another school is available. Step 2. Complete the transfer for those students who opt to do so within 20 working days. Step 3. Develop a corrective action plan to be submitted to the SDE for approval within 20 working days of the school district’s receipt of status. Step 4. Implement the corrective action plan. Once a school has been identified as a transfer option school, it can return to safe status by : 1) completing Steps One through Four above and 2) completing two consecutive years with less than one percent (1%) of the student population or five (5) students (whichever is greater) expelled for violent criminal offenses as defined in this policy. Also, the Board must offer all students in identified Title I schools the opportunity to transfer to another public school when those schools fall within one of the stages of improvement detailed in the No Child Left Behind legislation. The Board shall adhere to all guidelines therein. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-32, 16-28-19; Carr v. Montgomery County Board of Education, 377 F. Supp. 1123 (M.D. Ala. 1974) affm’d 511 F. 2d 1374 (5th Circ. 1975.) Ala. Code 13A-6-1 No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, Public Law 107-110, Title IX Section 9532 (a) and (b) Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 2 of 2 FILE: JBCD TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS Transfers Students transferring into the School District must be eligible to attend the school from which they are transferring. Students who have been suspended or expelled from another system will be denied enrollment in the School District. Students will be placed in the same grade they were in at the school from which they are transferring based on official records and transcripts. When records have not preceded the student’s enrollment, the School District may allow such student to remain in his/her stated grade for a period of two weeks prior to further actions such as recommended by local school officials. If records should indicate the student has withdrawn because of suspension or expulsion, said student will be withdrawn from the School District. Withdrawals Students and their parents or guardians who live within the School District are subject to the compulsory attendance law of the State. Under these laws, no student, residing within the geographical area served by the School District, shall be permitted to withdraw from school before his/her seventeenth (17th) birthday unless approved by the Superintendent. If the student’s parents or guardians move to another school district, or the student chooses to attend school in another School District, the student shall withdraw in accordance with such rules and regulations as prescribed by the School District and local school. It shall be the responsibility of the student and his/her parents or guardians to withdraw in accordance with such rules and regulations. 1 of 2 FILE: JBCD Re-Enrollment After Withdrawal Students seventeen (17) years of age and older may not be permitted to enroll and withdraw more than two (2) times during the same academic year in the schools of the Schools District when residing continuously in the School District without approval of the Superintendent. Ref: Ala. Code 16-28-3, 16-28-6. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: September 9, 1993, January 10, 2002, April 10, 2008, and February 11, 2016 2 of 2 FILE: JBCE DISPUTES AND DISAGREEMENTS FOR HOMELESS CHILDREN AND YOUTH Whenever there is a disagreement or dispute between the school and a homeless parent or guardian, or a youth, the school must: 1. Provide a written document explaining its decision and the student’s right or family’s right to file an appeal; 2. Allow the student to enroll in their desired school and receive necessary services until the dispute is resolved; 3. Refer the student or family to the Homeless Liaison who must help to resolve the dispute quickly. If the School District does not settle the dispute, the family can call the State Coordinator who is required to ensure that all school districts in the state follow the McKinney-Vento Act. The State Coordinator may be reached by called the Alabama State Department of Education and asking for the Coordinator for the Homeless. Date Adopted: February 12, 2009 FILE: JBD ABSENCES AND EXCUSES All student absences shall be designated as either excused or unexcused. In accordance with State law, parents or guardians must explain the cause of every absence of students under their control or charge. Every student, upon return to school, must bring a written excuse from home signed by the students’ parent or guardian for each absence of students under their control or charge. Every student, upon return to school, must bring a written excuse from home signed by the students’ parent or guardian for each absence and present it to the principal or his/her designee. The principal shall take appropriate steps to verify the validity of the signatures of parents of legal guardians. If a written excuse is not presented upon the return of the student within three (3) days, the absence shall be recorded as unexcused. The principal may accept the parent or guardian’s approved excuses – not to exceed 6 total days per semester. ALL absences of a student occurring after these are not excusable by a parent or guardian and must have legal or medical documentation to be coded excused. Excused Absences A student shall be excused for absence from school for the following reasons: 1. Illness 2. Inclement weather which would be dangerous to the life or health of the pupil if he/she attended school. 3. Legal requirements. 4. Prior permission of the principal and consent of the parents or legal guardians. 5. Death of immediate family member. 6. Religious reasons. 7. Participation in school-approved activity. 8. Emergency conditions as determined by the principal and other school officials. Day that students miss classes because of a school-approved event will be marked SE (School Event) in the grade book and the student will be counted as present. A definition of a school-approved event would be those events that are approved by the Superintendent and principal. If the absence is approved by the Superintendent and principal, the absence may be 1 of 3 FILE: JBD excused but it is still considered an absence. The student will follow the same procedure as that used for excused absences. Unexcused Absences Absences for reasons other than those defined above shall be considered as unexcused. Make-up Work If a student is absent for any excused reason as defined above, the student shall be allowed to make-up schoolwork missed during said absence(s). The student shall be responsible for contacting the teacher(s) within three (3) days to arrange a time within a two (2)-week period to make-up work and/or examinations from said absence(s). This opportunity does not require that the teachers reteach the lesson but it does require that the student receive a reasonable opportunity to learn missed lessons. Teachers shall not be obligated to provide makeup work for unexcused absence(s). If a student misses more than six (6) total allowable excused days (or any class meetings as a portion of those days) the work will not be allowed to be made-up for any unexcused days. Excessive Unexcused Absences/Retention or Loss of Credit Students in grades kindergarten through eight who miss more than twenty (20) days in one school year will be given a grade of FA (Failure due to Absence) unless extenuating circumstances exist as determined by the principal. Students in grades nine through twelve who miss more than five unexcused school days per grading (nine-week) period term will be given a grade of FA (Failure due to Absence) unless extenuating circumstances exist as determined by the principal. The child’s parent or guardian may make a written request for a hearing with the principal within five school days from the notification of loss of credit. Past school records will be reviewed with particular attention to attendance. The principal will issue his/her decision in writing within five (5) school days. 2 of 3 FILE: JBD The decision of the principal to deny credit may be appealed in writing to the Superintendent within five (5) school days after the decision has been rendered. The Superintendent shall schedule a hearing within ten (10) school days and shall render a decision in writing within five (5) school days after the hearing. If the result of the hearing is probationary placement the term shall be clearly defined in writing and signed by all parties involved. Credit(s) lost because of unexcused absences will be made-up in the same manner as academic failures. If credit is denied in all classes, a student seventeen years of age or older may be considered for withdrawal from school. Ref: Ala. Code 16-28-12 to -15. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: October 8, 1992, November 13, 1997, January 10, 2002 and November 13, 2014 3 of 3 FILE: JBE TRUANCY A parent, guardian, or other person having charge of any child officially enrolled in the school district (kindergarten-grade twelve) shall explain in writing the cause of any and every absence of the child no later than three (3) days following the child’s return to school. A failure to furnish such explanation and shall be evidence of the child being truant each day he is absent. The child shall also be deemed truant for any absence determined by the principal. Seven unexcused absences within a school year constitute a student being truant for the purpose of filing a petition with the court. The Board shall develop an Early Warning Truancy Prevention Program timeline for reporting truancy shall define truancy status of any student as follows: 1. First truancy/unexcused absence (A warning will be issued.): The parent or guardian shall be notified by the school principal or his/her designee that the student was truant and the date of the truancy. The parent or guardian shall also be provided with a copy of Alabama’s compulsory school attendance laws and advised of the penalties that can be applied and the procedures that shall be followed in the event that other unexcused absences occur. 2. No earlier than the third unexcused absence (A school conference will be scheduled.): The parent or guardian shall attend a conference with the principal or his/her designee. Attendance by the parent or guardian is strongly suggested; however, the meeting notice is considered ample communication for the need for corrective action on the part of the parent/guardian. 3. No earlier than the fifth unexcused absence (A district conference will be scheduled.): The parent or guardian shall: (1) attend a conference with the attendance officer and principal or his/her designee and/or (2) participate in the early warning program provided by the juvenile court. Attendance at one of these conferences shall be mandatory. 4. No earlier than seventh unexcused absence, but within ten (10) school days (The truancy officer shall file a complaint/petition against the child and/or parent or guardian, if appropriate.) 1 of 2 FILE: JBE 5. Child under probation (The school truancy officer should be notified by the juvenile probation officer of all children in the school system district under probation supervision by the juvenile court as consistent with state statue. Where a child under probation is truant, the school truancy officer should immediately notify the juvenile probation officer.) Ref: Ala. Code (1975), 16-28-12 (c), 12-15-100 and 105; No Child Left Behind Law of 2001 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 17, 1990, November 13, 1997, January 10, 2002, March 13, 2003, April 5, 2005, April 10, 2008, and November 13, 2014 2 of 2 FILE: JBF DROPOUTS A dropout is an individual who: 1. was enrolled in school at some time during the previous year and was not enrolled on October 1 of the current school year; or 2. was not enrolled on October 1 of the previous school year although expected to be in membership (i.e., was not reported as a dropout the year before); and 3. has not graduated from high school (completed all required units and passed all parts of the Alabama High School Graduation Exam for regular students) or completed a state-ordistrict-approved educational program (for special education students); 4. does not meet any of the following exclusionary conditions: a. transfer to another public school district, private school, or state- or districtapproved educational program or b. temporary school-recognized absence due to suspension or illness; or c. death. Date Adopted: April 5, 2005 FILE: JC STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES The Board possesses the responsibility to offer an education which shall be provided in an orderly, health atmosphere, both physical and emotional, and in which treatment of students is both firm and fair in all matters pertaining to school life. Every student shall comply with all rules and regulations of both the State and the board pertaining to pupil behavior. Codes of student conduct shall be based on maintaining within each school a proper atmosphere for learning. Codes of conduct shall be consistent with the policies of the Board, which, in turn, shall be in full compliance with state and federal statutory provisions. Ref: U.S. Const. amend. 1; U.S. Const. amend. XIV 1; Tinker v. Des Moines Independent Community School District, 89 S.Ct. 733 (1969); Ala. Code 16-1-14; 16-1-24.1. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JCA DUE PROCESS Students shall be treated with fairness in all discipline matters and shall be accorded procedural due process when the discipline measures of corporal punishment, short term suspension and expulsion are applied. Before being punished for violation of a Board policy or local school rule and regulation, the local school principal or designee shall ensure that students are accorded the following minimal due process: 1. The student shall be given oral or written notice of the charge(s) against him/her. 2. The evidence supporting the charge(s) shall be explained to the student. 3. The student shall be given an opportunity to present his/her own version of the facts concerning the charge(s). The disciplinary authority (principal or teacher, etc.) may impose appropriate discipline measures immediately following the informal due process hearing stated above. When a student is facing possible, expulsion (more than 10 school days), the Board shall ensure that the following formal due process procedures are accorded the student: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The right to a hearing. The right to be represented by counsel. The right to cross-examine witnesses. The right of a written record of the hearing. The right of a written record of the Board’s decision. Ref: U.S. Const. amend. XIII; U.S. Const. amend. XIV, 1; Ingraham v. Vright, 97 S.Ct. 1401 (1977); Gross v. Lopez, 95 S.Ct, 729 (1975); Carey v. Piphus, 98 S.Ct. 1042 (1978); Dixon v. Alabama State Board of Education, 294 F. 2d 150 (5th Cir. 1961); Board of Curators of the University of Missouri v. Horowitz, 98 S.Ct. 948 (1978); Gross v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 465 (1975). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and February 11, 2016 FILE: JCB SEARCHES Search of Property The Board fully recognizes the implications of constitutional law in the area of student privacy. The Board is equally aware that such tangible personal property items as student desks, student lockers and related properties are and remain the property of the Board. The Board is charged with maintenance of such property and this authorizes inspection for any maintenance-related reasons. The opening of lockers or desks for other reasons are outlined in additional paragraphs of this policy. Desks, lockers and other equipment at school belong to the School Board and, although assigned to particular students for use, may be entered and searched by school officials whenever said school officials have reasonable belief that some substance or other material is contained therein which is illegal, harmful to the safety of the student himself or the student body as a whole, or significantly disruptive of or dangerous to the overall discipline of the school. Any items that are specifically prohibited by law, by Board policy or by fair and reasonable local school regulations, may be impounded by school officials. In such cases, students shall be given a receipt for said impounded items. Such prohibited items shall include, but not limited to the following: (1) any weapons, (2) drugs of any sort, (3) alcoholic beverages, (4) pornographic or otherwise obscene material, or (5) any other object, controlled substance or material which would be a violation or evidence of a violation of federal or state law, of Board policy, or of the local school’s fair and reasonable regulations. 1 of 3 FILE: JCB If possible, the student or students shall be contacted prior to any search of his desk or locker, and the desk or locker shall be opened in his presence. A witness from the professional staff shall be present during the inspection at all times when students cannot be contacted. The content of this policy shall be communicated to all students and staff at the beginning of each year. Search of a Student’s Person The Board authorizes teachers and administrative personnel who have reasonable belief that a student or students are in possession of weapons, illegal drugs or other items harmful to the student or students or to the welfare of the student body to search the person of said student(s) under the following conditions: 1. Any such action shall not be taken unless there is a reasonable belief of violation of law or policy, which can be substantiated if necessary. 2. Any such action shall not deliberately be intended to embarrass, harass, or intimidate the student(s). 3. Parents or guardians shall be notified, in writing, of all such searches of a student’s person. The principal shall retain a copy of said notice. The above search shall be with the knowledge, and under the supervision, of the principal. A teacher or administrator of the same sex as the student to be searched shall do any search of a student’s person privately. At least one witness, who is administrator or teacher, also of the same sex as said student, shall be present throughout the search. A record of the search shall be made. One copy shall be file in the principal’s office. One copy shall be sent to the Superintendent. Students shall be given a receipt for all items impounded. 2 of 3 FILE: JCB Reasonable belief of violation of law or policy may be based upon information from such sources as faculty members, reliable students, a law enforcement officer, visual evidence or any of these factors. Detection of Illegal Drugs The Board authorizes law enforcement agencies to make periodic, unannounced visits to any of its schools for the purpose of detecting the presence of illegal drugs. Automobiles School officials may search selected vehicles whole on school property when there is a reasonable cause to believe that the vehicle contains articles that may endanger other individuals or are contrary to laws or regulations of the Board. Use of Police Dogs and Metal Detectors The Board recognizes the importance of maintaining a safe environment for learning free of drugs, weapons, and any other articles that may endanger other individuals or may be in violation of the Board’s regulations. The Board authorizes the use of police dogs and/or metal detectors in the schools. The following guidelines should be used: 1. The metal detectors and/or police dogs should be used for search at the request of the principal and the approval of the Superintendent when there is reasonable cause to believe that weapons and/or drugs are present on school property or at school functions. 2. The metal detectors and/or police dogs can be used randomly in the school, on school property, at school functions or while being transported to or from school on transportation provided by the Board. 3. The sheriff or police department will conduct searches under the supervision of the local principal and approval by the Superintendent or his/her designee. Ref: Administrative Code 290-030-010-06. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: August 17, 1990 and January 10, 2002 3 of 3 FILE: JCC CONDUCT All students of the School District are charged with the responsibility to conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to good citizenship everywhere. Student conduct shall be founded on the basic concept of respect and consideration for the rights of others. Dress Code The Board and administration recognize the importance of the rights and privileges of each individual student in the School District. However, the Board equally recognizes that individual rights stop where the rights of the group (the school) begin, and no student has the right to dress or appear in a manner which is substantially disruptive to the teaching-learning process. The Board recognizes that it is the responsibility of parents and students to use good judgment in one’s total appearance so that the attention of others is not distracted from the purposes of school. Cleanliness should be the basic consideration. Students will wear uniforms at school and all school-sponsored events except athletics, band concerts, and dances. The principal may determine other appropriate occasions during the school year in which students will be given the opportunity to wear other attire in adherence with the School District dress code. All clothing shall be of appropriate size and fit neatly – no tight-fitting, sagging or baggy clothes. Clothing must fit at the natural waistline. 1 of 6 FILE: JCC Students shall wear: Pants: Pleated, plain front or elastic waist hemmed or cuffed. No cargo, flare or wide-leg pants. The color shall be khaki or navy blue. Shorts: Pleated, plain front or elastic waist. Hemmed or cuffed and long enough to touch the fingertips when hands are placed at the student’s sides. The color shall be khaki or navy blue. Skorts: Hemmed or cuffed and long enough to touch the fingertips when hands are placed at the student’s sides. The color shall be khaki or navy blue. Shirts: Polo or Peter Pan style, long or short sleeve and must be tucked in at all times. The color shall be white or maroon. Skirts: Long enough to touch the fingertips when hands are placed at the student’s sides. The color shall be khaki or navy blue. Jumpers: Long enough to touch the fingertips when hands are placed at the student’s sides. The color shall be khaki or navy blue. Belts: Black or brown belts must be worn if garment has belt loops. Belts must be visible at waist band, must be buckled, and must not be extra long or hand down between legs. Belt buckles shall not be larger than 2” x 2” in diameter. Outerwear: Any color or any style can be worn. Outwear is to be worn over school uniform and must be size appropriately and may not be bulky or baggy. Hoods must be removed upon entering school building. T-shirts: T-shirts may be worn as undergarments but shall not show through outer shirt. T-shirts or other undergarments with emblems, graphics or logos which show through the outer clothing are prohibited. The color shall be white. Shoes: For health and safety reasons, students must wear shoes to school. Presentable foot wear is expected to include appropriate hosiery. The shoes must have black, white, brown or gray laces. Slippers, sandals, flip flops, and heels are not permitted. No insignias, logos or graphics to include references to drugs and alcohol are allowed on any article of clothing other than those approved by the school principal. Students who move into the school district shall be in compliance with the uniform specifications within five (5) school days of enrollment. Hair Students’ hair shall be neat, clean and trimmed. No combs, picks or rollers are allowed to be worn in the hair. Unnatural extreme hair colorations are prohibited. 2 of 6 FILE: JCC Accessories Earrings may be worn in the ears. Hoops larger than one inch are prohibited. Jewelry which includes long necklaces, accessories with spikes or chains, heavy medallions, removable dental grills, heavy bracelets, and large finger rings, are prohibited. Caps, hats, bandanas and sunglasses are prohibited (except for health and/or religious reasons, which must be approved in advance by the principal). Book Bags The use of book bags shall be a school-based decision. Smoking/Use of Tobacco Students shall not be permitted to smoke or use tobacco in any form on the school grounds, or in school buildings during the school day, or when riding school buses to and from school or on a school-sponsored trip. Alcohol/Drugs It shall be the policy of the Board that the school principal or authorized official of the school shall automatically suspend any student found in possession of, or in the act of using: (a) alcohol, marijuana; or (b) drugs (e.g., stimulants, depressants, hallucinogens or opiates) for which the student has no prescription from a duly recognized physician. Also, the school principal or authorized official of the school shall automatically suspend any student who is caught selling alcohol and/or harmful drugs to others. 3 of 6 FILE: JCC The above policies apply when the act(s) take place at school, on school ground, on school buses and/or at any school-sponsored event, during or after regular school hours. The principal may recommend expulsion if the situation warrants. The principal shall immediately notify the parents or guardians of the student by telephone. If the parents or guardians cannot be reached by phone, the principal shall then notify them of the action by sending a letter within 24 hours. Care shall be given to afford due process to all students. Any person who violates the provisions of this policy concerning illegal drugs and alcohol may be arrested on the appropriate warrant or petition, signed by the appropriate school authority. Deadly Weapons/Gun Free Schools Possession of a deadly weapon on school property or on a school bus with the intention to do bodily harm is a Class C felony. The Board authorizes the Superintendent or designated official to automatically suspend any student found in possession of a deadly weapon. In addition to firearms, “deadly” weapon anything manifestly designed, made or adapted for the purpose of inflicting death or serious physical injury. Deadly weapons are not to be carried by students on school ground, on school buses and/or at any school-sponsored event, during or after regular school hours. A student determined to have brought to school or have in their possession a firearm as defined in Section 921 Title 18 of the United State Code in a school building, on school grounds, on school buses or at other school-sponsored functions shall be expelled for a period of one year. 4 of 6 FILE: JCC The Board and the Superintendent may modify the expulsion requirement on a case by case basis. The Board must provide the State Department of Education a description of the circumstances surrounding each expulsion pursuant to this policy. This description shall include: a. The name of the school concerned. b. The number of students enrolled. c. The types of weapons concerned. No person found guilty of violating a weapons policy may be readmitted to the public schools of this State without psychiatric or psychological counseling and an accompanying report in writing to the Board of Education that the person does not represent a threat to the safety or security of any student or employee of the School System. Discipline of students with disabilities who violate this firearm possession policy shall be determined on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the requirements of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act. Any person who violates the provisions of this policy concerning weapons may be arrested on the appropriate warrant, signed by the appropriate school authority. Bus Conduct While the Board offers, as needed, a system of pupil transportation, it also requires parents of students to accept responsibility for supervision until such time as the child boards the bus in the morning and after the child leaves the bus at the end of the school day. Once a child boards the bus – and only at that time – does he/she become the responsibility of the School District. Such responsibility shall end when the child is discharged at the regular bus stop. 5 of 6 FILE: JCC Since the bus is an extension of the classroom, the Board shall require children to conduct themselves on the bus in a manner consistent with established standards for classroom behavior. When a child does not conduct himself properly on a bus, the bus driver shall bring such instances to the attention of the building principal. The building principal shall inform the parents immediately of the misconduct and request their cooperation in controlling the child’s behavior. He shall also discipline guilty students as deemed appropriate. A child who becomes a serious disciplinary problem on the school bus may have his/her transportation privileges suspended, or terminated. In such cases, the parents of the children involved shall become responsible for seeing that their children get to and from school. Ref: Ala. Coded 16-1-10; 16-1-14; 16-8-8; 16-8-9; 16-11-9; 16-41-1 to -10; 16-4-13; 16-1-2; 16-8-7 to -10; 16-12-3(a) (b); 16-12-5; 16-12-1 to -6; 16-1-24.1. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 17, 1990, February 13, 1992, October 8, 1992, January 10, 2002, March 13, 2003, June 9, 2005, May 11, 2006, May 15, 2008, July 21, 2011, February 11, 2016, and July 14, 2016 6 of 6 FILE: JCCA DRUG AND ALCOHOL ABUSE PREVENTION PROGRAM Section 1 – Declaration of wrong and harmfulness The Board has determined and hereby declares that the possession, use of distribution of illicit drugs and unlawful possession, use or distribution of alcohol by students is wrong and harmful to the education, health, social and other phases of development of Lowndes County students. Section 2 – Prohibition of possession, use, distribution or sale of illicit drugs or alcohol a. All students are prohibited from possessing or using illicit drugs or alcohol on school premises or as part of schools activities or school sanctioned activities. b. All students are prohibited from the sale or distribution of illicit drugs or alcohol on school premises or as part of school activities or school-sanctioned activities. Section 3 – Requirement to report possession, use, distribution or sale of illicit drugs or alcohol Any student with information of the possession, use of distribution of illicit drugs or alcohol on school premises or as part of any school activity or school-sanctioned activity is required to report such information to the principal, Superintendent or other appropriate school authority. Any report of information by students shall be maintained in strict confidence. Sanctions shall not be applied against any student who voluntarily provides information of illicit drug or unlawful alcohol use, abuse, distribution or sale. Section 4 – Sanctions a. All violations of Section 2(b) shall require mandatory suspension or expulsion from school and referral to the proper authorities for prosecution. 1 of 4 FILE: JCCA b. All violations of Section 2(a) are subject to in-school sanctions or suspension up to the remainder of the school year or sixty (60) days, whichever is greater and/or successful completion of an approved private or governmental drug abuse program. c. All violations of Section 3 are subject to in-school sanctions or suspension up to the remainder of the school year or 60 days, whichever is greater. Section 5 – Drug and alcohol abuse education The Board shall implement a mandatory drug and alcohol abuse education program which addresses the legal, social, health, education and other consequences of drug and alcohol use for all students in grades kindergarten through twelve. The program shall be age appropriate and developmentally based for students and shall provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use illicit drugs and alcohol. Section 6 – Drug and alcohol counseling Any student who has not been charged by school authorities or law enforcement authorities with drug possession, use or distribution may voluntarily receive drug and alcohol counseling by notifying the principal or Superintendent who will make the appropriate arrangements. A request for drug and alcohol counseling by a student shall not be used against the student in any manner. The cost of said counseling shall be borne by the student or his/her parent or guardian. The Board may require evidence of successful participation in/or completion of said counseling. 2 of 4 FILE: JCCA Section 7 – Direct contact for drug and alcohol counseling Any student who has not been charged by the school authorities or law enforcement authorities with drug possession, use or distribution may voluntarily contact an approved private or governmental drug abuse program directly for confidential drug or alcohol counseling without notifying the principal or Superintendent. The contract may be also be made by a parent or guardian on the student’s behalf. Their counseling shall be private and confidential and any information obtained as a result of said counseling by school officials indirectly or otherwise shall not be used against the student in any manner. The cost of said counseling shall be born by the student or parents of the student. The Board may require evidence of the successful participation in/or completion of said counseling. Section 8 – Safety of Students and School Personnel Notwithstanding Sections 6 and 7, any student who is a safety hazard or risk to school children or other school personnel as a result of drug or alcohol use may be removed from their school until they are no longer a safety hazard or risk. Section 9 – Drug Testing The Board, upon reasonable suspicion of illicit drug use, may require any student to have a drug test. Section 10 – Notice to parents and students Parents and students shall be notified in writing of this policy on Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention Program for students. Parents and students shall also be notified in writing that students must comply with the standards of conduct required by Sections 2 and 3 of this 3 of 4 FILE: JCCA policy or face mandatory expulsion from school and referral to the appropriate legal authorities as provided by Section 4(a) or sanctions including suspension and mandatory treatment as provided by Section 4(b) or sanctions including suspension as provided by Section 4(c). Section 10 – Delivery of copy to parent and student Within ten (10) days after school opens each year, each parent and student shall be given a copy of this entire policy and shall be required to sign a statement stating that he/she has received a copy of this policy. Section 11 – Review of policy This policy shall be reviewed at least every two (2) years by the Board to determine the effectiveness of this policy, to implement needed changes, and to ensure that the sanctions pursuant to Sections 4(a), (b), and (c) are consistently enforced. Ref: Drug-Free Schools and Community Act; Public Law 100-297, Title V, Part B; The DrugFree Workplace Act of 1988; Public Law 100-690. Date Adopted: August 17, 1990 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, and February 11, 2016 4 of 4 FILE: JCD GRIEVANCES Students have both the right and the responsibility to express school-related concerns and grievances to the teachers and school administrators. The Board will use the following procedure for any grievance of any nature to include, but not limited to, alleged discrimination based on the grounds of race, color, disability, sex, religion, creed, national origin or age. For further information contact the School District’s Title VI Coordinator or Title IX Coordinator at the Office of the Superintendent. When a student has a grievance, he/she or his/her parent or guardian shall, within five (5) days of when the grievance is first known, request a conference with his/her teacher. The teacher shall schedule this conference within five (5) days of receipt of the request. If the grievance is resolved at this conference by mutual agreement, there shall be no further action. Both parties shall state in writing that they are in agreement with the proposed resolution. If the grievance is not resolved at the first level conference, the student or his/her parent or guardian may continue through each level of administration in the same manner as prescribed above. Upon completion of the final administrative level (the Superintendent), the student or his/her parent or guardian may request to be heard by the Board by submitting the request in writing to the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall insert in the appropriate place on the agenda of the next Board meeting (provided that the time constraints are met for inclusion on the most immediate agenda) an item that states that the student desires to address the Board concerning a grievance. 1 of 2 FILE: JCD The Board shall review the original grievance. In addition, the Board may, but is not required to, hear directly from any individual with knowledge of any relevant facts relating to the grievance. The Board will either uphold the recommendation of the Superintendent or require the School District to take some other action in response to the grievance. A copy of the action of the Board will be furnished to the student or his/her parent or guardian either as a part of the minutes of the Board or as a separate written statement. The Board shall be the final reviewing authority within the system. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: August 8, 1996 and January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: JCDA SEXUAL HARASSMENT It is the policy of the Board that all individuals shall learn and work in environments that are free of all forms of discrimination including sex discrimination. Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination which undermines the integrity of the educational environment and violates Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. Sexual harassment perpetrated against students or by students is prohibited in the School District. It shall be a violation of this policy for any student to be subjected to harassment or to subject another person to harassment through conduct of communication of a sexual nature as defined by this policy. Definition Sexual harassment consists of unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, sexually motivated physical conduct or other verbal or physical conduct or communication of a sexual nature when: 1. submission to that conduct or communication is made a term or condition, either explicitly or implicitly, of obtaining an education or of obtaining and retaining employment, or other benefits provided by the School District. 2. submission to or reject of that conduct or communication by an individual is used as a factor in decisions affecting an individual’s education or employment or other benefits provided by the School District. 3. such conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially or unreasonably interfering with an individual’s education or employment, or creating or intimidating, hostile or offensive educational or employment environment. 1 of 5 FILE: JCDA Actionable sexual harassment is generally established when an individual is exposed to a pattern of objectionable behaviors or when a single, serious act is committed. Any sexual harassment as defined herein and perpetrated against or by a student in the School District shall be treated as sexual harassment under this policy. Sexual harassment may include but is not limited to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. verbal harassment or abuse of a sexual nature. offensive or unwelcome sexual advances or propositions. unwelcome intentional touching of intimate body parts. graphic or degrading verbal comments about an individual or his/her physical attributes. display of sexually suggestive objects, pictures, cards or letter. lewd or suggestive comments or gestures. off-color language or jokes of a sexual nature. demanding sexual favors accompanied by implied or overt threats concerning an individual’s educational or employment status. 9. demanding sexual favors accompanied by implied or overt promises of preferential treatment with regard to an individual’s educational or employment status. 10. employees dating students. 11. sexual violence, a physical act of regression that includes a sexual act or sexual purpose. Sexual harassment involving students can occur in many settings and may involve a variety of individuals. The circumstances may involve but are not limited to: 1. 2. 3. 4. student to student harassment. harassment of a student by an employee or other representative of the School District. harassment of an employee or other representative of the School District by a student. harassment caused by exposure to offensive conduct or communication even though the affected individual was not the direct recipient of the offensive conduct or communication. 5. harassment involving individuals of the same gender. Complaint Procedure All principals and other supervisory personnel have an obligation to prevent and eliminate sexual harassment. Individuals who have knowledge of the occurrence of sexual harassment involving students; within the buildings for which he/she has responsibility; or within 2 of 5 FILE: JCDA his/her chain of command shall immediately take reasonable and efficient action to protect the alleged victim and to curtail sexual harassment. These measures shall be taken independent of receipt of a complaint and shall include but not limited to: 1. discussing the circumstances with the alleged victim. 2. maintaining the anonymity of the alleged victim, if requested or deemed to be in the beat interest of the involved parties. 3. conducting an informal investigation to determine the validity of the allegations. 4. advising the alleged offender of the complaint and directing him/her to cease the alleged objectionable behaviors any other behaviors that may constitute sexual harassment. 5. restricting contact between the alleged victim and the alleged offender. Any student who believes that he/she has been the victim of sexual harassment or has knowledge that such action has been perpetrated against others by another student should immediately report the alleged acts to the principal of his/her school. The principal shall immediately investigate the allegations and take appropriate actions in accordance with the procedures set forth in the established procedures. The principal shall submit a written summary of his/her investigation, inclusive of the allegation(s) and action(s) taken and a copy will be forwarded to the Superintendent. If the allegation of sexual harassment is filed against the principal, the complaint should be reported to the Superintendent or his/her designee, who shall intervene. Sanctions Sexual harassment violates the fiduciary relationships established by the School District with students, their parents and all other relevant publics. The strictest appropriate disciplinary actions will be taken against School District employees found to have violated this policy. These actions shall include sanctions designated under Board policy, as well as other measures designed to end sexual harassment and prevent its recurrence. 3 of 5 FILE: JCDA The Superintendent shall recommend that the Board terminate the employment of all personnel found to have sexually harassed students. Due process rights shall be afforded to all affected employee, where appropriate. Disciplinary actions that may be imposed by the Board may include: 1. warnings and reprimands. 2. termination, suspension or non-renewals of contracts. 3. suspension or revocation of teaching certificates. Sexual harassment by student perpetrators will not be tolerated in the School District. Appropriate progressive disciplinary and rehabilitative actions will be taken to resolve the problem and to eliminate the possibility of its recurrence. Disciplinary actions may include but not be limited to: 1. student counseling. 2. family counseling. 3. sexual harassment training. 4. referral to outside agencies (mental health centers, etc.) 5. detention. 6. in-school and/or out-of-school suspension. 7. development of sexual harassment research projects. 8. class/school transfer. 9. revocation of out-of-zone school assignment. 10. expulsion. Due process rights shall be afforded to students found to have sexually harassed other students in the School District. Prohibitions 1. Retaliation. Retaliation against individuals who file sexual harassment complaints or assist in the investigation of sexual harassment complaints is expressly prohibited. Retaliation includes but is not limited to any form of intimidation, reprisal or harassment. Disciplinary actions imposed for acts of retaliation shall include sanctions up to and including expulsion, as appropriate. 4 of 5 FILE: JCDA 2. Intentional False Reporting. Students who knowingly fabricate allegations of sexual harassment shall be subject to disciplinary action up to and including expulsion. 3. Hindering An Investigation. Individuals who withhold information, purposely provide inaccurate facts or otherwise hinder and investigation of sexual harassment shall be subject to disciplinary action up to and including expulsion, as appropriate. Confidentiality of Proceedings In all cases, a high degree of confidentiality will be maintained by the School District authorities to protect parties involved in sexual harassment investigation. Only those persons who have a need to know for purposes of the investigation or resolution of the complaint shall be informed of the case. Any individual who releases information relative to the complaint or the investigation shall be subject to disciplinary action. Date Adopted: August 8, 1996 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, and February 11, 2016 5 of 5 FILE: JCDB ANTI-HARASSMENT Section 1. Harassment, Violence and Threats of Violence Prohibited No student shall engage in or be subjected to harassment, violence, threats of violence, or intimidation by any other student that is based on any of the specific characteristics that have been identified by the Board in this policy. Students who violate this policy will be subject to disciplinary sanctions. Section 2. Definitions a. The term “harassment” as used in this policy means a continuous pattern of intentional behavior that takes place on school property, on a school bus, or at a school-sponsored function including, but not limited to, written, electronic, verbal, or physical acts that are reasonably perceived as being motivated by any characteristic of a student, or by the association of a student with an individual who has a particular characteristic, if the characteristic falls into one of the categories of personal characteristics set forth in Section 3(b) below. To constitute harassment, a pattern of behavior may do any of the following:  Place a student in reasonable fear of harm to his or her person or damage to his or her property.  Have the effect of substantially interfering with the educational performance, opportunities, or benefits of a student.  Have the effect of substantially disrupting or interfering with the orderly operation of the school.  Have the effect of creating a hostile environment in the school, on school property, on a school bus, or at a school-sponsored function.  Have the effect of being sufficiently severe, persistent, or pervasive enough to create an intimidating, threatening, or abusive educational environment for a student. b. The term “violence” as used in this policy means the infliction of physical force by a student with the intent to cause injury to another student or damage to the property of another student. c. The term “threat of violence” as used in this policy means an expression of intention to inflict injury or damage that is made by a student and directed to another student. d. The term “intimidation” as used in this policy means a threat or other action that is intended to cause fear or apprehension in a student, especially for the purpose of coercing or deterring the student from participating in or taking advantage of any school program, benefit, or opportunity for which the student is or would be eligible. 1 of 3 FILE: JCDB e. The term “student” as used in this policy means a student who is enrolled in the Lowndes County School System. Section 3. Description of Behavior Expected of Students a. Students are expected to treat other students with courtesy, respect, and dignity and comply with the Student Code of Conduct. Students are expected and required to: 1) comply with the requirements of law, policy, regulation, and rules prohibiting harassment, violence, or intimidation; 2) refrain from inflicting or threatening to inflict violence, injury, or damage to the person or property of another student; and 3) refrain from placing another student in fear of being subjected to violence, injury, or damage when such actions or threats are reasonably perceived as being motivated by any personal characteristic of the student that is identified in this policy. b. Violence, threats of violence, harassment, and intimidation are prohibited and will be subject to disciplinary consequences and sanctions if the perpetrator of such action is found to have based the prohibited action on one or more of the following personal characteristics of the victim of such conduct:  The student’s race;  The student’s sex;  The student’s religion;  The student’s national origin; or  The student’s disability. Section 4. Consequences for Violation A series of graduated consequences for any violation of this policy will be those outlined in the Student Code of conduct. Section 5. Reporting, Investigation, and Complaint Resolution Procedures a. Complaints alleging violations of this policy must be made on Board approved complaint forms available at the principal and/or counselor’s office. The complaint must be signed by the student alleging the violation or by the student’s parent or legal guardian and delivered to the principal or the principal’s designee either by mail or personal delivery. At the request of the complaining student or the student’s parent or legal guardian, incidental or minor violations of the policy may be presented and resolved informally. b. Upon receipt of the complaint, the principal or the principal’s designee will, in their sole discretion, determine if the complaint alleges a serious violation of this policy. If the principal or the principal’s designee determines that the complaint alleges a serious violation, the principal or the principal’s designee will undertake an investigation of the complaint. The investigation will entail the gathering of relevant facts and evidence and will be conducted in a reasonably prompt time period taking into account the circumstances of the complaint. If the investigation 2 of 3 FILE: JCDB establishes a violation, appropriate disciplinary sanctions will be imposed on the offending student(s). Other measures that are reasonably calculated to prevent a recurrence of the violation(s) may also be imposed by the principal or school system. c. Acts of reprisal or retaliation against any student who has reported a violation of this policy or sought relief provided by this policy are prohibited, and are themselves a violation of this policy. Any confirmed acts of reprisal or retaliation will be subject to disciplinary sanctions that may include any sanction, penalty, or consequence that is available to school officials under the Student Code of Conduct. A student who deliberately, recklessly, and falsely accuses another student of a violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary sanctions as outlined in the Student Code of Conduct. d. The complaint form developed to report violations of this policy will include a provision for reporting a threat of suicide by a student. If a threat of suicide is reported, the principal or the principal’s designee will inform the student’s parent or guardian of the report. Section 6. Promulgation of Policy and Related Procedures, Rules and Forms This policy and any procedures, rules, and forms developed and approved to implement the policy will be published, disseminated, and made available to students, parents and legal guardians, and employees by such means and methods as are customarily used for such purposes, including publication on the Board’s Web site. Date Adopted: January 14, 2010 3 of 3 FILE: JD DISCIPLINE The Board shall instruct the Superintendent to establish in cooperation with principals and teachers of all schools within the School District, codes of student conduct which state clearly and precisely in written form specified rules and regulations applicable within respective schools of this School District. Such rules or regulations shall comply with the following as required by the State Board of Education. MODEL DISCIPLINARY CODE ATTENDANCE Student responsibilities are: To abide by laws and Board and individual school rules and policies regarding attendance. To be punctual and regular in attendance. To promptly request and complete make-up assignments for excused absences or tardies. Student rights are: To be informed of Board policies and individual school rules regarding school attendance, including policies and rules regarding absences, tardies, truancies and related programs, checkouts, make-up work, and school-sponsored activities. To be provided with make-up assignments for excused absences or tardies. RESPECT FOR PERSON, PRIVACY, AND PROPERTY Student responsibilities are: To abide by laws, Board policies and individual school rules regarding respect for person, privacy, and property. To respect the recognized privacy rights of others. To attend school and related activities without bringing items prohibited by law or Board policy or which detract from the educational process. 1 of 4 FILE: JD To respect the property rights of those at school and the general public. Student rights are: To be informed of laws, Board policies and individual school rules regarding respect for person, privacy, and property. To retain privacy of personnel possessions on his/her person, in lockers, or in vehicles, unless school personnel have reasonable suspicion to believe the student possesses any item, which is prohibited by law of Board policy. KNOWLEDGE AND OBSERVATION OF RULES OF CONDUCT Student responsibilities are: To abide by laws, Board policies and individual school rules regarding rules of conduct. To document receipt of the code of student conduct with his/her signature. Student rights are: To be informed of laws, Board policies and individual school rules regarding rules of conduct. To be informed as to the specific ground of the violation(s) of the Board’s code of student conduct. THE RIGHT TO LEARN Student responsibilities are: To abide by laws, Board policies and individual school rules regarding the right to learn. To take advantage of appropriate opportunities provided for learning. To avoid hindering the teaching process. To seek assistance, if needed, to aid learning. To obey rules regarding attendance, conduct, free speech, student publications, assembly, privacy, and participation in school programs and activities. 2 of 4 FILE: JD Student rights are: To be informed of laws, Board policies and individual school rules regarding the right to learn. To be provided a safe school environment fee of illegal drugs, alcohol, or weapons. To be provided appropriate instructors, instruction, materials, and equipment to take advantage of the opportunity to learn. To be provided with the opportunity to express concerns regarding the operation of the school. FREE SPEECH Student responsibilities are: To abide by laws, Board policies and individual school rules regarding free speech. To be courteous of the views of others. Students rights are: To be informed of laws and Board and individual school rules and policies regarding free speech. To express disagreement in a constructive manner taking into account the rights of others, consistent with the established education process. STUDENT PUBLICATIONS Students responsibilities are: To abide by laws, Board policies and individual school rules regarding student publications. To communicate in a respectful manner consistent with good education practice. To seek accurate and complete information on the topics approved for publication. To observe the accepted rules for responsible journalism under the guidance of faculty members. 3 of 4 FILE: JD Student rights are: To be informed of Board policies and individual school rules regarding student publications. To participate, as part of the educational process, in the development and/or distribution of student or school publications consistent with that educational process. ASSEMBLY Student responsibilities are: To abide by laws, Board policies and individual school rules in regards to assembly. To seek approval, plan, and conduct meetings consistent with Board rules. Student rights are: To be informed of laws, Board policies and individual rules and policies regarding assembly. To assemble in a lawful manner for a lawful purpose with prior approval by local school officials. PARTICIPATION IN SCHOOL PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES Student responsibilities are: To abide by laws, Board policies and individual school rules regarding school programs and activities. To be courteous and responsible at all school programs and activities. To complete assignments related to his/her participation in school programs and activities. Student rights are: To be informed of laws, Board policies and individual school rules regarding school programs and activities. To develop or participate in student programs and activities consistent with local board of education and individual school policies. To seek office in any student organization. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 4 of 4 FILE: JDA CLASSIFICATION OF VIOLATIONS AND SANCTIONS (STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT) The Code of Conduct will govern all students. Violations of the Student Code of Conduct are grouped into four (4) classes and are applicable to all students (grades kindergarten through twelve) of the School District. However, student discipline will vary based upon developmental considerations determined by school personnel. Students should be taught the Code of Conduct and its consequences. Before determining the classification of a violation, the principal or his/her designee shall consult with the involved student(s) and school personnel. Once the classification of the violation is determined, the principal or his/her designee shall implement the disciplinary procedure. Penalties should not be imposed for an entire class for actions that involve one student or fewer students than the entire class. Teachers shall post a written discipline plan/classroom rules for classroom management. The teacher, with the assistance of the guidance counselor, shall apply behavioral modification strategies to affect change. Each classroom teacher will deal with general classroom disruptions. The student’s parents or guardians shall be notified and, when necessary, a conference with the parents or guardians and other school staff members shall be scheduled. The school-community liaison may assist in parental contact. When the action taken by the teacher is ineffective or disruption is severe, the student should be referred to the principal or his/her designee. It should be noted that the offenses listed in Classes A, B, C, and D are not all inclusive and students may be subject to disciplinary actions for other uncategorized offenses. Below is a listing of each class of violations and possible sanctions. As the violations increase in seriousness, the severity of the possible sanctions increases. 1 of 7 FILE: JDA Class A Violations AA. AB. AC. AD. AE. AF. AG. AH. AI. AJ. AK. AL. AM. AN. Distraction of Other Students Any conduct and/or behavior which is disruptive to the orderly educational process in the classroom or any other students. Examples: talking excessively, interrupting class functions, chewing and/or popping gum, provoking other students, etc. Tardiness (Grades 2-12 only) Reporting late to school or class. (Action by Principal after 3 tardies per term/semester) Use of Profane Language Non-conformity to Dress Code Inappropriate Public Display of Affection The Unacceptable exhibiting of emotions including, but not limited to, embracing and Kissing Offensive Touching of Another Student Unwaranted or unsolicited non-sexual touching, pushing or shoving Refusal to Complete Assignments Unauthorized Use of School Property Defacing of School Property Fighting (No Physical Contact) Use of an Unauthorized Electronic Device (cell phone, IPod, MP3, etc.) during the instructional day Unauthorized Absence from Classes Continued Refusal to Complete Assignments School Violation Any Other Violation Which The Principal May Deem Reasonable to Fall Within This Category After Consideration of Extenuating Circumstances Disciplinary Actions Class A First Offense Second Offense Third Offense Fourth Offense Fifth Offense In-school conference with student, teacher, principal, or designee. Teacher will attempt to make parental contact and document. Teacher makes office referral & administrator will notify parents. In-school counseling by school personnel. In-school disciplinary action when warranted: work detail loss of privileges detention corporal punishment Parental conference required (Parent/Guardian – no substitute). The matter will be analyzed and the principal may refer the student to the Project Success for 3 to 5 days. The parent is encouraged to bring the student back after this period for a conference. One (1) to three (3) days Suspension – Parent/Guardian is encouraged to bring the student back and attend classes with student for one day. The usage of a cell phone or any electronic device within the school day will result in the phone or device being taken up and held until a parent comes to pick up the item. After the third offense, the infraction will be moved to Class BA – Defiance of Authority. 2 of 7 FILE: JDA Class B Violations BA. BB. BC. BD. BE. BF. BG. BH. BI. BJ. BK. BL. BM. BN. BO. Defiance of School Board Employee’s Authority/Disrespect Any verbal or non-verbal refusal to comply with a lawful direction or order of a School Board employee. Fighting (Physical Blows) Intentionally touching or striking another student against his/her will, or intentionally causing bodily harm to an individual. If evidence indicates one student initiated and physically attacked the other, the victim’s consequences may be reduced or eliminated. Use of Tobacco Possession of Tobacco Disruptions on Bus Reported by Driver Stealing – Petty Theft The intentional, unlawful taking and/or carrying away of property valued at less than $100 belonging to or in the lawful possession or custody of another. Gambling The intentional, unlawful participation in gambling activities. Threats – By Word NOTE: Completion of the threat, either by the victim’s complying with the demands or the carrying out of the threats against the victim, constitutes a Class C Offense. Trespassing – Loitering – Unlawful Assembly Willfully entering or remaining in any structure, conveyance, or property without being authorized or licensed; individual is warned by an authorized person to depart and refuses to do so. Use of Obscene Manifestations (verbal, written, gesture – may be upgraded to Class DL This can include pornographic materials, websites, etc. Leaving Class or Campus Without Permission Providing False Information Intimidation/Humiliation of a Student The intentional, unlawful threat by word or act to do harm to another student, coupled with an apparent ability to do so, and the performance of some act, which creates a wellfounded fear in the person that such harm is likely. Possession of toy gun (replicas). This offense may be upgraded to Class DM. School Violation Any other Offense Which The Principal May Deem Reasonable to Fall Within This Category After Consideration of Extenuating Circumstances. 3 of 7 FILE: JDA Disciplinary Action – Class B First Offense Second Offense Third Offense Office referral and up to 3 days suspension depending on the seriousness of the offense and parental conference required. Office referral and 3 to 5 days suspension, and parental conference. Any afterwards – office referral, 3-10 days suspension, and parental conference. Any Class B offense violations can be referred to the Superintendent by the administrator. Repeated violations may result in expulsion after all options have been exhausted. Parents/guardians shall be held responsible for monetary loss or damages. Class C Violations CA. CB. CC. CD. CE. Possession of Stolen Property Possession of Knives Knives, irrespective of the blade length, including but not limited to the following: Box cutter Folding knife Palm knife Switch blade knife Butterfly knife Key chain knife Razor blade Swiss army knife Carpet knife Linoleum knife Spring chain knife Trench knife Exacto knife Lock blade Stiletto knife Utility knife Fixed knife Paint scraper Straight knife Any other item that utilizes a razor blade or other blade, replaceable or fixed. Numchucks (nunchaku), throwing stars, fighting claws or similar instruments utilized in martial arts. Any other instrument or object with the intent to be armed or inflict bodily harm. Participating in Major Student Disorder Leading, encouraging or assisting in (major) disruptions, which result in destruction or damage of private or public property or personal injury to participants or others. If it is determined that bodily harm is intended, this offense can be upgraded to Class D. Extortion Verbally or by a written or printed communicated, maliciously threatening an injury to the person, property or reputation of another, with the intent to extort money or any monetary advantage whatsoever, or with the intent to compel the person so threatened or any other person to do any act or refrain from doing any act against his or her will. Sexual Acts Acts of a sexual nature including, but not limited to, sexual assault, intercourse, attempted intercourse, or deliberate indecent exposure (Consequences of this violation may be upgraded to Class DL depending upon the judgment of the principal). 4 of 7 FILE: JDA CF. CG. CH. CI. Illegal Organization Any on-campus activities of fraternities, sororities, secret societies or non- affiliated school clubs. Possessing Fireworks or Smoke Bombs Alcoholic Beverages Unauthorized possession of any alcoholic beverages usage, transfer, sale (consequences of this violation may be upgraded to Class D depending upon the judgment of the principal). The school counselor and possibly other agencies must provide counseling. School Violation Any other Offense Which the Principal May Deem Reasonable to Fall Within This Category After Consideration of Extenuating Circumstances Disciplinary Action – Class C First Offense Second Offense 5-10 Days Suspension Afterwards – Expulsion, Report to Superintendent In lieu of suspension an Alternative Program may be considered upon the recommendation of the school based Disciplinary Committee. The IEP Committee for all PEP students must make this determination. Expulsion shall be determined by an Expulsion Review Committee and approved by the Board on the recommendation of the Superintendent. The Expulsion Review Committee’s decision may be appealed to the Board. CLASS D OFFENSES DA. DB. DC. DD. Threat Upon Board Employee – (Battery) The unlawful and intentional touching or striking of a Board employee against his/her will; the intentional causing of bodily harm; unlawful threat by word or act of violence to the person or property of a school board employee – actual damage of property. Robbery The taking of money or other property, which may be the subject of larceny from the person or custody of another by force, violence, assault or instilling the fear of the same. Stealing, Larceny, Grand Theft The intentional unlawful taking and/or carrying away of property valued at $100 or more belonging to or in the lawful possession or custody of another. Burglary of School Property Entering or remaining in a structure or conveyance with the intent to remove property during any hour. 5 of 7 FILE: JDA DE. DF. DG. DH. DI. DJ. DK. DL. DM. DN. DO. Possessing or Discharging A Firearm A firearm, including but not limited to any hand gun, shotgun, black powder firearm, flare gun, zip gun or any other device from which a projectile is discharged by explosive powder. A replica of any firearm, including but not limited to replicas of a handgun, rifle or shotgun, black powder firearm, flare gun or zip gun; or any of the following: air gun, blank gun (starter’s pistol), or gas operated gun. Explosive Devices of Any Type Preparing, possessing or igniting explosives on School Board property. Activities of a Fire Alarm System Drugs (Alcoholic beverages placed in Class III with options) Unauthorized possession, transfer, use or sale of drugs, drug paraphernalia. Any prescription drug should be reported to the office. A designated employee will administer the medication with written permission from the parent/guardian. Arson Criminal Mischief Willful and malicious injury or damages at or in excess of $200 to public and/or private property. Aggravated Battery Intentionally causing bodily harm, disability or permanent disfigurement; use of a deadly weapon. Rape or Attempted Rape Possession of Weapons Weapons include instruments used to inflict bodily harm during a conflict. Bomb Threat School Violation Any Other Offense Which the Principal May Deem Reasonable to Fall Within This Category After Consideration of Extenuating Circumstances Disciplinary Action – Class D All Class D Offenses shall be reported to the civil authorities for possible action. First Offense Expulsion In lieu of expulsion an Alternative Program may be considered upon the recommendation of the school based Disciplinary Committee. The IEP Committee for all PEP students must make this determination. Expulsion shall be determined by an Expulsion Review Committee and approved by the Board on the recommendation of the Superintendent. The Expulsion Review Committee’s decision may be appealed to the Board. 6 of 7 FILE: JDA POSSIBLE DISCIPLINARY ACTION – ANY OFFENSE Repeated violations on the school bus may result in the loss of the student’s privilege of being transported at public expense to and from school on a school bus. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: October 8, 1992, May 12, 1993, January 12, 1995, April 13, 2000, January 10, 2002, April 10, 2008, February 12, 2009, February 11, 2016, and July 14, 2016 7 of 7 FILE: JDB CORPORAL PUNISHMENT The Board permits the use of corporal punishment only after a teacher uses other methods in an attempt to correct behavior. These methods must include, at least, a conference with a student about his or her behavior and a conference with the student’s parent or guardian. In the conference misbehavior by the student may result in the use of corporal punishment. Should corporal punishment be needed, it must be administered according to the following: 1. A student has been notified of the offense for which he/she is to receive corporal punishment and the student has been given an opportunity to explain his/her actions. 2. The punishment is administered by the school principal or his/her designee and witnessed by a certified school employee. 3. The punishment is administered out of view of any other students. 4. The punishment shall consist of no more than three licks on the buttocks with a smooth surface paddle free of holes and/or cracks. The paddle shall be no longer than 18 inches long nor more than ¾ inches thick. 5. A written record of the punishment shall be made, in which the violated offense resulting in the punishment is listed along with the number of licks administered. The name of the teacher requesting the punishment, the name of the person administering the punishment and the name of all witnesses shall be included in the record. The principal of each school shall maintain a copy of the record. A copy shall be sent to the parents or guardians. 6. Provided a special education student (except gifted or speech impaired) warrants corporal punishment, said student’s Individualized Educational Plan Committee shall be convened to determine if the offense is related to the disability; if not, the student may be corporally punished as any other student. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and January 14, 2010 FILE: JDC DETENTION The Board authorizes students to be reasonably detained for disciplinary purposes at the discretion of the local school principal and professional staff of individual schools. If a student is to be detained after regular school hours, the student shall be given notice of such detention in time to notify parent or legal guardian to arrange for necessary transportation. Students shall not be detained for more than one hour daily for disciplinary reasons. Each local school principal shall require all students detained for disciplinary purposes to be under the direct supervision of a member of the professional staff. If students cannot remain after school for justifiable reasons, they shall be given appropriate alternative punishments at the discretion of the principal or his designee. Reasonable detention under teacher supervision at the close of the day shall be authorized for all schools. In the case that a child is to be detained, the parents shall be notified in advance. A child who is transported in a school bus shall not be caused to miss the bys by reason of such detention, except with the permission of the parents. Students unable to remain after school because of such reasons shall receive alternative punishments. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-14. Date Approved: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JDD SUSPENSION The Board recognizes its authority to maintain good order and discipline within the schools of the School District. Therefore, the Board gives to the school principal the discretion to suspend a student. The principal shall advise the Superintendent, in writing, of all suspensions. The principal shall make an immediate effort (same day) to contact the student’s parent or guardian about the suspension. No suspended student shall be allowed to leave the school premises during the school day until the student’s parent or guardian or proper school authorities assume responsibility for him/her. When a student’s parent or guardian cannot be notified, the student must remain on the school premises until the end of the school day. At the end of the school day, the student will return home via normal transportation methods. Procedures and Regulations Authority The school principal or designee has the authority to suspend students from school for up to ten (10) days. Notification Prior to suspension the students shall be made aware of the charges and supporting evidence, and given an opportunity to respond to them. The local school principal shall complete and provide the student with a copy of the appropriate notification form prior to departure from campus. A written notice shall be immediately sent to the parents or guardians stating the reason(s) such action was taken. 1 of 5 FILE: JDD Immediate removal of the student from school premises is justified only when his/her presence threatens himself/herself or endangers school property, or seriously disrupts the orderly educational process. If immediate removal is necessary, the principal or his/her designee must notify the parents or guardians by phone or in person. In extreme emergencies, the principal is given the authority to call upon law enforcement agencies to remove such students. The principals shall advise the Superintendent by telephone regarding such removals and shall follow the oral contact with a written confirmation to the Superintendent. Length 1. Any student suspended three times during a school year may be required to appear with parents or guardians before the Superintendent and school principal to explain his/her situation. The Superintendent or his/her designee shall schedule the conference within five (5) days after being notified by the school principal. If the student or parent or guardian fail to appear as ordered, expulsion proceedings may be initiated. 2. If an incident or violation, or series of incidents or violations are serious enough to warrant suspension with an expulsion recommendation, such suspension may not exceed ten (10) complete days pending the Expulsion Review Committee’s action on the expulsion recommendation. The principal, after the Expulsion Review Committee’s decision, may readmit the student to school while an appeal before the Board is pending. 2 of 5 FILE: JDD Terms A suspended student may not attend school functions or enter school property for any reason during or after the school day. When a student is suspended, his/her teachers must be notified immediately concerning the date and duration of the suspension. The suspended student shall be responsible for contacting the teacher(s) within three (3) days to arrange a time within a two (2)-week period to make-up work and/or examinations from said absence(s). This opportunity does not require that the teachers reteach the lesson but it does require that the student receive a reasonable opportunity to learn missed lessons. A suspended student must comply with the full length of suspension unless the principal approves an alternative. Readmission When a student returns to school after the first suspension in an academic year, the readmission shall be preceded by a conference which must be with the principal or his/her designee. The student’s parents or guardians are encouraged to attend the conference. The student is readmitted on approval of the principal or his/her designee and is given a readmission slip to return to class. Disabled Students The term disabled shall apply to those students who are identified and receiving services in accordance with appropriate regulations of IDEA as being: mentally retarded, multihandicapped, learning disabled, speech impaired, orthopedically impaired, other health impairment, serious emotionally distributed, traumatic injury or autism. 3 of 5 FILE: JDD It shall be the policy of the Board to apply the same rules and regulations to disabled students as are applied to non-handicapped student with the following exceptions: 33. Before a disabled student can be suspended or expelled from the school the Individualized Educational Plan Committee must determine whether or not the disruptive behavior is caused by the student’s disabling condition by answering these questions: a. Is the student appropriately classified and placed? b. Is the student’s program appropriate to meet the student’s needs? c. Is there a manifestation of the student’s disability? i. If the Individualized Educational Plan Committee concurs that the answer to the questions are affirmative, then the behavior can be considered a manifestation of the student’s disability. In this case, alternatives to suspension or expulsion must be considered. Possible alternatives include: a. Referral for consultation with an appropriate specialist b. Schedule modification c. Instructor change(s) d. Initiate a program of behavior modification using contingency contracting, etc. e. Short-term tutoring arranged through the Special Education Office. f. Defining student’s limits g. Changing the student’s least restrictive environment. If the Individualized Educational Committee concurs that the behavior is not related to the disabling condition, the school’s regular procedures for suspension or expulsion of nondisabled students may be used. However, if a disabled student is suspended from the ten (10) days his or her special education services will be provided at a location to be determined by the Individualized Educational Plan Committee. In-School Suspension Program In-school suspension is a structured disciplinary action in which students are isolated from regular classroom activities but are not dismissed from the school setting. The principals or their designated persons have the authority to assign students to the in-school suspension program for a reasonable and specified period of time. The principals and their staffs should determine the scope of in-school suspension in the respective schools. 4 of 5 FILE: JDD Related Suspensions A student who is repeatedly suspended from school for violations of the code of conduct may be considered by the Board for assignment to the alternative education program. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-14; 16-28-12; Goss v. Lopez, 95 S. Ct. 729 (1973). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 10, 1995, January 10, 2002, March 13, 2003, and February 11, 2016 5 of 5 FILE: JDE EXPULSION If a student is suspended and recommended for expulsion, the principal shall notify, in writing, with a copy to the Superintendent, the student and parent or legal guardian of the action taken and the additional disciplinary action recommended and the cause or causes for such action and recommendation. Prior to the recommendation for expulsion the principal will consider whether the affected student is an appropriate candidate for assignment to an alternative education program. If the Superintendent accepts the principal’s recommendation to expel the student, the Superintendent or his/her designee shall schedule a due process hearing before an Expulsion Review Committee (comprised of the Superintendent and two certified Administrative Council members.) Every effort shall be made to schedule the hearing before the Expulsion Review Committee within ten days of the suspension. If the Expulsion Review Committee is not scheduled within this time, the student shall be readmitted to school until such time as hearing is held. The hearing, as well as all preliminary steps concerning said hearing, shall fully comply with the applicable due process criteria. The Superintendent shall notify the student’s parents or guardians, in writing, of the Expulsion Review Committee’s decision within five (5) days of the proceedings. If the parents or guardians do not agree with the decision, they shall have the right to appeal to the Board within five (5) days of their receipt of the Expulsion Review Committee’s decision. The notice of appeal may be made by telephone to the Superintendent. 1 of 2 FILE: JDE If an appeal is filed, a hearing before the Board shall be scheduled. If the Board does not render a decision within a reasonable time, the student shall be readmitted to school until such time as the hearing is held. The hearing, as well as all preliminary steps concerning said hearing, shall fully comply with the applicable due process criteria. The Board, upon the recommendation of the Superintendent, has the final authority to expel a student from school. The Superintendent shall notify, in writing, the parent or legal guardian of action taken by the Board. Expulsion from school excludes the student from regular attendance until readmitted by the Board of Education. Expelled students are not eligible for readmittance to an alternative program. The expelled student must apply to the Board of Education for reinstatement. The Board may consider a written request for readmission to school. Such a request should be accompanied by evidence that the student has corrected inappropriate behaviors and established acceptable patterns of conduct. In the event that a student was expelled for bringing a gun to school, a request for readmission will not be considered until the required minimum suspension for one year has been served. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-14; Goss v. Lopez, 95 S. Ct. 729 (1973). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: August 10, 1995, January 10, 2002, January 14, 2010, and February 11, 2016 2 of 2 FILE: JE GUIDANCE PROGRAM The Board feels that all students within the School District should have the benefit of a functional guidance program. The academic years of students are critical ones and are a time when proper guidance by the home and school is vital to the development of individuals. Therefore, the School District and local schools shall cooperatively develop a program of guidance to meet the needs of students of the School District. The guidance program shall encompass the areas of educational guidance, personal guidance, and vocational guidance. The guidance program shall utilize professionally trained counselors and teachers and shall provide the following: 1. Counseling service for all students on an individual and/or group basis. 2. Information for students necessary to make wise decisions concerning educational, vocational or personal planning. 3. Counseling services for students concerning achievement and aptitude. 4. Testing programs that will assist students to better understand themselves and assist teachers to better understand the students with which they are working. 5. Assistance for students needing more intensive diagnosis. 6. Assistance for students and teachers to help improve communications between the school and home. 7. In addition, when possible, follow-up studies of former students to facilitate evaluation of the total school program. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JF PROMOTION AND RETENTION The Board instructs the Superintendent to develop and maintain instructional objectives and performance standards for each grade level within the School District. Parents/guardians and students shall be made award of the objectives and standards at the beginning of each school year via the use of written communication. Periodically during the year, parents and students shall be provided written evaluation reports and oral evaluation reports during teacher-parent conferences of the progress each student is making. Promotion of a student from one grade to the next shall be based solely on that individual student’s achievement of the minimum skills necessary to qualify for promotion and on regular school attendance. The Board recognizes the existence of children who are enrolled in the schools of the School District who are classified as exceptional. Requirements for promotion of these students shall be in accordance with the Individual with Disabilities Education Art as well as with comparable State regulations. Accordingly, all students who are classified under any special education category as defined shall have their achievement levels for promotion and retention established by an Individualized Educational Plan. The 504 Student Planning Team will determine promotion and retention for students classified under Section 504. These regulations and procedures shall be strictly complied with as promotion and retention decision are rendered. Students who have been retained for a second time must be referred to the Building Based Student Support Team (BBSST) for appropriate evaluation. 1 of 3 FILE: JF Beginning 2004-2005 School Year When achievement indicates that a student is falling behind the teacher shall conduct a parent conference to reiterate the promotion and retention policy no later than mid-semester or term. Parents shall be asked to sign a statement acknowledging that the conference was held. From Kindergarten (K) to Grade One (1) It shall be the responsibility of the kindergarten teacher to determine the readiness level of students, based on an approved district-level kindergarten assessment instrument, prior to a recommendation being made on the movement to grade one. From Grade One (1) to Grade Two (2) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. From Grade Two (2) to Grade Three (3) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. From Grade Three (3) to Grade Four (4) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. From Grade Four (4) to Grade Five (5) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. 2 of 3 FILE: JF From Grade Five (5) to Grade Six (6) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. From Grade Six (6) to Grade Seven (7) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic subjects: reading, mathematics, language, science and social studies is required. From Grade Seven (7) to Grade Eight (8) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic core subjects: English, mathematics, science and social studies is required. From Grade Eight (8) to Grade Nine (9) A passing grade (60 or above for yearly average) in each of the following academic core subjects: English, mathematics, science and social studies is required. High School Promotion Criteria The Board will follow the unit requirement per grade adopted by the State Legislature and State Board of Education, but reserves the right to increase the minimum standards. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: May 10, 1998, August 17, 1990, October 8, 1992, August 12, 1993, May 15, 1997, November 13, 1997, November 12, 1998, January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 3 of 3 FILE: JFA SELECTION CRITERIA FOR VALEDICTORIAN, SALUTATORIAN AND HONOR OR TOP TEN ACADEMIC STUDENTS Beginning 2004-2005 School Year Selection of Valedictorian, Salutatorian and Honor Line or Top Ten Academic Students for High Schools The following are criteria for determining who may be eligible for Valedictorian, Salutatorian and/or Top Ten Percent of the class in the respective school: 1. Rank in class and the standing of the students must be computed on a weighted cumulative average from grades 9 up to and including the first term of the senior year. 2. Candidates for valedictorian and salutatorian status must have completed three consecutive terms at the local high school. 3. Students who maintain an overall 3.0 grade point average or above will be considered eligible for the Top 10 or Top Ten Percent of the graduating class. 4. Grading in Advanced Placement courses and dual enrollment courses is the same as in all other courses. However, each term grade is to be counted one (1) point higher than the regular grade. Term grades are to be weighted using the following: A is to be weighted as 5 points; B is to be weighted as 4 points; C is to be weighted as 3 points; D is to be weighted as 2 points. Students should not be given F’s. 5. Grading in Honor courses is the same as in all other courses. However, each term grade is to be counted one-half (1/2) point higher than the regular grade. Term grades are to be weighted using the following: A is to be weighted as 4.5 points; B is to be weighted as 3.5 points; C is to be weighted as 2.5 points; D is to be weighted as 1.5 points. Students should not be given F’s. 1 of 2 FILE: JFA 6. No points will be added to term grades for regular courses. This means that: A is to be equal to 4 points; B is to be equal to 3 points; C is to be equal to 2 points; D is to be equal to 1 point; and F is to be equal to 0 points. 7. A committee including the Superintendent will resolve any unusual situations or circumstances that may arise. Selection of Honor Line Students for Middle Schools All subjects will be considered for selection of honor line students. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: October 8, 1992, August 8, 1996, November 13, 1997, August 5, 1999, January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 2 of 2 FILE: JG STUDENT WELFARE The Board is committed to providing the best possible educational opportunities and experiences for the students of the School District. All policies adopted by the Board help to ensure the well-being and safety of students. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: JGA STUDENT INSURANCE PROGRAMS The Board shall contract each year with a reputable insurance company to provide adequate student accident insurance for students. Participation in the insurance program shall be voluntary. The Board shall require a student in interscholastic athletics and in other school activities, as deemed necessary, to participate in the school accident insurance program. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-11-9, 16-11-15. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JGB STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES Health All principals and teachers shall cooperate with the Superintendent and with the county health department in carrying out laws and regulations designed to protect and promote the health, safety, and general welfare of students. Medication Members of the school staff shall not administer internal medicine to students except in cases where it is prescribed and requested in writing by the parent, guardian or family physician. The parent or guardian shall: 1. sign the School District’s permission form for prescribed medication granting permission for the child to receive medication at school. 2. provide the school with medication that is in a correctly labeled prescription bottle or container. 3. provide the school with a newly signed statement if medication orders are changed during the school year. 4. provide the list of side effects for medication taken over a 30-day period. 5. shall deliver all medication to the school personnel designated by the school principal. The parent or guardian may designate a responsible adult to carry out this function. 6. pick up the student’s medication at the end of the school year. 7. give the first dose of a new medication at home in case of a possible allergic reaction. Students who have doctor’s orders to have medication on their person, i.e., asthma inhaler or EPI pen, will not share medication with other students. Students will notify their teacher/school personnel at the onset of any distress or allergic reaction. The student will know where the medication is kept and be familiar with their personal action plan. 1 of 9 FILE: JGB Student Self-Administration of Medication The self administration of medications by a student for chronic conditions shall be permitted if conducted in compliance with the State Department of Education and State Board of Nursing Medication Curriculum, as may be amended from time to time by the department and board. Approved medications may be self-administered if the parent or legal guardian of the student provides all of the information outlined in the Medication Curriculum, including, but not limited to, all of the following: 1. Written and signed authorization for the self-administration to the principal. 2. Written and signed acknowledgement that the school shall incur no liability and that the parent of legal guardian shall indemnify and hold harmless the school and the employees and agents of the school against any claims that may arise relating to the self-administration of approved medications. 3. Written medical authorization that includes all of the following: a. The signature of the attending physician or his or her authorized agent. b. Confirmation that the student has been instructed in the proper selfadministration of the approved medication. c. The name, purpose, and prescribed dosage of the medications to be selfadministered. d. The frequency with which the prescribed medications are to be administered. e. Any special instructions or circumstances under which the medications should be administered. f. The length of time for which the medications are prescribed. All documents provided to a school pursuant to this policy shall be kept on file in the office of the school nurse or principal. The Board of Education shall incur no liability and is immune from any liability exposure created by this policy. Permission for the self-administration of approved medications shall only be effective for the school year in which permission is granted. Permission for self-administration of approved 2 of 9 FILE: JGB medications may be granted in subsequent years provided all requirements of this policy are satisfied. Upon obtaining permission to self-administrator approved medications pursuant to this policy, a student shall be permitted to posses and self-administer approved medications, according to the orders of the prescriber, at any time while on school property or while attending a school-sponsored event. Nothing in this policy shall be interpreted as permitting a student to possess a controlled substance, as defined in the Medication Curriculum, on school property. Immunizations A certificate of immunization against disease designated by the State health officer shall be required before a student can be enrolled initially in kindergarten or first grade in the schools of the School District. A student who transfers into the School District from another school district within or outside the state shall be required to present a certificate of immunization, as defined above, before the student can be enrolled in the school of the School District. Should a student enter without the require certificate, the principal will take necessary steps to secure the certificate. Invasive Procedures Invasive procedures, including but not limited, to tracheotomy care, gastrostomy tube feeding and medication administration by injection or rectal route shall be provided only by a registered nurse or by a license nurse under the supervision of a registered nurse and with written authorization from the physician and parent. 3 of 9 FILE: JGB Special Deformities Screening The physical education teachers shall conduct spinal deformities screening annually for all students in grade 5-9 or ages 11-14 years in compliance with State Department regulations. Questionable abnormal findings shall be referred to the School District’s nurse for follow-up. Health Education The health education teacher shall provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) instruction for students enrolled in the one-half unit of health education. The health education teacher shall be a certified CPR instructor. In addition, the health education course’s suicide awareness program shall include mental and emotional health. Communicable/Infectious Diseases or Conditions Students and/or employees in the School District, including children wishing to enroll in the School District, who have communicable diseases will be dealt with on an individual basis. It is the desire of the Board to protect any student and/or employee who has a disease or handicapping condition whether it be communicable or not, while at the same time, protecting all other students and employees in the School District. Administrators or supervisors will report all cases or confirmed or suspected communicable diseases, change in behavior patterns or physical appearance that represent a sever health threat to the Office of Superintendent so that efforts in this matter can be coordinated with the local health department or other professionals as needed. If an employee or student who is remaining in school loses the ability to control personal hygiene, the Superintendent or his/her designee will immediately evaluate the situation to determine the 4 of 9 FILE: JGB appropriate action for that person’s welfare as well as the welfare of all other students and employees. HIV Infection and Bloodborne Pathogens The School District shall strive to protect the safety and health of children and youth in its care, as well as their families, its employees, and the general public. Staff members shall cooperate with public health authorities to promote these goals. School Attendance A student with HIV infection has the same right to attend school and receive services as any other student, and will be subject to the same rules and polices. HIV infection shall not factor into decisions concerning class assignments, privileges, or participation in any schoolsponsored activity. School authorities will determine the educational placement of a student known to be infected with HIV on a case-by-case basis by following established policies and procedures for students with chronic health problems or students with disabilities. Decision makers must consult with the student’s physician and parent or guardian; respect the student’s and family’ privacy rights; and reassess the placement if there is a change in the student’s need for accommodations or services. School staff members will always strive to maintain a respectful school climate and not allow physical or verbal harassment of any individual or group by another individual or group. This includes taunts directed against a person living with HIV infection, a person perceived as having HIV infection, or a person associated with someone with HIV infection. 5 of 9 FILE: JGB Employment The School District does not discriminate on the basis of HIV infection or association with another person with HIV infection, in accordance with the American Disabilities Act of 1990. An employee with HIV infection is welcome to continue working as long as he or she is able to perform the essential functions of the position, with reasonable accommodation if necessary. Privacy Pupils or staff members are not required to disclose HIV infection status to anyone in the school district. HIV antibody testing is not required for any purpose. Every employee has a duty to treat as highly confidential any knowledge or speculation concerning the HIV status of a student or other staff member. Violation of medical privacy is cause for disciplinary action, criminal prosecution, and/or personal liability for civil suit. No information regarding a person’s HIV status will be divulged to any individual or organization without court order or the informed, written, signed and dated consent of the person with HIV infection (or the parent or guardian of a legal minor). The written consent must specify the name of the recipient of the information and the purpose for disclosure. All health records, notes, and other documents that a reference a person’s HIV status will be kept under lock and key. Access to these confidential records is limited to those named in written permission from the person (or parent or guardian) and to emergency medical personnel. Information regarding HIV status will not be added to a student’s permanent educational or health record without written consent. 6 of 9 FILE: JGB Infection Control All employees are required to consistently follow infection control guidelines in all settings and at all times, including playgrounds and school buses. Schools will operate according to the standards promulgated by the U.S. Occupational Health and Safety Administration for the prevention of blood-borne infections. Equipment and supplies needed to apply the infection control guidelines will be maintained and kept reasonably accessible. The school burse shall implement the precautions and investigate, correct and report on instances of lapse. A school staff member is expected to alert a person responsible for health and safety if a student’s health condition or behavior presents a reasonable risk of transmitting any infection. If a situation occurs at school in which a person might have been exposed to an infectious agent such as an instance of blood-to-blood contact, school authorities shall counsel that person (or, if a minor, alert a parent or guardian) to seek appropriate medical evaluation. HIV and Athletics The privilege of participating in physical education classes, athletic programs, competitive sports, and recess is not conditional of a person’s HIV status. School authorities will make reasonable accommodations to allow students living with HIV infection to participate in school-sponsored physical activities. All employees must consistently adhere to infection control guidelines in locker rooms and all play and athletic settings. Rulebooks will reflect these guidelines. First aid kits must be on hand at every athletic event. 7 of 9 FILE: JGB All physical education teachers and athletic programs staff will complete an approved first aid and injury prevention course that includes implementation of infection control guidelines. Student orientation about safety on the playing field will include guidelines for avoiding HIV infection. HIV Prevention Education The goals of HIV prevention education are to promote healthful living and discourage the behaviors that put people at risk of acquiring HIV. The educational program will:              be taught at every level, kindergarten through grade twelve; use methods demonstrated by sound research to be effective; be consistent with community standards; follow content guidelines prepared by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) be appropriate to student’s developmental levels, behaviors, and cultural backgrounds; build knowledge and skills from year to year; stress the benefits of abstinence from sexual activity, alcohol, and other drug use; include accurate information on reducing risk of HIV infection; address students’ own concerns; include means for evaluation; be an integral part of a coordinated school health program; be taught by well-prepared instructors with adequate support; and involve parents and families as partners in education. Parents and guardians have the right to preview all HIV prevention curricula and materials. School staff members shall assist parents or guardians who ask for help in discussing HIV infection with their children. If a parent or guardian submits a written request to a principal that a child not receive instruction in specific HIV prevention topics at school, and assures that the topics will be discussed at home or elsewhere, the child will be excused without penalty. The school district will endeavor to cooperate with HIV prevention efforts in the community that address out-of-school youth and youth in situations that put them at high risk of acquiring HIV. 8 of 9 FILE: JGB Related Services Students will have access to voluntary, confidential, age and developmentally appropriate counseling about matters related to HIV infection. School administrators will maintain confidential linage and referral mechanisms to facilitate voluntary student access to appropriate HIV counseling and testing programs, and to other HIV-related services as needed. Public information about resources in the community will be kept available for voluntary student use. Staff Development All school staff members will participate in a planned HIV education program that conveys factual and current information; provides guidance on infection control procedures; informs about current law and state, district, and school policies concerning HIV; assists staff to maintain productive parent community relations; and include annual review sessions. Certain employees will also receive additional specialized training as appropriate to their positions and responsibilities. General Provisions On an annual basis, school administrators will notify students, their family members, and school personnel about current policies concerning HIV infection, and provide convenient opportunities to discuss them. Information will be provided in the primary languages of students’ families. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002, March 13, 2003, April 5, 2005 and April 10, 2008 9 of 9 FILE: JGC STUDENT PSYCHOMETRIC AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES The School District shall provide for psychometric and psychological testing of specified students. In all cases, written permission from the student’s parents or guardians shall be secured by appropriate school officials prior to psychometric and psychological testing of any student in the School District. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JGD EMERGENCY DRILLS The Board shall adopt a comprehensive school safety plan for each school under the authority of the Board. The Superintendent shall examine the conditions and operations of each school under the authority of the Board to determine hazards to student and staff safety and shall propose changes, if needed to promote the prevention of dangerous problems and circumstances. In developing the plan for each school, the Superintendent shall involve community law enforcement, safety official including community fire and emergency management assigned to the school. The Board shall incorporate into the plan the following: a. A protocol for addressing serious threats to the safety of school property, students, employees, or administrators including, but not limited to, a specific code red school safety plan. b. A protocol for responding to emergency events that compromise the safety of school property, students, and employees. Each protocol shall include procedures for responding to threats and emergency events, respectively, including such action as notification of appropriate law enforcement and emergency response personnel for assistance, and informing parents of affected students. The Board shall update the safety plan whenever a major modification to the building requires changes in the procedure outlined in the plan, and at other necessary times. The code red school safety plan shall be reviewed and revised annually, as needed, by the Board in consultation with the principal, administrative staff, faculty, and employees of the school. Upon request of law enforcement or safety officials, or both, the Board shall provide a copy of the current school site and safety plan, which shall be kept in a secure place and not considered public record. 1 of 3 FILE: JGD The Board shall grant access to each school under its control to law enforcement and fire department personnel to enable them to prepare for responding to threats and emergency events affecting the school. Such access shall occur outside of student instructional hours and an employee of the Board shall be present. The principal or his or her designee shall instruct and train students concerning procedures to be used for emergency drills and evaluations. The principal or his or her designee shall ensure that all safety and security drills and procedures are conducted and performed no less than what is required by state or federal law, or both. The doors and exits of each school may be locked from the outside but shall allow for immediate egress by those inside the building during school hours and at all school functions. An emergency drill shall include, but not be limited to, safety, security, severe weather, fire and code red drills. At least one emergency drill shall be conducted each month. In conjunction with drills or evacuations required above, a principal or his or her designee shall instruct students in safety precautions where to be taken in case of a severe weather watch, alert, or warning. A principal or his or her designee shall designate, in accordance with standards prescribed by the Superintendent in conjunction with local public safety officials and the appropriate local fire safety official, appropriate locations to be used to shelter students in case of a severe weather watch, alert, or warning. In the event of a perceived immediate threat to a school involving acts of violence, such as terrorism, a person possessing a firearm or a deadly weapon, or any other threat of violence, the principal or his or her designee may institute a code red safety alert level for the school. In addition, the principal or his or her designee shall conduct a code red school safety drill during the first six weeks of the fall and spring semesters of each school year to provide students with 2 of 3 FILE: JGD instruction in the procedures to follow in the case of a code red. The principal or his or her designee shall hold an annual training session for employees of the school regarding the code red school safety plan, drills, and procedures to be conducted during a school year. Appropriate disciplinary action shall be taken against any principal or his or her designee who knowingly neglects or refuses to comply with the requirements of this policy. This section shall be read in pari materia with other laws relating to school safety and emergency planning. Ref: Act 2013-329, Alabama Legislature Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and October 10, 2013 Page 3 of 3 FILE: JGE DAILY DISMISSAL PRECAUTIONS (SAFETY) Each principal and his/her staff shall develop a plan for the orderly and safe dismissal of all students. The plan shall encompass the following: 1. Provisions for proper supervision of students who must remain in the school building after regular school hours. 2. Provisions for safe loading of students who utilizes school transportation. 3. Provisions for safety of students when school buses are departing from the school campus. 4. Provisions for the safety of students when automobiles and other motorized vehicles are departing the school campus. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JGF ACCIDENTS Students shall report all school related accidents in which they are involved to school officials. Failure to report such accidents may result in loss of the privilege to make claims to the State Board of Adjustments and, if applicable, on the student accident insurance. All schools of the School District shall tore reasonable first aid supplies to administer external first aid to students, faculty and staff injured while at school. Members of the school staff may administer first aid to students in case of emergency. When practical, a student’s parent of guardian should be contacted before administering first aid to the student. Members of the school staff shall not administer internal medication to a student except in cases where it is prescribed, required in writing by the parent, guardian or family physician, and written instructions for administering said medication have been provided. Members of the school staff may, upon notification of the principal or his/her designee, take a student to the nearest emergency medical treatment facility for emergency treatment. In all cases, the principal or his/her designee shall attempt to notify the student’s parent or guardian of the emergency, and when practical, have the parent or guardian transport the student to the emergency treatment facility of family physician. The Board instructs the school principal to make a written report to the Superintendent concerning every accident which occurs on school property or during school-related activities. This report shall be given to the Superintendent within twenty-four (24) hours after the accident. In the event of an athletic injury, the school principal is to use his own judgment concerning whether the Superintendent is to be advised. If the injury is of a serious or permanent nature, the 1 of 2 FILE: JGF principal shall report the matter to the Superintendent. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-9, 16-8-38, 16-9-13, 16-12-3, 16-12-12, 16-12-15. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: JGG STUDENT TRANSPORTATION The Board may enter into a transportation contract to provide transportation services to certain students within the School District. To be eligible for free school transportation, a student shall meet the following criteria: a. be a resident within the School District jurisdiction. b. live two or more miles from his assigned school unless the School District receives a waiver from the State Superintendent. A disabled student may be eligible for free transportation regardless of the distance he/she loves from school. It is the parent or guardian’s responsibility to provide transportation for their child(ren) to and from school activities. However, school transportation may be used for transporting athletic teams, bands and other groups to events in which they participate. When transportation is furnished to a student beyond normal school hours, it shall become the responsibility of the principal for the student to be picked up at the school or at a point designated in writing by the principal or sponsor and agreed upon by the parent or guardian. Under no circumstances shall the principal, sponsor of the activity or bus driver leave the students at a point without the assurance of safe transportation home. The designated pick up points for parents will be the same throughout the school year. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-13, 16-8-14, 16-11-14, 16-13-51, 16-8-7 to -9, 16-27-1 to -6, 16-39-11, 16-11-9, 16-12-3(a): Conecuh County Board of Education v. Campbell, 162 So. 2d 233 (1964); Stout v. Jefferson County Board of Education, 419 F. 2d 1211 (5th Circ. 1969); Carr v. Montgomery Board of Education, 377 F. Supp. 1123 (M.D. Ala. 1974). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 12, 1995 and January 1, 2002 FILE: JGH STUDENT VEHICLE USE Bicycles/Motorcycle All bicycles or motorcycles are to be parked in a place designated by the principal. These vehicles are to be parked immediately upon the student’s arrival at school. They are not to be ridden across the campus, on the sidewalk, on athletic fields, or in the parking lot. The school shall not assume responsibility for these vehicles while on campus, and each student shall make sure that his vehicle is locked securely. Automobile and Motorized Vehicles Students driving cars to school must park them in the student parking lot. All vehicles should be locked after arriving in the morning. Each student who drives a vehicle to school must register the vehicle with the principal. Vehicles are not to be moved from the parking lot at any time during the school day until the authorized time for student departure from school. Students shall not occupy automobiles during the school day between the times of their arrival and their departure from the school campus. Ref: Ala. Code 16-11-9, 16-12-3(a), 16-12-4 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JGI FOOD SERVICE Each school in the School District shall maintain a quality school food service program as a service to students. All breakfast and lunch plates served shall meet the standards as provided in federal, state and local laws and/or rules and regulations. The Child Nutrition Program Director and lunchroom managers shall always seek to provide students with a nutritious and well-balanced meal at a nominal charge. The School Food Service Program shall be operated in an economically sound manner, but shall not seek to make a profit at student’s expense. Students’ participation in the School Food Service Program shall be subject to rules and regulations as may be developed by the federal, state and local laws and regulations. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 and April 10, 2002 FILE: JGJ WELLNESS PLAN ON NUTRITION AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY The Board is committed to providing school environments that promote and protect children’s health, well-being and ability to learn by supporting healthy eating and physical activity. Therefore, the Board shall provide and enforce a district wellness plan that shall serve as building blocks for individual schools within the school district to foster culture conductive to creating a healthy environment. Ref: Child Nutrition Reauthorization Act of 2004 Date Adopted: December 14, 2006 FILE: JGK SERVICE ANIMALS Purpose The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for a student with a disability to bring his/her service animal to school or to a school function. General Statement The Board will comply with all state and federal laws, regulations and rules regarding the use of service animals by students with disabilities under appropriate circumstances. Definition of “Student with a Disability” A student with a disability is defined as one who has been determined to be disabled under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (Section 504). Definition of “Service Animal” As defined by Alabama law and federal regulations implemented under Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act, a service animal includes any dog that is individually trained to do work or perform tasks for the benefit of an individual with a disability including, but not limited, to a physical, sensory, psychiatric, intellectual, or mental disability or autism. Other species of animals, whether wild or domestic, trained or untrained, are not service animals for purposes of this definition. (Note: The ADA regulations also include “miniature horses” in appropriate circumstances.) Work or Tasks Performed by Service Animal The work or tasks performed by a service animal must be directly related to the student’s disability. Examples of work or tasks include, but are not limited, to assisting individuals who are blind or have low vision with navigation and other tasks, alerting individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing to the presence of people or sounds, providing non-violent protection or rescue 1 of 4 FILE: JGK work, pulling a wheelchair, assisting an individual during a seizure, alerting individuals to the presence of allergens, retrieving items such as medicine or the telephone, providing physical support and assistance with balance and stability to individuals with mobility disabilities, and helping persons with psychiatric and neurological disabilities by preventing or interrupting impulsive or destructive behaviors. The crime deterrent effect of an animal’s presence and the provision of emotional support, well-being, comfort, or companionship do not constitute work or tasks for purposes of these procedures. Persons Training a Service Animal Under Alabama law, a person training a service animal is entitled to the same privileges granted to a student with a disability. Procedures/Requirements A request to bring a service animal to school by or on behalf of a student with a disability is subject to the following procedures and requirements: 1. A parent or students must submit a written request to bring the service animal to school to the Superintendent’s Office, using the Board’s form for such request. The request must identify and describe the service animal and what task(s) the service animal is trained to perform that is/are directly related to the student’s disability. In addition, the individual requesting that the service animal attend school with a student must provide documentation that the animal is properly vaccinated and in good health, as well as documentation of adequate liability insurance to cover any damage that may be done by the service animal. In addition, the requesting party must submit a signed Service Animal Registration/Agreement. 2. Requests to bring a service animal on Board property must, whenever possible, be made not less than three (3) weeks prior to bringing the animal to school. Under no circumstances may a service animal be on Board property without prior approval by the Superintendent or his/her designee. 3. As part of the consideration of a request to bring a service animal to school, the Board will require certain documentation to be provided including, but not limited to: a. certification of proper vaccinations and good health verified by a veterinarian; b. documentation that the service animal is under the control of its handler; c. documentation of adequate liability insurance to cover any damage or injury that the service animal may cause in the school environment; and d. any other documentation necessary to make an appropriate determination as to whether the student will be allowed to bring his/her service animal to school. 2 of 4 FILE: JGK 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. In addition to requested documentation, the Board may request a meeting with and/or ask for additional information from the individual requesting that the service animal be allowed to attend school including, but not limited to, documentation from/consultation with the student’s health care provider or the service animal’s trainer, if applicable. The Board’s review of a parent’s or student’s request to bring a service animal to school will be conducted by the student’s IEP Team or Section 504 Team, as applicable. In such cases, the Team will conduct a case-specific inquiry as to whether the animal meets the definition of service animal and performs a task directly related to the student’s disability. In addition, the Team will determine whether it is appropriate, under the circumstances, to allow the student to bring his/her service animal to school or to a school function. The presence of a service on Board property may be subject to a plan which introduces the service animal to the school environment, any appropriate training for staff and students regarding interaction with the service animal, and other activities or conditions deemed necessary by the Board. Under Alabama law, any aide assigned to the student must be trained with the service animal in basic commands in order to assist the student as a team. The approval of the request to bring a service animal on Board property is subject to periodic review, revision or revocation by the student’s IEP/504 Team, which can occur at any time and will occur at least annually. Service animals must wear proper identification and always have a harness, leash, tether or other form of proper restraint mechanism, unless the handler is unable because of a disability, to use a harness or other form of restraint mechanism or the use of a harness or other restraint would interfere with the service animal’s safe, effective performance of work or tasks, in which case the service animal must be otherwise under the handler’s control (e.g., voice controls, signals, or other effective means). The Board is not responsible for the care or supervision of a service animal. Arrangements for the care/supervision of the service animal must be made by the parent or student and any costs incurred to handle the service animal will be the responsibility of the parent or student. The Board retains the discretion to exclude or remove a service animal from its property if: a. the animal is out of control and/or the animal’s handler does not effectively control the animal’s behavior; b. the animal is not housebroken; c. the animal poses a direct threat to the health or safety of others that cannot be eliminated by making reasonable modifications; or d. the animal’s presence would constitute a fundamental alteration in the Board’s program/activity. The parent or student is liable for any damage to Board property and any injury to individuals caused by the service animal. The parent or student will hold the Board harmless and indemnify the Board from any such damages. Further, the parent or student will be required to submit a certificate of liability insurance covering the service animal and identifying the Board an additional insured. The amount of required insurance coverage shall be determined by the Board. 3 of 4 FILE: JGK 11. If it is determined that the student will not be allowed to bring his/her service animal to school, that determination will be considered a grievable issue and subject to the Board’s internal grievance procedures. Parents also may be entitled` to initiate a due process hearing under the IDEA or Section 504 if they claim that the refusal constitutes a “denial of FAPE” to the student. Date Approved: January 12, 2012 4 of 4 FILE: JGL SECLUSION AND RESTRAINT OF STUDENTS The Board supports a positive approach to behavior that uses proactive strategies to create a safe school climate that promotes dignity, creates authentic student engagement, increases instructional time, and improves student achievement for all students. Unfortunately, students sometime display behaviors which place them or other students in immediate danger. Seclusion, mechanical restraints and chemical restraints are prohibited and shall not be used as responses to such behavior. Physical restraint is limited to those situations in which students pose an immediate danger to themselves or others. Seclusion refers to a procedure that isolates and confines a student in a separate, locked area until he or she is no longer an immediate danger to self or others. The seclusion occurs in a specifically constructed or designated room or space that is physically isolated from common areas and from which the student is physically prevented from leaving. Seclusion does not include situations in which a staff member who is trained in the use of de-escalation techniques or restraint is physically present in the same unlocked room as the student, in-school suspension, or a student-requested break in a different location in the room or in a separate room. Mechanical restraint is defined as the use of any device or material attached to or adjacent to a student’s body that is intended to restrict the normal freedom of movement and which cannot be easily removed by the student. The term does not include an adaptive or protective device recommended by a physician or therapist when used as recommended by the physician or therapist to promote normative body positioning and physical functioning and/or self-injurious behavior. The term does not include seatbelts and other safety equipment when used to secure students during transportation. 1 of 2 FILE: JGL Chemical restraint is defined as any medication that is used to control violent physical behavior or restrict the student’s freedom of movement that is not a prescribed treatment for the student’s medical or psychiatric condition. Physical restraint is defined as direct physical contact from an adult that prevents or significantly restricts a student’s movement. The term does not include mechanical restraint or chemical restraint and does not include providing limited physical contact and/or redirection to promote student safety or prevent self-injurious behavior, providing physical guidance or prompting when teaching a skill, redirecting attention, providing guidance to a location, providing comfort, or providing limited physical contact as reasonably needed to prevent imminent destruction to school or another person’s property. Physical restraint that restricts the flow of air to the student’s lung is prohibited. DATE ADOPTED: November 13, 2014 2 of 2 FILE: JH STUDENT ACTIVITIES School-sponsored student activities are a vital part of the students’ lives and of the total school program. Therefore, the Board encourages the professional staff and students of the schools of the School District to cooperatively plan and implement appropriate student activities to meet the needs of students. All school-sponsored student activities must have prior approval by the principal and activity sponsor. All school-sponsored student activities shall be under the control of the principal or his/her designee. A member or members of the school professional staff shall adequately supervise all school-sponsored student activities. Principals shall be responsible for producing a written school plan that encompasses all school-sponsored activities. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JHA STUDENT ACTIVITY FEES Students shall not be assessed fees for the purpose of supporting general student oriented or school related activities. Individual clubs may assess fees directly associated with club activities when approved by the school principal, club sponsor and members. Participation in student activities shall be on a voluntary basis by all students. All fees to support student activities shall be approved by the local school principal, the activity sponsor and club members. In accordance with the policy of the Board, and as required by law, the monies of all school-sponsored student organizations shall be deposited daily within the school’s accounts in the principal’s office. The treasurer of the organization shall be issued a receipt for each deposit, and he shall keep a record of the organization’s account, including all deposits and disbursements. The system of accounting for school monies shall be in conformity with the system of accounting recommended by the State Department of Education, the State Board of Education and accrediting agencies. Officers of the affected school-sponsored organization, the sponsor of that organization, and the principal shall jointly determine use of such funds. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-7 to-10, 16-8-38, 16-12-12, 16-13-32, 16-12-3(a), 16-12-5. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JHB STUDENT CLUBS AND ORGANIZATIONS Beginning 2005-2006 School Year The Board delegates to the Superintendent, principals, other school staff members and students the responsibility to establish regulations for the operation of school-sponsored clubs and organizations. School-sponsored clubs and organizations shall be under the direct control of school officials. Such clubs and organizations shall not be affiliated or associated with any political or religious organization or any organization which denies membership on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, national origin, or handicap. Any eleventh or twelfth grade student who has not passed all required parts of the Alabama High School Graduation is ineligible to participate in clubs and organizations. Eligibility will be regained after all require parts of the exam are passed. All school-sponsored clubs and organizations shall meet the following criteria: 1. Every school club or organization shall be sponsored by a member of the faculty approved by the principal of the school. Every organization shall have the approval of the sponsor in advance for the time and place of all meetings and all social and athletic events and other activities of the organization. All meetings shall be held on campus, and the sponsor shall be present throughout such meetings. All other activities held outside the school or off campus must have the approval of the principal. A sponsor or substitute sponsor approved by the principal shall be present throughout all activities. 2. Every school sponsored club shall have a constitution approved by the appropriate personnel. Such constitution shall be kept on file in the school office. a. The constitution shall contain a statement that all members must be students who are presently enrolled in the school of sponsorship. b. The constitution shall state qualifications for membership. Such qualifications shall not deny membership because of race, color, creed, sex, national origin or handicap. c. The constitution shall contain a statement of the purposes of the club. The purposes shall not be contrary to the welfare of the students or the school, or in conflict with the authority or responsibilities of the Board of Education and its employees. 1 of 2 FILE: JHB d. The constitution shall contain a statement that there is no affiliation with any political or religious organization, or with any organization which denies membership on the basis of race, color, creed, sex, national origin, or handicap. e. The constitution shall provide that the collection or disbursement of school-sponsored club funds shall be in accordance with the regulations set forth by the school and School District. f. The constitution shall provide that speakers who are neither members of the student body, faculty, or administration of the school must have prior approval of the sponsor and the principal. 3. Authorization to conduct activities as an organization recognized by the school administration may be denied or revoked if: a. The organization participates in, advocates, aids, or knowingly permits conduct by its members or others subject to its control, which is contrary to the welfare of the students or the school, or which is in conflict with the authority or responsibility of the Board or any of its officials or employees; b. The organization participates, in, advocates, or knowingly permits activities, by its members or others subject to its control, which are not authorized by the constitution of the organization that has been approved by the principal of the school; c. The organization fails to comply with Board policy or such rules and regulations as may be developed by local schools. Ref: U.S. Const. amend. I; U.S. Const. amend. XIV, 1; Ala. Code 16-13-32, 16-11-9, 16-12-3, (a), (b), 16-26-1, 16-26-2, 16-8-7, to -9, Healy v. James 92 S. Ct. 2338 (1972). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 2 of 2 FILE: JHC STUDENT PUBLICATIONS School may permit student publications, provided the principal approves them. A professional staff member shall serve as advisor and consultant to students in the preparation of all student publications. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JHD STUDENT COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES AND PERFORMANCES Many worthwhile and valuable experiences, both social and academic, are derived by students’ participation in various community activities. Students may be allowed to participate in community-sponsored activities during the regular school day when approved by the principal and the respective student’s parent or guardian. The following criteria shall be used in determining whether or not students participate in such activities: 1. The participation in the activity will not interfere with the respective student’s schoolwork. 2. Neither an individual, group nor school shall be permitted to use school time to participate in community-sponsored activities unless it contributes to the total educational program of the school or community. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JI SOLICITATIONS All activities conducted in order to raise funds for school organizations must receive the principal’s approval prior to the beginning of such activities. No student shall be compelled to participate in or meet any kind of a quota in a fundraising activity. To safeguard health and welfare, students shall be prohibited from participation in doorto-door activities such as fund raising by the school or school related organizations. Parents and/or guardians of students shall conduct these activities. Any products purchased for the purpose of resale shall be selected on the basis of quality and value to the end purchaser. The amount of revenue to be earned by the organization selling a product, should not be the primary factor used in making the product selection. Outside organizations shall not be permitted to solicit, advertise, or sell goods or services through the schools of the School District unless authorized, in writing, by the Superintendent. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and March 13, 2003 FILE: JJ GIFTS BY STUDENTS Student Gifts to Staff Members When a student feels a desire to present a gift to a staff member, the gift shall not be elaborate or unduly expensive. A gift shall be of “de minimis” value of less than $25 (twentyfive dollars) and limited to $50 (fifty dollars) total in a calendar year. The Board feels writing of letters to staff members expressing gratitude or appreciation to be more appropriate than gifts. Student Gifts to the School Students may present gifts to the school when they are consistent with the educational goals of the school. Student Gift to Students Students may present gifts to other students, as long as they are given on a voluntary basis. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Dates Amended: January 10, 2002 and January 10, 2013 FILE: JK CONTESTS FOR STUDENTS Participation in contests shall be optional with the individual school and individual student. The schools of the School District may cooperate with outside agencies sponsoring worthwhile contests that are in keeping with the educational goals of the schools. The following criteria shall be used for determining participation in contests by schools and/or students: 1. The educational aims of the schools and the needs and interests of their students must be considered at all times. 2. Schools and their students shall not be used for private or commercial interest. 3. Schools and their students shall not be used for sales or promotional purposes. 4. Participating teachers and students shall be given consideration against added work and responsibilities. 5. Schools shall not sponsor contests when preparation of contestants creates a neglect of other students’ educational experiences. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JL, JLA, JLB, JLC, JLD ANOMALOUS STUDENTS/PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERCEPTUALLY HANDICAPPED/EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED The Board recognizes that federal and state law mandates that the School District meet the educational needs of all children equally. Each handicapped child is entitled to a free appropriate public education and related services regardless of the nature or severity of his handicap. For this reason, no handicapped individual shall, solely by reason of his handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination in any program conducted in the local schools. Where special programs and/or accommodations are required for the handicapped child, the School District shall assume financial and other responsibility as required by law. The Board provides free appropriate public education for all eligible children with disabilities, ages 3 through 5 years, inclusive, in accordance with the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, previously known as the “Education of the Handicapped Act,” Public Law 91-230, and all amendments thereto. The Catastrophic Trust Fund for Special Education, administered by the state Department of Education, exists for the purpose of assisting local education agencies providing special education and related services for children with disabilities in catastrophic cases. Ref: 20 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.; 29 U.S.C. 794; Ala. Code 16-39-1 to -12; Act 91-474; Ala. Code 16-39-30 et seq. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: JLE STUDENT PREGNANCIES It is the policy of the Board that a student who becomes pregnant while enrolled in the School District shall notify the school principal as soon as possible after the pregnancy has been confirmed. A pregnant student shall provide the principal a written statement from a licenses physician, including recommendations concerning advisability of school attendance for the pregnant student. A pregnant student who chooses to remain in school during the semester in which she expects to deliver the child shall be governed by the same attendance policies, minimum course requirements, and rules and regulations as all other students. However, the physical education program shall be adapted to special needs of pregnant students. In no case shall a pregnant student be removed from school or failed solely because of her pregnancy. However, all students, whether pregnant or not, are expected to meet minimum standards for promotion and/or graduation. A student shall be readmitted to school after delivery, upon a statement from her physician recommending her readmission. Ref: U.S. Const. amend. XIV, 1; 20 U.S.C. 1681 et. seq.; Cleveland Board of Education v. LaFleur 94 S. Ct. 791 91974); See Ala. Code 16-1-14, 16-1-15, 16-1-16. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JLF MARRIED STUDENTS Married students shall be eligible to attend the schools of the School District and participate in regular school programs. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: JM STUDENT RECORDS All information regarding students and their families shall be collected, maintained, and disseminated under such safeguards as are necessary to comply with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. The Board shall require adherence to the provisions of the said Act. The following definitions apply to this policy statement: “Education Records” means records that (1) are directly related to a student and (2) are maintained by the education agency or school by a party acting for the agency or school. The following are excluded from the term “Education Records”. Records of instructional, supervisory or administrative personnel which are in the sole possession of the maker and are not accessible or revealed to any other individual except a substitute teacher. “Personally Identifiable” means that data or information which includes (a) the name of a student and the student’s parent or family members; (b) the address of the student; (c) a personal identifier, such as a student’s Social Security number or student number; (d) a list of personal characteristics which would make the student’s identity easily traceable; or (e) other information which would make the student’s identity easily traceable. Access To and Release of Information in Student Records 1. The principal shall, within the provisions of this procedure, be responsible for determining to whom information maintained in student records may be released. 2. The principal shall be responsible for determining who, other than the parent, guardian or eligible student, shall have access to the student records. 3. “Directory information” may be made available at the discretion of the principal without the prior consent of the parent. However, students and their parents shall be notified at the beginning of each school year the categories of directory information and their right to request that all part of such information not be made available to the general public. 1 of 5 FILE: JM “Directory information” shall consist of the student’s name, address, telephone number, parent’s name, grade level, participation in officially recognized activities, weight and height of members of athletic teams, awards and honors. 4. The following individuals or agencies may be granted access to student record information without the written consent of the parent or without an entry being made in the disclosure record: a. Teachers and other school officials within the School District who have a legitimate educational interest. “Legitimate educational interest”: That interest that requires regular access for purposes of adding material, periodic review, filing new student data and/or removing inadequate, ambiguous, no longer relevant data; that interest having the educational well-being of the student in mind for purposes of continuing, improving, or changing the education of the student and that interest in which the individual has a legitimate need to know. b. The stated education agency is required to make reports concerning the education program. 5. The following individuals or agencies may be granted access to student record information, without the written consent of the parent, by completing the disclosure record: a. Authorized representative of: 1) The comptroller General of the United States 2) The Secretary of U.S. Department of Education 3) The State Education authorities 4) Appropriate community agencies involved in handling students’ health or safety. b. Agencies requiring information in connection with a student’s application for or receipt of financial aid. c. Courts, on the issuance of proper orders or subpoenas. Reasonable efforts shall be made to notify the parents of the order or subpoena. 6. Directory information and personally identifiable information shall be released without parental consent to a school to which the student has transferred. 7. Principals shall require written approval of a parent or eligible student in order to grant access to others not specifically authorized by this policy. 2 of 5 FILE: JM 8. Unless otherwise specified, the term “parent” in this procedure shall include parent, guardian or student 18 years of age or over or who is enrolled in a post-secondary institution. Review of Student Records by the Parent 1. Schools shall provide for the review of student records by parents or guardians. Parents and students shall be notified of their right to review the student records by a notice in the student handbook and/or by newsletter or other appropriate communication to the parent at the beginning of each school year. 2. A parent or guardian who desires to review his child’s record shall contact the school for an appointment. A conference shall be scheduled as soon as possible. The disclosure record shall be completed at the time of the conference. 3. Prior to the scheduled conference, the principal shall review the record for accuracy and completeness. 4. The record shall be examined by the parent in the presence of the principal or a designated professional person. A. The principal or his/her designee attending the review shall: 1) Explain the record keeping system of the school, noting the types of records and why they are kept. 2) Provide the parent or guardian the opportunity to examine each record. Records that shall be included are: a. b. c. d. e. f. Cumulative academic record Application for admission Immunization records, if applicable Attendance record Class grade record Any other records maintained for that student by the School District. B. The principal or a designated professional person shall provide the parent an opportunity to raise questions regarding information in the records. C. A record of the review shall be made on the disclosure record. 3 of 5 FILE: JM 5. If the parent or guardian requests a hearing to challenge information contained in the student’s folder, a written request for the hearing shall be made and a hearing scheduled for a date not less than three days nor more than two weeks from the date of the request. A. The hearing shall be held with the principal and the parent or guardian at the scheduled time. B. If the parent or guardian is not satisfied with the hearing with the principal, he shall have the opportunity to appeal the decision to a review panel at the Central Office level. C. The parent or guardian shall request the appeal in writing to the Superintendent of Education. Upon receipt of said request, the Superintendent shall schedule a review panel meeting within ten (10) days following receipt of parent’s request. The date, time and place of the review panel hearing shall be sent to the parent or guardian by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. 6. The student record appeals review panel shall be composed of three professional representatives of the Central Office staff. At the meeting: A. The Superintendent of Education or his designee will preside. B. The parent or guardian and the principal shall be present. The student shall be present if requested by the parent or guardian or school official. C. The decision of the review panel shall be communicated in writing to the school and parent or guardian within ten days. D. The parent shall have the right to file a dissenting statement following the hearing; such statement shall become part of the student’s cumulative folder. 7. The parent or guardian has the right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the school to comply with the requirements of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. The name and address of the office that administers the act is available at the superintendent’s office. Student Cumulative Record Cards 1. All personal data shall be completed when the student initially enrolls in the school system and shall be updated annually. 4 of 5 FILE: JM 2. All data shall be recorded on the cumulative record in accordance with administrative procedures established by the Board. 3. Since information on the cumulative record cards is confidential, the card shall not be removed from the file room except as authorized. Storing Permanent Records Each principal shall develop a plan for storing indefinitely the permanent records or approved photocopies of all students who have attended the schools of the School District. The following procedure shall govern the storing of such record. Such records must be as complete as possible. Discontinued Schools 1. If a school of the School District is discontinued for any reason, all student records shall be stored indefinitely in the Office of the Superintendent or other designated location. 2. If two or more schools of the School District are combined, student records shall be combined and stored in the new or existing school. Ref: 20 U.S.C. 1232 (g-i), Ala. Code 61-1-3, 16-1-4, Accreditation Standard for Combined Elementary and Secondary School, Bulletin 11/10/81. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: October 8, 1992, January 10, 2002 and May 3, 2004 5 of 5 FILE: JN TEXTBOOKS PAYMENT SCHEDULE All textbooks furnished free of charge to students shall remain the property of the State and the Board. Each student upon issuance of any textbooks by school officials shall sign a receipt. The parent, guardian, or other person having custody of the student to whom the textbooks are issued shall be held liable for any loss, abuse or damage to state-owed textbooks. Failure to pay the School District for a lost or damaged book will result in non-issuance of other textbooks. The amount of payment for lost or damaged textbooks to the School District shall be determined by the following schedule: 1st year 2nd year 3rd year original cost 75 % original cost 50 % or original cost. Reimbursed will be made to students who relocate textbooks after payment is made to the School District and upon presentation of payment receipt. Ref: Ala. Code 16-36-32, 16-36-35 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 K – GENERAL PUBLIC RELATIONS KA Public Information Program KB Community Instructional Resources KC Use of School Facilities KD Public Gifts To The Schools KE Political Campaign Materials KF Advertising in the Schools KG Public Sales on School Property KH Public Use of School Records KI Visitors to the Schools KJ Public Complaints FILE: KA PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM The Board shall make every attempt to represent the people according to the best interest of their children and in keeping with laws of the State and Federal government. Therefore, the Board shall attempt to: A. Keep its members and the public informed regarding the policies, administrative operation, objectives, and successes or failures of the School District. B. Provide the means for furnishing full and accurate information, favorable and unfavorable, together with interpretations and explanations of the School District plans and operations. The Board encourages a policy of sound relations with the press and other communication media in the community. The Superintendent shall plan for releases to the press and other communication media that will provide information to the community concerning its schools and various phases of the Board’s program. All local news media representatives shall be welcome to attend all regular, special, and annual meetings of the Board. Ref: Ala. Code 16-3-11, 16-18-18, 16-11-9, 16-8-8 to -10. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: KB COMMUNITY INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES The Board believes that the School District provides unlimited opportunities for offering educational experiences for children. While vicarious experiences in the classroom can be made meaningful by a skillful teacher, in many instances there can be no substitute for observations of the “real thing” in the community itself. There are a variety of ways in which students can benefit from community resources. The Board encourages the use of community resources, under regulations established for all schools. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: KC USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES The Board believes the functions of school buildings and ground should be to accommodate approved school programs for students and to assist in meeting the educational, cultural, civic, social, and recreational needs of communities. Use of school buildings by the community shall be considered a secondary function and shall be scheduled at times which do not interfere with regular school activities. The use of school facilities by individuals or groups shall be governed by a signed use agreement between the individual or group and the Board. The use agreement shall contain, but is not limited to, the following: 1. A “hold harmless” agreement having the effect of holding the Board free from any liability arising from the negligence of the party using the facilities; 2. A statement that the individual or group lessee shall assume all responsibility for damages and/or maintenance expenses invested in the building, directly or indirectly resulting for lessee’s use; 3. The Board shall direct the Superintendent to develop administrative rules and regulations governing the use of school facilities. The Board owned or controlled facility will not be used in any manner not covered under liability insurance purchased by the Board. 1 of 3 FILE: KC Limited Open Forum Equal Access The Equal Access Act requires that public secondary schools grant equal access to a student group wishing to meet for religious, political, or philosophical purposes, if the school allows other types of non-curriculum related student groups to meet on school premises during non-instructional time. Non-curriculum related student organizations shall have the same opportunity to use school facilities as any other student organization, regardless of religious, political, philosophical, or other content of the speech at such meetings, subject to the right and obligation of the Board to maintain order and discipline on school premises, to protect the wellbeing of students and faculty, and to assure that students attending these meetings are doing so voluntary. The principal of the school may approve use of the school facility by a non-curriculum related student organization provided that: 1. The meeting occurs during non-instructional time and is attended by a school employee who shall provide general supervision. 2. The meeting is voluntary and student-initiated. Only students enrolled in the school may request the meeting. 3. The meeting is not sponsored by the school, the Board, or employees thereof. 4. The presence of school authorities or board employees at any religious meeting is nonparticipatory in nature. The presence of school employees is for observation only. 5. The meeting does not interfere with regular instructional activities of the school. 6. The meeting shall not be directed, conducted, controlled or regularly attended by nonschool persons. 2 of 3 FILE: KC 7. The non-curriculum related student group shall not use the school name, school mascot name, or any name that might imply school sponsorship. No school employee shall be compelled to attend a meeting of any student organization if the content of the speech at such meeting is contrary to the beliefs of the employee. Any student organization seeking to meet on school property during non-instructional time shall submit a written application to the school principal. Applications shall include the following information: (1) the name of the organization, (2) a general statement of the purpose of the organization, (3) a description of the qualifications for membership, if any, (4) a statement that the students understand and agree to comply with this equal access policy, and (5) a proposed schedule of meetings and activities. The principal shall deny approval to any organization who purposes, qualifications for membership, or proposed activities are unlawful. Failure to comply with this policy shall be ground for revocation of the right to continue to conduct meetings under this policy. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-12, 16-10-11, 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-11-9, 16-11-11, 16-11-12, 16-12-3(a), (b), Westside Community Board of Education v. Mergens, 58 U.S.L.W. 4720 (June 4, 1990). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 3 of 3 FILE: KD PUBLIC GIFTS TO THE SCHOOLS The Board may receive gifts that may serve to enhance and extend the work of the schools. 1. Equipment contributed to the schools becomes the property of the Board and is subject to the same controls and regulations that govern the use of other school-owned property. 2. Contributions of equipment or services that may involve major costs for installation or maintenance, or initial or continuing financial commitments from school funds shall be presented by the Superintendent to the Board for consideration and approval. 3. Individuals or organizations desiring to contribute supplies or equipment will consult with school officials regarding the acceptability of such contributions in advance of the contribution. 4. A list of supplies and equipment contributed primarily for school use shall be reported to the Board by the Superintendent at least annually. 5. All Administrators in a position to receive gifts in the name of a school or the school system shall apply a test of “reasonableness” to the gift. Reasonableness may be defined as anything that might not be construed to influence the decision makers in the purchase of school-related goods and services. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: KE POLITICAL CAMPAIGN MATERIALS Political campaign materials which endorse a specific individual or party shall not be permitted by the Board in the buildings of the School District or on school grounds or properties. Publications of the School District shall not contain political campaign materials of a specific individual or party. Generic “get out to vote” materials encouraging participation in elections shall be approved by the principal/director/supervisor before posting. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: KF ADVERTISING IN THE SCHOOLS No commercial advertising shall be permitted by the Board in the buildings of the School District or on school grounds or properties unless approved by the Board. Publications of the School District shall not contain commercial advertising. Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent advertising in student publications that are published by student organizations and/or advertising in programs or publications sponsored by PTA, booster clubs or other parent groups. Ref: Ala. Code 16-10-6, 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-11-9, 36-25-1(9), 36-25-2(a), 36-25-5(a), 36-25-6, 36-25-7, 16-12-3(a), 16-46-6. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: KG PUBLIC SALES ON SCHOOL PROPERTY Public sales shall not be held on school property unless the Superintendent of Education or his designee gives prior written approval. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: KH PUBLIC OF SCHOOL RECORDS The Board delegates to the Superintendent of Education or his/her designee the responsibility of being the custodian of all records, documents, writings, letters, memoranda, or other written, typed, copied, or developed materials possessed, assembled, or maintained by the schools. These procedures shall be followed for the release of such records: 1. All requests for public information are to be forwarded to the Superintendent immediately upon receipt. The Superintendent shall thereupon make a determination whether or not the information requested is public in nature; 2. If the Superintendent finds the information to be public in nature, he shall direct that it be released for reproduction on the premises. The party requesting the information shall be charged the cost of reproduction and any other expenses entailed in locating and retrieving information. If the information is in active use or otherwise unavailable, the party requesting the information shall ne notified immediately upon its becoming available; 3. If the Superintendent is unable to ascertain whether or not the information requested is public in nature, he shall request, on behalf of the Board, an opinion from the Board’s attorney concerning the nature of the information. The Superintendent shall notify the person requesting such information that an opinion is to be requested upon receipt of an answer. Ref: 20 U.S.C. 1232 (g-i). Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: KI VISITORS TO THE SCHOOLS It is the policy of the Board to have all school visitors report to the principal’s office upon entering a school building. All visitors to any school shall certify with the respective school principal who they are and their purpose for being in said school. School officials, parents of school children, and other officials shall be welcomed in a cordial manner. Conduct by any visitor which creates interference with maintaining a proper atmosphere for learning shall not be permitted. Principals shall be authorized to take necessary actions to eliminate the interference. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-8-10, 16-11-9, 16-11-8. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: KJ PUBLIC COMPLAINTS Constructive criticism of the schools is welcomed by the Board whenever it is motivated by a sincere desire to improve the quality of the education program or to equip the schools to do their task more effectively. The Board has, however, confidence in its professional staff and desires to support its actions in order that it is free from unnecessary, spiteful, or negative criticism and complaint. Therefore, whenever a complaint is made directly to the Board as a whole or to a Board member as an individual, it will be referred to the school administration for study and possible solution. The Board advises the public that the proper channeling of complaints involving instruction, discipline, or learning materials is a follows: 1. employee. 2. principal. 3. Superintendent. 4. Board. The Board will consider hearing citizen complaints when they cannot be resolved by the administration. Matters referred to the Board must be in writing and should be specific in terms of the action desired. The Board will not consider or act on complaints that have not been explored at the appropriate administrative level. The Board directs that all citizen complaints brought to it while the Board is in official session, and which challenge or question the “good name” or “character” of an individual, shall be heard in executive session. Therefore, whenever a complaint is made directly to the Board as a whole or to a Board member as an individual, it will be referred to the administration for study and possible solution. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 L – INTERORGANIZATIONAL RELATIONS LA Local Government Relations LB Inmate Labor On Board Property LC School – Community Organizational Relations LD Cooperation with Law Enforcement Officials FILE: LA LOCAL GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS The Board, as an independent body, shall cooperate with other governing agencies, both educational and civic, to achieve the goal of all governmental bodies, namely the best interests of the youth and the citizens of the community. While the Board will maintain complete autonomy at all times, it will work cooperatively with the agencies in the community. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: LB INMATE LABOR ON BOARD PROPERTY The Lowndes County Board of Education recognizes that inmate labor can be beneficial to the operation of the School District. The following guidelines will be applied: 1. Inmate labor should be scheduled during the times students are not on campus; such s weekends, summer break, holiday, etc. 2. An Inmate Request Form must be completed by board employees. Principals and other Board employees in supervisory positions may schedule inmate labor without approval for each work request. The inmate request form should state the specific work assignments, approximate number of inmates, name of school employee(s) supervising inmate labor, and the approximate starting and ending dates. 3. There must exist a signed Agreement between the Board and the Agency providing the inmates. 4. The signed agreement must specify items the school or Board will furnish for inmates and inmates supervisors, including meals, refreshments and tools. 5. A copy of the approved request, the signed agreement, and the Board policy on the use of inmate labor. 6. Board employees shall be required to report violations of Board policies on the use of inmate labor. 7. Board employees must not do personal favors for inmates including (but not limited to): a. receiving or delivering mail, packages, messages or documents for inmates; b. giving the inmates money, pictures, calling cards or homer telephone numbers; c. giving the inmates access to personal property including keys, credit cards, vehicles, purses, prescription and non-prescription drugs. d. Keeping items for inmates including money, tobacco products or packages. 8. Board employees must not allow students to work with inmates unless the task is specified in the approved request. 9. Board employees must not knowingly allow inmates to perform personal work on private vehicles or other private property. 10. Employees must not knowingly allow inmates and students to have personal conversation or written exchanges. 1 of 2 FILE: LB 11. Board employees must not allow inmates to have visitors. 12. Board employees must not allow pictures to be taken of inmates or allow the news media to contact inmates. 13. Board employees must not allow inmates to drive any vehicles of any kind. 14. Board employees must report any form of sexual harassment by or to inmates. 15. Board employees are required to report suspicious interaction of inmates with students. 16. Board employees must not allow inmates to use telephones unless specifically require by the job assignment. The job assignment should be monitored and supervised. 17. Inmates and inmate supervisors must not violate Board policies. 18. Male and female inmates must not work together or have personal contact with each other. 19. Inmates must wear the required uniform at all times. Full clothing (shirt, pants and shoes) must be worn at all times. 20. Inmates must not be allowed to enter places of business unless required by the work assignment. 21. Inmates must not enter in a hobby or craft agreement with a supervisor or school Board employee. Date Adopted: November 12, 1998 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: LC SCHOOL – COMMUNITY ORGANIZATIONS RELATIONS Parent-Teacher Associations/Organizations The Board considers parent-teacher associations/organizations as auxiliaries to the public schools, and not as “outside” groups. Whenever a local parent-teacher association/organization is formed, it shall be permitted to hold its regular meetings in the school building, and it shall be the duty of the principal and the teachers of the school to further the work of the association/organization in every way practicable. Meetings of these associations/organizations may be held in the school building with the permission of the school principal without the necessity of the lease required of “outside” groups. Booster Clubs It shall be the policy of the Board to work with, and encourage the support of, band, and academic and athletic booster clubs. All booster club activities shall be authorized by, and coordinated with, the school principal. All funds shall be accounted for by the school principal; the school principal shall approve all purchases. Booster clubs shall not directly or indirectly supplement pay of band directors, coaches, advisors or any other school employee. All decisions concerning personnel employed by the Board shall be strictly reserved as a Board matter and shall not be the prerogative of booster clubs. Any person paid solely by a citizen group must be approved by the Board prior to being permitted to work with students in the local school. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: LD COOPERATION WITH LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICIALS Notification The principal or his/her designee shall notify appropriate law enforcement officials when any person violates Board policies in the following area:  Drugs  Alcohol  Weapons  Actual or threatened physical harm to a person If the person in violation of the policy is an enrolled student, that student shall immediately be suspended from attending regular classes and a hearing shall be scheduled at the earliest possible date, which shall not be later than five school days. A person may be charged with a Class C felony if he/she deliberately causes serious physical injury to a teacher or an employee during the performance of his/her duty. Periodic Unannounced Visits The Board shall permit law enforcement agencies to make periodic, unannounced visits to its schools for the purpose of detecting the presence of illegal drugs. Interrogation by Public Officials When law enforcement officers make it known that they wish to talk to a student while under supervision of the school, the student will be called to the office of the principal, and in the presence of the officers, the schools principal or his/her designee shall attempt to notify by telephone the student’s parent or guardian of the situation. The student will then be informed that he/she has three (3) choices: 1 of 2 FILE: LD 1. The student may converse by telephone with his/her parent or guardian. 2. The student may decline to talk with the officers until his/her parent or guardian is present. 3. The student may talk with the officers either in or outside the presence of a school official. In case an arrest warrant is presented by law enforcement officers, the school principal or his/her designee shall make every effort to notify the parent or guardian of the student in question prior to the student’s removal from the school premises. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-24-1, Alabama Administrative Code 2980-030-010-06 Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 M – RELATIONS WITH OTHER EDUCATION AGENCIES MA Private Schools Relations MB Interdistrict Relations MC Colleges and Universities MCA Student Teaching and Internships MD School Boards Association ME Professional Associations MF State Education Agency Relations MG Educational Accreditation Agency Relations FILE: MA PRIVATE SCHOOLS RELATIONS The Board shall comply with federal regulations, as indicated by law, in sharing federal funds with private and parochial schools within the community. Ref: Alabama Constitution, Article XIV, 263. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: MB INTERDISTRICT RELATIONS Shared Services The Board shall participate in shared services with other Boards as required by federal and state laws as they relate to federal projects in which the local schools are involved. The Board endorses the idea of cooperative undertakings with other school districts when such endeavors create a more effective learning environment for students. Interscholastic Athletics The Board views athletics as an integral part of the curriculum and instructional program. All School District personnel involved in athletic programs shall plan and conduct all athletic activities in accordance with sound fiscal and educational principles. The welfare of the participants and the student body shall be placed before other aspects of the athletic program. All athletic programs in the local schools shall be conducted in accordance with state law and the regulations of the State Board of Education, appropriate accrediting agencies, the Alabama High School Athletic Association, and other applicable state and federal laws or regulations. All athletic contests shall be conducted in accordance with the following: A. The local school principal shall, in cooperation with the Superintendent, coordinate and control all aspects of the athletic programs at the school in which he/he is principal. B. The local school principal or his/her designated representative shall attend all athletic events held at the home site to observe and give general supervision as the circumstances may require. The principal’s designated representative shall be someone other than the coach or coaches. C. The local school principal and members of the professional staff shall develop acceptable codes of conduct designed to influence and guide the behavior of students, professional staff members, and spectators at athletic events. 1 of 2 FILE: MB D. The local school principal shall be responsible for operating a sound athletic program E. Where possible, the school principal and coaching staff shall provide for the presence of a certified athletic trainer at all athletic events. Ref: Ala. Code 16-13-5, 16-13-6, 16-13-7, 16-8-8, 16-8-9, 16-11-9, 16-9-1 to -12, 16-3-18, 16-37-1 to -8, 16-38-1 to -6. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 2 of 2 FILE: MC COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES The Board desires that staff and students of the School District utilize in every feasible way the resources provided by the colleges and universities in the state. The Superintendent is to keep the Board informed of all opportunities for shared and cooperative services between the School District and institutions for higher learning. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: MCA STUDENT TEACHING AND INTERNSHIPS The Board shall cooperate with accredited colleges and universities for the training of student teachers, administrators and supervisors to the extent that such training will both enhance educational opportunities for the classroom students as well as provide a training opportunity for the student teacher, administrator or supervisor. Guidelines shall be prepared by the Superintendent’s office for the direction of staff members in handling the student teacher and internship program. Ref: Ala. Code 16-8-7 to -10, 16-9-13, 16-11-9, 16-12-3 (a), 16-12-5. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002 FILE: MD SCHOOL BOARDS ASSOCIATION The Board shall maintain membership in the Alabama Association of School Boards. Ref: Ala. Code 16-1-6. Date Adopted: January 10, 2002 FILE: ME PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Personnel holding primary officers (President or President’s designee) or other similar offices in professional organizations may be granted a reasonable number of days {not to exceed three (3) per year} to attend professional meetings related to the organization in which said office is held. Application to and approval by the principal/immediate supervisor and Superintendent must be made in adequate time for arrangements to be made to protect the interest of students. The Board will pay the expenses of substitutes incases where such leaves are granted to personnel. The salary of said personnel will not be reduced for approved leave time. Date Adopted: September 4, 1987 Date Amended: January 10, 2002

Top subcategories

Top subcategories

Top subcategories

Top subcategories

Top subcategories

Top subcategories

Top subcategories

Top subcategories

Download Policy_Manual_-_Revised101816